Issuu on Google+


The information contained herein reflects an accurate picture of Pacific Lutheran University at the time of publication. Ilowever, the uni crsit' re�l'rve' the right to make necessary changes in p ro � du re'i, policies, calendar, curriculum, and costs.

Li ted in this ca talog are course descrip tions and summMics of degree requirements for majors, min rs, and o ther programs i n the College of Arts and Sciences and the Scho Is of the Arts, Business Admi ni stration, Education, Nursing, and Physical Education. Detailed degree requirements, often incl uding su p pl emen tary sample programs, are available in the offices of th individual schools and departments.

olume LXIII No . 5 Pacific Lutheran University Bulletin (USr 417-660) August] 982

Published six times annually by Pacific Lutheran University, P.O. Box 2068, Tacoma, Washington 98447-0003. Second Class postage paid a t Tacoma, Washington. Postm ster: Send address changes to Devel pment Data Center, PLU, Tacoma, WA 98447-0003.

Pacific Lu theran University does not discri minate on the ba sis of sex, race, creed, color, national origin, age, or han dicap ped condition in the educational p rograms or activities which it opera tes, and i s required by Title IX of the Ed ucation Amendments of 1972 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto, by Title Vl and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and by Section 504 of the Rehabili tation Act of 1973 not to discriminate i n such manner. The requi re ment not to discriminate i n duca tional programs and activities extends to employment t herein and to ad mission thereto. Inquiries concerning the appl ication of said acts and published regulations to this university may be referred to: 1. The Director of Personnel, Room A-107 Administra tion Building, Pacific Lutheran Unive rsity, tele phone 535-7185, for matters relating to employment policies and practices, promotions, fringe benefits, training, and grievance p rocedures for personnel employed by the universitv. ' 2. The Ex cutiv e Assista n t to the Provost, Room A100 Administration Building, Pacific Luthe ran University, telephone 535-7125, for matters relating to student a dmissions, curriculum, and financial aid. 3. The Assistant Dean for S tudent Life, Ro m A-113 Administration Building, Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 535-7191, for matters regarding ad ministrative policies relating to st udents, student services, and the studen t administrative grievance procedure. 4. The Registrar, Room A-107 Administration Building, Pacific Luth ran Universi ty, telephone 535-713i, for matters relating to the a p plication of Section 504 of th R ha bilitation Act. 5. The Director of the Academic Advising and Assistance Cen ter, Mortv dt Library, Pacific Lutheran Un iversity, telephone 535-7519, for matters relating to the academic grievance procedure. 6. Or the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, U . s. Department of Education, Swi tz�r Buildi ng, 330 C Street S. W., Washington, D . C . 20202. Pacific Lutheran University complies with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.


Directory

Pacific Lutheran Un iversity Tacoma, Washington 98447-0003 (206) 531-6900

The university is located at South 121st Street and Park Avenue in suburban Parkland. Office hours arc from 8:00 iU" . to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Most offices arlc' closed for chapel on MondilY, Wednesday, and Friday fmm 10:00 to 10:30 a.m. during the school year, and on Fridays during June, July, and August all offices close at 12 noon. The university also oh;erves all legal holidays.

The U niversity Center maintains an informa tion de k which is open daily untill 0 p. m. (11 p. m. on Friday and Saturday). Visitors arc welcome at any timC'. Special arrangements for tours and appointments may be made through the admissions office or the uni­ versity rc",tions office.

FOR INFORMATION ABOUT:

CONTACT THE OFFICE OF:

General interests of the university, church relations, and community relations

THE PRESIDENT

Academic policies and programs, faculty appoi nt­ ments, curriculum development, academic advising and a ssistance, and foreign study

THE PROVOST College of Arts and Sciellces Diui5ioll of Humanities Division of Natural Sciences Division of Social Scicnces School of the Arts School of Busincss Administration School of Edueatioll School of Nursillg School of Physical Education

General information, admission of students, publi­ cations for prospective students, freshman class reg­ istration, and a dvanced placement

THE DEAN OF ADMIS SIONS

Transcripts of records, schedules, registration, and transfer students

THE REG ISTRAR OR THE TRANSFER COORDINATOR

Financial assistance, scholarships, and loans

THE DIRECTOR OF FINANCIAL AID

Financial management and administrative services

THE VICE PRESIDENT - FINANCE AND OPERATIONS

Fees and payment plans

THE STUDENT ACCOUNTS COORDINATOR

Campus parking, safety, and information

THE DIRECTOR OF CAMPUS SAFETY AND INFORMATION

Residence halls, counseling and testing, health ser­ vices, minority affairs, foreign students, and ex­ tracurricular activities

THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR STUDENT LIFE

Gifts, bequests, grants, and the annual fund

THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR D EVELOPMENT

Work-study opportunities, student employment, and career options

THE DIRECTOR OF CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT

Graduate programs and summer sessions

THE DEAN OF GRADUATE AND SUMMER STUDIES

Continuing education opportunities

THE D IRECTOR OF CONTINUING EDUCATION

AJumni activities

THE DIRECTOR OF THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION

Worship services and religious life at the university

THE UNIVE RSITY PASTORS

DIRECTORY

1


Contents Correspondence

1

Directory

Objectives

4

7

11

Cooperative Education

15

Earth Sciences

17

Academic Structure

18

Majors/Minors

Academic Procedures

20

General University Requirements Core Curriculum

College of Arts and

24

Anthropology (see Sociology) The Arts

25

Education

CONTENTS

47

49

51

Economics

53

Educational Psychology Special Education

Engineering (see Physics) English

66

Environmental Studies Global Studies History

70

71

74

Humanities 2

43

Computer Science (see Mathematics)

14

Sciences

40

Chemistry

Communication Arts

Financial Aid

Student Life

34

Administration

9

Admission

30

Business

6

Current Information

Advising

26

Biology

Academic Calendars

Costs

Art

77

-,.


Integrated Studies Legal Studies

78

82

Computer Science

83

Modern and Classical

88

Classics, French, German, Norwegian, Scandinavian, Spanish

Music

Natural Sciences

100

101

Philosophy

105 109

Physics and Engineering

113

Political Science

119

Public Affairs

Psychology

Graduate Studies

141

Affiliate Resources

142

CHOICE WSCEE KPLU-FM Center for the Study of Public Policy

123

Scandinavian Area

130

Social Work

143

Health Sciences Pre-Law Theological Studies Air Force ROTC

Programs

145

Global Studies Intensive English Language Institute Scandinavian Area Studies Study Abroad

Board of Regents

The Faculty

126

Social Sciences

Programs

148

Administrative Offices

Lay Church Staff Worker Program

Studies

140

International

Physical Education

Religion

135

Pre-Professional

92

Nursing

Anthropology Statistics

Mathematics and

Languages

Sociology and

131

132

152

The Collegium Index

150

160

161

Application Form Campus Guide

163

165 CONTENTS

3


Academic Calendar 1982路1983 SUMMER SESSION 1982 Monday, June 21 Monday, July 5 Friday, August 20 Friday, August 20

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Classes begin, 8:00 a.m. Independence Day holiday Summer session closes Commencement

FALL SE MESTER 1982 Sunday, September 5 to Tuesday, September 7 Wednesday, September 8 Friday, October 22 Wednesday, November 24

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Monday, November 29

. . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

Friday, December 10 Monday, December 13 to Friday, December 17 Friday, December 17

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Orientation and registration Classes begin, 8:00 a.m. Mid-semester break Thanksgiving recess begins, 12:50p.m. Thanksgiving recess ends, 8:00a.m. Classes end, 6:00p.m. Final examinations Semester ends after last exam

INTE RIM 1983 Monday, January 3 Friday, January 28

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Begins Ends

SPRING SEMESTER 1983 Tuesday, February 1 Wednesday, February 2 Monday, February 21 Friday, March 25 Monday, April 4 Friday, May 13 Monday, May 16 to Friday, May 20 Friday, May 20 Sunday, May 22

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

CALENDAR 1982-83

Registration Classes begin, 8:00a.m. Washington's Birthday holiday Easter recess begins, 6:00p.m. Easter recess ends, 4:00p.m. Classes end, 6:00p.m. Final examinations Semester ends after last exam Worship service and commencement


Academlc 路 Calendar 1983-1984 SUMMER SESSION 1983 Monday, June 20 . . ...... . . .. Classes begin, 8:00a.m. Monday, July 4 ..... .. . . ... . . Independence Day holiday Friday, August 19 .. . ....... . .. Summer session doses; commencement . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

FALL SEMESTER 1983 Sunday, September 4 to Tuesday, September 6 . .. ...... Wednesday, September 7 .. . Friday, October 21 .......... ...... Wednesday, November 23 ......

Orientation and registration Classes begin, 8:00a.m. Mid-semester break Thanksgiving recess begins, 12:50p.m. Monday, November 28 ... ..... . Thanksgiving recess ends, 8:00a.m. Friday, December 9 .. . . ... ..... Classes end, 6:00p.m. Monday, December 12 to Friday, December 16 ........... .. Final examinations Friday, December 16 .... ......... Semester ends after last exam .

. .

.

. . . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

INTERIM 1984 Tuesday, January 3 .... ....... Begins Friday, January 27 .... .. ...... .. Ends . . . . .

.

.

.

SPRING SEME STER 1 984 Tuesday, January 3] ............... Wednesday, February 1 ........ . .. ... Monday, February 20 Friday, April 13 ..................... Monday, April 23 . . ............. Friday, May 11 .... .. . . .. Monday, May 14 to Friday, May 18 ................. Friday, May 18 ................ . . . Sunday, May 20 . . . .... ...... . .

. .

. .

.

. . . .

.

. . .

. . . .

. . . .

.

. . . . .

.

.

.

.

. . . .

.

.

Registration Classes begin, 8:00a.m. Washington's Birthday holiday Easter recess begins, 6:00p.m. Easter recess ends, 4:00p.m. Classes end, 6:00p.m. Final examinations Semester ends after last exam Worship service and commencement

CALENDAR 1983-84

5


Objectives of the University Pacific Lutheran University, born of the Reformation spirit, milintains the privilege of exploration and learn ing in all areas the arts, sciences, and rrligion Thl' basic wnCNn of Martin Luthl'r was religious, but his rejection of church tradition ilS p r i m M)' <w thl)rity, and his own free seilreh for religious truth, served in effect to l i b e r a te the nwdcrn mind in its quest for all truth. TIlt' total impa c t of Luther's stand has permanently shaped the m od e rn world and hc'lped pr ov i dL' the mode rn universit)' with its basic met hodology. . rileif ic Lut h eran U niv ersi ty is a com munity ot p rofessing

of

Christian scholMs dedicilted to a philosophy of liberal education. The major goals of the institution are to inculcate a re-,pec t for learning and truth, to free the mind from the confinements of ignorance and prejudice, to organize the powers of clear thought and expression, to preserve and exlL'nd knowledge, to help men and women achieve p rofe ss i o n al co m p ete n ce, and to estilblish life lon g habits of study, r cOc ction, and lcarnlllg. rhrough an 'm p ha;;ls on the Itberatlllg arts, the Unive rs ity seeks to de v e lo p reative, reOective, and responsible per OilS. At tl1<' s�nll' tim', the <1(-qu isitioll of specialized information and technical skill is recognized as a condition of succcssful involvl'ml'nt in thl' n1lldern world. The Univl'rsitv � seeks to dl' velop thc' e va lu<l tive and spirituill c,'pacitil's of stud"llts ,nei to acquaint thc'm honestly with rival claims to the true ,mel the good. Ilencoura ges thl' p ur�uit of rich ,lI1d ennobling experiences and the d e ve lopm e n t of signifiGlI1t per,onhood through an ,'pprl'ciation of humanity'S intellectual, "rtistie, culturill, and natural surroundinCfs. The University affirms its fundamental oblig a tion to con�r()nt l i beral l y educated men <Ind women with the ch allenges of Christian f<Iith <Ind to instill in them a true sense of voc,ltiun. l3y p rovidi n g a rich v ar iet , oi social e xp eri e nces , Pacific Lutheran Univer.sity sec k s to d e ve l o p in the student a joy in "bundallt l i v i n g, J feeling (or thl' wcHare and person,ll integrity of others, good taste, and it sen' of social prop riety and adequacy_ Distinguishing between personal Christian pthics and

normal social controls, the University adopts onlv Such rules as scem necessar y for the welfare of the l'ducational comm uni ty . The p hysical develo p ment of students is regMded as an inlt'grill part of their libcril l education. Hence the U nivers i ty encourages partieipMion in ph ys ic a l activities and respect for health and fitnes s .

l'rofl'ssing a concern for human nature in its entirely, the faculty' uf thc' University encoura !;;e s wholesome development of Christian faith and lik by providll1g opportunitie5 for worship dnd meditation, "fk r ing systpma t ic studies of religion, and encouraging fr e inv s tigation and discussion of basic religious questions. 'Tlw University believes the essence of Christianity to be personal f,'ith in Cod as Creator and Redeemc'r, and it believes that such faith born of the Holy Spirit seneratl's intc.grative power cil pablc of guiding human belllgs to illuminating perspe c tive . and worthy purposes. Thl' Univers ity community confesses the faith that thl' ultimate meaning and pur p oses of human life a re to be d i sc o v ered in the person and lVork of Jesus Christ. As an educational arlll of the Church, Pacific Lu theran Un i versi t y p ro v ides a locus for the fruitful interplay of Christian faith and all of human learning and culture, and as such holds i t

responsibility t o d iscover, explore, and develop new frontiers. Believing that illl truth is Cod's truth, the University, in achieving its educational and spiritual goals, maintains the right and indeed the obligation of faculty and students to engage in an unbiased search for truth in all realms.

a

6

OBJECTIVES


Current Information HISTORY

Pacific Lutheran University was founded in 1 890 by men and women of the Lutheran Church in the Northwest, and by the Reverend Bjug Harstad in particular. Their purp ose was to establish an institution in which their people could be educated. Education was a venerated part of the Scandinavian and German traditions from which these pioneers came. The institution opened as Pacific Lutheran Academy. Growing in stature, PLA became a junior college in 1921. Ten years later, it was organized into a three-year normal school which became a college of education in 1939. After 1941, it expanded as Pacific Lutheran College until it was reorganized as a universit y in 1960, reflecting the growth of both its professional schouls and liberal arts core.

ACCREDITATIO N

Pacific Lutheran University is fully accredited by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges as a four-year institution of higher education and by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education for the preparation of elementary and secondary teachers, principals, and guidance counselors With the master's degree as the highest deg ree approved. The univ ersity is also approved by the American Chemical Society. The School of Nursing is accredited by the National Lea g ue (or Nursing. The Schoul of Business Administration is accredited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. The Social Work Pro gram is accredited by the Council un Social Work Education at the baccalaureate level. The Department of Music is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music.

INSTITUTIONAL MEMBERSHIPS

The University is a member of: American Association of Higher Education American Council on Education Association of American Colleges Independent Colleges of Washington, Incor p orated Lutheran Educational Conference of North America National Association of Summer Schools Washington Friends of Higher Education W 'stern Association of Graduate Schools Western Interstatl' Commission for Higher Education

GROUNDS

Located i n suburban Parkland, PLU has a picturesque 126-acre campus, truly representative of the natural grandeur of the Pacific Northwest.

ENROLLMENT

2,800 full-time students 852 part-time students

FACULTY

209 fuLl-time facultv 66 part-time faculty

STUDENT/FACULTY RATIO 15.8:1

ACADEMIC PROGRAM

In 1969 Pacific Lutheran University adopted the 4-1-4-calendar which consists uf two fourteen-week semesters bridged by a four­ week interim p eriod. Course credit is computed by hours. The majority of courses arc offered for 4 hours. Each undergraduate degree candidate is ex p ected to complete 128 hours with an overall grade point average of2.00. Degree requirements are specifically stated in this catalog. Each student should become familiar With these requirements and prepare to meet them.

LIBRARY SERVICES

The Robert A. L. Mortvedt Library is the central multi-media learning resuurce center serving the entire university community. Its collections arc housed and services provided in a modern func­ tional building which has study spaces for 700 students and shelv­ ing for more tnan one-quarter millIon books, periodicals, microfilm, and audio-visual materials. The library receives over 1 , 300 current magazines, journals, and newspapers. In addition to its general collection of books and other materials, the libra ry has a special collection devoted to the Scandinavian Im­ migrant Experience and contains the university and regional Luth­ eran church archives. Other s ecial collections include the Curricu­ lum Collection of the School 0 Education, the microfiche collection of college catalugs, maps, pamphlets, and national and trade bib­ liographies. The library is open for service 110 hours during a typical week in a regular term. A staff of twenty-seven full and part-time librarians and assistants offer expert reference, information, and media ser­ vices. The reference staff provides beginning and advanced library instruction for illl students. In addition to standard rderence ser­ vice, the library staff also offers com p uterized bibliographic infor­ mation service. As thc result of the library'S extensive collection of bibliographic tools, computer access to other collections, and elec­ tronic mail service, students and faculty have rapid access to mate­ rials which can be borrowed from other libraries.

y

INTERIM

The interim provides time during the month o f January for focused, creative study in a non-traditional environment. It allows both faculty and students to in quire into areas outside the regular curriculum, to develop new methods of teaching and learning, and to enhance their imaginative and creative talents. The study options are various, including foreign study, interdepartmental study, numerous other on-camp us programs, and exchange prog�ams with other institutions. Special publications highlight tne mtenm program.

LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING CLASSES

To provide for the professional growth and cultural enrichment of persons unable to take a full-time college course, the university conducts late-afternoon and evening classes. In addition to a wide variety of offerings in the artsand sciences, there are specialized and graduate courses for teachers, administrators, and persons in Dusiness and industry.

T


SUMMER SESSION

An e x tc'n Slv c summcr school curriculum, of the same q u" lity as that offered c t u rin g the regulal' academic lear, is av"i\able to all qll7llified p'rS(lnS. In additil)n, summf'r s":ision tvpically is a time when the faculty offer innovative, experimenta'i course's w hich cuver ·;: 1 broad r('lng€ of contenlporary is u€ and perspectives in many fields. The sumnwr sl'ssion consists of two four-w ee k t(;rms, a Ofll!-\veek pre-session, an d (l one-\veek inte.rirn S ssion , an d beg in s in tlw middle of June. Design ed for undergraduates and graduate .'itude'nts alike, the' program serves teachers and admini:,trator, se cking crcdl'ntials and special courses, freshmen des iring to initiilte college study, and others desiring special studies offered by the schools :md departments. Transient students who enroll for the summer session ne ed only submit a l etter of aC<lciemic standing or g ive other evidence of being prepared for college study. A c O l ll plet e 511111111CI' S� <WII Catalog, outlining the curriculum as wc.ll as sp e ciill institutes, workshops and se mina rs, is printed cach spring ,1nd is available from the dean of the summer session ilt the u n i v er sit y.

MJDDLE COLLEGE

offers a special six-week summcr program for high school ',tlled and seniors imel for first-year college stud en ts. Mlddl Collc'ge, the ['rog-ram is designed to O<1S the transiti')11 from high sdloollo colkge by s harp ening learning skills that arc essc'ntii'll to sucn���rul cumpletion of a college or u niv c- r;;ity pn)gTalll. Middle College has both ,in uGHiemic l"rogrilm and a counseling and te�ling lllmplllwnt All ,hllknts are tlloroughly tested ana . evalualed In private SeS:-iIOnS \'\,ll"h r egard tu thL'lr r('{lding, \vrIt'Lng, verb;ll, and mathematical ,kills. In ilddition, career counseling is provid ed. Thc aim of Middle: College co u n sel in g i;; to assess cilch student's taitonts and interl"sts in ord e r to prO\�de d ire c t ion and goals tor the college l'xpcricnce. The academic program offers a (hilnce to improve specific Iparning skills essential to college success. The classes, offered at scver,ll lc\icls in s<"vQral diSCi ,li,les, ,He for Middle 'ollcgc stud 'nts only, therebv allowing smar dass siL.e and clo�e contact betwee.n students and faculty. Students may sel('ctS tu 10 ul'di t hours from among the classes offered, dnd each student's program is ind ividuali z ed to promote maximum gmwth. PL

Juniors

\

PROJECT ADVANCE

EJCh seme�ter FLU ofkrs Project Advance, d special enrichment program for high school juniors and se n iors . Designed to compkmcnt high school studies, Project Advance allows students to earn one hour of u ni v ersity credit and to experience college life and study. The topic of the course is different each semester, and f,,11 topics are chosen to coincide with the high school National Debate Topic. Project Advance classes meet once a week for six weeks in the latc afternoon.

ARETE SOCIETY

Election to the Aretl' Society is a spe cial recognition of a student's commitm 'nt to the libpral arts togl'thcr with a rt?cord of high achicvl?m('nt in relevdnt course work. This academic honor society was org�lr1ized in 1969 by Phi Beta Kappa members of the facultv. The soc'ietl"s fundamental purpose is to encourage and rc'c o gn l 7 e excellent scholarship in the liberal arts. Elections for the society take pl'1Ce each spnng. Both juniors and seniors are eligibll' for clection, a l though the qualifications for election as a junior are more stringent. The faculty tellows of the society conduct the election after careful rev i 'W of academic transcripts according - to the followin<'' criteria. Students must: att-aln alligh grilde p oint average (for seniors, n ormal ly above 3.70; for lumors, normally ilbovE' 3.90); complete I !O nedit hours in liberal studies; demonstrate the >q uiv alen t of two years of colil'ge work iIi foreign f ang uilge; a n d complete one year of college mathematics (including statistics or computc'r science) or hav(" taken an equivalent amount of high school math and college science. To be eligible for election, students must h,lVe completed a minimum of threc' semeste,rs in residence at the university. •

• •

RETENTION OF FRESHMEN

Tlw retention of students entc'ring as freshmen has bc'en monitored since 1972. Those data ilre pres en t("d in the following table:

Retention of Entering Freshmen ]972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979

1980

To Sophomore Year

ToJunior Year

To Senior Ye ar

70. 1 (Ir 74.7% 74.0% 71.2"10 69.3% 74.7% 74. 2'7.. 74.8% 78.6%

51,9% 54.3% 54.0% 52.9% 52. 8'10 57.2% 58.6(/i,

46.1'70 48.7% 49.8% 50.8% 47.5% 52. 4% 56. 4%

60.6'J(


Adm·ss· n P,lCific Lutheran University welcomes <lpplications from students ,>\'ho have denlonstrated capacities for SLlCC(��� at the baccalaureatE' level. Ap p licants who present academic records and personal qualitics which our ex p eriencc indicates will enable thcm to succeed at the uniyer�itv and benefit from the clwlronml'nt will be otkrcd admi;;sion Sdection criteria include grade point average (usual minimum 2.5), clilss rank (top h,llf), tT<lnscript pdttcrn, test scores, and recommendations, Applicants for admission arc evaluated \;vithout regard to sC'x, race, creed, culor, agt', national origin, or handicapped condition, It is strongly recommended that a p plicants complete a program in hi<>h school which includes: I:'nglish, 4 years; mathematics, 2 Y C'M (prefcrably algebra and geometry); SOCi,ll sciences, 2 years; one toreign la n g uage, 2 years; labNatory SCiences, 2 years; clectJ vc's, 3 \lears selected frOIll above areas but also such courses as sp��cch, debate, typing, and music. An additional two years of both mathematic; and foreign language are adVisable for certall1 areas ltl the arts and sciences and in some professional programs. Those who follow the above preparatory program will find most curricular offerings of the university open to them and may illso qualify for (ldvanccd piaceillent in sonH� areZlS. Students ilre admittl'd to either thc' fall or spring semest�r. Acceptance to the fall term carries permission to attend the previous summer se Sions. S � ring acceptance approves cnrollment In the T he followlI1g applicatIOn deadlllles are !anu,lry II1tenm, . suggested: Fall Sell e s t er - JUlle 1; Sprillg Semester - Jil1l!lan/ 1,

s"'

l

APPLICA nON PROCEDURE:

ENTER INC FRESHMEN Stude'nts planning to cnter as freshmen may submit applicahon materials anytime after completion ot the Junior year of high schoo\. Admi.ssion decisions are' made beginning December I unk'ss a reL uest for Early Decision is received, C'andidates Me noti led l)f t wir status as Sl)on as their completed application hdS been recciv 'd ,1nd evaluated, Credcntidls required ,He: I. Formal Application: Submit the Unifoml Undl'rgmdulltl' AI'I,licatio!1 for Adlllissioll to hJllI'- Year Col/eges alld Ulliversities ill thc Stall' of Washingtoll, Available fwm high school counselors or the FLU Office of Admissions, 2. S25.110 Al'plimtiol1li<.ccords Fcc: A 525 fcc must accom p any your application pr be m"ilcd separately. 'I hiS non-rctundable service fee docs not 'lpply to your account. Make checks or moncy orders payable to 'Paciflc Lutheran University and mail to tile PLU Office of Admissions, 3. 'i"l'I1llscript: The transcript you submit must include illl credits completed through your junior year ot high school If acimlsS(on , is offered, an acccptable fll1al transcript which lI1dlcatcs satisf"c!ory completion of the senior YCilf and attainment uf a diploma must be presented. 4, RecommclldatiollS: Two recollcmendations must be prepared by p rincipals, counselors, pastors, or other ,!ualiflcd persons, The will supply the forms, P LU Office ot AdmiSSions . _ 5. Tc.st RC,/llin.:l11elll: All l' ntl'rin g fres-hmcn must submit scores from , eltiler the College Hoard, Aptitude I est (SA I), 01 the Schol,lStlC . . American Collc.ge Test Assessment (A<:;: r) or, for Washi lst9n � State reSidents, the Washington Pre-College fest (WI C I), Registration procedures and forms arc available at high school counseling otfices,

/

EARLY DECISION

High school studc.nts who have dl'cided upon I'L>U as their first choice may be oftered admiSSion as early as October 1 of their senior year, Early D(xision, appJications must be made by Noul'miJcr15 of the s('mor year. SAT, ACe or WP T scores from the prevIOus Mily or July Me acceptable. Early Decision students are gwcn p referl;ntial treatment in camp us hOUSing ilnd fin"ncia 1 aid. An , Early Decision form is availabfe from the Office of AdmiSSions, If "f"","bI' , ",,,,,,,, m,y ,

1:: ;,:;� ?��::Y::i;; ,�

";Il��1 a


EARLY ADMISSION

Qualified students interested in accelerating their formal education may begin work toward a degree after com p l e tion of the . j U n ior year or first semester .of the senior year of high school. Exce p tional students who wi sh to e n roll before completing all req lll red units in hi g h school must have a letter submitted by a recognized school official which appro ves early college admiSSion and gives assurance that a hi g h sc h ool diploma will be Issued after completIOn of speCified coll ege work. Only students highly . recommended for Early AdmiSSion will be comHdered. Generally these students rank among the top students in their class and present high aptitude test scores.

HONORS AT ENTRANCE

PLU co n fe rs Hon ors at Entrance to the most highly qualiHed freshmen who are offered admission. Certificates a rc mailed in early May to high schools for presentation to reCipients at an honors con voca tion or an assembly or dUring their graduatoon ceremony itself. The granting of Honors at Entrance reco g nizes outsta nding high school achievement and a n tici p a tes superior performance a t t h e u niversity leve l . These awards h a ve no monetary value. (Sec Honors Prog rams under Academic Proced ures .)

AD VANCED PLACEMENT OPPO RTU NITIES

1. College Board Exalll inatiolls: Students i n terested in seeking advanced placement o r credit towa.rd graduation through the examination p ro g ra m of the College Board should direct II1qull'les tor speCifIC information to the d e partment or school which offers the academIC sub j ect of their chOIce. General i nq ui rie s about the College Bo ard program may be addressed to the Office of Admissions. 2. Departmcntal Examinatiolls: A nu mber o f depa rtments and schools offer placement examinations in order that students may be advised as to the level at which they may most C redit toward advantageously pursue a given subject. graduation may be given In certain cases, depe n d mg on the examination score and whether the subject matter was IIOt part of the course work by wh ic h the high school diploma was ea rned . Agai n , inquiries for s pecific infonnation should be directed to the department or school offering the particular subject.

APPLICATION PROCE D U RE : TRANSFER STUDENTS

Students who began their higher education a t other accredited col leges or un iversities are encouraged to apply for admiSSIon With adva nced standing. Candidates must have good academIC a n d personal sta nding at t h e institut.ion last attend,:d full-lime. Although i t does not guarantee admiSSIOn, a g rade pOln t avera f;e of 2.25 in all c ol l e g e worK a ttempted IS reqlll red for regu lar admiSSion. Test scores may be required for applica n ts who have lim ited college experience. Credentials required are: 1 . Formal Application: Submit a U niform Undergraduate Application with 525 . 0 0 non-refundable application/records fee. 2. Transcripts: Official transcripts [rom all r re vious coll.egiate institutions attended must be sent bX those IIlstltutlOns directly to the PLU Office of AdmiSSIOns. OffiCial high school transcnpts of credits are necessary if they arc not listed on college transcripts. 3. Clearallce Form: The ofiice o f the dean of students at your most rece ntl y attended (full-time) institution must complete a . clearance form (provided by the PLU O ffice of AdmiSSions). 4. I{ecommen dations: Two recom mendations must be prepared by ins tructors, counselors, pastors, or other qual ified persons. The FLU Office of Admissions provides the fo rms.

EV ALUA TION OF CREDITS

1 . The registrar evaluates all transfer r eco rds and creates an advising booklet (Gold Book) i ndicatin g com p l.etion of any cure reqlll r ements and total hours a c cep te a. I n d iVidual school s and courses satisfy major departments determine wu l di requirements. 2. Generally, college-level courses carrying grade "C" o r above apply toward graduation. " 0" graded courses will be W ithheld u n til a student has successfully completed one semester's work at the u niversity.

10

ADMISSION

3 . A co m m u n ity college stu dent may transfer a maximum o f 64 semester (96 q ua rter) hours of credit from the two-year institution. 4. To qual ify as a degree candidate, a student must take 32 o f the fin a l 38 semester hours in residence.

UNACCRED ITED EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCES

1 . Credits earned i n un accreditt'd schools arc not transferable at the time of ad mission. Eva lua tion and decision on such courses will be made after the student hDs been in a ttenda nce a t the u niversity one semester. 2. The u n i versity a l lows up to 20 semester hours of USAFI credit and u p to 20 semester hours for military credit, providing the total of the two doc s not exceed 30 semester hours. 3 . The u n iv e rsi ty docs not grant credit for college level GEO tests. 4 . For information on the Co l lege Level Examination Pmgram (CLEP), refer to the section on Credit by Ex aminalion u nder Academic Procedures.

ACCELERATED UNDERGRAD UATE RE-ENTRY F O R ADULTS (AURA)

Qualified adu lts, 30 years o f age o r older who ha ve not been enrolled in a baccalaureate degree program within the last five years, may seck advanced placement at up to the junior level through the AURA Pro � ra m . Those accepted into AURA are granted one year's p ro visl (l nal admission, d u ring which time they must complete 12 credits at P L U ( i lKlu ding Psy ch o logy 401) with a grade point ave rage o f 2 . 5 or higher. Credit awards tor prior reaming are based upon systematic assessment b y a facu lty panel of the adequacy and a ppropria teness of know l edge and skills demo nstrated in a por tfolio pre pilred by the s tudent With sta ff assistance. Credit awards may not exceed 48 semester credits l ess acceptable college transfer cred its. For details of the AURA Program, contact the D irector, AURA Progra m, 535-75 18.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE: FORMER STUDENTS

Full-time students who have not been in attendance for one semester or more may seek readmission by obtil inin g iln a p pl ication for re-entrance from the Office of Adm issions u n l e ss they have been approved, at the ti me of last enr o l l me nt , for a leave of absenCe' . Students who have been dropped for academic or discipl inary reasons m ust identify a faculty member w i l l in g to act as a sponsur and adviser if re-admitted. Re-entering students whu have attended a n o ther college in the meantime mu�t request tha t a transcript be sent from the institution di rectly to the dea n of admissions.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE:

FOREIGN S TUDf.NTS

Forei g n students who arc qualified academical ly, financially, and in English proficiency arc encouraged to JOin the univerSity com munity. Information and application procedures may be obtained from the dean of ad missions.

FINALIZING AN OFFER OF ADMISSION

1 . Medical I�cquiremellt: Before final matriculation, each new full­ time underg raduate studen t (ten �emester hours or m ore) must submit a Medical History Record acceptable to the PLU Health Service. 2. Advance Paymellt: A $100.00 advance payment is necessary iollowing an offer of adm ission . This payment is the student's acknowledgement of acceptance and both guarantC'cs a place 111 the student body a n d reserves hOUSing on campus If re q uested . It is credited to the student's account and is a p pli cd toward fered admission expenses of the first semester. Fall applicants oj before May 1 mllst submIt tile payme/lt by May 1 , I t CIrcumstances necessitate cancellation o f enrollment und the dean of admissions is notified in writin g before May 1 , thc 5 1 00 . 00 will be refu nded . The refund date [or i nterim is December 1 5 , a nd for sprin g semester, January 15. 3 . New Stuae n t Information FO'Ym: This form i nclu d es the a p p lica tion for housing and must be completed by all students and returned with the advance payment.


Pi a cial Aid [{ecogn i zi ng t h a t m a n v students wilt' wa n t to a t ten d Paciiic L u t her�n U n i ve rs i ty wourd be u n:1 b le to meet all expens '5 o f e n rol l­ m en t f ro m �le rsl)na l �)r fa m i l y sou rC(�8, the u n i versity a t te mp ts to p ro v i d e fi na i,ci a l assistant ' to a l l e l igible studen t�. A n y s t ude n t ap­ proved for en rol l men t o r c u rre n tl y enrolled m , y [· quest finano,,1 aid. App roxi m a tel y 70'70 of the u n i vers i ty ' s studenb re eive h e l p in t he fo r m of gI ft a , s"ta n ce ( th a t 1S, sc h o la rs h I p s , t a le n t , w, rd s, or g ra n ts), low i n te rest d e ferred l oa ns , or e m p loym en t . I n m a ny cases a fi nanci"l a i d il wa rd will be il c o m b I nation 01 these f or ms of assista nce . The qUil n t i ty a n d composition of a n a w a rd is ba sed upon d e m o n ­ stra te d fi n a n c i a l n e e d , a c a d � m ic achievement, test scores, and other persona I ta len ts a n d i n teres t s . eed i s det rmi ncd f r�l m " " alysis of . t he f i n a n c i a l Aid Form (FAF), wh ich is a state m en t of Ima noa l wn­ d.ition p rovided bv t h e ol l ege Scholarship Service (eSS). A na l ysis of th Fi n a ncia l Aid Form de te r m i nes ,1 n expec ted contribution for st uden t a n d parents or g u a rd i a n . col lege expenses fro m th "Financial Ne 'dn is defined as t h e d i fftC rence between total s t u d r n t expenses f o r a n a ca d e m i yellr ,md the expected st uden t/ f, m il y contribution a n d is a p ri m a ry factor In determmIng e l tg,b , l t ty for most a v a i b b l c a i d . Financial assista nc > is a va i lab l e to a l l qualified s tud en ts rega rd less of t h E' i r sex, race, creed, col or , age, n a tio n il l origi n, or ha ndicapped con d i tion .

APPLICATION PROCEDURE: FRESNME. r A N D TR A NS � fK 1 . D -ADLlNE: A l l m a te na ls m u s t b e M rch 1 .

2.

3. 4. 5.

in t h e Financial A id Office by

1ail a Financial A i d Porm (FAP) to the' College Sc h ola rs h i p Servic ( 'S) by February 1 . B e o ffered adm ission by March 1 . Submi t it PLU Fi n a nci a l A i d A pplication ( t ra n s fcrs o n ly). S ub m i t a Financial Aid Transcript ( t ra n sfers only) .

CONTINUING STUDENTS 1 . DEAD I Ap ril I .

E:

All materials must be in the hn a ncia l Aid O ffice by

2 . Ma il a Fi_nancial Aid Form (FAF) to t he Co llege Sc h ola rs h ip Ser­ vice (CSS) by M a rch 1 . 3 . Co mp ll!tc a P[�U Financial A i d Appl ication. . . A pp l ic.a tio n for financial a id in E· ncouraged at a l l tllTIeS, bu t fa tl u re to mee t the p reced in g a p p l ication da te s l11il�' resu t t III a de nta l 01 a i d even t h ou g h need is d e m o n s t rated. fhe f:ma ncl a l A I d OffICe w t l l con -i d e r a l l ap pl ica n h f r a ny award for w h ich t h e y migh l be d i g i ­ b[�. Aid mvurds al'l' for olle yea r alld /1/0-'1 Il l'£' YL'I1L'l1'tlble, proVIded rI' : a pp "­ catioll is cOlI/plptcd 0 / 1 11 Ine, filllll1c wl .,eed CUlIllIl!Ics, lind slll lS/actOrt/ amdcl11ic progr�s is mailltllincd. Aid is 1101 Ililiomalica/lli rcllcwed melt

year.

NOTIFICATION OF AW ARD DECISIONS

1. A w a rd de isions f o r freshmen a nd transfer students wh.o meet t h � M, rch 1 com p le tion d a t e will be made in M a rch , and "clual

notification w i l l be m a iled A p ril l . . 2. Financial aid decisions for con t i n u i n g P L U s t u de n ts are made I n A p ril a n d n o t i Ication5 ar' sen t o u t begi n n in g in May.

VALIDATING THE AID OFFER

Aid offers must b va l i da t ed by retu rn i n � the signed Financial Aid Awa rd Notice " n d su bm i t t i n g the Sl()O adva nce payme n t re q u i red bv the un iversi tv . T h i s s h o ul d be d on e a s soon as possi bl e but must b e com pleted by M e')' 1. A pplica n t s n o t re t u rn i n g t h e i r a cce p ta n ce of an award by the reply date speci fied wil[ have their awa rds ca n­ cell d I f a n a pp lica n t later deCi de s to reapply, the <1 p p ltcat l c n "" til : be reV Iewed W i th the group cu rre n t [y belllg p roces se d . . Aid, w i t h t h e exce p tio n o f Col lege Work-S t udy , i s cred i ted to the student's accou n t when all p a pe rwork has been com p leted . One­ h a l f of the a w a rd is disbursed each semester. Pments a nd st ud t' n ts a r ' responsible for t h e charges i n excess of the award. . [n some cases a i d is a w a raed in excess of d i rect u l1l ve rsl t y c h a rges to h e l p w i t h l i v i n g expen. (>s. T h i s money w i l l re main on the stu­ de n t's acco u n t u nlC'ss requested by tht: s t ude n t through the BUSI­ ness Office a ftl'r classes h ave begu n . Under federal regu l a tions, a d j u s t m e n ts to a n award p a ckage must be m ad c if a stude n t receives additional aWMds of aid from sou rccq t' xt Q rn a l t() t h e u n iv ers it y . In every caSl" hoyv('ver, t h e Fi na ncial Aid Office w i l l a tte m pt to a l l o w t h t' s t u d e n t to kee p a s m uc h o f the a wa rd pack a ge ,15 pOSSIbl e . By t re a t l llg aId receIved from e x te rn a l sou rces i n this way, addi tional ,1 w a rds from t he u n i­ versity'S resou rce s can be made to o t h e r q u a li fied nee dy st u de n t s .

RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The ba si c reqponsibility for f i na nci ng an edu ca tio n at PLU res ts with students a n d tlH�lr ta m t l lc's. In addItIon to e x pected contribu­ t i on s from panmt, or gU<l fd i a ns , s t u dents arc e xpec ted to assist by con t r i b u t i n o f ro m their siwings a nd summer earn lllgs. FIllJnclal as­ si sta n ce f ro�n t h e u n i ve rsi ty is therefol'C' s u p p le m e n tary to t h e ef­ fo rt s of a s t u d e n t's fil m i t y . It is p rovided for s t u d e n ts w h o de mo n­ striltc need. Additional righ ts a n d respon s i b i l i t i e s of financial aid recipients i n cl ude: 1 . Signin � and rc t u rn i n g cach fin � n cia l a id no tice re ce ived . 2. Decitl1ln g a t a n I' tI m e a n y p o r t i o n o f a n awa rd . 3. N o t i fyi.ng the I�ina ncial Aid Officl! i n case o f a change i n cred it h ou rs a t tempted; a Chil llgC In mantal s t a t u s; a cha nge m re s l­ den cc' (off-campus or ilt hOl11e); or rece Ip t of Mi d , tlo nal outSide scholarships. 4. S ign i n g ad d i t ion il l documents in the Fina n c iill Aid O f fice a l the begin l l lllg of e a c h semester.

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS/S ATI SFACTORY PROGRESS T h e po l icv o f t he Financial A i d Office is to al ll"v s tud e n ts t o con­

ti nu e receiving fi n a ncial a s s istance as long as they Me i n good stand­ il t the u n iversity. To d o o th erwi se would ca u se a severe hilrd­ s h I p on students who m u s t de vo te their dforts to achieV i n g satlsfilc­ tory grad es . However, no institutional g ran ts will be d w a rded to students w i t h c u m u lative grade poi n t av� ragcs below 2.00. . To be given p rio rity tor most ty p es 01 fInanCial aId, an ap f'h ca nt must be c l: rol l cd a � a full-time st u d e n t . For fede ral fi nanCial aId p ro­ g rams , a lu I I- tl tne stu de n t IS de fI ned as any person e n rolled fo r a m i lll m u m ot tw('lve crpci l' t h o u rs or more per se m est e r . Most fi na n­ cial a i d a t P L U is based on an a vera gt' of 32 cre d i t h o u rs for t he acad mic ye'l r . T h i s inc.l u d ' s the pos iIJi l i ty of four hours during t h e i n te rim . Adjllslments ill all award lIlay lie mllde du ring I h � year if all oid recipienl has Ilot e 1 1 rolled fo r the I1ll1llber of credit hOllrs showll all the P'OIl! of lite award Ilotll-e. I n every ca se, fulf-tun e s tLld,�n t;; WIll be giver priority for fi na n cia l aid.

in s

FINANCIAL AID

11


TYPES OF AID

UNIVERSITY GIFT ASSISTANCE

UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS a re granted on the basis of academic achievement and financial need. To be considered, a freshman a p p l ica n t must have a 3.30 secondary school grade point average. Scholastic a b i lity must also be reflected in test scores from the Scholastic Aptitude lest (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT), or the Wa s h ing t on Pre-College Test (WPCT). Trallsfer and COlltlllllillg stu den ts must have a 3.0 cumula tive grade point average to be qualified for first-time or renewal awards. PLU is a sponsor of . Natiolw/ Merit Scholarships, Students who earn semifinalist standing are encouraged to contact the Financia.l Aid Office for information concerning a PLU Merit Award . PRESIDENT'S SCHOLARSHIPS of $750 a re awarded t o e n ter­ i ng fres hmen in recogn itio n of outstallding acad emic achievement i n h ig h school a n d in an ticipation of superior performa nce a t PLU . To be a ca n d idate, a student must have a high school � . p . a . of 3 . 75 or higher, present high test scores, and be offered admission by Ma.rch 1. F//lancw/ lleed 15 /lvt a determllllllg factor a nd no applicatIOn is re­ quired. Only a l i mi ted number of students who meet the above re­ quirements are selected. The awards, made in March, are renewable if a 3.3 grade point average is maintained. ALUMNI MERIT AWARDS o f $ 1 , 000 are available to exceptional students. Prefer�nce will be giv<;>n to sons and daughters of PLU alumnI. To be ehglble, e n tenn g freshmen must have a cumulative high school g, p . a . o f 3 . 5 o r higher. Non-freshmen a nd renewal ap­ p licants must h a v e a minimum colle g iate g . p . a . of 3.3 to be eligib le . Financial need is no t a determining factor and a special application is required. Merit awa rd a p plican ts must be offered admission to the u n iversi ty and must submit applications by March 1 o f the yea r pre­ ced i ng their enrollment. FACU LTY MERIT AWARDS (24 awards) are a vailable to those students who have completed a minimum of 45 semester hours at PLU . The S750 stipend is not based on need . A recipient ca n not be receiving any other merit award s . A faculty commi ttee will evaluate recipients on the basis of their scholastic achievement, s p ecific tal­ enb, and unusual service to the community or the un iverSity. PROVOST'S MERIT AWARDS of $750 are granted to transfer students with a cumulative college grade point average of 3.6 or above, Preference is given to eligiole students who will complete iln assoCIate degree at a n accredited commumty college (or a compara­ ble academic experience a t an accredited four-year institution) be­ fore their enrollment at P LU . Only students who h a ve received a n offer of admission by March 1 will be considered. Other criteria which may be considered include: high school record; test scores; involvement and leadership in school, college, community, and church . Financial need is no t a determining factor. AIR FORCE ROTC SCHOLARSHIP recipients (4-year, 3-year, or 2-year) may attend Pacific Lutheran U n iversity. AFROTC classes are held at the Aerospace Studies Department on the Un iversity of Puget Sound campus, about 20 minutes driving time from the PLU campw,. TALENT AWARDS a re granted to students with financial need who have exceptional ability in the fields of forensics, drama, art, music, or ath letics. The candidate must make arrangements with the school or department concerned for an a u d itio n an d/or a per­ sonal 11l terview. In some cases a tape or film will be sa ti sfa ct orv . A recommendation from a fac u l ty member must be on file be fo re a�stu­ d en t is considered for a Ta lent Award . UNIV ERSITY GRANTS arc awarded in combination with loans and employment to st u d ents with financial need who do not qualify for sc�olarship assistance: 0invrity Grallts are available for qualified mll10nty stu cfents 111 a d d iti o n to all other ty p e s of financial aid de­ scribed. Foreig"l Studellt Grallts are restricted to those foreign stu­ dents who have provided their own resou rces for at least one year of a ttendance. Grants usually amount to less than one-third of t h e cost of attendance. MIN ISTER'S DEPENDENT GRANTS are available to unmar­ ried, . dependent children of a reglliarly ordailled, active minister or miSSionary of a C h ristian church . The minister's p rincipa l employ­ ment and primary source of income must be a result of churc h work. The minimum annual g rant is $200 but this may be increased to $700

if the eligible student has a demonstrated financial need as deter­ mined from the Financial Aid Form. If a FAF is submitted no spe cia l M D G a p plication i s re q uired. June 1 is t h e deadline for requesting thiS gra n t . Requests received thereafter will be honored only as

budgeted funds permit.

12

FINANCIAL AID

A L U M N I DEPENDENT G R A NTS of $200 a re given to full-time students whose parent(s) attended PLU (PLC) fo r two semesters or more. To be e l i g ible the alumni d e e nd e nt must be a fu l l-tim e stu­ dent ( 1 2 credit hours per s .mestcr and complete an a p p l ica t i o n in the F i nan cial Aid O ffice. De ce mb e r 1 is the d e a d l i n e for req u e s t in g this grant. Requests received therenfter wil l be h o n ored o nl y as budgeted fu n d s perm it. GRANTS in the a m o u n t o f $50 per semester shall be g ive n to each of two or more full-time students from the same fami- Iy a ttending PLU simultaneously, provided that the main support for both is from parents and provided they ha ve not received any other univer­ sity grant or award. Mnrried students a rc also eli g ible when both are fun-time students. An appl ication must be filed 111 the Financial Aid Office a t re g istration or immediately thereafter. The 'grant will be credited after eligibility is established. In a d dit io n to its own scholarship funds, the u n iversih' has at its disposal the following restricted funds, genera'.'y aw ard�d t o those students w ho complete the regular application and who have fi nished their freshman year:

f

Aid As�oci.:l tiLln for l . u thl"r<ltlS SchoLHShips t\lIenmor\.· FOllnd<ltlOl1 Scholarship A l u m ni Schol,m�h ip Fund A m c ricilll Lutheran C hurch - North r',lCific D i s t rict Schol'lr� h i p 0rnL'ric<ln. L �l t hcr'ln Ch urch S <:: ho l <l r,s h lp ,l nd C r. ,n Prngrnm for Minority Studl'nt� Hort::nce S p m n e r A n d t'rson fI,·1cIII 0 rJ.l I S chol,l rs h l p R u t h Anunson Schol.Hbhlp A.s�oci<l t c d Grucers Scholarship H . E . R . C . Minority Scholnrship Bindl�r Men1(lrial Scilol,lrship Jorunn IlrL,jlil nd Schul<lrsh ip Fund Or. ilnd Mr." \N . n. Burns Fund BorLI�l(f MCn10ri'll Schola rship Hl'nrit'ttll Uulton NurSin Schol rs h i Fund g Carl Dalk MCIllOriill Schula rshlp found Shelley Foun?�) ti(ln Ed l.lC<ltion.ll Schlilarships Chevron f\.·Il'nt A\-\'Md:-: Comc rco �chol<lrs h i p I r e n e O . rt�oMl'rit ;\w[lrd fdn A. D,wis found Doolittk' r",femor;,,1 Sd � ()I.lrship Lcd Enkson :IcholM!i h l p I�'lculty Ml'n1ori.1J S C hlliM:.:.hi p J:und Fi:l l t h L u t h l.'r"im C h u rch o f f'ortliJnd Scholarship Fund Henry Fos:-:. S("hobr:-ohi l :\:orwCgi,Hl �tt1dcnb) L. c. (:.0:;:; M4..'Il'llri"J Sc/loJJrship . Haas J."ound.lIton Oln f i i., [ v o rSl'rl ScbolJrship vY . H . J fardtkeScminnry S �ud('nl I�und Sun.nn Ingram Ml'mort"\ Schol,lrshlp Terry Irwlll Scholarship Johnson/L.1rson Schol., r�hi p Rev. Karl Kilian 'v 1 le11lorial hllld William Kilwurth Found<ltlon Schol ilf�h ip Fund M('ivin Kkwuno Ml.'morial Schular!-lhip Ebb,l �,Jrsun N u rsing Sc.hOI<lfS h i p Llldvl� clnd Cl,lrtl Li\ f""; o n Sc holar!-lhi p LOllis(� a n d (;uy I .��s �l.:\n i�1l'nllH·ial .Sch u l.1 rsh.i p Mr. and Mrs. W. l I d d ing l . l n d bl' rg Lndo\.vpJ Scholarship LuthN<ln iJmtht..' rhood Lcr;<ll RC�l'rvl' Life I n s u r,)n("� Co. Schol.:r r s h i p . Jot' Marchint'k iV!L'mon.ll Scholiln; h i p F u n d Mil t h e rn a tics S( hul., r s h I p Lil,l Moe Scho!"arship Fred o. Muc:n�ch('r an� A �oci.1tl'� - Sh<l �l')" s Parlors Schol<1rship . Mr. <1Ild Mrs. Gu�, I I . i':l em.a n MemOrial S(ho[Jr� h l P M,lrgJ rl!t :....: i St.ld Memorial S(hol,Jr� h i p I{oger PJctel Ml!morial Scholarship BI'1Ilchl' Pflaum Schulnrship PLU Wome-n'sClub Sc holarshi p Port l.:l nd A rcol Alumni ScholM::.hip Kathrvn r{ee�Q Memorial Sch olarsh ip Drs. ich d .l nd WalttrSchwindt Scholarship �i9ucl.md Youth Schol rs hi p ( lorth P{lcific District Luth<.' r Leagu(·) Sklllm.'r FoundJtion Scholarship S m i t h Endowment Scholarship Fund Dora StJngland �1('morial S("hot.:r rship I d L1 Tin b d:-:.tad Mt' n1ol'l"I ScholJrship E\'elrrl S . Ttlrven d S c hol., r s h i p . E.llen \!Jlk' tl,'jell1onJl S,holllr::ih ip

1

a

l

p

(for

S("�ol.1 rship

ri/.7.�

R"

m

a

Edvin .1 111..1

�{�)6lPr���'2�::lt�)�1�\t'Il1(lrial I- irdvig I\rt h u r M l'TTlt)ria i Oon(Jld A. l1runnt.'dvk ntCJ n <l 1 Mark S"IZn1<1n Memo ri., 1 J . P. CJrlstrom S ch ola r sh i p Louisand Leona J� .. , m p S("holor�hip Gordon P('arson Memo r i,, 1 WlIdel}-hndL'riieScholarship fund Wilshington St.llt' A u to m obi l e Dl'al�rs Scholarship Washington Congress of P(l rE:'nb, Teachers. Ilnd Students


GO VERNMENTAL GRA NTS T H E PELL G RA N T PROGRAM is a fe deral program designed to p rovide the "foundation" for a financial a id pa cka ge. It is i n te n d ed for students with high fi nancial need. When completing th� Finan cial A i d Form ( F A F) a pplicants should i n d icate that th� information i s to be used for determi n i n g their �Ii g i bil i ty for the Pell Gra n t by checking the appropriat� box . If the Stu d e nt E l igibi l i ty Report (SER) you receive i n d icates eligibil ity, a l l t h re e copies should be sent to the Financial Aid Office. SUPPLEM ENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY G RANTS (SEOG) a r e available to stude n ts who have exception a l fi I�a n c ia l need . Grants range from $200 to $2,000 per year. The SEOG m u s t b e matched w i t h at least a n equivalent a m o u n t of o t h � r kinds of aid (grant, loa n , or e m p l ()ym�nt). Eligibility is determined by federal g u i d elines. W A S H I NGTON STATE N E E D G RA NTS a re available to eligible residents o f the State of Washin gton who attend PLU. These grants arc intended for students with high need. On the basis of guidelines established by the Council o n Post-Seconda�y Ed u ca t io n , stll d�n ts wIth speCified need as computed from the Fl I1 a nCi a l AId F o r m a re submitted to the State for consideration. Present proce d u re does not req uire a separate a pp lication. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT There arc employment opportunities on ca mpus a nd in the community that can help students meet col lege expenses. Prior­ ity for placement is given to those students w h o have demon­ strated fi nancial need and have been awarded a work-study eligiblity. Over 900 stud e n ts work on ca m p u s each year. The university'S a n n ual stu d e n t payroll exceeds S 1 , 000,000. The av­ erage on-cam p u s job approxima tes ten hours per week, and produces around $ 1 , 050 cfu ring a n academic year. All student placements for on-call/p liS al/d off-emil /Ills jobs are irml­ died liy tile Career Planl/illS a l l d P/aCCII1CIl/ Office. Actual assign­ ments for new studen ts a rc made a t the begi nning of the school year and at other times as vacancies occ u r . The federal Col lege Work-Study Program o ffers o n l y on-cam­ pus e m p l oyment. To participate, students must be eligible for work-stud y . T h e state Work-Study Program o ffers only off-ca mpus work opportunities with profit-making and non-profit t'm ployers. Positions must be related to students' aca d e m ic i n terests. To participate, students must be eligible for work-study. LOANS Many students invest in their future b y borrowing educational funds. Low i n terest, deferred loa n s make It possible to pay SOllle of t h e c o s t o f education at a later t i m e . Loans arc o f t e n i n c l u d e d w i t h g i f t assistance and work to form a financial aid package. There are three m a j or sou rces o f loans at PLU:

f

N U RSING STUDENT LOAN (NSL) - A tederal loa n ' rogru m l i m i ted to students w i t h need who arc accepted for enrol ment o r a r c � n r o l l e d i n t h � School o f Nu rsing (usually n o t before t h e s 0 f, h o ­ . more vea r) . f h e N 5 L h a s p ro v I s i o n s S i m I l a r to the the N DSL. Up to 52,506 is a v a ila b i L" de p�'ndl' n t on federal fu n d i ng. Loans a verage $500. Rl'paynll'nt begins one yea r after gra duatio n . Partial or ful l cance l l a tion is po ssible u n d e r cc'rtain conditions . G U A R A NTEED I N S U R E D STUDENT LOAN (GSL)

-

U nd e r

t h i s progra m , students may borrow from ba nks, credi t unions, a n d savings i1 nd l o a n associations. A sepurate appl icatio� procedure is . reqUIred and form s a re i1 vaIl"ble t w m the PLU Fll1ancl,l l Aid OffIce. Th� l11 ilxil1111mS which iI stud ent milV b o rro w Me :

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,500 U nd ergril d llate - dependl' n t . . 53,000 - i n depen d e n t Gradllilt� . . . . ...... .............. 55,000 Repaym e n t of pri nc ipil l is deferred u n til n i ne months after a re­ cipient Cl'a S l' S to be il half-time student e nrolled in a n e l i gible in stitu­ tion. The i n terest rate is ':1%; i n terest is paid by the federal govern­ ment w h i le the recipie n t is a tten d i n g school. Short term loans a re available from various restricted PLU loa n fu nds which I n d u d e :

A l u m n i i\SStlCi,llioll LO,ll1 Fund Amc'rk,m Lllther,ln Church WOlllcn I .o.,n Fund Anton I\ n<.iL-rSili1 Lu.ln rUlld John S. H�lkl'r 1 . 0.)11 Fund P. Clrlstmlll lVkmori.ll Lo,m FlInd Pelhl ,,1111111.) Stucl('n t ' .0.111 hInd Lily C. F l'rll Fund rvl.nie I luth I o') n F u n d Ge.rhMd KirkL'bo Menlori,,1 Lo,m Fund J I..'<lll l.-'ttd.1\snn · Di.:l l1<l 1 ',HlI · Miri<ll1l StOll Menlori.,! Student I .oiln Fund !'-(.M1l Fund S ttll'fl ,'\ \ u m n i LO<l1l Fund Tint;k'st" d 1 .(MIl Fund WU1llcn ' .., C l u l" of T.1COllld 1�l'v( ) l v i n g 1 .0<)" Fund V l' m C' C r.lh.1m 1.0.111 j:\lnd

J.

K.,PP" k

.

J.P. Ptlw.:gl'rStl1dl'nl O.J. O.A.

VETERANS AFFAIRS AND VOCA TIONAL REHABILITATION Pacific Lutheran U n i versity has bee n a pproved by the State Ap­ provi n g Ag e n cv a s one of the q u a l i fied institutions which veterans may a tte nd and receIve benefIts. Vetera n s , WIdows, and chtldren of

deceased veterans who wish to i n qu ire about their e l igibl ity for be­ nefits should contact the Regional Office of the Veterans A d m inis­ tration, Federal Build ing, 9 1 5 Seco n d Avenue, Seattle, Washington

98 1 74

Students should gain adm ission to the u n i versity before making aPfllicatioI} for benefits. Students a rc encouraged to reg ister at the Ul1 lVersIty s Veterans AffaIrs O ffICe before each term to I l1sure con­ tinuous receipt of benefits.

NATIONAL D I RECT STUDENT LOAN (NDSL) - Eligibility is determined bv the PLU Financial Aid Office from the Fina ncial Aid Form and is based on Ileed. Most loans average 5900 a n n ually, but cannot exceed 53,000 for the first two years of school, n or a n aggre­ gate of $6,000 for an u n dergraduate degree. No in terest accrues a n d no payments on principa l arc necessary un til nine months after a recipient ceases to be a halHlme student enrolled II1 an el I g b le 1I1stit u ti o n . Simple i n terest i s on 4 % d u rin g the repay ment period . U p to 100% cancella tion i s a v a i l a b l e for teach ing the hand icapped or in certain low income a reas. Repayment may be deferred because o f further full-time study or service i n the a r m e d forces, VISTA, or the Peace Corps. Exit i n terviews arc required by the Business Office upon leaving PLU or transcripts, grades, a n d d i p l oma a re w ith h e l d .

i

FINANCIAL AID

13


Costs TUITION

FAM ILY STU DENT HOUSING

� tu de nt s at Paci fic Lu theran U n iv l' r s i ty pay on ly for those courses 1 0 w h ich th.ey J re (' nro l le d . Tu [t[on chiHges are. de te r m in c d bv tl'll' n u mb.'r ot credit h o u rs for which students r(lgi5te.r. The 1 982- � rMC' tor one sc m e <; te r hOUT i, S 1 6 5.00. Most c Ou rse s ca rry a valu of f o u r semeste r hou : . A tcw . pec i J lizcd courseS, e . g . , p h y si cal education, art, and p nVil t e musIC I � ss on s , may require extra costs whICh arc I[sted w i th each semester s cou rse o t fe n n gs.

Two a n d three bedroom ( 1 4 u n it s ) , p e r m o n t h . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 3 0 . 00 A deposit of $80.00 m u s t acco m p a ny a re s e r va t ion for fa m i ly stu­ de n t ho u s m g . Th[s d e p os i t w!ll be h eld by the u n iversity u n t i l the occu pa n t vacates the apartme n t or cancels the res r va t i o n . One month's re n t for apartments is re quired in ad va nce . Rates are sub­ j ec t to change.

SPECIAL FEES (1982-83 RATES) Lilte r�' gist'ra tio n cl ea ra n c e Au d H p r ":Ol1 r s '

Mail or deliver payments t o the PLU B u s ine ss Office. Checks shou 'd be made p a y a b le to Pacific L u t h e ra n Un iversity a n d the stu­ , dent s n a me and [dentl f[ca t[on nu mber should be shown on t h e check. Bank cred i t cards are accepted .

·

_ _ _ _ _ _

. . . . . . 525 00 25% of tuition

Cred i t b y e xa m i n < tio n : D p a r t m ' n t a l ex a m 25% of cou rs e tuition S t u d e n t P a rk i ng : . Yeilr Permit . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . Nu c h a rge Pe n J l ty for non-registration _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ 5'10.00 Student h ea l t h a n d accident i n surJ nce (estimated fee; a c t u a l fee m a y b higher)(24 ho u rs , 1 2 month co,, 'rage, optional) . $99.00 Private music lesslllls ( p e r credit hour) 575 . 00

ROOM AND BOARD - Double Occupancy (1982-83) FilII, I n t eri m , J nd pring Fa l l ilnd Sp ri n g Fall ilnd I n tl' r i m Fall only I n terim o n lv I n terim and S p r i ng Spring only

' ROOM AND BOARD B REAKDOWN (1982-83)

52370 2280 1 280 1 190 1 80 1 370 1 1 90

One semester o n l y : $ 580 (room) S 6 1 0 (board) I nternll� $ 90 (ro ml' 90 (board) • I nterim room i. fn: for rail semcsrer students on ca m pu s during mten m . In o r de r to re mJ i n on c a m p u s d u r i n g i n terim, students m u st take a cla s s or fi l e a Pla n a Actio n . Full yeM: $ 1060 (room) S 1 220(boMd)* • Do � not i n cl u d e S90 i n t er i m board charge. . . ne h a l l wiU be op e n d u r i n g 01ristmas a n d s p ri n g break. An a d ­ d[t[on')l h ' c w " l bl' dl a rg e d for occu pancy d u ri ng th .. c times. . Only a vrr-y s mal l n u m b 'r o t ti ll1gl c roo m s aI" ava ilab l e . They are Illnited to st u d e n t s with m d ical l ph ys ica l handicaps w h ich n e ce i­ tate a single room, a n � to u p pe rclas s c; t u d e n ts . Students new to PLU n ormal ly do not r(' cel v(' mgle r .lom assignme n ts . An d d d it'i o nal �65. 00 f '> P r sem e s te r is assessed for ' i n g k rooms. An a d d i tio n a l :;; 1 00 . 00 fee [- dS .!" scd for d oub le rooms used as si n gl es (spring scrnester o n ly) . Th "bove room a n d bo a r d rates includ ' th ree meal s per day, Monday t h rough ". a t u r d a y a n � bru nch and d i n ner on S u nd a y . � . Meab a n: not p ro v i d e d d u n ng I hnnksg[vll1 g , ChnstmJs, a nd Ea s­ ter vaca tions, nor a n y o th er day when the res[ d e n C h a l l s a rc l os ed . On-campus stud en ts are required to cat in the u n ive rs i t y d i ning halls. Stu dents l i vi n g of f- c am p us are e n cou raged t o ea t me�ls o n cam ­ . or l u nc h only p u . rwo plans are offere d : a l l meals, e en days, 0 . M onday t h ro u g h Frid v .

r ail n rld'Spring (each

emesler)

Off-ca m p u s f u l l ff-ca m p u s l u nch

5 d a ys

56 1 0 . 00 $21 5 . 00

Off-ca mpus fu l l Off-campus lu n ch

5 d a ys

$90.00 $45.00

lrli enlll

14

COSTS

PAYMENTS

PAYMENT OPTIONS

n is selected, the totill costs o f Pa ymen t by semester. If this op t io. each semeste r m u s t be pard be fo re the begllll1lng of classes. 2. Th (c' PLU Budget Plan iJ llows for pa y i n g certain se lec te d educa­ t[onal expenses o n iJ m o n t h l y installment b a s i s without i n terest or service ch a rges . QU il l i fy i n g co st s (e xc lu d es books, fines, e tc . ) ilre es t i m a te d for t he en tire academic year a nd paid i n twelve in­ s t all:ne n t s beginn ing May 1 0 , with the las t insta l l m e n t d u e April 10. For s tud e n ts a t tendll1g o n ly one semester (exc l u d [ n g S u m mer session a n d i n te r i m ) the estimated cost is paid i n six i n s t a l l ments. Fa l l semester paym e n ts beg i n Ma y ] () and s p ri n g semester pay­ ments �egin Novem ber 1 0. ;:.. B u dg et Plan Agreement may be ob­ ta ! ned tram the Bus[ness Otf[ce. The a g ree m e n t is not va(id u n t i l [ t [s c o m p l et ed , si gn ed , re turned, and a p p roved by t h e Bu s i n e s s

1.

Office. NOTE: Enro l l mcnt

is not com pl e te u n t i l paym e n t i s made in ac­ cordance with one of the above payment options. Late payme n ts may be ass es se d a 2% latc payment pe n a l ty .

ADV ANCE PAYM ENTS

New students pay a 5 1 00 . 00 advilncc payment in order t o finalize their offer o f admissio n . For fall acce p ta nc e t h i s i s not refu n d a b l e a t t e r 1vlay 1 ( Dece m ber 1 5 f o r i n t e ri m; January 1 5 f o r spring semes­ ter). All ret u r n i n g s tu d e n ts who wish to res er ve a ro om the fo l lowing ye a r or students who a rc r ec eiv i n g financial aid m u s t make a 5 1 0 0 . 00 a d va n ce payme n t . This advance payment is not re fu nd a b l e after J u l\, 1 5 . Students w i l l n o t b e p erm it ted t o fi nal iz e registration a s l o n g a s any b i l l re m a i n s u n pa i d .

RESTRICTIONS

T h e u n i versity reserves the r i gh t t o withhold statements of honor­ able dismissal , g:ade r('ports, t r a n sc ri p t o f records, or d i pl o ma s , u n td a l l ul1lvers[t y bdls have been pard. U nd e r certarn cir­ cu m sta nce s stu dent pay c hec k s may be a p p l ie d to u n paid ba l a n c e s .

REFUNDS

A fu l l tuition refund (less $ 2 5 . 0 0 w i t h d rawal fee i n addition t o for­ feiture of the advance payment) w i l l be m a d e for fa ll and spring semesters w h e n a student w i t h d raws from the u niversity before t h e end of the second week; 25% t u i tion r"'funds will be made for with­ d r aw als during the third a n d fou rth w ee k s ; n o re fu nd s are a.llowed after the fo urt h w e ek . When a st u d e n t withdrJ ws before the end of the first week d u ri ng the interim, a full tuition refund (less $25.00 w i t h d rawal fee) w i l l be mad e . No refu nds arc a llo w ed a fter thc first week . Residence hall r efun d s will ad h e re to the te r m s of the Residential Life Contract. pro-rata board refund will be ma de for n eces sa ry withd rawal from the u n iverSity. Board re fu n ds will n ot be made fo r any u n i ve r­ sity trrps, such as chOlr, b a n d , orchcstra, athletICS, a n d so tor t h . Re­ funds on room w i l l not be made. N(� tice of withdra ''':<l l m u s t be mad.' in w ri t i n g to the re g is trar of PaCifIc Lutheran U nr ve r s [ ty , and re cc [ve d before the dea d l i n e s g i v e n abo ve. O r a l re qu est s arc not acccptable. Requcsts fur consideration of exception to these policies sh o ul d be ad d re ssed to the assistant dea n for s tude n t l i fe .


Student Life The q l. la l i t y of life cultivJ ted and fostered within the u n i vCrS i !v is e s e n t i al component of the ucademlC commuI1lty. fhe environment pro d u ce d is conducive to a l i fe of vigoruus and creative schola rship. I t a lso r eco g nizes that l i be ra l education is for the total person and that a com p lementary rel a tIonshIp eXIsts between students' i n tellectual d e v el o p me n t a n d the satisfactllln o f their otl1l'r individual needs . I n teractIon WIth persons of d J ffenng l i fe s les, appl ication l) f classroom k n owle d g ' to per ona l goals a n d aspirations, and non-academic cx pc r ie nc s are ,l ll invilluable . ilnd vital com pon e n ts of educatlOn at PLU. In a tlIne when there [s a need for mea n i ng f u l commun i ty,. the cam p u s faci litates genuine relationships among members ot the uI1lverSlty from dIverse reli giou s, racial, amf cultural backgrounds. A l l of the services a nd faCIlit Ies proVIded are 1I1 tended to complement the aca d em IC progra m . The services provided reflect changing student needs, and the opportUI1ltles for student p arti c Ipat I o n 1I1c1ude vtrtua ll y al l a spec t ot the u niversity. I ndividual ilttention is giyen to every student concern ll1c1ud ll1g a vanety of specl f[c serv I C es outl1l1ed below. an

s

ty

s

s

CAMPUS MINISTRY

Pacific L u t h e ra n University by its very nature i s a place for the interaction between studies and the Christian fa ith. Opportunities for the m u tual celebration of that faith on ca mpus are rich and diverse. C h a pe l worship i s held Monda y , Wednesday, and Friday mornings d u r in g each semester tor a ll who W I s h to p artlCl p a te. The U n i vers i ty Congregation meets in regular worship and elc brates the Lord's S u p p e r each Sunday. Pastoral serVlCes of the ulltverslty pastors are a va Il a ble to a l l students who deSIre them. Sev ' ra l denominations a n d religious groups have organizations on campus, and there are numerous student-in itiated Bible s t u d y and fellowsh i p groups. The Ca mpu s Min istly Council, an elected stude n t a n d facu l ty cnmmittee, coordinates these activities in a spirit of openness a n d m u tual respect.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF COMMUNITY LIFE

I n the close l ivi n g situation i n the ca mpus com m u n i ty certain regulations are necessarv, and the u lltverslty admIts students WIth the understanding that the y will comply with them. A l l students are expected to respect the r i g h t s and integrity of others. Conduct which is detrimental to stu den ts, their colleagues, or the u nivers i t y , or which v i o lates civil law, may be grounds for disciplinary sanctions o r dismissal from the u ni vers i ty , S p ecifi c regulations and guidelines are ou tLined in the Student Hal/dbook, which i s .a va i la b le through the Student L[fe O ffice for a l l stud e n t s at the begI n l1lng o f each year.

ACTIVITIES The P L U Student Halldbook enumerates over 50 a ca dem i c and

non­ acadl'mic org a niza t io ns, clubs, societies, and in terest grnu p s , w h ich testifies to the diversity of camp us ex ra - c u rricular l i fe . SOCIal action, reli g iou s , a n d poli tical orgalltzations; in terest and sporting clu bs; . ancf er V Ic e, profeSSIOn al, and academte SOCietIes are among the options from w h ic h to choose. The arts are flourishing ilt Pacific Lu hera n U niversity. The Choir of the West, th Concert Band, the U n iv e rS i ty Symphony Orchestra, a jazz ensemble, a renowned col legia te stage, two art ga l l e ri es, a nd a litu rgical dance ensemble prOVIde g('nerous opportu nities for the performlllg student. Personal expreSSIOn IS emphasized in debate, student g overn ment, ca mpus radIo KPLU­ FIve the un ive rs i t y yearbook, and the wee kly student newspaper. Orga nized and individual p h y sica l activities arc for everyone. Rec re a ti o na l a n d compe titive pro g rams include footbal l , cross coun try, basketball, SWlmm1l1g , h l klllg, citmblllg, vo lleyb a l l , tennis, golf, wrestling, add l e ban, bowling, sq uash, handball, P lllg pong, baseba ll, softbal , bad mill ton, fIeld hockey, track and fid d-, water polo, skiing, a nd rowing. A t h letics em p ha size development of the individual ra ther than the search for a th l eti c g l o ry, yet the univ rsity i s p ro u d of its varsity championships in many sports.

t

s

t

r

RESIDENTIAL LIFE Rcsi d en ti a l li ving i s a n integra l

part of the educational process at PLU a n d the residence halls were constructed w i th that in mind. U n i vers i ty policy reflects the commitment to the residential . concept. Unless exempted by the ReSIdentIal L[fe O ffICe, a l l students n o t l ivi n g a t h o m e w i t h pa rer;ts, g uardian, or spouse are rcqlllred to hve 111 a reSIdence ha n unhl achll: vlllg sentor status or

the age o f 2 1 years, As a residential campus, Pacific Lutheran Un iversity offers students a va l uab le experience in co mm u nit living. The u n i versity recognizes the i m p ortance of non-cl �? sro()m activities in p roviding an education for th e whole person . I he aIm of resldenhal I IVlllg IS to help students grow personally, s Qci a l l y , cull u m l l y, and religiously. Campus residence halls are sm a l l . They are org<ll1iz.cd into communities in which each individual counts as a perso n . New knowledge shared with friends in the residence halls takes on a very p e rso na l meaning. Men and women of man y back g ro u n d s and cultures l i ve on campus; therefore, students III residence have a u ni l l ue op p ortu ni ty to broaden their cultural horizons. T n I' u n iversity cares about the q ua l ity of life o n camfus. The a ttractive and comfortable residence halls enrich the q uahty of hfe and enhance the learIllng process. rhe uIllverslty offers students h i g h-g u a h ty houSlIlg op p ortuIllhes l IlcludlIlg student leadershIp expertences, tormal a n d i n formal programs, and peer assocIatIons. The student governing bodies ilre s t rong a nd actively partiCipate in im p ro v i n g the program. . . . A sel ection of modern, attrachve halls, each WIth Its own traditions and u nique a d v a n tages, offers students the o p portu nity to esta b l i h a comfortable livi n g pa ttern . All h a l ls include i nform a l lounges, study rooms, recreation areas, and common kitchen a nd l au nd ry facilities. Most of the halls are co-educational. A l t h oug h they a re housed i n separa te win g s, men and women in co-cd halls share l o unge a nd recreation facilities and common residence gove rnment, a nd p articipate jointly in aU hall activities. All- men's and all-women's halls are reserved for those who desire this type of living experience. Further information regarding residence halls can be obtained from the Residential Life Office. In a d d i tion to housing for sing l e students, the u niversity maintains apartments o n ca mpus for fa mily student hou si ng . Two a nd th ree-bedroom u nits are available. A p plication for these apartments can be made through the Office o f General Services.

y

s

STUDENT LIFE

15


PROGRAM FOR COMMUTING STUD ENTS

Every effort is made to assu rE' comm u ti n g students enjoy th same well-roun ded university experience as those in residence. Fi rst-year students who w i l l be at h.ome a re invited to participate i n a special program which deals with enriching college for theIj1. Off­ ca mpus students arc i nvited a n d encou raged to participate in the varied a nd frequent activities programs planned for all students.

ENVIRONS

The u niversity's geogra p hical setting affords the student a wide variety ot both recrea tional and cultura l en tertainment options. Recreationally, the grandeur of the Pacific Northwest coun try encourage s participation i n hiking, campi ng, climbing, skiing, boating, and swimming. The most conspicuous natural mOn L1l11 e n t in the area is M t . Rainier. I n addition t o Rainier! the distinctive realms of the Cascade a nd Olympic m o u n tain ranges and forests of Douglas Fir complete one of the most na t u rally tranquil environments i n the U n ited States. Students can also enjoy the aesthetic offerings of nearby SeatUe and Tacom a . These city centers host a variety of performing and reco rdi n g a rts and provide dozens of galleries and mu. eums as well a s u n ique shopping and d i n i n g O!xperiences.

STUDENT SERVICES T h e S t u d e n t H e a l t h Center retains the services of a full-time mcdex and part-time nu rse practitioner with il backup physici'1 n and nu rses tor basic medical cme or referra l . A l l students arc en ti­ tled to the services of the center. Health and Accident Insurance is offered by the u n i versity o n a volu lltary basis. The grou p Accident a n d Sickness Medical Expense Plan provides coverage 24 hours a dav, 1 2 mon ths a year, anywhc're in the world . This plan is ,wa ilable at tall, interim, o r s p ri ng registra­ tion o n ly . A brochure outlining the program is available from the Student Life Office. All foreign students I11I1St take out thO! school in­ surance. The Counseli.ng a n d Testing Center ass-ists students i n coping with normal developmental probl ems. Tra ined and experienced co u n selors, including a stilff psychiatrist, offer g roup and individual co un sel in g . A variety of p sy ch ological tests and i n terest inventories arO! a vailable to assist students with career planni ng, educational adjustnwnt, and personal p robl(e ms. The M i nority Affai.rs O f fice coordinates a special program whicll seeks to provide co ntinually for the academic and social nt'eds o f m i nority students. Supportive services include ad missions assist<lnce, scholarship and financial aid assistance, counseling, book fu n d , and convocation p rograms . The Foreign Stu dent Of fi ce provides for the various needs of foreign studO!nts. Sup p ort s�'rvices include .orientation to the U . s . a n d PLU, the Host El lnrly Progra m, a lralson WIth Im mlgra tron offices, counseling, a n d advising the I n ternational Student Orga niza tion Food Service, owned ilnd o pe rated by Pilcific Lutheran U niversity, is available to a l l students , faculty, staff, and their guests. Students living o n campus arc required to take their meals in one of two cafeterias. No deductions are made for s tudcn ts eating fewer than three meals per day u n less a conflict exists due to work. [n case of a conflict, il student must obtain a p proval for a deduction a t the Food Service O ffice i n the Un iversity Cen ter. Students with special diets, approved in writin g from a doctor, Ciln in most cases be accommodated by contacting the dietitia n . This service is provided a t no extra cost. Students living off-camp us arc O!ncouragcd to select one of the two mea l plans offere d . O n e p lan proVIde'S 20 meals per week, 3 mO!als per day Monday thro ugh Saturda y a n d 2 meals on Sunday. The other ph n provides lu nch only Monday through Friday. Students may sign up for either plan at the Food Se rvice Office. The Food Service operates two coffee shops. One is located on [owe r campus in Colu mbia Center and thE' other is located in the University Center. A disco u n ted meal card is available at the Business Office and is designed to be used in either coffee shop by studen ts.

16

STUDENT LIFE

Vistors may cat i n a n y of the faci lities. Only the coffeC'shop in Col umbia Center is open d u ring . vacation periods. Sched u l i n g Services are maintained in the University Center. All u niversity activities m u s t be sched uled through ' this office. SchO!duling student activities is a joint responsibility of the U niversity Center d i rector an d the U n iversi ty Scheduling CommitteO!. Stu dent Government is an i n tegral part of �tudcnt ,Ktivities at PLU. The associated students elect a senate to govern their " ff"irs and oversO!e an extensive cOlll mittee pro � ra lll that involves h u n d reds of students in actively plannrng p l'll g rams and representing student opinion on various u n iverSity boards and committees. P L U Bookstore is owned and operated by Paci fic Lutheran U n iversity for the benefit o f students, faculty, staff. a n d their guests. The bookstore sells the textbooks and sup p lies that Me re q u i red or suggested by facu l ty members for their courses . Additio nal reading matter, supplies, gift ite m s , greeting cilrds, clothing, fi lm processing, toiletries, and other convenient items are also a vailable. The Career Plan ning a n d Placement Office seeks to fu l fi l l the PI.�U commitment to a developing program of career and lif<! p l a n n i n g . Students a re assisted during their education in making mean ingfu l a n d rea listic decisions about their L i fe and work after graduation through con ferences and professional sta ff, workshops and semlnars, classroom and dorm presentations, and materials housed i n the Careers Resou rce Center.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT

The Ca reer Pia nning and Placemen t Office coordi na tt'S all studen t part-time l'm p loymen t (includin g College Work-Study a nd off­ cam p us Work-St udy jobs), an d lists part-timO! and full -time m ployment op p ortunities, both on and off ca mpus. The office also lists s u m mer j obs, local and nation-wide. Thl' office staff assists stude n ts and a l u m n i i n developing job search techni ques (also fac u l ty and staff by special a rrangement). The office coordinates iln off-campus i nterviewing schedule of recru iters fwm industry, business, government, il n d gra d u a t e schools.

G RIEV ANCE P ROCED URES

Policies and procedures at the u n iversity ilre i n tended to maint.ain a n orderly educa tional enviro n ment conducive to student learnin g and development. I n order to t u l fill institutional responsibility a nd a t the same t'ime follow procedures that are fair, consis tO! nt, and protective o f each person's ri g hts, appropriate grievance p wcedures hilve been established. I Fa student has reason to believe that a n academic or admi nstrativc act'ion i s u n j u st, capricious, or discri m i n a tory, these procedures are available for the student to seO!k redress. I n situa tions involving a l l cgO!d grievances against faculty or academic ildmin istrators, tlw p roced ure s of the "Academi Grievance Procedure" shall be followed . The !? rievance officer to contact IS the dIrector of the academIC advIsrng and assistance center. In situ�tions involving all eged grievances against administwtive staff or a ny other non-faculty university employ ees, thO! procedures of the "Student Administrative Grievance Procedure " shall be followed . The grievance officer to contact is the assista nt dean for student l i fe. Copies of each grievance proc.edure are available for review at the otfice of the respective grievance officers.


Advising T he un iversity l' Xpccts t h a t a l l students, a t Dnl' time o r anot her, wilI ntCed assista n ce in p l '1 nn i ng a c a d e mi C p ro gra rru; co nsistQ n l with n ts maktC thell" Il1lt ' " I therr need a n d goal s. 10 help s t ude . adj ustment to th,' ill', de �1ic IClad Ht PLU a nd to p ro vide OCGl siol1iJl co u n sel thro u g h o u t thl'lr nC<ldemlC Meers, th e u mver"ly has esta b l i shed a network of til u l ty aLiviEers and a n Acadc'mic Advising and AS�lst(l n c(' Cen te. r .

FACULTY A DVISERS

All stlldcnts i n degree programs have faculty ad visl'rs whose overa i i r ' spons ibility i s t o guide ,K a dc m i c progress. I n t h eir work

with ind ivid ual students, adviser,; have the assistance of perso n nel in a n u m be r of student services offices: t he Acad e m i c A d Vis i n g and Assista nce Ce nter, the Career Pl an ning a n d P l a ce men t Office, . u n se.ling an I l ea l t h Services, t h e M i no ri ty Affairs Office, t ill' Campus 1 i nistry, the ForQign St udent Of lice, a n d Re, idence Haii Directo rs a nd Re ' idenl As"i �ta nts. eneral Adv isers: A t the tim€' of entry, each student is assigm'd a ge n ' ra l ad vi r un the ba sis or match i n g student and <ldviser i n terest<;. St udents who wish t o c. x p l o rt , tn c: gc m.'ril l curri c u l u m before deciding on a n i n ter s t d r e G a r e a ss ig n ed to ['.tp/oraton; advisers. Tho, ' w h o hilvc d e fi n i te i n terest , re S Me d,signed tu in terest advi:-,c rs . During the first semester, an a d v i s i ng file for each s t u li t- n t is se n t t o the a d viser, and a Cnld Book, th ' stu dent's ufficial record o f academic progress, is issued tu t h e student". Major Advisers: Upon furmal declaration o f a major, students a rc a8 "ign 'd m ,1 j or advisers t o replace t h e i r ge n e ra l a d v i sers. Major advise rs guide s tu de n ts' progress toward thc:ir chusen deg Tce g oals. S111C(, their academic ' needs a n d i n tcrC'sts ma y shift or clia nge durtng t o u r year of c u l l ege , students ar a l lo w ed to Cha nge ad v isers as ma y be appropriate or nece ' ory, uSLng a simple adviser cha ng · form. St ud n t·s and advisers a rc expected to me ' regu larly, � h()u g h the actual n,u mbe.r u f m eet i ngs will vary accord i n g . to mdlvldual need s . M Jl1 l m a l l y , three me ,tll1g" ar re q ll lre d d U ring the fre hman year and one each y('�r thereafter, t h o u g11 a l l s t u d e n ts arc e ncourage.d to meet w i t h their advi6ers a s otten a s seems necessary or u s e fu l .

ACADEMIC ADVISING AND ASSISTANCE CENTER The Academic Ad v i s i n g and Assistance Center is 10 a t 'd on t h e second floor of t ht' Mortv l"'cl t LibrMY, and is opl'n Mondoy through Thllrsdu)' from l) a . m . to !O p . m . , F ri d a y from 9 a . m . to " p . m . , ilnd Sunday from 2 to to p . m . The Ad v i s i n g Center has u p - to-da lL' i n fo r m a t i on o n P L . U policies, proce du re s , u n ti progra ms. Ilccil use of i h hours, the ce nter often serves as an i n forma tion and rrouble-shoo t i ng resou rce for evening and wcekend students. The ACildemic A d v i sing "nd Assist" nce Center ,1 lso provides a number of academic a "sista nee rE-Sources for stude n t s: 1 . ncadclIIic ((l rlllseiiIlS by trained u p per-d ivision skills co u n sc.lors assures responsive and p e r son a l assi sta nce with aead 'mic problems; 2 . I ulorill,'? is avail,1bl" for most lo\V('r-divison cours"S; 3. sl lIdy ,kills ar t<l u g h t in a se ri es of non-cred it skills minicourses offered ea ch sen1t'ster; 4. r'clldirlg ond qUlllll ilalive skill:; are ta ugh t in non-cred i t speed r('a din g/study n�ad ing classes and m a t h h e l p sessions. H e l p with cnllesc wrilillS skills I1wl paFer, is aVili labll' i n llw Wril"ing CQntC'r, located in the b;,sementof Knorr I iousc;.


Academic struct re COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES Divi ion o f Hum ani tie EIll,\l is h v i llldern �nd Cla�i;ic�1 Langu,)gl'S P h l i llsophy Rl' J igion Division o f Natural Sciences B i o logv C hemlstrv arlh denees Malhemil tics �nd C o m p u ter ci nee Physic; a n d Engin 'ering D ivis ion of Sodal Sciences E 'onoJllic. I l islorv P o l i l ical ci ' n ee

Psyrholo ;)'

Sucial Work Suci ology J n d Anthropology

SCHOOL OF TH·E ARTS

Art Com m u n ic<ltion Arts

Mu si

SCHOOL OF BUSINES S ADMINI STRA TION SCHOOL O F EDUCATION SCHOOL OF NURSING SCHOOL O F PHYSI CAL EDUCATION DIVISION O F G RADUATE STUDIE S

DEGREES OFFERED Bachelors Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Bach elor of Bu siness A d m i n i s tration Bachelor of Arts in Education Bachelor of Fine Arts Bachelor o f M u sic Bachelor o f Science in NurSing Masters M a ster of Arts in Education Master o f Arts in Social Sciences Master of Business A d m i n istration M a s te r of M usic M<lster of Public A d m inistr�tion

MAJORS AVAILAB LE BACHElOR OF ARTS ( B . A . ) Anth ropology Art Biology Chemlstrv Classics � Communication Arts ( B roadcasting, Com mu nication, Journalism, Theater) Computer Science Earth Sciences Economics English Fren h G rman Hi, tory Legal Stud ies M a thematics ivl usic Norwegian Philoso p hy Physical E d u cation (Concen trations: Recrea tion, Therapeutics) PhYsics Poritical Science Psychology Rel igion Scand inavian Area Studies Social Work Sociology Spa nish BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ( B . S . ) Biology hemistry Com pu ter Science Earth Sciences (Geology Spec i a l ty) Engineering-Physics Enginee ring-Science (3-2) Mathema tics Physics

18

ACADEMIC STRUCTURE


-

BACHELO R OP A RTS I N EDU ATIO Concentrations i n :

(B.A.E.)

Arl

B i o l o gy

l3usine5 A d m inistra t i o n Chemistry l a ssics ( reck and L a t i n )

E conomics

o m m ll n ic a t i o n A rt s

Engli s h F re n c h

0t11tlllt llicatiotl ThcatClr Da nct' C ompu te r S iCIlCl : Earth Sci '!lces Econolll iC5 EdllGltion R 'adlllg Leam i n g Resoo rce S p e c ia list

G eneral Science Ccrnlan H i s t o ry

n g ua ge Arts Mat h ematics M usic Physical

Educ<ltion Ph ysics Po [ itical Science Social Science Sociology Span ish

Special Educat-ion

English itcra t u r

Publish i ng a n d Printing A r ts

Special Education

BACH -LOR OF B U SINESS A D M IN I S TRA TION ( B . B . A . ) oncentrations in:

Acco u n t i n g

Fina nce Marketing

Operations Man 1 gem nt p �rsonnel a n d I n d u strial Relations

BA CHELOR OF FINE A RTS ( B . F . A . )

Art Com m u nication Arts (Broadcash ng, T h e a ter)

Organ Perfo r m a nce Vocal Pc.rforma nce I n s t ru me n ta l Performa nce Theory and omposi tion Comm rcial M u sic h urch M u sic

Nu rslI1g

W riting

rt' nch

German G loboL tudies I-iistol Intern: t i o na I A ffairs I n tcrn,l t i o n a l Trade

ega l t u d i s Math 'm<Itics Of\VCgidll Phil(lsophy

BACHELOR OF M U SIC 1 8 . M . ) Pia no Performa nce

B A CHE LO R OF SCIEN

n thrupol ogy

Biology

Chemistry Com m u nkation Arts Ea r t h Scien ces

L

MINORS AVAILABLE

PhysiGIi

Ed uca tion

Dac h i n g

DZlnce Hea l t h

Phv�ics

Po liti , I Science Psycholo y

Public Affairs IN NU RSING ( B . S . N . )

COM PLEM NTA RY M AJOR [Dba I Studil'S

Rel igion

SOci<llogy -pani�h

Stati sti

ACADEMIC STRUCTURE

19


Academic Procedures REGI STRATION

The no rm a l (ourse load for fu ll-time students is 1 3 to 17 h o u rs p er semester, mciudmg ph ysICal education. A normal s t � d e n t l oad du r ­ ing the in tc'rirn is tou r hours with a m aX l lll u m of five hOUTS. The m i n i lll u m semester load for a f u l l - h m e student IS ten hours. Only il student w i th a "B" (3.00) ave rage or higher may register for more than 1 7 hours per se m e s t er without the co nsent of th e pro­ vo s t . A student e n ga ge d in much outside work for selt-support may be restricted to a reduced <l cademic loa d . I n the sp r i n g semester, students w h o p l a n t o return i n t h e fall are en coura ged to preregister. Students m u s t re!?lster for each n e w semester on the d e Si g n a te d days a n d arc n o t otfiCI a l ly enrolled u n tIl their regbtratioll has been cleared by the BusJl1ess Office and their Place of Residence form has been processed .

COURSE NUMBERINGS

1 00-200 Lower Division Courses: Open t o freshmen a n d sopho­ mores' u n l ess otherwise r ' stricted. 300-320 I n t eri m Cour ." 321 -499 U p per Divi ion ourses: Genera l l y open to j u n iors and se n i o r s u n less otherwise s p ci fied . Also open to graduate students, an d milV be considered part o f a graduate p rogram proVided they arc not specific req u i re ments in preparation for g rad uate study. 500-599 Graduate C Oll r s e � : Nor mally open to g rad uate students only. U p per d i vi sion students may be permitted to enroll with the pe rm iss i on o f the chair or dean of the academIC lIIl1t offenng the co u rs e if a l l p rere q ui sites have been met and the stud en t has a n above-average academic record. . 'Upon a p pro v a l of their a d v iser and course i � structors, lower di­ vision students may be assigned to upper diVISIOn courses I f pre­ requisites have been met.

COURSE OFFERINGS

Most listed courses a r c offered every year. A system o f a l ternating lIpper division courses is practiced i n some departments, thereby assuri ng <l broader curricu l u m . T h e lIIl1verslt y rese�ves t h e ngh t to modify s p ec i fi c course requi rements, to dlsco nnnue classes In . which the registration IS regarded as Insu ffICIent, and to Withdra w courses.

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

Most courses h a v e t h e v a l u e of 4 semester hours. Parenthetical numbers im mediately a fter the course descriptions ind icate the semes te r h u r cre d i t give n . Other svmbols are expla i ned as follows: I - Course offered firsf semester II - ourSe of fe red second semester I ' I I - o u rse offered fir s t and second semester i n sequence I l l - ou rse offered either semester S - ou rBe o ffered i n the s u m mer all' - Course offered i n al ternate years als - Course offered III a l ternate sllmmers G - Course may be used I n graduate programs

20

ACADEMIC PROCEDURES

EARLY REGISTRATION PROGRAM FOR FRE S HMEN

Well i n advance of arrival on ca mpu s for t h e first semester, a l l ac­ cepted freshmen are sent registra tion m � teria ls. Most students have the opportunity to work personally With an adViser a s they plan their schedules. A l i mited nu mber of s tud en ts register by ma l l , and th ei r course selections are verified by a co u n se lo r . Eilrly registration for new fres h men occurs during June or Janu­ ary, depending on whethe� stude � ts beg lll In the fall or s p n n ? . semester. Early re g i s t r a tI on IS coordlll a ted by the Office of Ad m ls SlOns.

COURSE S E LECTIONS FOR FRESHMEN

Students s h o u l d be thoroughly acquainted w i t h a l l registration materials, including the curre n t catalog and speCIal mfonnahon sent by the A d m i s sio ns Office. I t is important <l lso to study the reqUIre­ ments of al l academic programs i n wh ich one may eventually declare a major. . First semester fres hmen arc ad Vised to p l a n a class schedule that does not exceed 16 credit hours. A normal first semester schedule will include three courses o f 4 credit hours each, p l us one o r two of the following: physical education activity course ( 1 CTedit hour), music ensemble (1 credit hour), Or a chOice from a m ong several 2 credit hour courses. (NOTE: U n less otherwise stated in the cata log or class schedule, most courses a rc valued a t 4 credit hours . ) I.n order to i n s u re appropriate ac a dem i c progress, freshmen should plan to take a n i n terim cou rse i n January, a n d to complete 30 s e mester hours d uring their first year. The followmg wIll il l us­ trate several typical first-year credi t hour loads: Ili terim Spril1g TOTAL Fall (1) 13 4 13 30 (2) 13 5 13 31 (3) 14 5 13 32

(4)

13

4

16

33

The number of credit hours taken may vary from year to year, usually within a ra n ge of 30 to 34 . . However, m order to complete the 1 28 h o u rs required for graduatIOn wlthm four yea rs, an average of 32 cred i t hours a year is necessary. . ' 1 . PLU docs IIOt have particular courses which are reqlllred oj all freshmell. General u niversit y requ irements, mcludmg a core cUrrJcu l u m (Core I or Core II), must be completed befcne graduation. The English writing requirement m u s t be fu l fill e d before the sellJor vear. 2 . 'Stlldel1ts are respolIsi!Jie for selectil1g their courses . . Counselors and faculty advisers are a l ways available to assist With p l a n n mg a nd to make su g ges tIOn s . . 3. St lldellt; wna are slIre of their major should be careflll to II1clude those courses wllich il1sure wmpletiol1 of that major withil1 fou r .vcars. Some departments or schools have prereqmslte courses whIch must be taken before entering lIpon the major program Itself. 4. S t Jldents who are IlIIdccided about tlIeir major cOJl rse oJ stlldy SllOltid take tlIe opportJll1ity to explore opti0l15. A g ood way to begm IS to take some courses that meet g en e ra l u Illverslty o r core requl[ements w h i le selecting several otn e r s for exploration of special i n terests.


CHANGES IN REGI STRATION

S t u d e n ts rna)' a d d o r d ro p a cI .... ss w i t h fu l l refund d u ring the fi rst ' two weeks aftc r a c l a s s has beg-u n . Necessary forms arc avnilnble at the Rc g btrar' s Office. Stude n ts may officially w i t h d ra w from a dil�S afte r the first two weeks by obta ining the i n s t ructor's s i g nature on the change form. The grildc o f W will a ppea r u n a s tudent's grade report a n d transcri p t . . . ' Students m a y also cumpletely W i t h d ra w tor medICa l r",,, s o n s . . Wntten eVidence f r o m a p hySICian must support a medical With­ drawa l . The grad ' of WM will a p pear o n a stude nt's grade report and tr<l nscri p t . A n u n official w i t h d ra w a l from a course w i l l be recorded as E. N o s tu d e n t may w i t h d ra w d u ring f i n a l exa m i n a t i o n w('ek. I n courses that a rc con;pleted before the normal endi ng da tt' of a term, no stu­ dent may Withd raw a fter the fmal exa m i n a tion has been a d m in iS­ tered.

WITHDRA W AL FROM THE TERM

Students wishing to withdraw from the term must obtain a with­ drawal form from til(' Office of the Regis trar . IT IS ALWA YS TO T H E STUDENT'S ADVANTAGE T W ITHDRAW OFF I C I A L L Y Students w i thd rawin g f o r a speci£i.ed period o f ti nw (for eXilm p le, one semester to one ye.ar) may obtalll a Icave o f absence fo r m . Stu­ dents arc e n ti t l e d t o honorable d i s missal from the u n iversity if their record of co n d u c t is satisfactory and i f all financial obligations haw' been satisfie d .

THE G RADING SYSTEM

Students arc graded according to the fol l o w i ng d ' igna tions: A I - ... 4.00 grade points per h o u r , cre d i t given A 4 . 00 grade p o i n ts per h o u r , cred i t given 3 . 67 g ra d e points per hour, cre d i t given A3 . 33 grade poi n ts per hour, credit given B+ B 3 . 00 grade p o i n ts per hour, cred i t given J3.-.. 2 . 67 �radc poin ts per hour, cre d i t g ive n 2 . 33 grade p o i n t s per hour, cre d i t given '1 C 2 . 00 gradl' poi nts p e r hour, credit given 1 . 67 grClde points per hou r, cred i t gi \'en 1 . 33 grade points p 'r h ou r, cred i t given D� D l . O() g rade poi n t p r h our, c.red i t given D0 . 67 gr<lde p o i n t per h o u r, cred it given 0.00 grade p o i n ts p er hour, no c re d i t give n . E

The grades l isted below are n o t used i n ca lculating gra d e p o i n t a v erages. N o grade p o i n ts are earned u n d e r these designil t i o n s . H - c redit given ( H onors) used o n l y for courses u n i q u l' to i n terim P - c red i t given (Passing) F - n o cred i t given (Fil i l u re)* I - lll) cred i t given ( l n complete) I P - no credit given ( I n Progress; a p p l icable only to certain Cllurses whose work extends beyond a reg u l a r term) A U - n o credit given ( A u d i t ) W - n o cred i t � iven (Withdrawul) WM - n o credit given (With d rawal/Medical) •A fai l ure in a 300-320 i n terim course is n o t recorded o n the tran­ script n o r is the registration recorded . I n complete (I) grades i n d icate that st u d e n ts haw been u n a b l e to complete their work because of circu m stances beyond their con t rol . To receive credit· an I nco mp lete must be c o n verted tu a passing F T H E FOLLO W I NG grade WITHIN THE FfRS T S I X W E EKS SEM EST E R . I ncom p letc grudes w h i c h are nol con verted by removal are c h a nged to the grade i n d icated by th ill�truct()r when the In­ complete is submitte d . Medical W i thdrawal ( W M ) i s given whl' n a course i s n o t com­ pleted due to m e dical cause. The WM does not a ffect the grade point average. In Progress ( I P) signifies progress in a course which n o r m a l l y runs more t h a n o n e semester to comp letion . In Progress ca n'it's no cr('(lit u n ti l replaced by a perm a n e n t grade. Any cou rse may be repeatea bv a n u ndergra d u a t e sl'udent. The h igher of the two grades earned is used i n com p u ting the c u m u l a ­ tive grade poi n t average, but credit toward gradua tion i s a l l o wed onlv once. Regi: t rar's notations: NG = N o grade submitted by i nstructor EW = Unofficial withdra wul, recorded by the registrar (eqoiva l e n t t o an E i n calculation of the grade p o i n t average)

I NTERIM GRADING SYSTEM

The i n structor o f a 300-320 i n terim courSl' will i n d ica tl' in t h e c a t a l o g description which o f two gr,ld i n ¥ systems w i l l be u�ed : I . H o n o rs (H) - tor cxcc ptl(111,11 work; I ass (P); I'a 1 l , nu c redit - r h e rc&istriltion will n o t b e record e d . ( ] -I a n d I ' do n o t a l ted t h e g r a d pOl n t a ve rage . ) 2 . The reg u l a r Idter grades: A , B , C , D , E . (Such grildl'S c o n t ribute to the gr,l d e point average . ) S t u li l' n ts in a " re g u l a r I ,t ter-grack-" Cou rs(' m a y use one of their fou r pass-fa i l o p t i o n s .

PASS-FAIL OPTION FO R UNDERGRADU ATE STU DENTS

The pass-fai l option perm i t s btucit'nts to explore subject ilrl!,h outside t h e ir known a b i l ities ,md to add il broader r,l llgt' of cours 'S without bl! i n g forced to compete with [1lajors who arl' special i z i n g i n t host' a reas o f s t u d y . 1 . T h e pass-fail option is l i m ited to <l total of fo u r CuurBCS (1 b hou rs) and to no m o re than t\l'l) courses (8 h o u rs) pr,r dcademic yC<1 r . 2 . A s t u d e n t m a y exerc i se tlw pass-f'l il option i n n o lllorc th on two courses (8 h u u rs) ta kl'll to fu l fi l l general u niVl'rsity o r co rl' rc­ quiremc nts and t h e fo reign i a n g 'lldge r(>qu i l'l'men t of t h e uHegc . o f A rts il lld Scienccs. O t h e r courses rcquIrcd for g ra d u a tion III a degree program lllay n o t be taken undcr t h i s o p t i o n exce p t for a first cou rse thilt hilS bcen takcn before a decia r<l l i o n of a lllaJor. 3 . I n cou rses t a k e n u n dt:r thL' pilSS-I�l il o p t i o n , o n l y A + t h ro u g h grades sh'l l l b e reg,l rded il l> " p a s s , " w h ereas D t h ro u g h E g ra d es s h a l l be regMdcd u S " fa i l . " Pass-fail grades do not ,l i te r t h e &rade puin t ilverage; bu t cred i t s e M n c d cou n t IOWMd gt·a d u i1 tion. 4. The pa�s-fad o p tIOn agrccnwnt �v! U S I be! hied W i t h t h e I l1 s t rudor N O LATER thall l'ight weeks a fter the beg i n n i n g o f the selllester. 5 . Pass-fail students a re rcsponsibll' for illl Cou rse work a n d L' X,l m i ­ n a tions.

EXCLUSIVE PASS-FAIL COU RS ES

Departml,nts or schoois m a y offer courses in w h ic h o n l y pass-filii gradps Cl rl1 g ive n . Thesl' cou rs(� s s h o u l d pursue goa l s prinla rilv con­ cernf'd \vi tli (\t?p n- 'ci(l ti o � s, v <1 . l ue. conlnlitn : t.' �lts, ('n�a l i vt: ach i('ve­ . . lllen ts, or the like. DeC i S i o n s ttl ottl-'r e!xci uSlve pass-fail courses ,l rl' reported to t h e p rovost a n d th is fact is m(lde k n u w n to stud en ts be­ fore tlll'v register for t h ese cours('s. Exdu�ive pass-fa i l courses m,lY not be used to mcet mil j o r or u n i ­ versity rC'(l u i n'nll'llb � n less thl'y h a l' e been 'lpprovcd i l S such b y t h e facu l ty . I ilklllg exclUSive pa ss-fil l l cuu rses I n n o IVa ), a tteets t ill' s t u ­ d e n t ' s person,, 1 pass-fil i i l)p lion .

CLASS ATTEND ANCE

T h e u n iversitv a s s u m 5 t h a t l'verv stuck n t a d m itted to i t s cou rsl'� o f i n s truction h�s freely ilccepted personal respollsib i l i ty for reg u l a r class a tte nda nce. VVh i l e .... uend d n ce itself I S n o nll'a s u re 0 1 successtul learning, and C C 1 U fS(' grades Li re issued not on the basis o f a t tell­ d a n ce but of academic perfor ma nce, sllch perforl1l a n c<' nornw l l y in­ dud ' 5 reg u l a r partici p a t i o n i ll the total dilss expc ricnce and is ' va l u a ted acurdin g l)'. I n the ('vent of u n a \,olcb blc absence the stu­ den t IS . encouraged as a m a tte.r ot cDu rlL's!, to I n form thl' I Tl st ru c t o r . A ny a rrangl'men ts f o r remedial w o r k a re d iscretionary bl'l\vl'l'll s t u ­ d e n t a n d i n structor.

ACADEMIC HONESTY

B o t h the villue a n d the success of

Clny

ilca d e m ic activity, as well

a s o f the e n t i re a c a d e m ic e n terprise, havl' depen ded for ccntu ril's

on the fu ndament,l l principle o f .... bsol u te honesty. The u n i versity, therefore, expects all i ts faculty a n d stud ' n t s to honor this principle scru p u lo u s l y . S i n c e aGl d c'l1lic d ishone t y is a serious breach o f I h l' u n ivers.... l ly reco gn i zed code of academic l'thics, it is every fa c u l ty member's ob­ liga t i o n to i m pose a p p ropriate sa nctions for ilny d e m onstrable in­ stance o f such misco n d uct on thl! part o f a s t u d e n t .

ACADEMIC PROCEDURES

21


ACADEMIC PROBATION

Warning slips may be g iven to any students who are doing "0" or " E " worK at the end of th e sixth week. Students shall r ece i v e an academic warning i f they fail to keep their current grade point a ve ra g e (immediately p receding semester)

a t or abovc 2 . 00 . Students arc placed o n academic probation with transcri pt nota­ ti on i f t hey fail to keep their g ra d e p oint average (cumulatIwly) a t o r, above 2 .00 . Students receive offICial notice of such action. Pro­ batio nary students may be advised to red uce their <lGldemic or extra-cu rricular activities o r both . The e n r o llment of a student on probation who fails to earn a cum u lative a ve ra ge of 2.00 by the end o f a p robationary semester is terminated. A terminated student may apply for reinstatement by submitting a l etter of petition to the Registrar's Office and securing a facultv s po n sor . The petition and sponsorship letters are s u bmit­ ted to t h e Faculty Comm ittee on Admission and Retention of Stu­ dents for action. A student whose pet ition for rein statement has been denied may apply for readmission after the expiration of one semester unless in­ formed otherwise.

ELIGIBLITY FOR STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Any re g u l a rl y enrolled, full-time student (ten h ours) is eligible for participation in u niversity activities. Limitations on a student's ac­ tivities based upon academic performa nce ma y be set by individual schools, departments, or organizations. A student on academic pro­ bation is not eligible for interschola stic competition and may also be advised to c u rtaiI participation in extra-curricu lar activities.

CLASSIFICATION OF STU DENTS

Freshme n: students who have met entrance requirements. Sop homores: students who have satisfactorily completed 30 hours. J u niors: re g ula r students who have ful fiUed lower div ision re­ quirements and have satisfactorily completed 60 hours. Seniors: regular students who have satisfactorily completed 90 hours. Graduates: students who have met e ntrance requirements and

have been accepted into the Division o f Graduate Studies. Non-De gree Undergrild u a te. s : u nd e rg raduate students who are attending pa rt-time but arc not officially admitted to a degre pro­ gra m . Non-Degree Graduates: graduate students who arc attending part-time but ilre not official l y admitted to a degree progra m .

HONORS PROGRAMS

Honors courses are offered b y certain d ep u rt m ent s for students of superior academic a b i l i ty. Re gistration is by invitation onl y, The S P E C I A L HONORS P ROG R AM for ju niors and seniors of­ fers students an opportunity to develop a tot"al academic prog ram to refiect their s p ecial interests and capabilities. The s tu d ent will p ropose a total pl a n of study for the time remaining u nt i l the g rilnt­ ll1g of a deg �ee; it may include uny amount of the standard de g re e program. WIth the approval ot a facu l ty s ponsor and the Honors Council (in that order), the plan itself shal l become th e degree re­ quirement of the university in the case of this honor stud ent. The essentials of any plan of study a rc a clear topical ril tionil le and sig­ nificant work beyond regular courses - comprehensive eXilms, in­ d ep e n d e nt stu dy projects, interdiScipl inary bachelor's deg ree thesis, etc. Interested students should inquire at the Provost's Office for further information.

GRADUATION HONORS Degrees with honors o f C i l I I I laude, maglla c u m lal/d�, and SlIIl1ma cum laude are g ranted . A student must com p lete at ledst 60 semester hours in resi de nce and cam an a ve ra ge ot 3 . 40 for clim lal/de, 3 . 70 for mag lla laude, a nd 3 . 90 for SUl111lla ClIlll laud�. Physical eJuca­ tion activi ties are not included in th e determ i ning of honors.

Wl1l

22

ACADEMIC PROCEDURE S

CREDIT BY EXAMINA TION Students are permitted, within limits, to obtain credit by examina­ tion in lieu of regular enrollment and class <lttendance. No more than 30 semester hours ( 7';, co u rse s ) lJlay be co unted toward gradu­ ation, w hether it be College L vel Examination Program or any other exanl i nilho n . Exceptions to this rule for certain groups of stu­ dents or programs m ay be made, subject to recommendation by the Educational Policies Committee and ap p roval by the faculty. �reliit by examination is open to forma lly a d mitted, regu l"r status stu­ dents only and clops not count toward the reside ncy req ui rement tor graduation Arrangements for departnwntal ([edit examinations m ust be made by students with respective departml'ntal chairs or deans. Evidence of approval and of pa y ment of the fcc shou l d be presented bv a student to the i n structor w h o administers the exa m i n atio n . ' The various schools, d ivisions, d n d departments s h a l l determ i ne - P e xa m i na t ion s which may fulfill requi rements for the specific majors, prc.'grilms, or general u niVL'rBity requi rements in their re­ pective academic a re a s . These eX<1minations arc su bject to recom­ mendations by the Educational Policies Com mi ttee and ap proval by the tacultv . The minimum pa ss i ng level for CLEP examina tions taken at Pacific Lutheran Un iversity shall b' the fiftieth percentile. CLEP credits g ranted b y other universities, colleges, and commu­ njty colleges, which arc earned before entrance, shall be honored by Pacific Lutheran University. The a p p l iGltiun of those credits to­ , ard majors, programs, and general u n iversity requirements sha l l b e consisten t with school, divisional, and dc'partment policies and standards. The university does not g ra n t credit for coll<!ge level ,ED tests.

INFORMAL STUDY

To encomage l iberal learning of all kinds, over and beyond enro l l­ me;nt in cou rses leading towmd formal d 'grees, the u n iversity of­ fer a variety of lIppoI-tunities for informal study: Cue"t ol lliliversitil S t a t u s : T each e rs a nd officia l s of other institu­ tions, visiting scho l ars and artists, and other professional persons who w i s h to usc u n j versity bcilities for independent study may a p ply to the provost for cards designating them as Guests of the U niversity. Such persons, in their usc of facilities, w i l l dder to the needs of students and acuity members, /\lIditillg COIl l'S ,�: To audit a course is to e nr o l l , with the permis­ sion of the instructor, ( n a non-credit basis. An auditor is encour­ ag(�d to participate fully in class acti vi lies bu t is not held accountable for examinations or other written work a nd docs not receive a grade. I f the instructor a p proves, the course may b e entered upon the transcript a s " Aud I t . " With the approval of the instructor or the de­ p artment, the otud e n t may gain credit for an audited course by pass­ I n g an ('xamin tion set by t h e instructor or the depa rtm ent. T h e' fee for such examina tion is t he d i fference between the aud iting fcc and the tuition the student would a v for the courSC'. ViSiting Classes: Members () tl -i e academic community arc encour­ aged to visit classes w h i c h interest thenl. No fee is cha rged for th e privilege. Because regularly enrolled students must be given first consideration, p ersons desiring to visit classes arc r('quired to ask permission of th e instructor. Visitors are guests of the classes and must conduct themselves accordingly.

f

G RADUATION Student' expecti ng to fulfi l l degree requi remc'nts WITHIN THE ACADEMIC YEAR (�ncluding August) are required to file applica­ tion for graduation with the GHice of the Re � istrar by October 1 . There are fo ur degree-com pletion dates (end of fall semester, in­ tc.rim, spring semester, and second summ('r session). Degrees are formally confc.rred at May a nd August commencements. State­ ments of completion arc issued up on request to students who qual­ ify for g raduation at the end of fan semes t e r and interim. The actual date o f grad uation will be r e cord ed on the permanent record s . Students who a r c within 4 hours of meeting all re q ui rements may p articipate in May commencement provided a spe c i f i c plan for earn­ lllg remallllllg credIt w i t h m ten w (�ks has been approv��d by the provost. Their status will be d eSi g na ted on the c omm e nce m ent p ro­ grilm and their diplomas w i l l be dated in Aug ust. Student · who plan to transfer back to PaCIfic Lutheran University for a des-reee (math , physics, engineering programs) must apply for grad uatIon before or during the first semester of their j u nior year so that deficiencies may be met before they leave campus. Attendance at commencement exercises is ex pected unless the c,l nd idate i� excused by the provost.


GENERAL UNIVE RSITY REQUIREMENTS Requirements for A l l Baccalaureate Degrees

CORE CURRICULUM

A core curricu l u m m u st be completed by all bacca b u reate candi­

dates. Stu d e n ts h a v e t he o p tion of com p leti ng either Core I ( the Dis­ t-ri b u t i ve Core) or Core II (th e I n t e g ra t ed Studies Progra m ) .

CORE I (DISTRIBUTIVE CORE)

CORE I I (INTEG RATED STUDIES PROGRAM)

ARTS/LITER A TURE (8 hou rs) - 4 hours from each line: 1. Art, Mu s i c, or Com m u ni ca tion Arts - ny course from Art or

A coherent program of i n terdisci p l i n a ry courses that explores a cenFI 'HANGE. tral theme - THE IWN A M I 1 . SEQUE CE I: 15 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 TH I DEA OF PROGR ESS (2 courses, 8 hou rs) Normally t"ken i n the fresh m a n year. 2. TWO OF TH R E E 200-LEVEL SEQ UENCES (2 cour es e,l ch, 4 total; 1 6 h o u rs) SEQlJ E N E I I (Co u rse s in th e 2205) IS 221 The Deve l opi n g I nd i v idua l IS 222 11,(> B u rd e n of H u m a n Responsibi l i ty [5 223 T h e E m e rgence of M i n d a n d I-,llora l i t), IS 224 I,ra i n , o n sc i o u s n l'SS, .1 n d Tr�ll1scendence SEQU NC E I I I (Cou rses in the 2]Os) I S 231 Symbol, La n g u .l g e , a n d M y t h IS 232 M o d e l a n d Nkt a p h o r 15 2J3 I 111a g i n g t h e S e l f SEQUENC • IV ( Course;; in t h e 240s) IS 241 T h ru s t tor Technological Growth [5 242 i l11 i t s to Tec h n o logical Growth IS 243 The F ·peril' net' n f Wa r I S 244 Prospects for War a n d Peace 3 . CONC[ , U D I N C S E M I I A R: IS 3 5 1 ( I LllurSl', 4 h o u rs)

1 u sic except those i n t eac h i ng method:;; il ny of the following in o m m u n ication Arts: 1 5 1 , 1 62, 24 1 , 250, 363, 364, 458, 459. 2 . Li t e ra tu r ' - Any l i tera tu re course from Engl is h or Modern and Classical Languages. (English C( ) u r� s i n writ i n g , language, and publishing do n o t fu l fi l l this requiremc n t . )

(8 h ou rs ) - 4 hou rs from each of two l i nes: 1. h c m istry, P h ysics, E ngin eerin g, a n d I a tu rd�ce _ 2. Biology, Earth Sci e nces ( e xcep t 1 0 1 ) , a n d N a tu ra l -ciences. 3� 'l a th e m a tics (except 1 0 1 ) a n d Comp u ter Scienc'.

NATURAL SClENCES/MATH E M ATICS

PHILOSOPHY (4 ho u rs ) - Any P h i losophy course except lOO a n d n l . ( H owever, 226, 233, 3 2 5 , 326, 328, a n d 385 cou n t toward fu l fi l l ­

m e n t of t h i s requirem e n t o n l y w h e n pa i re d w i t h 225 . 341 , 342, a n d 343 cou n t toward fu l fi l l m e n t o f t h i s requ i re m e n t w h e n ta k en i n a d ­ d i tion t0 225 0 r 233 . )

RELIGIOUS STU DIES ( R hours) - 4 h ou rs from 'ach o f t w o l i nes: 1. B i b l ical S t u d ies - Any o f t h e fol lo w i n g : 241 , 34 1 , 342, 343. 2. ' h ri s t i ' lll T h o u h t, H i story, a n d Experil'nce - A n y of t h e follow­ p i n g 1 3 1 , 25 1 , 3j l , 353, 37 1 , 372, 373, 375, 38 1 , 382, 383, 391 , 3')2,

393, 451 , a n d 485 . 3. I n tegrative J n d o m p a riltivC' Religious Studies - A n y of the fol­ l o w i n g : 26 1 , 262, 36 1 , 362, 303, 307, 380, 480, 49(), and 493. ( A d d i ­ tional cou rses t h a t re la te rel.igion t o o t h e r tO p ics or d i sci p l ines and ar p p roved to meet t h i S reqLllreme n t W i l l be I t sted 10 t h e t i m e sch c d u l c . ) J u n ior a n d senior transfer s t u d e n ts need to co m plete n n l y 4 hours (one c o u r �e from l i ne s 1 Llr 2 ) .

SOCIAL SCIENCES ( R hours) - 4 hours from each l i ne : I . A n t h ropolof';v (e xce p t 22 1 ) , H i s tory , Jnd P o i i ticul Scienc<c.

') 2. Econo. m ics, I sychology ( e xcep t 1 1 0), Social W o rk , a n d Soc i o l ­

ogy.

TO

L : 36 ho u rs, 9 courses.

OTHER REQUIREMENTS

1. WRITING (4 hou rs) : E n g l i s h 101 or iln equivalent prose writi ng course. Students should fu l fi l l thi s require m e n t early, p referably in their first or seco n d semester. 2 . PHYS I C A L E D UCATION (4 hours): Four I - ho u r ac ti vi ty cours e s, i nc l u d in g PE 100. On e hour of credit may be earned

t h rough a pproved sports p a rticipatio n . A l l activ i t i e s are graded o n the basis o f A, Pass, o r F a i l . 3 . INTE R I M ( 8 h o u r s ) : O n l y cou rse s n u mbered 300-320 satisfy t h i s rcquirem n t . J u nior a n d senior tra n sfer s t u d e n t s n e e d t o com1, lete. o n l y 4 h o u rs from 300 -32!l i n terim cours· s . 4. fh co m p letion of a m i n i m u m of 1 28 semester h o u rs with a grade poin t ave rage of 2 . ()0 (2 . sn i n the School o f Bu s i n ess A d m i n istra­ tion . n J in the School o f Ed uca t ion ) . 5 . The com p letion o f a m i n i m u m o f 40 semester hours from co u rses n u m bercd 3 2 1 or �bove. At lea s t 20 of the m i n i m u m 40 s e meste r hours of u p per d i vision work m u s t be taken a t I'L U . 6 . The completion o f 32 o f th fi n a l 38 se m es te r h o u rs i n reside nce at PLU d u ri n g t h e s e n i o r yea r . (Special progra m s such as 3 - 1 , 3-2, a n d Med i ca l Tech no l og y are e x cl u d e d . ) 7. The com pl e tion of a m il j o r as detililed by ea ch school or depart­ m e n t . A t least 8 semester hours must be taken i n resid C'nce . 8. Th co m p l e t ion of a l l cou r · . cou n ted toward .1 major or a m in or with grades o f - or h i g he r a n d w i t h a cu m u. la t iv e g rade poi n t average of 2 . 0 or h igher i n t h ose courses. De pa rtm e n ts , divi­ sion • or s hools m ay se t h igher g r a de re q u i rements.

TOTAL: 28 hours, 7 courses For course descripl'ions ,1 11d further d e ta il s , see t h e I n tegrated S tud i e � Program section of this ca t a l o g , A b roch u re is available from tflce ot the Regls trJr, or t h e progrilm the O f h c e o f A d m iSSions, t h e co o rd i na tor (Provo s t ' s ffice) . Core [ r�IJI"rt'lIlcIl15 may be m e t by ce r t a i n Core II c()un?�: Artsi litc'r<J turc 1 . 1 5 233 2. IS 1 11 , 222, 233, or 231 -2J2 toge th er N a t u ra l Scil'nc 'sfMathematics 1 . or 3. IS 231 -232 togeth er 2. 15 223 P hi l os o ph y IS 1 1 1 , 22 1 , 223, 224, 243-244 togl!th,� Religious Studies 2 or 3. IS 1 1 1 , 24 1 , 242-243 together Social Scie nces 1 , IS 1 1 2, 222, 243-244 tog et her 2. IS 221 , 224, 241 See course descriptio ns for i n formation a b ou t w h i dl Core I requ ire­ men t a gi v (� n Core Il cours ,' mny fulfil l .

LIMITATIONS - ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES

1 . Not 1110re t ha n 4 0 h o u rs e a rn e d i n one depart m e n t m a y be a p­

p l ie d to the B . A . or B . S . d egre e . I n terim courses arc exc:"p t('d . N on - m u s i c m aj ors may cou n t toward gra d ua tion reqll l remcnts not m o re than R s e mester h o u rs in m u sic e n se m b l e s . 3. A m a x i m u m of 2 4 h o u rs i n accredited correspondence o r cxte n­ ion s tu d ies m a y be credited toward degree rcquirem· n ts, con­ ti ngent o n a p p ro v a l by the re g i st rar. 4. A maximum o f 64 h o u rs will be accepted by t m n s fer from a n accredited C0111l11 u n.ity co l l ege . 2.

SECOND BACCA LAUREATE DEGREE

A s t u d e n t' m a y b e a wa rded two d i fferen t bachelor' s degrees s i m u l ­ taneously, provided t h a t a t l e a s t 2 8 additiol1al h o u rs arl' earned for the second degree. A total of 1 56 acceptable h o u rs a re required for two s i m u l ta neous bacca l a u reate degrees.

FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT

A l l ca n d i d a t ·s for B , A . o r B . 5 . d egrees m ust com p l e te one of th ree options involving a foreign language or pec i fie d a l terna tive. See under College of Arts a n d Sciences.

ACADEMIC PROCEDURES

23


COLLEGE OF

Arts and Sciences Division of Huma nities

E nglish Modern and Classical Languages Philosophy Religion

Division of Natural Sciences Biology Chemistry Earth Sciences Ma thema tics and Computer Science Physics and E ngineering Division of Social Sciences Economics Hjstory Poli tical Science Psychology Social Work Sociology and An thropology De g rees Offered Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science MAJOR R E Q U I REMENT

A major i s a sequence of courses i n one area, usually i n one dc­ partment. A major should be sciected by the end of the sophomore year. The choice m u s t be a p p roved b y the department c h a i r (or i n t h e case o f special academic p ro s ra ms, the prog ra m coord i nator) . Major req uirements a re specified In t h is catalog . Th e quality of work must be 2 . 00 or better. D grades may be counted toward graduation bu t not toward a major. Recognized majors are: A n t h ropology Legal Studies Art Mathematics Biology Music Norwegian Chemistry Classics Phi loso p h y P h ysical Education Communication A rts Ph y sics Com pu ter Science Political Science Earth Sciences Economics Psychology Engineering Religion Engl ish Scandinavian A rea Studies French Social Work SocIOlogy German Spamsh History Not more than 40 semester hours earned in one depa rtment may be a p p l ied toward the bachelor's degree i n the College.

24

FORE I G N L A N G U A G E/ALTE R NATIVE REQUI REMENTS Ln add ition to meeting general u n iversity requirements, ca n d i­ d a tes in the College m u s t meet the requirements of Option I, I I , o r

Ill: I. 1 6 ,emestel h o u r s 111 o n e torelgn la nguage' II. 8 s",mester hours III one foreign l a nguage'

4 semester hou rs III logIC, ma th/colll pu ter SCience, o r sta tiS tICS

4 semester hours i n h i s tory, l i terature, or language I I I . 4 semester h o u rs in h i story, litera t u re, or language 4 semester hours i n social science, which mav , include

geography 4 semester hours i n natura l science, excluding math 4 semester hou rs i n logic, Illa th/com puter science, or sta tistics 'Op tion I may be satisfied b y four years o f high school study in onc foreig n language. IJ students have less t h a n f o u r years, p lace­ ment and credit should be determined by examinatio n . Freshmen p l a n n i ng to continue in a fore i g n l anguage be g un i n h i g h school should take the College Board Placemen t Test offered d u n ng orien­ tation. (This test is required o f those freshmen who plan to study German, French, or Spanis h . ) Con tinua tion of a foreign language should not be deferred. Stude n ts with 2-3 years o f high school language who wish to con­ tinue s h o u l d register for the second year course. Students may re­ ceive credit for a ny language course in which they arc p l aced with­ out regard to high school credit. Final decision of placem e n t i s made by the Department of Modern and C l a ssical Languages. Students Illay not receive credit if they voluntarily select a course level lower than that i n w h i c h the department places them . The foreign l a n g uage requirement in Option (I may bl' Illet by satisfactory scores on a proficiency exa m i nation or by more thiln two years of high school work in a single language. Two years ilre sufficient if the grade point a v e rage for the total u n its in that lan­ guage is 3 . 00. C a n d i dates for the B . A . i n English, o r for t h e B . A . i n Education with concentration i n Engl i s h , must meet Option I . N o course w i l l b e a l lowed to meet both general u n iversity requi re­ ments and College of Arts and Sciences requirements. Where possi­ ble, courses taken to fulfill such req u i rements shall be in dlfterent areas .

COLLEGE OF ARTS & SCIENCES


SCHOOL OF Th

The Arts

School of the A rts of Pacific L u theran

U n iversity i s a community o f a r tists dedicated: to provide energies and fac i l i t i e s for the focused

FACULTY Moe, Dea n ; faculty members of the Departments of Art, Commu nication Arts, and Music.

refi n e m e n t o f crea tive activity;

to opera te in the va nguard o f a rt i stic understanding

and to assume a n a d d i tive rather than imitative

p o s i t i o n relative to that u nders ta n d i ng;

to pursue study of b o th the histori.cal a n d theoretical

a s pects of o u r c Te a ti ve legacy;

to re co gn i ze cha nge in a r ti s tic criteria without

deva l u i ng the traditional concepts of d i scipline,

craftsmanship, a n d academic professionalism; to foster ac tivity free from the caprice o f the

marketplace b u t by virtue of i ts substance, n o t ,

aloof from nor incompatible with p ractical conce r n s;

to a nima te a n d " h u ma n ize" the academic climate o f

Pacific L u t h e r a n U n i versity v i a t h e creative

presence by s ponsoring a rich and varied program

of eve n ts i n the arts;

and to provide the s tudents o f Pacific L u theran University a n opportu nity to experience first hand the u nique "chemis try" o f the creative p roce s s .

Degrees offered by the School of the Arts include the B . F . A . (Bachelor o f Fine Arts) in a r t o r i n comm u n ication a rts, the B . M . (Bachelor o f Music), a n d t h e M . M . ( M a s ter o f M usic) . Students may also earn the B . A . (Bachelor of A rts), b u t this degree is awarded through the College o f Arts and Sciences. Candidates for the B . F. A . and B. M . as well as the B . A . in art, com munica tion a rts, o r music mu st meet general u n iversity req u irements and the specific requirements o f the Departments o f Art, Com mu n ication Arts, Of Music. For details about the B . A . E. (Bachelof o f Arts in Education) i n art, communication arts, o r music, sec the School of Education. For course offerings, degree requirements, and progra m s i n the School of t h e Arts, see: ART C O M M U N I CATION ARTS MUSIC


Art In this time of ra pidly changing concepts and a n almost daily emergence of new media, emphasis must be placed on a va riety of experiences and creative flexibility for the a rtist and the designer. Students with professional concerns must be prepa red to meet the modern world w i th both technical skills a nd capacity for innovatio n . The depa rtment's program therefore stresses individualized development in the dexterous use of m i nd and hand. A highly professional facu lty, well­ equipped studios, and a comprehensive curriculum offer variegated opportuni ties for study in the visual MtS . Students may choose among a generalized progra m leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree; a more specialized progra m for the Bachelor of Fine Arts, in which each ca ndidat� develops some a rea of

competence; or a degree p rogram in art education for teaching on several levels. Recent gra d ua tes may be found in a variety of fields. Several have become established as painters, prin tmakers, or sculptors; some are successful studio potters; others have gone into commercia l photography or film animation - even the production of fea ture films. The television industry employs still others. A nu mber are working in the design field as gra phic designers, iUustrators, package designers, or art directors in firms a round the counlry, in New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, and Seattle . Alumni have been involved in museum work and in serving on the faculties of various educational institutions, from elementary through high schools as well as community colleges and universities. Some students go directly from the u niversity into their field of interest. Others find it desirable and appropriate to attend a graduate school and have been accepted into prestigious graduate programs, both in this country and abroad.


The various fie l d s of art a re competitive a n d demanding in terms o f commitment a n d e ffo r t . Nonetheless, there is always a p l a c e for those who a re extremely skillful or highly i magina tive or, ideally, bo t h . The department's program s tresses both, a ttempting to help each student reach that idea l . I nstructiona l resources, when coupled with dedicated a n d energetic students, h a ve resulted in an unusually high percentage of graduates being able to satisfy thei.r vocational objectives.

FACULTY Schwidder, Chair; Cox, Elwell , Keyes, K ittleson, Roskos, Tomsic. Artist-in-Residence: Torrens.

The department hilS sought to minimiz ' prerequisites, enabling students to eJect courses rela ting to their interests as early a s possible. It is recommended that students interested in majoring in art declare their major earlv to insure proper ildvising. Transfer studNlts' s ta tus Sh" fi be determined at their time of entrilnce. The department reserves the right to retain, exhibit, a nd repro d uce student work submitted for credit in any of its courses or progrilms. A usc or materia l s fcc is required in certain courses. B ACHE LO R O F ARTS M AJO R: linimum of 32 semester hours, including "160, 250, 230 or 350, 365, 370, and the art history Sl'ljU enCe ( 1 80, 280, 380). A maximum of 40 hours may b ' applied toward the dcgre(�. Candidates ilr<'� registered in the Collegl' of Arts and Sciences and must satisfy g e ile rill unilll'rs i ty requirements, including il cor,,' curriculum ( C ore I or Core II), a nd t h e foreign lilnguage/alternat-ivc requirement. BACHElOR OF FINE ARTS M AJOR: A minimum of 56 semester hours, includ ing 1 60 ,l n d 2 50; t h e ort history seLjuencCl ( I SO, 280, 380); 8 hours in picturial mcdi;l, H hours in matcri<lis mcdia, ,m d 4 hours in art history or th cory (3S I , 386, 388, or as il p pro ve d by the lkpartnll'nt f<lculty); relj u i rcmt' n t s ;lI1d electives in area uf emphasis; and 499 ( B . F . A . candidacy exhibition). I IO o r cou rse's in tl: achin g methods may not be incl uded. C il nli idates arc registered in tlw School of the Arts and must sati sh' g('Ill'ral . . universi ty rcqulrCl11ents, including a core curriculum ( ( ore I or Cure I I ) .

B . F . A . i n Pictorial Media

Areas of emphasis: a minimum of three courses required in one area Drawing/P,' in ting: 1 60 Drawing 360 Life' Drawing (R) 365 P a m ting I 465 Painting I I (R) Printmaking: 370 Printma king I 470 Printmaking I I ( R) Film Arts: 326 P ho t og rap hy I 32.8 Film M a king 426 Photography II (R) Independcnt Stu dy (may be applied to a ny area ) : 492 Studio Projects ( R ) ( R ) - m a y be repe,lted fur credit

B . F . A . i n M aterials M e d i a

A n'ils of e m p h a SiS: a minimum of three courses required in one area Ccranlics: 230 eramiC's I 330 Ceramics I I 430 Ceramics I I I ( R) Sculpture: 250 Sculpture I 350 Sc u l pture I I 450 Sculpture I I I (R) Crilfts: 21 5 Crafts (R) 216 J ewelry (R) 315 �taine d G l a s s (offered periodical ly) 335 h ber s (R) Independe n t Study (may be applied to ,1nv arCiJ): 49 2 Studio [)rojects (R) (R) - may be repeated for credit

B . F. A . i n Design Required basic seqence: 1 96 Design I: Fu ndamentals 296 Design II: Concepts 38 1 Twentieth C e n t u ry Design and Architecture 396 Design: Graphics I 491 Design: Workshop

Elective courses: 395 Design: Environments 398 Dcsign: I l l ustra tion 496 Design: Grilphics I I Sup p o �r ting courses in a rt may be c h osen in a cc ord with indivi d ual i n terests. Supporting courses from other departments and schools ma y a l so be elected (for example, Business Administration 370 o r 472 and Commu nication Arts 374 or 380).

Applicilblc courses will be recom mended by advisers.

BACHELOR O F ARTS I N E D UCATION: See School of

Education.

The Publishing and Printing Ar ts minor is c ross - refere nce d w i th the Department of E n g l ish. Scc the description of that minor under E n g l ish.

ART

27


COURSE OFFE RIN G S STUDI O 1 60 1 96 2]5 216 230 250

296 32 328 330 335 341 3 0

360

365 370

3 5 396 398 426 430 4 0 465 470 49 1 492 49 499

DRAWING DESIGN I: fUNDA MENTALS CRAFTS JEWELRY CERAMlCS I SCU LPTURE 1 DESIGN IT: CONCEPTS PHOTOG RAPHY I FILM MAKING CERAMICS n FI B ERS E LEMENTARY A RT EDUCATION SCULPTURE LIFE ORA WING PAINTING I PRINTMAKING I DESIGN: ENVIRON MENTS DESIGN: GRAPHICS I DESIGN: I LLU STRATION PHOTOGRA PHY n CERAM ICS I I I SCULPTURE i l l PA INTING n PRINTMAKING 1 1 DESIGN: WORKSHOP STUDIO PROJECTS DESIGN: GRAPHICS I T B.F.A CANDIDACY EXHIBITION

HISTORY AND THEORY 1 10 1 80

2RO

380 38 1 3 6

388

440 490 497

fNTROD UCfION TO ART TRADITIONS OF WESTERN ART MODERN ART CONTE M PO RARY ART TWENfI ETH CENTURY DESIGN AND ARCEllTECTURE IMAG E RY A D SYMBOLISM AMERICAN A RT SEMINAR IN ART EDUCATION SEMINAR RESEARCH IN ART mSTORY - THEORY

110 INTRODUCTION TO ART A r t in t h e modem world seen in relation to his tory; a search for meaning in an age of scie nce, industrializa­ tion, and nationali m. N o t intended for majors . (4)

1 60 D RAWING A course d ealing with the of drawing. (4)

basic techniques and media

180 TRADITIONS OF WESTERN ART A ' u rvey tracing the d elopm n t o f Western art £rom pre h istory to the beginnings of the modem poch in th 1 lh c�ntury. (4)

28

ART

1 96

DESIGN I: FUNDAMENTALS

21e:

CRAFTS

A n in troduction to desi g n through the study of basic techniques of technical drawi ng, color theory and composition, and professional p rocedure s . (4)

A studio survey of contem porary craft techniques. As­

signed problems in a variety o f media including fused and leaded g lass, enamel on metal, and textiles. May be repreated for cred i t . (4)

2 1 6 JEWELRY A study o f form

and techni q ue in the design and execution of jewehy objects. Includes stone setting, fabrication, and casting. May be repeated for cred it.

(4)

230

CERAMICS I

250

SCULPTURE I

280

MODERN ART

296

DESIGN II: CONCEPTS

Cera m ic materials and techniques including hand­ built and wheel-thrown methods , clay a nd graze for­ ma tio n . Includes a survey of ceramic art. (4) Various techniques and materials of sculpture and their influence o n three-d imensional form . (4) A survey of modern art from its origins in the 1 8th cen­ tury through major movements ot the 19th a nd 20th centuries up to the Second World War. (4) An investigation o f the process of creative problem solving in a methodical and organized manner. In­ cludes projects in a va riety of design areas. Prerequis­ ite: ] 96 or consent of ins tructor. (4)

326, 426

PHOTO GRAPHY I , I I

A studio course i n photography as an art form. Pri­ mary concentration on camera techni q ues and lise of darkroom . Student production of slide and print portfolios, with a n emphasis on creative and expres­ sive experimentatio n . 326 mus t be taken before 426; 426 may be taken twice. (4,4)

328

FILM MAKING

A s tudio course in film making as an a rt form. A study o f the materials and techniques of film making and the production of student 8 m m . a nd 1 6 m m . fi lms. Classic and experimental films will be surveyed. (4)

330, 430

CERAMICS H, III Techniques i n ceramic construction and experiments i n glaze formation . 330 must be taken before 430; 430 may be taken twice. Prerequ isite: 230. (4,4)

335

FIBERS

34 1

ELEMENTARY ART ED UCATION

Exploration and development of fiber structures and sott art forms with non-loom and loom techniques. May be repeated for Cl·edit. (4) Various projects a nd media suitable for the instruction of art in elementa ry school; emp hasis on developmen­ tal theory. (2)


350, 450

SCULPTU RE II, III

Concentration on a particular medium of scul pture in­ cluding metals, wood , or synthetics; special sections emphasizing work from the human form as well as op ­ portunity for mold making and casting. 350 must b e taken before 450; 450 may be taken twice . Prerequisite:

250. (4,4) 360 LIFE D R AWING

A n explora tion of huma n form in drawing media. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 160 or consent of ins tructor. (4)

426 430 440

PHOTOGRAPHY II (see 326) CERAMICS I I I (see 330) SEMINAR IN ART EDUCATION

A study of in struction in the secondary school includ­ ing appropriate media and curriculum development. aly (2)

450 465

SCULPTURE III (see 350) PAINTING II (see 365) PRINTMAKING II (see 370) SEMINAR

365, 465

PAINTING I, II

470 490

Media and techniques of painting in oil or acrylics. 365 must be taken before 465; 465 may be taken twice. Pre­ requisite: 160. (4, 4)

Selected topics considering some aspects of the visual arts. May be re p eated for credit . Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (4)

370, 470

PRINTMAKING I, II

49 1

DESIGN: WORKSHOP

492

STUDIO PROJECTS

496 497

DESIGN: GRAPHICS II (see 396) RESEARCH IN ART H ISTORY-THEORY

A survey of symbolic, pictorial, and plastic expres­ sions in Western tradition from the p erspective of their philosophical and theological impl ications, with particular e mphasis on the development of the Chris­ tian cultus. (4)

499

B . F . A . CANDIDACY EXHIBITION

388

COUR S E S TO BE OFFE RED IN THE 1983 INTERIM

Methods and media of fine art printmakin g ; both hand and photo processes involving lithogra ph ic, intaglio and screen printing. 370 must be taken before 470; 470 may be taken t\·vice. Prerequisite: 160 or consent of i n­ structor. (4,4)

380

CONTEMPORARY ART

381

TWENTIETH CENTURY DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE

The development of art from 1945 to the presen t, with a brief look at European and American antecedents as they a pply to contemporary directions. I ncludes a substa ntial section on aesthetics and art theory. (4)

A s tudy of twentieth centu ry developments in ar­ chitecture and rela ted fields as well as certain design areas . (4)

386

IMAGERY AND SYMBOLISM

AMERICAN ART

A study of the traditions and d eveloping characteris­ tics of American style from early settlements to the present. (4)

395

DESIGN: ENVIRONMENTS

Projects i n various environments, such as residential, institutional, or commercial. Emphasis on plannin g p rocedures as well as technical drawing and model b uilding. Prerequisite: 196 or conse n t of instructor. (2)

396, 496

A tutorial cou rse which may deal with any of several aspects of the design field with particular emphasis on practical experience and building a portfol io. (2)

A tutorial course with individual investigation of a particular medium, for major students only. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: senior status, con­ sent of instructor, and program a pproval by depart­ ment faculty. I II (4)

A tutorial course for maj or students w ith research into a particular as p ect of art history or theory. May be re­ peated for cre d it. Prerequisites: senior status, consent of instructor, and program a p proval by department faculty. (2 or 4) Exhibition of undergraduate work by B . F . A . candi­ dates. Students are responsible for all arrangements in consultation with their major advisers. (no credit)

301 302 303 319 386

A Cultural Tour of New York City Jewelry The Tour of Europe Slide Photography: Individual Proj ects Imagery and Symbolism

DESIGN: GRAPHICS I, I I

Design and execution o f printed materials; emphasis on technical procedures and problems in mass com­ munica tion. 496 explores advanced techniques with mul tiple color, ty pography, and other complex prob­ lems. 396 must be taken before 496. Prerequisite: 1 60 and 296 or con sent of instructor. (4,4)

398

DESIGN: ILLUSTRATION

Projects in various types of illustration from story to advertising. Prerequisites: 1 60 and 196. (4)

ART

29


Biology The Depa rtme n t of Biology is dedicated to a t aching proc S, not just a delivery of facts. Facts form the foundation of cie ncc bu t approach i n finity in n u mber. There fore, the biology facult SITe " es the gathering, processing, re trieving, and interpr ting of these facts . The biology faculty believes i n the n tion that one of the most profound requirement in ci nc i s lea rni ng t a 'k th right questions and to re g n ize th a n swers. The departme nt is therefore dedicat 'd to perm itting students to learn science i n the only way tha t it can be effectively made a part of their thinking: to independen tly question i t, probe it, try it out, experiment with it, experience it. In addition to d iverse faculty and bala nced curric ulum, the department provides numer us facilities for its studen ts, i ndud ing: herba rium, in ve rtebrate and vertebrate mu seu ms, greenhou e, vivarium and surgery room, climate control r oms, growth cha mbers, vertebrate phy iology and cell physiology labora tories, a field tation I cated on

State of Washington Parks land, and a boat equi pped for studi f Puget Sou n d . Qualified tud ents a rc in vited to use these faci lities in ind pend nt 路 tudy or pa rticipation i n ongoing faculty re ea rch .

FACU LTY Lerum, Chnir; Alexander, J . Carlson, Crayton, Gee, Han en, J. Jensen, Kn udsen, Main, O.J. Martin, Matthi s, McGinnis.


BACHELOR OF ARTS or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE M AJOR

COURSE OFFERINGS

T h e ma jo r in biology is designed to be flexible i n m e e t i n g t h e needs and special i n terests of students. Several o p t i o n s f o r major pro g rams are available. I n each p lan for the major l isted below, miIll m al requirements are describ ed, a n d students should consult their major advisers on the selection of electives which will help them adequately meet their pre-professional a n d educational g oals. A dcpartment adviser must be con sulted before co m ple ti on of Biology 253, the fi na l course in th i n i t i a l threc s e m c s t e r c o r e courses required o f all b i o l o gy ma j ors. All biology m a j or s are also required to take the Graduate Record Examination w i t h i n two semestcrs before graduation. I n terim courses (300-320) cannot be cou n ted toward the ma j or .

A libera l a rts course pri m a ri l y for non-biology majors; selected topics w h ich relate to the h i s tory a n d future of h u m a n i ty a n d to h um a n a rt a n d well-being; the envi­ ronment, reprod uction and birth control, population, heredi ty, evolu tion a n d biological contro l s . Lectures, laboratories, and d iscussio n . I I I (4)

Plan I - Bachelor of Arts: 32 semester hours, including 1 55, 1 56, 253, a n d 254, plus 19 additional hours. 4 h o u r s are pe r m i tt e d in co u rses numbered b e l o w 150 and u p to 8 hours a re e r m itted i n courses n u m bered betwcen 2 0 1 a n d 206. Rl'quire supporting courses: Chemistry 1 03 , 1 04 and M a t h 1 3 3 or cquivalent. Recommended supporting cou rses: Physics 1 25-126.

:

Plan I I - Bachelor of Arts - Comprehensive: 36 semester hours, including 1 55, 156, 253, and 254, plus 23 additional hours in courses numbered over 200. U p t o 8 hours are e r m itted in courses numbered between 201 and 206. Require s u ppo r t i ng co ur se s Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 a n d Math 133 or equ ivalen t . Recommended su p porting courses: one s c me s t e r o f organic c h e m i s t ry and Phys ics 1 2 5 -1 26 .

/

:

P l a n I I I - Bachelor of Arts - Chemistry Emphasis: 2 8 scmester hours, induding 155, 1 56, 253, and 254, plus 15 a d d i tional h o u rs in courses n u m bered over 254. Requ i re d supporting cours s: C he m i s t ry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 33 1 , 332 with l abora tories, plus one o f the follow i ng - Chemistry 32 1 , 350 o r 404 and Math 1 33 or equivalent. Recommended supporting courses: Physics 1 25 - 1 26 . Plan IV - Bachelor of Science: 4 0 semester hours, indudin g 1 55,

1 56, 253, and 254, plus 27 additional hours i n courses n u mb ered over 200. U p to 8 hours are permitted in courses numbered betwecn 201 and 200 . Required supportin� courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 331 with laboratories; Math 1 51 ; PhYSICS 1 25- 1 26 or 153-154.

Plan V - Bachelor of Science - Research Emphasis: 40 semester hours, induding 155, 1 56, 253, 254, and 495, p lus 25 additional hours in courses numbered ovcr 254. Required s u p p o rti n g co urses Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 331 , 332 with laboratories; Math 1 5 1; Physics 1 25-126 or 1 53-154.

:

BACHELOR

Educa tion.

-

O F ARTS

IN EDUCATION: Se e School o f

MINOR: A t least 20 semester h o u rs selected from a n y biology courses except those n umbered 300-320 (interim), i n which a grade of C or higher is earned. Pass-fail courses may not be counted. Prerequisites must be met u n less a written waiver is obtained in advance from both the instructor and the department chair. Applicability o f non-PLU biology credits will be determined by the department chair. Consul t the chair f r assignment of a minor adviser.

111

B IOLOGY AND THE MODERN WORLD

112

HUMANISTIC BOTANY

155

PRINCIPLES OF B IOLOGY I: POPULATION BIOLOGY AND DIVERSITY OF L IFE

An i n trod uction to the basic principles o f biology with an e m p hasis on plants and their im p act on people. The major topics will include: useful p l a n ts; poiso n o u s p lants; medicinal plants , including n a rcotic and h a l­ l ucinogen i c plants; food p l a n ts a n d organic a rden­ g i ng; plant p ropaga tion; and basic plant identitica tion . Incl udes labora tory a n d field t ri p s . II (4)

In troduction to science a n d levels of organiza tion in biology; �,11endclian gene tics a n d popula tion biology; history a n d d ivers i ty of l i fe . Required of a l l biology majors . Includes labora tory. Co-registra t ion i n chemistry is stro ngly reco m mended . 1 (4)

156

PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY II: THE CELL AND BIO-ENERGETICS

Cell u l a r and m o lecula r levels of biological organiza­ tion; cell ul tra-structure and physiol gy, molecular genetics, energy transd u ion; energy flow a n d nutri­ ent cycles in ecos y s te m s . Required of a l l biology majors. Includes la b ora tory . Assumes completion of one semester o f college chemistry (1 04 o r 1 1 5). Pre­ requisite: 155. II (4)

201

INTRODUCTORY MICROB IOLOGY

The grow th, con ti'll!, physiology, isolation, and iden­ tifica tion o f m icroorga nisms, especially those which a ffect human bei ngs . I ncludes labora tory. Prerequis­ ite: Chemis try 1 03 o r consent of instructor. I (4)

205, 206

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

First semester: m a tter, cells a nd tisslles; nervous, en­ docrine, skeleta l , and m uscular syste m s . Laboratory inclu des cat d issection and experiments in muscle physiology a nd reflexes . Second semester: circula­ tory, respira tory, d i g e s tive, excretory, and r 'p rod uc­ tive systems; meta o olism, temperature regu lation, and str(>ss. Labora tory inclu d es ca t d issection, phys­ iology exp e rime nts, a nd s tudy of developing or­ gan i s m s . 2 05 (I) prerequisite to 206 (II) . (4,4)

BIOLOGY

31


253

PRINCIPLES OF B IOLOGY III: B IOLOGY OF THE STEA DY STATE

The bi:1 S i c p ro b l e m s fu e d by

p l a n t s and a n i m a l s i n m a i n t a i n i n g th ' mselves; s t ructural a d a p ta t i o n s , homeosta s i s , i n tern. I reg u l a tion, w a ter a n d t e m p e ra ­ t u re con trol, gas exchange, vasc u la r systems, a n d i n ­ tera c tion between orga n i s m s . Req u i red o t all bio logy m cl j o r s . Conc u rre n t re g istration i n 254 req u i red . P re­ req u i s i t e : 1 55, 1 56, and fi rs t-yea r c h e m i s try. 1 (4) 254

PRI NCIPLE S OF B IOLOGY III LABO RATORY

A n i n vestigative la bora tory d e s igned to i n t ro d u ce s t u ­

d n t s t o t h e sci e n t i fi c pru c s s . I nc l u d e s fa m i l iClfization with a n d m e thods o t using ' c ie n t i fic l i tera t u re, d a t a r d uc t i o n a n d a n a lYSis, e x p e r i m e n t a l d esig n a n d xecu tioI1 , and scie n t i fic w r i t i n g . () ncur re n t r eg i s tra ­ tion i n 2"13 r - q u i red . Prerequisites: 1 55, 1 56, a n d fi rst­ year c h e m i s h y I C I ) -

321

.

ORNITHOLOGY

The study o f birds with emphasis on local s pecies; de­ Signed for s t u d e n t s with hobby i n te re s t s a s w -II a s for a d va n ce d bio l o g y s tu dents. Field trips, Inclu des labo­ r tory. Prcreq u i i te : 254 0 r consent o f i n s tructor. l l (2) 322

MI CROBIOLOGY

llH.� - tnt t lI re, p hy s iology, genetics, metabo l i s m , a n d e col o gy ot, m lc nlorgamsms. I n c l u d e s labora tory . Pre­ requi i te : 254 o r conse n t of i n s t ructo r; one semester o r­ ga n ic ch m i s t ry recommended . l l (4) 324 NATURAl H I STORY OF VERTEB RATE S C l assi fi tion , natural h i s to r v a nd economic i m p o r­ t nce of vertebra tes \v i th th e x c e p ti on o f birds. Fi e ld Lri ps a nd L abo ra tory P rerequisi Le : �54 a/y ] 983-84 (4) •

,

'�

326

A N 1MAL B E HAVIOR

0 , ' ri p t i ll n , c l a s s i fi ca t i o n , ca u se, func tion, a nd d e ­ v l o p men t o f t h e b e h a v i o r of anima l s . Lectu res m­ ph a s i z a n ethologica l a p p roach Lo the ' tu d y o f be ­

h avior foc u s i ng on comparisons a m o n g species, a s w e l l as phYSiolOgical , ec o l og i ca l , a n d e v o l u t ionary as­ pects o t b e h a v i o r . Labora t o ry i s not rigidly scheduled a n d \v i l l consist o f a behaviora l i nvestiga t i o n o f the s t u d e n ts' c h o o s i ng , Prereq u i s i t e : 254 or consen t f in­ s t ru c t o r . aly 1 982-83 II (4)

331 GEN ETICS Ba s ic concepts including considera tion of m o l ecu i a r ba sis of gene exp r e s s i o n , recombination, ge n e t i c var­ ia bil i ty , a n d considera t i o n of cytogenetics a n d popuJa­ t i o n gene tjcs . I n c l u d e s la bora tory. P rereq uis i t e : 254 . 1

(4)

40

P LANT DIVERS ITY AND DISTRI BUTION

A sys t e m a t i c i n t roduction to p l a n t d iversity. I n terac­ tion between p l a n t s, theories o f vegeta t i o n a l d i s tribu­ tion. E m p ha s i s o n highe r p l a n t taxonomy. I n c l u d e s laborato ry a n d fi eld t r i p . Prerequ isite: 254. lI (4)

32

BIOLOGY

346

CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY

ce l l s a re orga n i ze d to s t a y a l i ve; en­ Lyme k i netics a n d re g u l a tory m e c h a n i s m s; s tructure a n d syn t h e s i s of p ro t e i n s a n d n ucleic acids; energy meta bol ism; rnem bra ne s t r u c t u re , permea b i l i ty a n d tra n s p o r t p h e nomena; functional u l t ra s t ru c t u r e . Pre­ requisites: 254 a n d one e m e s tc r of orga nic chemistry.

Dea l s with how

I (4)

347

CELlULAR P HYSIOLOGY LABO RATORY

Acco m p a n ies Cel l u l a r Physiology; expe rie nce in tech­ niques a n d type s of i n s t r u m e n ta ti o n i nc l u d i ng c e l l frac t i o n a t i o n , determi na tion of m e tabolic sequences, u se o f radio t racers, p r o te i n assay, me mbra ne p h e nome na , u l t racentrifu g a t i o n , spectro p h otome t ry, Warburg respirometry . May be e lected only by stu­ dents w i th a serious i n te re s t and nE'l":d for this type of tra i n i n g . C o r q u i s i t e : 346 and consent o f i n s t r uctor. I (1) 359 PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Higher pla n t s tr u c t u re and function from germ i n a tion to senescense, incl uding basic a n a tomy, seed ge r m i ­ n a t i o n , w a ter relations, respira tion, mineral nu trition, pho t o sy n t hesis, growth reg u l a to r s a n d re p rod u c tion. In l udes labora tory. P re req u i si tes : 254 and o n e s e m e s tet" o f orga n i c che m istry 1 (4) ,

­

.

361

COMPA RATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEB RA TES

An i n tegra ted s t u d y o f t he p r i n c i p l e s of ve rtebra te s t ru c t ure. Considers how a n d w h y l i v i ng vertebra tes a t tai ned their p resent s tructure by e m p hasizing p h y logene tic, developme n ta l , and p h Y S i o logica l top­ ic s P rereq u i s i te : 254 . 1 (4) .

371 INVERTEB RATE ZOOLOGY I n t ro d uction to the fo r m , function, n a t u r a l h i s tory, and p hylogeny o f the l1: ajor p h y l a o f i n vertebra tes. Labora torv exerCI ses \'1' 1 1 1 l l1c1 u de d I s sectIons, fI e l d s t u d ies, a � d col lect ions. P r ere q u is i t e : 254 or consent of i n s tructor. a/y 1 983-84 n (4) 372 GENE RAL ENTOMOLOGY A n i n troduction to i n sect a n a tomy, phy siology, on­ togeny, and beha v i o r . La bora t o ry i ncl u d e s gross d is­ section, fi eLd s tu d y , a nd the collect ion a nd classifica­ tion o f i ns ec t s , Prereq u i s i t e : 254. a/y 1 982-83 I (4) 375 PA RAS ITOLOGY A s t u d y of the behavior, m o r pholo g y

life histories, and host-parasite relationships of the c o m m o n va ri­ etie of pc r< si te s that infect vert b ra tes, w i th special ,

e m p h a s i s o n t h ose o f h u m a n s . I nc l u d e s labora tory a n d fi e l d t ri p s . Prereq u i s i te: 254 o r con sent o f i n s t ruc­ to r . a/y II (4)


385

IMMUNOLOGy

Immunology is the study of the biological properties which enable an organism to respond to changes with­ i n itself when the changes represent the presence of foreign substances, either from the external environ­ ment o r self-induced . Consideration of the biology a nd chemistry of immune response : the specificity of the organism's immune reactions, the types and roles of lymphatic cells, chemical and functional character­ istics of immunoglobulins and complement, genetic control of the immune response, hypersensitivity reactions, and immunodeficiency diseases. Practical ramifications include methods of immunochemical analysis and clinical applications. Prerequisites: 322, 346, or CHEM 404. a/y 1983-84. II (2)

403

DEVELOPMENTAL B IOLOGY

(4) 411

H I STOLOGY

Considera tion of the development of multicellular or­ ganisms, focusin g on the molecular bases for develop­ ment . Topics include morphogenic movements, cell determination and differentiation, pattern formation, ceIJ interactions in development, chemical messen­ gers in develop ment, and genetic regulation of de­ velopment. Laboratory includes experimental prob­ lems and descriptive e mbryology. Prerequisite: 254. II

Microscopic study of normal cells, tissues, and organs of vertebrates. T his study is both structurally and physiologically oriented . Prerequisite: 254. II (4)

475

EVOLUTION

490

SEMINAR

Evolution as a process: sources of variation; forces overcoming genetic inertia in populations; speciation. Evolu tion of genetic systems and of l ife in rela tion to ecological theory and earth history. Lecture and dis­ cussion . Term paper and mini-seminar required. Pre­ requisite: 254. I a/y 1982-83 (4) Selected topics in biology based on literature and/or ori)?inal research. Open to j u nior and senior biology majors. ( 1 )

491 , 492

INDEPENDENT STUDY

Investigations or research in areas of special interest not covered by regular courses; open to qualified j unior and senior maj ors; students should not elect in­ dependent study u nless they know in advance the specific area they wish to investigate and can demon­ strate a serious interest in pursuing it. It is suggested that the student spend one semester researching the literature and writing a proposal (for 1 sem . hr. of credit) and the next semeste r actually carrying out the project (for another 1 sem. hr. of credit) . Students will not be permitted to use 491 -492 for filling in a defi­ ciency in their program . Prere quisite: w ritten proposal for the project approved by a faculty sponsor and the department chaIr. ( 1-4)

495

D IRECTED STUDY

424

ECOLOGY

O riginal ex \? erimental or theoretical research open to upper diviSIOn students intending to graduate with a Bachelor of Science - Research Emphasis. Requires a written proposal approved by a faculty sponsor and the department chair. (2)

425

B IOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY

COUR S E S TO B E OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM

Orga nisms in rela tion to their environment, including orga nismal adaptations, population growth and inter­ actions, and ecos y stem structure and function. Pre­ requ isite: 254. II (4)

The ocean as environment for p lant and animal life; an introduction to the structure, d ynamics, and history of marine ecosystems. Lab, field trips, and term project in addition to lecture. Prerequisite: 254. II (4)

426

FIELD METHODS I N ECOLOGY

441

MAMMALIAN PHYSIOLOGY

302 308 319

Our Natural World : General Ecology Science and Technology Professional Preceptorship

Sampling techniques and analysis of natural ecosys­ tems. I ndependent project required . Prerequisites: 254 and 424 or conse nt of instructor. II (2) Functions of princi p al mammalian organ systems emphasizing contro l mechanisms and homeostatic relationships . H uman-oriented laboratory includes work in circulation, cardiography, psychop hysiology, temperature regulation, and other areas. S tudents are required to design and execute a major exp eriment of their own. Prerequisites: 254 and CHE M 332. Anatomy and biochemistry recommended . 1 (4)

BIOLOGY

33


Business Administratio SCHOOL OF

In conce r t w i t h ge n e ra l u n i v e r s i t y rcq u i r men t s , t h e businc u ni c u l u m prep, res graduates for res ponsible po i t-ion i n b u s i n e s , e d u ca ti o n , and govern m en t

.

phonu l concentra tions a rc ) ff ' r d i n th fj Ids of accou nting, finance, m a rketing, ope ra tio n s management, a n d p erso n n e l a n d i n dustrial rela t i o n s ,

FACU LTY Ki ng, Deal l ; Bancroft, Barndt, Ba rnowe, Bem iker, 0, Ca rvey, L. Ca rvey, Crooks, Cubbage, Hegsta d, Lauer, M cNabb, M eeh a n , Myers, Ni bler, C . Olson, Ramaglia, Schafer, Sepic, Thrasher, Turner, Van Wyhe, Zulauf,

ADMISSlO

'n1l' profe!iSion<l1 Bachelor of Bu s i n e <; s A d m i n i s t r,l tion d egre c progranl i� co m po:ed o( on u p per d i v i s io n busi ness curriculum with J " trong ba 'c in l i bcral drts. U ncil' rgra(fua t ' stude n t s iJre ,�d m i tted to t h e School of Busil1l's� Ad m i n istrdtion u pon the su cc es s fu l completion of a t least 24 .em ter hour� w i t h a c u m u lil t ivt' grilde p o i n t il"cragl' o f 2. :l or �bovc, l nd t h e de : lara tion o f b u s i n e SS a d n1 i n i stra tion a s the tnil j or f i e l d o f study. Trilnsfc r s t u cll-nts a r e rcq u i rp d tn h a ve nlil i n ta t n ed tilL' grade poi n t average o f 2 . 5 se p a ra te' l y i n both busillL'sS and lion-busi ness courses. The s t udc n t ' s i n terest to

...

a cq u i re a p rofessio n a l com p etence i s d e s i re d a nd t h e assi g n nw n t o t a b u s i n ess (il c u l t y adv isC't· i s rl'q u i red . S t u d e n ts co n s i d e r i n g gl·a d u a lc · l e v c l , t u d " s h o u l d seck e a r ly plil t1fl i n g ilcivin' from t h e facu l ty conce rn i n g <1 p p ro p rialc u n d IC rgra d u a t(' C(JU r>il' <;('It'etio n . Gra d u ate s t u den ts a rc a d m i t k d t o thc Sch ool o f B u s i l,,"ss Ad l11 i n i s t l' a t i o n when th I' nwet t il l' req u i r e m e n t s speci fied in t h e M. B. A. brod1ltre.

--I

J

I�

1


AFFILIATIONS

The School of Business Adm inistration of Pacific Lu theran University is a mc'mbcr of the American Ass<!mbly of Collegiate S.:hools of Business. The B . B . A . , M . B . A . , and accounting programs Me ncl tionallv accredited by th,' Accreditation C:ouncil of the AACSB. Pacific Lutheran U niversity is accredited regionally by the 0J orthwC'sl Association ,if Schools and Collt'g(�s. . The School ot Business Adm inistration is also a member ot the orthwest Universities' Business Administration onference, the Western Association of Collegiate Schools of Business, and the , honal Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration. .

I

DEG REE REQUIREM ENTS

Sixtv-four semester hours or one-half of the m i n i m u m total degree requirements al"' taken in fields outside the School of Business Administra tion . A t least 40 semester hours are taken in rE'c uired and elective busine s subjects. . 'he Bachelor of Business Administration degree program consists of 1 28 semester hours to be taken over a four-year period, and to be cOOlpleted with an over-a l l grade point a verage of 2 . 5 or a bo ve as well as a 2.5 grade point average sep aratel" i n business courses. D g rades in business administration core cou rs· s (inclu d ing the two upper division business electives) will not meet the B . B. A graduation requirements.

j

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS A D M I N I STRATION: 230, 281 , 282, 350, 354, 364, 370, 455, and R semester hours of up pe_r d ivision business electives . Rc'q'Jired sup p orting courses; Economics 1 50, Math 1 28 (or 151 and 227) (or 1 5 1 , 1 52, and 33 1 ) , Computer Science 220 (or equivalent), Statistics 231 , and one upper division economics course. NO MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF

THE TOTAL HOURS MAY BE BUSINESS COURSES. The elective courses are chosen to su p port students' professional career objectives or graduate study plans. They ma ' reflect business administration concen trations or selections from entirely different fields. The latter may include work in other professional schools or progra ms.

CONCENTRATIONS: A concentration is noted on the student' s transcript. At least 1 6 hours of upper division courses i n an area of specializa tion must be completed with a 2.5 grade point

average.

Accounting 313 1 Intermediate Financial Accou n t ing; 382 Ad va nced Financial Accou nting; 385 .ost Accountin g ; 387 :'vlanagement I n tormation Systems; 483 Income Taxation; 484 Auditing. Finance

364 Managerial fina nce;

367 Financial Markets; 464 Fina ncial Planning a nd Control; 3 8 1 I n termediate Accou nting, or 460 Employee BenL'fit Plans,

OT 61

Portfolio Ma nagement.

Student:) must take Economics 352, I n termediate Micro Economic Ana lysis, or 361, Money and Banking. (Eilher cou rse w i l l ful fi l l t h e requiremen t for a n upper division economicli course . ) Marketi n g 370 Marketing Systems; 470 Marketing M, nagement; 471 Marketing Researc.h and Consumer Behavior; 472 Advertising and Sales Management, or 473 Industria l Ma rketing and Purchasing. Operations Management 350 Mancl g ement; 385 Cost Acco u n t i ng; 450 Production and Operations tVlanagement; 473 Industrial Marketing and Purchasing.

Personnel and Ind ustrial Relations 354 Personnel and I ndustrial Relations; 454 Orga nizational Change and Development; 460 Employee Benefit Pla ns; Psyc.hology 450, Psychological Testing

Students must take Economics 321, Labor Economic. , Labor Relations, and Human Resources. (This will fuLfill the requireme nt for a n upper division ee(lno'nics cours .) MINOR I N B USINESS ADM.INI STRATION: Economics 1 50; Math 128 (or 151 and 227) (or 1 5 1 , 1 52, and 3 3 1 ); Computer Science 220 (or equi valent); Statistics 231 ; Business Administration 281 , 350, 364, 370.

MASTER OF BUSfNESS A D M I N I STRATION: See Graduate

Catalog.

BUSINESS A D M I N I STRATION COURSES

Courses numbered 1 00-299 are available to a U students. Courses numbered 321 -499 a re open to students with juniur standing and the re q uired p rereqUisites. Cours·es numbered 500-5'J Q arc reserved for students in the M . B . A . program and students in other PLU graduate programs who have a n a p proved field in business. The middle digit o f the course nu mber indicates the field of concentration: 3 - law 4 general service 5 p ersonnel and industrial management 6 finance 7 marketing . 8 - accounting and i ntormation svstems 9 specialized and predominantly independent studies -

-

-

-

COURSE OFFERING S 230 LAW AND SOCIETY A study of the legal system in the United S ta tes and the regulation o f relationships between individual citi­ zens, groups, and the i?overnmental agencies and branches. Review of the fights and obliga tions of indi­ vidua l citizens and corporations, administra tive law, and the proced ures and practices of the courts in a modern society. I I I (4) 241 B USINESS COMMUNICATIONS Development of applied w riting skills a nd techniques in business commu nications. Included a re letters of inquiry, orders and acknowledgements, sa les a nd promotional communications, claims and adjust­ ments corres p ondence, credit and collections ledgers, briefing and b usiness reports, resumes, and applica­ tion letters. 1 (4) 243 PERSONAL FINANCE Consumer saving, spendin g and planning tech­ niques; intelligent buying an d budgeting, esta te and tax planning, ins ura nce and investment programs, re­ tirement p lanning; ethical issues in government and busi ness from the consumer viewpoin t; consumer or­ ganization and i n fluence in finance, marketing, and production. I I (4) 281 F INANCIAL ACCOUNTING A n introd uction to accounting concepts and princi­ ples. Preparation and analysis of financial reports. I II (4)

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

35


282 MANAGEME NT ACCO UNTI NG Intro d u tion to management accoun ting information system . Em pha··i on the analysis and in terpretation of acco un li n g and economic data and their use in p lan­ njng, control, and decision making. P re requisite: 281 . I I I (4) 350 M AGEMENT A critica l examina tion of the p rinciples and p rocesse.s of ad ministration. Mana ement techniques and the functions of planning, orga n i:.dn g, direction, and con­ t rol a re discu ssed from both the class ical and the be­ ha vioral points of view . Study of t he concepts i'lIl d characteristics of the o roduction function . I n trod uc­ tion to case a na lysis a�d p roblem-solving techniques. Prerequisites: ECO 1 50, TAT 231 (may be concu r­ re nt), and BA 281. Ju nior standing. I I I (4) 354

PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL R ELATIONS Detailed exa mina tion of behavioral p rocesses of indi­ viduals and gro ups in bu siness orga niza tion s . Em­ phasis on policy issues and .specific p roblems i n man­ aging h uman resource with fOCLlS on modern prac­ tices of indu s tria l rela tions a n d personnel ma nage­ ment in industrial and other organiza tions. Pre requis­ i te : 350 I n (4) 364 MANAGERIAL FINANCE Conce nt ra ted study of the tools of fi nancial analysis: Funds and cash flows, critical analYSis o f fi na ncial stalements and o ther fi nancial intorma tion, tech­ rnqll �s o f fi nancial p la n nin g and budgeting, and the co nc ep ts rclat d to cap itaf expenditure budgeting, a n d the cost of capita l . An introduction to fi nancial stra tegies and decision maki ng for financing, expan­ sion, and divid· nd pol icies . Req uired for business majors . PrerequiSites : CSCI 220 (or equivalent), ECO 150, M ATH 1 28 (or equ iva lent), STAT 231 , and BA 281 . J u nior s tanding. I I I (4) 367 FINANCIAL MARKETS Analysis o f the cha racteris tics and deterrrunants of a n efficient fi nancial sy stem; pricin g of capital as se ts; sup ply and demand for loanable funds and the level and s tructu re of int res t rates; sa vings-investment p rocess and fi nancial in termed iaries; ins ura nce and reinsurance ma rkets; commod i ty ma rkets, and i n ter­ national finance. Prereq uisites : C S C ! 220 ( o r e qui va ­ lent) , ECON 150, MA TH 1 28 (or equivalent), STAT 231, BA 28 1 , 364. 1 (4) 370 MA RKETING SYSTEMS The flows of goods and services in the economy, economic and behav iora l ap p roaches to the a nalysis of demand; the. role of the marketing funct.ions in a busi­ ness fi rm. Det rmina tion of a marketing mix - product policy, p ricing, channels o f d i s tribu tions, a nd market­ mg communications. P rere qu isites : ECON 150, tvtATH 1 28 (or equiva lent), STA T 231, and BA 281 . J unior standing. I I I (4)

36

381

INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Concentra ted study of the conceptual fra mework of acco u n ting, valua tion theories, asset and income mea s u rement, and financial s ta tement di sclo sures. Prerequ isite: 281 . I II (4) 382 ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Concen trated study of equ i ty meas urement i ncluding the accounting a spect ot partnerships, corporations, and consolid ations . Also incl udes fi nancial sta tement ana lysis an d a n i n trod uction to acco u n ting p roblems of not-for-profit orga niza tions. Prerequisites: 28 1 , 38L I II (4) 385 COST ACCO UNTING Basic and advanced concepts of cos ts i n developing i n­ formation for manageme n t use in the determination of inco me, eva l u a tion o f ca p ita l in vestlll ent alterna tives, and the mea surement of perfo rmance. Prerequisites: 281 , 282 . 1 11 (4) 387 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS A study of the general concepts of form a l information systems includmg the data requ irements of modern orga niza tio ns. Emphasis on reporting obj ectives, data security, in ternal control, and sys tem performance ap­ praisaL Prerequisites: 281 , 282, and CSC! 220 (or equivalent) . 1 11 (4)

BUSINE SS ADMINISTRATION

392 INTERNSHIP A p rogram o f full-time expe rience closely related to the student's specific career and academic interests. The , tudent is ex pected to develop the internship op­ portu n i ty with a fi rm or organiz.a tion, a nd the School will p repare an internship agreement. This agree ment id entifies the problems to be resea rched, experience to be gained, and related readings to be acco m plished . Monthly progress reports and other mea sures o f achievement will b e used to determine t h e grade. Not more than 2 hours of cred it \-vilJ be gran ted for a full month of internship, and not mo re tha n 8 hours of ac­ cumulated credit will be gran tcd for the i nternships taken. The internshi p cannot be used to mcet the mi ni­ mum require m nt for two business a d m inistration e lective COLlC es, and it must be completed prior to the last semeste r before g ra d u a tion . Prerequisi t s: 281 , 282, 350; ECON 1 50; S rAT 231; one add itional course in the student's a rea of concen tra tio n . (2 0r 4) 435 BUSINESS LAW Procedures, con tracts, agencies, negotiable in stru­ men ts, business orga rnzations, pro p erty, trusts and wills, tra n sportation, insura nce and e m ployment. I I (4)

450

PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Cri tica l study of k y concepts, practices, and qua n ti ta­ tive tech niqucs applicable to ma naging the prod uction of goods or services . Includes examination of fa cility design; work design and measurements; and prod uc­ tion planning, con troL and sched uling consider­ a tion s . Prerequisites: 350, MAll-{ 1 28 (or equiva lent), CSO 220 (or equivalent). 1 (4)

-


454

471

ORGA NIZATION A L CHANGE AND DEVELO PMENT

Exa mina tion of the need for cha nge in organiza tions, using a diagn o s ti c approach and employing appro ri­ a te s tra tegies to develop h uman resources vita to every o rganiza bon's econo mic viability. E m p hasis on d e v e l o p i ng th e skills o f an i n ternal cha nge agent w ith knowledge of eval ua tion methods a n d I n terven tions that faci l i tate planned cha nge . Pr ereq uis i t es : 350, 354 .

Tech niques a nd uses of m a rketing research i n the business decisio n-making process . m p h a s i s on re­ search design, various su rvey me thods, research in­ strum e n ts, and sa mpling plans a s they rel a te to m a r­ keting consumer p roducts and services in a changing environme n t . C o n tempora ry behaviora l science con­ cepts to be exa mined and incorpora ted i n selected marketing p rojects . PrerequiSites: 370, CSC! 220 (or equivalent). II (4)

r

I I (4)

455

BUSINESS POLICY

Study of or gan i za tio n a l administration from top man­

ageiTlent pers·J Ccti v c . formulation a n d s tra t e gies a n policies to in tegrate all

d

472

)( c u t ion o f

460

473

HONORS SEMINAR "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

481

CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN ACCOUNTING

Exploration o f cu rre n t issues a nd trends in t h e concep­ tual framework o f accou nting, the enviro n ment in w hich accounting operates, and the problems of com­ m un ica ting fina nci a l i n formation u se fu l to decision­ makers . Pr e req u i si tes : 281 , 381 , 382, or consent o f in­ structor. (4)

364. I I (4)

PORTFO LIO MANAGEMENT

Discussion o f sound portfolio managemen t tech­ n iques: Security selection and construction of e ffici e n t asset o r t fo lio s; measuring in ves tmen t perform a nce; capita ma rket efficiency; selected rece nt develop­ ments in portfolio a nalysis. Em phasis on risk and re­ tu rn rela tionships of securities a nd po rtfol ios. Pre­ req ui i t e s : CSCl 220 (or equivalent), ECON 1 50, MATH 1 28 ( o r equivalen t), STAT 231 , BA 28 1 , 364. II

f

483

INCOME TAXATI ON

Com prehensive study o f income tax concepts, reg ula­ tions, and tax p l a n n ing p ri nciples . Emphasis on indi­ vidual and busi ness i ncome taxation. Prerequisite :

'

281 . I I I (4)

(4)

464

INDUSTRIAL MARKETING AND PURCH ASING

Analys i s of the ind ustria l buying il nd sellln g process; p u rchasing policies and proce d u res; sde c ti on of sources of sup ply; contract ana lysis and negotiation; marketing p robl ems of m a n u facture rs of industri a l goods; dev loping and i mplemen ting ind ustria l ma r­ k et i ng st ra tegie s . Prereq u is i tes: 350, 370 . 1 1 (4)

I n tensive a n alysis o f emp loyee benefi t plans; profit sharing pla ns, pension p la n s, group h e alt11 a n d l i fe i n ­ su rance; structur e and e ffe ct o f govern mental r egu la ­ tion of v a ri o u s benefi t plans. Pre requi s it e s : EC N 1 50, MATH 1 28 (or eqUI valent), STAT 23 1, BA 281 ,

461

ADVERTISING AND SALES MANAG EMENT

Role of a d ve rtising and person a l sel ling i n the m a rket­ i ng progra m; analysis of m a rket targets; developing milrket potentials; m di a selection; designing the promo tional message; e va l u a ti o n a n d control o f t h e promotionill m i x . Pre req uisite : 370 . I I I (4)

management a n d busi ness functions in supp ort o f orga n izational objectives. i m plica tions of resou rce availabili ty, tech­ nology, a n d the ec o n om y; education, religion, ethics, and personal val ues; social responsibil i ty; public pol­ icy; a n d i n te rna tional rel a tions for top managem n t decisions. I ncludes comprehensive case a n a lyses. Re­ q u i r d for b u s i ness admi ni stra tion majm s . P rere q u i s­ i tes: senior standing, 282, 350, 364, 370. I I I (4)

�6

MARKETING RESEARCH AND CONSU MER BEHAVIOR

484 AUD ITING Co m p r eh e nsive study of a u d i ting concepts a n d proce­

FINANClAL PLANNING AND CONTRO L

I n tensive a n alysis of major fi na ncial decisions; fi nan­ cial pla n n i ng a n d b udgeta ry con trol; m e rg e rs a n d ac­ quisitions; p re d i c t i o n Or corpora te failu re; bond re­ tund ing; new e q u i ty issues; recen t deve lopments in capital structure theory as ap pl ied to financial deci­ sio n s . Emphasis on decision making. P re r q u i sit e s : CSC! 220 ( o r equivalent), ECON 1 50, MATH 128 (or equiva lent), STAT 23 1 , BA 281, 364 . I I (4)

d u res; il nalysis of risk th rough the study and evalua­ tion of i n ternal con trols, bo t11 administrative and ac­ counti ng controls, a n d through the study and eva lua­ ti o n of accoun t balances; reporting o f risk; review o f the d evelopment a n d meaning o f professional respon­ sibil i ty and ethics; review of opera tional auditing. Pre­ req u i s i tes : 28 1 , 282, 381 , 382 . 1 II (4)

470 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Ana lytic al app ro ach e s for the sol u ti o n of ma rketing p roble m s , developing s tra tegies, planning a n d a d ­

ministering comprehensive ma rke ting p rograms; eva l u a tion a n d con t r o l o f m a r ke t i n g operations. Pre­ requisite: 370, esC! 220 (or equivale n t ) . 1 (4)

490

SEMINAR

Seminar on speci fically selected topics i n business. O f­ fered on dema n d . Prerequisite: consent of ins tructo r.

(4)

491

DI RECTED STU DY

Ind ivid ual stud ies; readings on selected topics ap­ proved and sup ervised by t h e instructor. Prerequisite: conse n t o f i nsh·uctor. ( 1 -4)

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATI ON

37


501

FUN DAM ENT ALS OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

u n d a mental assu m p tions, principles, and proce­ d ur e s unde rlying accou n ting; transaction analysis a n d t h e fu n d a m e n tal accou n ting m o d e l ; matching of ex­ pe n ses \·v i th rev e n u e; mea s u re m e n t a n d reporting of i nc om e sta tement a nd balance sheet acco u nts; consoli­ dated stat m e n ts; and using and interpreti n g fi n ancial - la te m e n t . Theoretical fra mework for financial deci­ sion . ; d ecision theory rel a t i ve to working capitaJ man­ agem ' n t, short a n d intermedia te- term fi nanci ng, cap­ i ta l investm nts and va l u a tion, capital structu re a n d d ividend poli y , a n d long-term financjng. 1 I I (4) 502

FUNDAM ENTALS OF MANA GEMENT AND MARKETING

Principles and processes of a d m i n istra tio n . Tech­ niques and functions of pla n n i ng, orga nizing, d i rect­ ing, and con trol l i n g . The flov,rs of goods and services in th econ omy; economic a n d behavioral a p p roaches to the a na lYSis of demand; the marketing fu nctions in busines fir m s . Determination o f the m a rketing mix . I II (4) 503 MANAGEMENT USE OF COMPUTERS An in trod uction to co m p u ter syste m s with emphasis on BASIC la nguage progra m m ing skills. Additional work on file construction and software p ackages such as SPS a n d m i n i tabs. Prerequ isite: E CON 500 (may be concu rre n t ) . I U (1) 535

LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Survey o f federal and state laws, rules, and re g ula­ tions tha t directly i m p i n ge on the manager's d C1sion m a king in the modern business e n terprise. Incl udes legal implica tions for th i ndividual manager and his/ her corporation tha t follow from b u siness aecisions in a reas sLlch as e m ployee rela tions, consumer protec­ tion, security and exchange regulations, rights of cor­ porate sh a reh ol ders a n d cre d i tors, a n titru t laws, a n d enviro n m e n tal protecti o n . ( 4 ) 550

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND ENVIRO NME T

The study of open sociotechnical systems within wh ich C\ m a n ager must operate. I t encompasses three major p e r ' pectives: the x ternaI organiza tion e n viron­ m 'nt, i n c lu d i ng legal , ethical, social, econom ic, a n d poli tical i n flu ences; t h e orga niza tion itself as a n e n t i ty; a n d the i n t rnal organization en v i ron m e n t . Prereq uis­ it �: 502 . I I I (4)

51

SEMINAR IN OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

Analytical a p proache to o perational ma nageme n t; the rela tionsh i p of production to other functions a n d e x t mal factors; case studies of modern techniques/ methodol )gics a a p plied in selected s i tua tions a n d industries; qua n tita tive models, systems design a n d comp uters . Prerequisi tes: 503, 550; ECON 500, 543. I II (4)

38

BUSINE SS ADMINISTRATION

553

CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MANAGE MENT

I n vestigation of the roles of mana g ers in the modern society . The explora tion i ncludes, but is not l i mi ted to the topics of corporate responsibil i ty , ethjcal issues in management, a n d the i m pact of technological change on organiza bons a n d society. The vvorkshop a pproach to these topics combines the use of cases, read i ngs, discussions, and simul ations. Prerequisites: 550, ECON 504 . (4) 554 PLANNED O RGANIZATIONAL CHANGE Detailed exa m i n a tion of tech niq ues for diagnosing ad­ ministra tive p roblems requiring cha nge, and for plan­ n ing, implemen ting, and eva l uating cha nges u n d e r­ ta ken through systema tic program s of individual, gro u p , a nd orga niza tion develop m e n t . Emphasis on the p roblem a ssessme n t s ki l l s of i n ternal cha nge agents and on i n terventions aimed at structural cflanges, management training, a nd ca reer develop­ ment. Prerequisite: 550 . n (4) 555 BUSINESS STRATEGY AND POLICY An inte q rated management approach based on deci­ sion-ma kiJ1g a n a lysis i n complex cases and com­ p rehensive lield s i t u a t i o n s . Advanced readings a n d l i­ brary research i n tegrate concepts of manage m e n t and busi ness functions including considera tion of lega l, social, and i n tern � tional ay; ects o f the busi ness envi­ ron ment. Pre requIsites: 5::> , 564, a n d 570, any one of which may be taken concurrently with 555 . I I I (4)

r

564 SEMINAR IN FINANCIAL MANAG EMENT Analysis of o p timal fi nancial policie s . I n te nsive i n ves­ tigation o f the v a l u a tion p rocess a n d its resu l ting im­ pact on firm inves tment, financing, a n d dividend poli­ cie s . Discussion of the modern theory of fi na ncjal struct ure and p olicy, as well as major case a n a lysis. Emphasis o n th e a p plication of con tem p orary finan­ cial theory and analytical tech niques to the solution of complex financial p roblems. Prerequ isites: 501 , 503; ECON 504, 543 . I II (4) 565 FINANCIAL MA RKETS SE MINAR Analysis of the cha racteris tics and determinants of an efficient fi n a ncial system; d e te r m i na n ts of the level and structure of i n te rest ra tes; impact of i n fl a tion a n d foreign exchange risk; defa u l t risk; examination of va r­ ious speci fic financial in strumen ts; hedging as a form of risk red uction; other topics depending on j o i n t in­ terest of faculty and s t u d e n t s . Em phasis on the em­ ployment of assorted fi na ncial claims and techniq ues to i m p rove corporate performance . Prerequ isites: 564; ECON 504, 543. 1 (4) 570

SEMINAR IN MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Marketing ma nageme n t policies a n d programs; i n ter­ related efemen ts of the marketing mix and the re­ lationship of m a rketing to o ther i n ternal fu nctio ns; changing social a n d lega l e n vi ronment, i nnovation, and modern marketing philo ophies. Prerequ isites: 502, 503; ECO 504, 543. ru (4)


S E MINAR fN F INANCIAL ACCOUNTI NG THEOR Y Advanc d (l CC ) U n ti ll g concep l ' a n d standa rds; cu r足 rent pr bJems , nd tre n d s re fl ec ted i n acco u n t i n g l i t " r足

58 1

a t u re; d s igned fo r profe s s i o n a l accou n ta n t . (4)

ACCOUNTING I NFORMAnON AND CONTROL Applica tions of accou n t i ng i n formation, s rvices, a nd systems to ma nagement pr blems. Prercqu i i te: 50 1 , 503. I I I (4) 587 GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTING S YSTEMS

582

Manag ment i n fo rma t i o n systems; acco u n t i ng and cc n o m i ' data a n d t h e i r u se i n g ov e rn m e n t a g encie . Rece n t t r e n d s in fu nd a ccou n t i n g , a n d a naJy i o f a c 足 cou n ti ng req u i.re m e n t s a nd t 'cn nique in p rog ram ma nag rne n t . C<lSC s t u d i e s . Prerequisi te : CON"" 5 04.

(4)

90

SPEGAL SEMINA R

Selected a d v e n ced to p ics;

59 1

ffere INDEPENDENT STUDY

n dl'mand . (4)

i n d ividual read ing and studie o n selected topiCS; m i n i m u m s up rvision after i n i tial p l a n n i n g of s t u 足 dent's work. P re requis ite : c nsent of i nstru ct o r . (1 -4)

593

THESIS

Research s t u d y to m e e t T h e s i s O p tion rell u i remen l elective i n t h e M . B . A . d e g ree progra m . (4)

for

COURSE S TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 302

303 304 305 307 309 315 317 318 31 456 535

French B usiness & Business french Career Developmen t Men & Women I n Business Managers At Work Perionnance Analysis: Busi ness and Social Planning and Measurement Tim Is Money: T i me Management For Eve ry one Qual ity of Working Life Societal Accou nting Tomo rrow's E xecu tive Tel ecommunications Seminar Honors Seminar: Policy I n Thought An d Action Legal Aspects of the Management Process

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

39


Chemistry The adva nce of civiliza t i o n is inseparable from the development of chemis try . Chemis t ry seeks to u nderstand the fundamental na ture o f ma tter, changes i n i ts composition, and the energy chang 's accompanying these changes. Use of this knmvledg i n flue nces our lives in many p rofo u n d ways. Whether i n terested in chemis try i tself, molecu la r biology, or st udying the i n fl uences of science a n d technology o n t h e enviro n m e n t and society, students will fi n d progra ms to meet their needs. The c U Ises, curric u l u m , faculty, and faci l i t ies are approved by t h e Ame rica n Chemical Society. Diversity i n ca reer p l a n n i ng is a key word i n the chemistry cu rric u l u m . Progra ms a re available which are broa d ly applicable t o the heal th, biologica l , physica l , nvironmental a n d the fu n d a men ta l chemical sciences. A s ta ff nowledgeabl in the many areas of chemistry usi.ng modern equipment for teach i n g a n d research highlight the opportu n i ties available.

.' .

Maj or research and teaching equi p m e n t includes:

n uclear magnetic reSOllance, i nfra red, ultra-violet, visible,

ato/llic ahsorptio l l , J7ame photometry, emiss io n , ilnd electron spin resonance spectrometers; X- raIl

crys tallographic diffractollleter; gas a nd liq [7id

chroll/atographs; precis ion refractometer; dipolollleter; scintillation CO l l l 1 ter; zone refi ner; il1ld a cOlllplex lII icroprocessor sys tem .

Facul ty research projec ts involving s t u d e n t participation < H e in progress i n m a n y i m porta n t fields o f chemis try. Some o f the general areas are: polymer structure and propcrties, synthesis of hcterocyclic cO/llpounds, st ructural and maglletic st udies of inorgallic complexes, o rga n ic kinetics, photochemical reactions, a nd drug effects on birth co n t rol.

FACULTY Nesset, Chair; C. Anderson, Gi ddings, Huestis, Kelly, S wank, Tobiason, Tonn.


T h e for('lgn I J n g u �gl' rl'qu i renll'nt of till' Col leo.e (If A rts il n d Sciences s h o u l d prl'fcrably be nw t in Ccrll1Jn o r I{u s s id n . The dll'm islry depa rt m e n t considers compull'r w;age t o bl' In ill(Tl'il s i n gly i m porta n t t oo l in p rok�si()n a l and p e r son,1 1 activ iti ' S . F u rther, labordtory work In thIS depa r t m e n t \\'111 place consiti<'rable c m p h il s i s on COl)l putl'r use. I'h e refore, t h e departm e n t s t ro ng l y rCC'oll1ll1 c n d s t h a t a studcnt p LlIm i n g to major in c h e m is t ry take at il'�st o n l' twu-crl' d i t h o u r c o u rse i n CO ill puler sciel1C('. B A C H E LOR OF ARTS M JOR: Ch e m i s t ry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 34 1 , 342. 343, 4110. R cq u i r'ed Su�) po r t i n g courscs: Physics 1 47, 1 4t;, 1 53, 1 �4; M�th 1 5 1 , 1 52.

-

BACHEL R OF 5 ENC MAJ R (three a l ternatives): 1 . G�II('ml - ll'tlds 10 ii//laiC/1II .I1(,lIIica / Snt id V ccrl ijiClIlio//: Chcm i s t rv 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 3:'14, 34 1 , 342, 343, 344, 405 or 450 or 456, 435, 460, 490; P h Ysics 1 47, 1 4tl, I 3, 1 54; v [ lath 1 5 1 , 1 52. For A m e rica n C hemica l Societv cerlifl ca tinn, 450 and " ither 405, 456, o r CouperMive EducJ t i o n 476 an: n:q u i red , 2. Bioc/1t'lIlislry t'lIll'ira.l i': C Jw m i s t r y 1 1 5, 1 1 6, .12 1 , 3 3 1 , 331, 333, 334, 341 , 343, 403, 405, 435, 460, 490; iliology 1 55 , I Sh , 153, 254; four h o u rs selected from rliology 322, 32(), 33 1 , 346, 359, 75, 85, 441 ; Physics 147, 1 48, 1 53, 1 54; ivI<1th 1 5 1 , 1 52. 3. 01(,lllicai-I'''y,ic, clllphasis: ChE' m i stry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 341 , 342, 343, 344, 460; Physics 1 47, 1 48, 1 53 , 1 54 , 331 , 332, 336, 356; v [ l o t h 1 5 1 , 152, 253 . . Gene ra.l ized

Chemistry

Fresh m a n 'hem . 1 1 5 Math 1 5 1

Cumpu t e r Science Fore i g n language (or corp co urse)

1 00 u r activitv

( l S h o u rs)

Sop h n m ur e

.

C h e m , 33 1 , 333 PhYsics 1 47, '-3 For 'ign l anguage PE activity Corl' cuurse

( 1 5- 1 9 hou (s)

J o n ior . Ch m , �4 '1 , 343 Chem . 32 1 Core (Ours ' (s ) Elective Scn ior Ch elll . 460

IWIll . 490

Elec t i ves

the

B.S.

Degree

SPRING

FALL

P

urricul lml for

CIl C'Ill , 1 1 6 M a t h 1 52 FL1reign la n g u o ge

Cure cuurse PE 1 00 or dctivity ( 1 7 h o u r s) -

Chelll . Ph ysics

32, 334 14 , 154 Forcign l a ngu a ge I'E activitv Cnre cll u fse ( 1 5- 1 9 huu rs)

C h c m . 342, 344 Core course(s) Electives

1 03 CHEMISTRY OF LIFE Genera I, orga nic, and biochemistry pertinen t to chem­ iced processes i.n the h u man o rga nism; s u i table for l ib­ e ra l a rts stud n ts, n u rsing st udents, a n d prospective teach e rs . S t u d e n t s who h a ve n o l comp leted h igh school chemistry a re encouraged to take 104 b fore taking 1 03. II (4) 1 04

ENVIRONM ENTAL CHEMISTRY

Basic principle s of chem ical structure an d reactions, w i t h appl icZl tions to human a c t i v i ties a nd the n a t u ra l e n v i ro n m e n t . No p rereq u isit e; st ude nts with o u t h igh school chemistry a rc en co ura ged to take 1 04 before taking 1 03 or 11 5 . Physical therapy and milita ry nu rs­ ing p rogra ms req u i ring a year oj' c h c m i s h-y should i n ­ d u de 1 04 and 1 03 . Also s u i t able for enviro n m e n t al studies, ge neral scienc(' tea che rs , B . A . i n e a r th sci­ ences, <1ll d general un iverSity core re(l uire ments or C o l lege of A r t s a n d Sciences option I l l . 1 (4)

1 1 5, 11 6 GENERAL CHEMISTRY

F i rst semester to pics include the structure of ma tter, a l o m i c and molecular lh e o ry, s la t es of malter and qu a n titative rela tionships. Second sem es t e r topics in­ clu d e k i n e t ics, chemical equi libri u m , the rm oche m is­ try, s t u dy of the e l e me n ts g roup e d accord ing to the periodic ta bl e , radio-chemistry, and i norga nic q u a L i ta­ ti ve analysis. Desi g n e d prima riJy for students who w a n t to major in b iology, chemistry, e n O'i neering, geology, o r physics . In cludes all premedica7, p re de n­ tal, pha rmacy, med ical tech nology students, and stu­ dents p la n n i n g to t ra nsfer to some u n iversity d e n ta l hygiene progra m s . High school chemistry or permis­ sion of instructor requi re d . S t u d e n ts with no high chool c h e m i s try o r weak ma thema tical background should take 104 bEfore this course. Corequisite: MATH 133. P rere q u i si te : 1 1 5 for 1 1 6; I for 1 1 5, II for

1 1 6. (4,4)

NUTRITION, DRUGS , AND THE INDIVIDUAL An introd uction to basic metabolic i n teractions, gen­ era l en do c r i n o l ogy , mind a n d bo dy i nteractions, the roles of dwt?s i n mod ifying biologica l a n d behavioral functio n s . N u tr i tion topics will include food prepara­ tion, " the ba la nced mea l ph i losoph y , " n u tritional mvths, the e ffects of stress, environmental and societal i n fl uences on diet. Prerequisites: one year of high school chemistry o r eq uivale n t su gge s ted . Mee ts; general university core re q u i re men t s . II (4) 32 1 A NALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Che m ical methods of q u a n ti tat ive a n a l y sis, including volumetric, gravimetric, and sc\ecte d i n s tru me n t a l method s . P rereL1u i s i t es : 1 j 6 a n d MATH 1 33 . I (4) 331 , 332 ORG ANIC CHEMISTRY An i n te rp retat ion of properties and reactions of aliphatic and aromati c compo u n d s on the basis of c u r­ ren t chem ica l theory. P re re qu i s it e : 1 1 6 . Co r equis i t es : 333, 334. In (4,4)

210 Chcm. 435 Electives

BACH ELOR OF AR 5 fN EDUCATION: t u d e n t s i n tc'r('sled in t h i s clegree clevelup t ll l'il' ch,'mislry p rogram through the d 'partlllcnt i n conju nction w i t h the S ch o o l o f Education. Sct! School o f Educ<1 ti o n sect iun . M T NOR: 22 SeJlll' s tl'r IlPurs, IIlc i u d i n l4 l i S, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 331 332, 333, u n ci 334, complel'cl With gru,le� ot C or higher

CH E M ICAL ENGINE -RING: Students i n tcrested i n p u rsu i ng studies i n ,-Iw m i c a l engineering s h o u l d sec the Phy s ics- E ngine ' r i n g secliun of this c" talog. The 3-2 . nginee r i n g progra m '''' quencc' should be fol l owed t h ro u g h t h e t i n ; t ear w i th h e m i s try 1 1 5 a nd 1 H i ta ken i n placc o f � General I hysic . e neral Physic� a n d Org<l ll i c C h e m i s l ry s h o u l d be taken d u r i n g thc second yea r, The depar t m e n t chair shou lcl be c o n s u l ted for assig-nrllcnt o f a progru l1l ad­ viser.

COURSE O FFE RINGS

CHEMISTRY

41


333, 334 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY Rea l i on s <l n d co n v n t i o na l a n d m d m tech niq u e s o f " y n t h sis, sepa ra tio n , a n d a na l y s i s of orga n i com­ pound . M u s t a co m p ' n y 33 1 , 332 . 1 I J ( 1 , 1 ) 336

HONORS ORGANIC CHEM ISTRY LA BORATORY

dvanc d m e t h l)ds 1f syn t h sis il n d pr p rtv d e te r­ mi n , t i o n a p p l ied to org " n ie om poun d s . Te d1 n i q ues a . nd a p pli , bons from th e l i tera t u re to be e m phasil.:ed . . May b e taken by departm ntaJ i n V I ta tIon 1\1 p lace of 334. I T ( 1 ) 34 1 , 342 PHYSICAL CHEM ISTRY The rel a t i o n s h i p be tw'een s t r u c t ure, e nergy co n te n t , a nd ph y ic I a n d c h e m ica l p ro p" rti o f chemkal sys­ t e ms. T o pi c s i n t h e rmo dy n m ic , s ta ti tical th r­ m dynamics, qu a n t um mechanics, at mic a n d molec u l a r s t m c t u re , spectrosc py, a n d k in t i c ' ar co ve re d . Me ny x a m p l es a re r e l a t d to b i ol ogi ca l sys­ tems. Prere q u i s i tes: 1 1 5 , MATH 1 52, PH YS 1 54 . 1 I I (4, 4) 343, 344

PHYSICAL CHEM I STRY LA BORATORY

Ex per i men t.. in thermod yna m ics, so l u t i o n be havior , nd m o l c lliar stn ctu r ' d e si g n e d to ac q u a i n t s t u de n t s w i t h i n st ru m n l a tion, d<lta ha ndl i n g, corr 'lnb on.s w i t h theory, a n d data reliabil i ty . Com puler u.agc i enco u raged . C o req u lsite or p rex q u i s i t : 34 1 , 342. I f I <

(1 , 1) 360 [NORGANIC CHEM ISTRY: A NONCALCULUS APPROACH Offered S i m u l ta n e o u s l y w i th 450. I n c l u des se par a te problems a nd some epara t l e c t u res. [ Exp rimentalj ( 3)

4 3

B[OCHEMJSTRY

ervie w o f the fi I d i n cluding metabol i s m , biochem ica l s lTu c t u re , biochem icc I g e n e ti cs , a n d dis­ cu s s i o n of m e c ha n i s m s of a c ti on ' o f d r ugs a n d phar­ macol ogy. For n n-mc j o rs l nte res t e d i n bioch emi try s a s u p p or ti ng ca U f · 3 a l d m ajors n o t p l a n n i n g t ta ke 342 . La bora tory desi g ned to s t i m u l - t c proble m­ solving tech n i q u es . Pr re q u i i tes : 332 , 334. 1 (4)

An

405 BIOCH EMlSTRY

A study o f c h em ica l rea c t i o n s a n d s t ru c t u res i n l i vi n g cel l s . To pics i n c l u d e enzyme k i. n e tics a n d mech a n i s m s of c a l aly i - , m o ta b o li s m , a nd b io c h e m i ca l g n etic . Con ce p t s i n t rod u ced i n PhYSical C h e m i try a n d Bioch m i s t r y w i U be ap p l i ed i n this course. D signed for students i t res te cf i n g ra d u te s choo l o r r s a rc h . Prereq u i s i tes: 332, 334, 342 . 1 (2 )

INSTRUM ENTA L ANALYSI S Theory a n d p ra t ice of i n s t r u m n t a l 435

m e t h o d s a l ong w i l h b a s i e l t ru n i ' . S pe ci a l e m p h a s i s will b p l a c d n rc d iochcmi a i , m a s s p ec t ro m c t ri c , c h ro m a to­ gra p h ic , and dectrom ' t r i ' me thods. Prerequisite : �4 1 , 343. 1 1 ( 4 )

450 INORGANIC CHEMIS TRY Tech niques of s t r u c t u ra l d e ter m i n a t i o n ( l R, UV, V I S, NMR, X-ray, E P R ) , b o nd i ng p r i n c i p les, n o n-meta l comp u n d s , o rd i na ti o n c l1e m i s t ry , o r g a n o m e ta l ­ l i c, dono rfa cce p tor co n ce p ts, r 'action pa th wa y s a n d biochemkal n p p l i ca t i o n a re cove red . La b o r a t o r y w i l l i n cl u de sy n t h es i s a nd n i n - d e p t h ex pl ora t i o n of the physical p r:)p ' r t i e s o f n o n - m e t a l , co ord i n a t i o n a nd or­ g a li o m e ta l l ic co m p o u n d s . Prereq u i s i te s : 33 1 , 332, 342 . I ( 3) <

456 POLYMERS AND BIOPOL YMERS A cour p r e se n t i n g the f u n d a m e n ta l s of pOlymer sy n t h c '" i s, . l u tio n t her mod y n a mic p ro pe rties, mol ec u l a r chara ter i z a ti on , mole cu lar weig h t d i s tr i­ b u ti )J1 S , a nd sol u t i o n k i n - ' t i c s . Free radica l , condensa­ ti n, ionic, and bic pol y m e r systems are covered, w i t h i l l u trated a p p l i c a t i o n s ta ke n hom the m ed i ca l, e n ­ gine ri n g , a n d c h e m i c a l fiel d s . T h e o n e-cred i t labora­ tory ex a m i n i n g polymer synthesis t h ro u g h e x peri m e n t is o p t i o na l . P r e r eq u isi t e s : 341 , 342. aly II (3) .

­

460

·

­

0 INTRODUCTION TO R E SEARCH A cou rse designed to i n t r d u e the · t u den t to la bora­ tory rc rch tech n iqu , U S � o f the che mi ca l l itera­ ture, r sea r h proposal and report w r i t i ng . E mp h a s ' ' 1 1 be on the t ud n t d e veloping a n d m a k i n g prog­

4

c

re o n a n i n d e p en d n t ch e m i ca l r ' e a rch p ro b l e m chosen i n con .. u lt a t i o n w i t h a m e m b e r of t h e c h e m i s­ try fac ul ty . P re r cq ui i ll' : 342. [ (2 )

491

p o n s Lbil i ty a cce p t e d by an i n s t ru ct o r . May be taken more th an onc . f Il ( 1 , 2, o r 4)

497 RESEARC H Experim 'ntal 1 r th eor e t i cal i nvestiga t i o n o p e n to u pp r divi ' i o n s tu d en t s with co n se n t of de p ar t m e n t c h a i r . Ma be taken more t h a n o n c e . Ge ne ra ll y w i ll co n. i s t of a n e x pa n d d study of t h L' resea rch p roject d evel oped i n 490. I I I ( 1 , 2, 01 ' 4 ) 597, 598 Open l ite: co n s

GRAD UATE RESEARCH

rna t e r ' s d grec c a n d i d a t e s only. P rerequis­ ' n t o f d c pa r t m n t c h a i r . 1 1 1 (2-4)

COUR S E S TO BE O FFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 11 31 1

342

CHEMISTRY

INDEPENDENT STUDY

Library a n d/o r Ie b r a to ry s t u d y of to p i cs n o t i n c l u ded in r c g u l a rl y (feted co ur ' s. Proposed p roject m u s t be a p p roved b d e p a r t m e n t cha i r a n d s u p e rvisory re-

315

42

SEMINAR

Pr e n t a ti on by t u d e n t s o f kn o w l e d � e g a i n ed by p e r­ sonal li b r a ry or la b o r a t o r y re e< r h, s u p p le m e n ted with e m i n a )" by p r a c t ic i n g scie n t i . t s . Pa r t i c i p a t ion of a l l s e n i o r d1 e m i st ry m a j o is req u i red and a l l other ch m i s t ry-oriented st u d e n t s are e n co ur a ge d to p a r­ bcipa t c . S e mi na r p rogra m w i l l be held d u ri n g the e n U re ye a r b u t fo r m a l regi · trn li o n w i l l be i n the s p r i n g se me s te r . I I I ( 1 )

General Chem istrv Pa lau: An Endan gered Culture Our Humanness: Biochemical and Behavioral Heritage and Poten tial Ph ysical Che mistr y


Communication Arts Tn order to explore fully their pote n tial as h u m a n b ' i ngs, p ople m u s t first e x p a n d their a bilities to communicate. Comm u nication is the process by which feelings and ideas me shared and i s the foundation on which lea rning rest s . Provid ing a fi > l d for bot h h u m a n ' tic a n d s ien tific research, the comm u n ication arts fo cus on how and \-vhy people commun icate t h ro ug h language (both spoken and w ritten) a n d thro ugh nonverbal mea ns. The effects of all forms of h uman co m m u nication a re a l so studie d . \t\lithin the Depa rt m e n t o f Comm u n ica tion Arts, four distinct, yet inter related a reas of h u ma n communication m a y b explored : broadcasting, j o u rnCl li sm , speech commu nication, a n d theater. St uden t majoring in a ny of these a reas artic u l a te a n d test their ideas, develop their i ndivid ual abilities, and gain co mpetence i n various stra tegiEs

for im prov i n g effective comm u nica ti o n . Th e y acquire knowledge and skjlls t h a t apply to nearl y every a s pect of their private a n d public l i ves . C a reer prospects for students trained i n commu n ication a rc exce l le n t . A person's career may u l t i m a t e l y turn out to be qu i te d i fferen t from what was origi n a l l y a n ticipa ted, o f course, but i n a rap i d l y c h a nging world, cl;:' rtain fu ndamental ski1ls a n d resources are necessary for a da p ta tion and succes s . As the work en vironm e n t i n the coming decades becomes i n c re a singl y orie n ted toward commu nicc tions, it will be crit ically importa n t for s t u d e n t s to h ave the abi l i ty to com m u n ica te lear ly a n d effectively, both o r a l l y a n d i n writing. Those who major or m i n o r in one of the c o m m u n ica tion arts vv i l l be far ahead of thei r contemporaries who neglect to p repare for the world of tomorrow .


FACULTY Wilson, hair; Bartane n, Becvar, Doughty, Gil lette, Nordholm, Parker, Rowe, RuidI, Spicer

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: At least 32 "emestcr hours, plus 2 one-hour prac ticums i n a n y of tht! a rea s of C ( l I1 C 'ntra ti o n : I. BroJdcJ s t i n g - Required cou rses: 1 23, 1 7 1 . 233, 283, 373, 374, 371), and 3ErI . Requ i red s u p p o rti n g areas: 4 h o u rs each in economics, h i s tory, a n d p o l itica l .cil'nce p l u s 8 a d d i t ional hours i n ont! of those a reas. Stud e n b must c a m a grad e of B i n 283 or ha vc' the i n st ru ctor' S permission in o rd er l\.l a d va nce i n

the sequence .

2. C o m m u n i ca tio n - Req u i red

courses: 1 23, 233, 326, 435, and 436 p lu s 1 2 semestcr hours selected in consultatilJn with adv � scr. , 3. journa i I , m - ReqUIred courses: 1 23, 1 7 1 , 233, 283, 380, 38 1 , 384, and 480. Requ ired su pporting ,Heas: 4 hours Cadl in

eco nomics, h i s tory, a n d poli tical science, plus R a d d i tional hour,; in one of those a reas. Stud e n ts must carn a graciL' of B i n 283 or have the i n s t ructor's permission in order to advanc i.n the sequenc , 4. The,ltN - R eq ui re d cou rses: 1 2 3, 1 5 1 , 24 1 , 250, 357, 363, and 364, plus 4 s "' m e � te r hours selected i n cu n s u l ta l ion with �ld visl'r. I n addition to requ i re me n t s listed a b ove, c<lndidates for the B . A . degree must m ' e t the foreign I, nguagc rl'L] u i remeJlt in the College of Arts <lnd Sciences. BA HE LOR OF FINE A RTS MAJOR: A t least 52 se me s te r h , l u rs, p � u s 2 p raCt i c u m s in any 0f.the t w o a r;a s o � \o ncen t ra t io n : , Broa dccl s t l l1 g, - ReqUI t e" d courSeS. 1 2), 1 7 1 , _33, _83, 373, 37-1, 378, a n d 38 1 , �' I u s 20 semester hours s e l ecte d in consultation w i t h adviser. Theater - Required coursc.s: 1 23, 1 5 1 , 24 1 , 250, 357, 363, 364, a nd 454, p l u s 20 semC'skr hours selected in consu l t a t i o n w i t h a d v iser.

BA OiELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: Sel' School of

Educa t ion .

Ml ORS Com m u n ic a t i o n : 20 semester h o u rs, including 1 23, se meste r hours selected i n consultation with adviser.

233, plus 1 2

Theater: 2() semestcr hours, including 1 51 , 241 , 250, 357, and

454.

The Dance Minur is cross-referenced with the School of PhYSical Educd lion . See the descri p t i o n of that mi nor u n der Physical Education. The P u b l i s h i n g and P r i n t i n g A r t s Minor is cross-r fcrenced w i t h the Departme n t of Engl i S h . Sec the descriptiun of that mi nor under English. Only the fo l l o w i n g courses from C o m m u n i ca t i o n Arts may be used to mee t the corc requirement in t·h", a rts: 1 5 1 , 1 6 2, 241 , 250, :,63, 364, 458, 45,). All co mmunica tion arts m ajor s should fu lfill the core r(?'1 u i rement w i t h a cours from a n o t h e r department i n the School of the Arts.

COURSE OFFE RINGS 1 23

FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATION

151

STAGE TECHNOLOGY

1 62

HISTORY OF AMERICAN FILM

1 71

MASS MEDIA

Founda tions co urse that i n t rod uces the student to a va riety of co m m u n i cation contexts. E m p h a sizes t h ree a reas: commu nica tion conce p ts , i nterpers o n a l com­ muni cation, a nd public speaking. I II (4) Basic theory and p rocedure o f tec h n i ca l a s pects i n set build i n g , costume co nstructio n , basic draf ting, sce n ­ e r y , the a ssembl i n g , ha n d l i ng, manage m e n t o f the stage, a nd extens ive shop w o r k . 1 (4) Conce n t ra tes o n t h e d e ve l o p m e n t a nd growth of t h e m o tion picture i n t h e U n i ted S ta tes from 1 895 to the p res e n t . E m phasis o n the film d irector, w hose im­ pleme n ta ti o n of film tec h n ique a nd theory serves as the forma t i ve a rt i s t ic force in the cine m a . Socie t a l in­ fl ue nces such as economic factors, p u blic a ttitudes and mores, a n d political positions reflected in the U n ited Sta tes t h roug h o u t the past 75 years, w hi c h p rovide the fi l m media w i t h s h a pe a n d thema tic foc u s , will p rovide p a rallel points of re fere nce . (4) Su rvey of t h e m a s s m e d i a . H i s tory, o rganiza tion, a n d mechanics o f p r i n t a n d broadcast med ia . Role o f mass co mmu nica tion i n developing t h e p o l i tic a l , social, a n d economic fabrics f a d e mocratic society. A n a l ysis o f t h e j o u rna l i s t' s a u d ie nce, j o u rna lis tic voca tions, a n d social a nd l e g a l responsibilit ies of t h e media . (4)

225, 425

COMMU NICATION ARTS PRACTICUM

One semester h o u r cre d i t may be ea rned each semes­ ter, bu t only 4 semes ter hours may be u se d to meet u n ive rsi t y requi re men t s . Majors a re req uired to take at lea t two p racticums i n one or a combi nation of the three areas o f i n teres t . I n s t ructor's consen t req u i red . I II

233

FOUNDATIONS OF COMMU NICATION THEORY

An introduction to t he theore tical conce p t s and re­ sea rch too l s of i n te r p erso n a l a nd mass commu nication resea rc h . Prerequ iSite: 1 23 o r consent o f i nstructor. (4)

24]

ORAL INTERPRETATION OF LITERATURE

250

FUNDAMENTALS OF ACTING

The art of comm u n icating the essence of a piece o f l i t­ era t u re to a n a u dience; i n terp � e � i ng it ex p e rie n tially, logically, a n d e mo tiona l l y . I n diVidual and gro u p per­ formance. I I I (4) An exa m i n a ti o n o f the work of ac tors and a c tresses, their n a t u ra l and learned s ki lls; exercises i n memory, i m agi na tion, a n d ob erva t i o n; i m p rovisations a nd scenes from modern p lays; theory a n d p ractice o f stage m a ke- u p . I (4)

44

COMMUNICATION ARTS


283

NEWS WRITING

Basic n ws and fea t u re writing for print and broadca st media with p cial ttention to cla rity, accu racy, � nd d adlin s . ost vai ting done i n class under deadlme. Techniques of i n terviev,r i n g a n d fact-ga thering. ws staff orga niza tion and procedures. Prerequ isite: 1 71 or con urrent enrollment. 1 (4) <

322

-

WORDS, PEOPLE, AND SOCIETY

Basic eleme n ts of audio production; analysis of pro­ gram design, scripting, and production to,? l � and tech­ niques, Lecture and laboratory. Prerequ Isite: 283 or conse n t o f i n structor. (4)

NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION

Focus on the nonverbal aspects of com mu n ication within the framework of i nterpersonal i n teracti on. Prerequ isite: 1 23 or consent of instructor. (2)

325

TOPICS IN CONVERSATION

Vari l U S c n t e n t, de p endent on faculty assessment of student needs a n d m terests. Topics annou nced d u r­ ing the fal l semester p reced ing the course offe ring. Prerequisite: 1 23 or consent of instructor. (2)

26

GROUP COMMUNI CATION

ur ey and a nalysis of small group comm u nication the ry a n d research. II (4)

328

HISTORY OF THE THEATER: IBSEN THROUGH TO THE PRESENT (See descri ption for 363 . ) II (4)

364

Exam i na tion of hO\,v language a ffects one's i nterpre ta­ tion f the world. Focus on the use of symbols, par­ li u lady in rela tion to the mass media , Prerequisite: 1 23 or consen t of i 'lstructor. (2)

324

Theater as i t evolved from its primitive origin through represen tative societies; A nc ie n t Greece, Rome, Ren­ ai ssan�e modern Europ ean and Am�nca n . E mphaSIS " , on relIgiOUS, phi losophical, and polItical thought as reflected i n the d ra ma of each period, 1 (4)

M EN, WOMEN, AND COMMUN ICATION

Introduction to the means b y wh ich appropriate gen­ der role. are com mun ica te d by the mass media a n d the way i n w hich cul t ural gender role definitions in­ fl ue nce how people communicate with each other. Pr requisite: 1 23 or cons n t of in structor. (2)

323

HISTORY OF THE THEATER: AESCHYLUS THROU GH TURGENIEV

363

ARG UMENTATION

Th study of reaso n-giving in social decision making. A na lysi of the genr s, forms, a nd tech n iques of ar­ gu rs . Particular em phasis is given to studying academic, legal, a n d p ublic policy debates , (4)

373

AUDIO PROD UCTION

374

VIDEO PROD UCTION

378

B ROADCAST JOURNALISM

380

NEWSPAPER EDITING, LAYOUT, AND D ES1GN

Basic a nalysis and applica tion of progra m design, writing, and prod uction tools and techniques. Lecture and labora tory , Prerequisite: 373. (4)

Basic techniques of broadcast journalism . Applica­ tions of news gathering, writi ng, and re pm·ting in a broa dcast context. News a n d feature assi gnments using broadcast equ ipment in the field and studio , Prerequisite: 374. (4)

Se lection and editing of news copy and headline writ­ ing. Selec tion, sizing, a n d cropping of p hotos . Fu nc­ tions of layo u t . Princi ples of newspaper deSign and their practical a p plications. Prerequis ite: 283 , (4)

381

MEDIA LAW AND PRINCIPLES

384

A DVANCED NEWS REPORTING

Study of the actor on today's stage . Work on the ana ly­ sis and performance of the modern realistic play. Prac­ tical xperience i n the a rt of the actor t h rough perfor­ ma nce of scenes fr m p l a ys of the modern thea ter, em­ p hasis on the im porta nc of play ana lYSis by the actor, a n d examination of urrent acting theory . P re requis­ it : 250, (4)

406

COMM UNICATION ARTS FOR THE CLASSROOM

358

410

356

STAGE L IGHTING

Stage l ighting from the basic development of electric­ ity a nd righting instruments to the com plete deSign of lighting a show. II (4)

357

INTERMEDIATE ACTING, THE ACTOR AT WOR

AD VANCED ACTING

Study of the work of an actor; character a nalysis a n d embodi m e n t, using improvisations a n d sce nes from plays; i ncludes styles of acting. Prerequisite: 357. II (4)

Legal a n d ethical considerations as a p plied to news gathering, publ i s h i ng, and broadca s�ing. Ethic � l p rac­ tices a n d policy at the corpora te, sta tf, a n d mdlvldual levels. (4) Reporting of politics and pol ice, courts a nd other gov­ ernmental functions. I nvestigative reporting a n d writ­ ing. Blend of fie l d trips and writing exercises . Pre­ req u is i te: 283. (4)

I n trod uces potential teach ers to a compe tency-based model of com m u nica tion developme n t and i n s truc­ tion . Foc us on the ident ification of ap propriate com­ mu n ica tion skills for particula r grade levels a n d the design of s trategies for enhancing those skills. (2)

ADVANCED PUB LIC SPEAKING

Focus on a variety of speaking situations a n d p resen ­ tational methods. Topics vary accord ing to the skill level of course pa rtici pa n ts . Potentia l topics i nclude a udience a nalysis, technical rep orti ng, using visual aids, a n d pers ua sion , Open to both �ajors and non­ majors. Prerequ isite: 1 23 or conse n t ot ins tructor. (4)

COMMUNICATION ARTS

45


435

ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION

Communication systems and s tu dies within fo rmal organizations. Foc us on theory and research of i nfor­ mational and directive commu nica tion as rela ted to channels, structures, status, involveme nts, m orale, and leadership . Prerequisite: 233. (4)

436

PERSUASION

Analysis and eval u<ltion of the dimensions of persua­ sion i n communica tion emphasizing contemporary theoretical models a nd research . Investigation of how research and models may be a pplied in con temporary settings. Prerequisite: 233 . (4)

452

SCENIC DESIGN

Artis tic and technical developmen t of abihties i n de­ signing scenery, costumes, and make-up for p lays of al[periods; various s tyles and periods as well as prepa­ ration of models, renderings, working d rawings, and scenic painting. Prerequisite: 251 . I I (4)

454

PLAY D IRECTION

The role of the director, historically and critica lly; an intensive st udy t h a t is both practical and theoretica l in its approach to the art of tne pla y director. Study of many different directing ph ilosophies . Each student is requ i red to direct scenes from plays representa tive of all periods of thea ter history. Prerequisite s: 250, 251, and j u nior status. 1 1 (4)

458

CREATIVE DRAMATICS

D signed to acquaint the s tudent with materials, tech­

niques, and theories o f creative drama tics. Students participate in creative d ra m a tics. Intended for elemen­ tary and j unior h igh school teachers o r prospective teachers, thea ter ma j ors, religiou s leaders, youth a n d c a m p counselors, d a y c a r e vvorkers, social a n d psychological workers, and com m u nity thea ter lead­ ers interested in working with children. S (4)

459

SUMMER DRAMA WORKSHOP

475

ADVANCED MEDIA PROD UCTION

One session of i n te nsive work i n dra ma, acting, stage management, l igh ting instruction, and a ir other phases of production . S (4)

Producing, scripting, directing, performing, and eva luating sophisticated audio and video program­ ming. Prerequisite: 378. (4)

46

COMMUNICATION ARTS

480

IN-DEPTH AND INVESTIGATIVE REPORTING Group reporting in depth on a si ngle issue. Students

select the subject, organize the s ta ff, researc h and in­ terview, p rovide illustra tions, edit copy, and lay o u t the completed work. Subm ission of studen ts' work to the Mooring Mast for possible publica tion. Prerequis­ i tes: 380, 384. (4)

491 , 492, 493

S PECIAL STUDIES I N COMMUNICATION ARTS

I n vestiga tions or research in a rea of special in terest not covered by regular courses; open to qualified j u nior or senior students. A student should not begin registration for i ndepend e n t study until the specific area for investigation has been approved by a de­ partmental sponsor. ( 1 -4)

596-598

RESEARCH IN COMMUNICATION ARTS For graduate students only. ( 1 -4)

COURSES TO B E O FFERED IN THE 1983 I NTERIM

301 311 315

A Cultural Tour of New York City Musical Theater Experience The Weekly Newspaper in Washington State


-

Cooperative Education Program A l t hough t h e program's career-related a d va n tages a rc ob i ll , i ts main benefi ts a rc educa tiona l . S t u d e n t ' ga in a n a pprec i a t ion of the rel tionship b tween th e o ry a n d a p p l i c a t i o n , and may learn both early a n d fi rs t hand - about new develop m e n ts in particular field. Cooperative education p rOV ides timely and extended oppo r t u n i ties for developing com m u nication s k i l l s o ra l l y a n d i n writing . Rather t h a n h'a i n i n g s t u d e n ts to take their place a s mere techn ici a n s in the w rk force upon g ra d u a t ion, a coo e ra t i v edu c a tion progra m ca n na b l e students to ecome a w a re o f opportunities to con tribu te cre a t ively to the cha n gi ng d imensions of work i n pr sen t-day society.

Co crative education a ssu mes that experiential lea rning can b an a ppropriate component of a n y qu a l i ty e d u ca tion a l pro g ra m . T h o u g h it ' h a res t h i s assumption w i th other experi n t- i a l I a r n i n g strategic ' u c h a s i n ternships, fie l d work placements, and practic , it d i ffers i n several resp cts. Coopemtive e d u ca t io n i n trod uces s tu d e n ts to em e d uc a t iona l work x pe ri e n c C' ea rly in the ir academic car e rs a n d weav s o p p o r t u n i ties for w o r k a n d lea rning th ro ughou t t he i r und e rgra d u a t p r ra m ' , rather than c nce n tra ting pra c t ica l c u rse work at the end. A ' t h na me suggest , c operati e d ucation rcpr e n t s a ystematic c opera t ion betw en t h e univer ity a n a v a ri e t y of empl )yer tn the com m u n i ty .

..-c

��

./

/

/

0

\ '

*

��'


The university and employers benefit as well. The university develops stronger and more creative connections with its community. Employers derive a more efficient device for training a n d recruiting. More i mportantly, the partnership provides a unique opportunity for employers to participate i n an important educational service t o the community.

TWO MODELS

T h e Cooperative Education Program accomm odates b o t h part­ time and fuLl-time work modes. Part-time work, which a l lows students the opportunity to take on-campus courses concurrently, is labeled the " Pa rallel Model . " A full-time work experience fits under the " Alternating Model . " In most cases students wiU follow one or the other, but some departments or schools may develop sequences that combine both parallel and alternating work modes. Full-time summer work, for example, would be classified as an a l ternating cooperative education experience, and many summer jobs p roVide for learning tha t relates to students' academic objectives.

THE PROCESS FOR STUD E NTS

In order to be el igible for admission into the Cooperative Education Program a student must have comple ted 30 semester hours and be in good standing. Students who wish to participate apply either to the Co-op Office (UC 100) or to a Co-op faculty coordinator or sponsor serving this function in specific departments, divisions, or schools. Both written application and personal mtervlew are reql1lred m order to determme ellglblhty, terms for placement, areas of interest, academic requirements, and kinds of positions available. Students ar responsible for their Ie.arning activities both before and after accepting a cooperative education position. Each student must seek out a m fa rrange for academic supervision from a faculty coordinator or sponsor. Faculty are responsible for helping to establish the learning agreement and for determining a grade. The learning agreement, developed by each student with the assistance of a facu lty coordinator, lists lea rning objectives with measurable indicators o f learning, and also incorporates supplementary resources such as reading materials and participation in work-related training sessions. The learning agreement is signed by the student, the faculty coordinator, the program director, and the work su peTvisor, each of whom recci ves a copy. Contact between the faculty coordinator and the student must be su fficie nt to allow the coordinator to serve as a resource and to provide academic supervision. Typically this can be accomplished during one or two s i te visits. Students in a "parallel" cooperative education program may arrange to meet with the coordinator on ca mpus. T hose involved. in "arternating" programs some distance from ca mpus may maintain contact through periodic phone conferences, when site visits are impractical. Employers are responSible to provide ongOing, consistent, positive supervision . Work supervisors are to (1) provide opportunities for students to achieve their learning objectives within the limits of their work settings; (2) help students develop ski l ls related to the contextual aspects of the work world (such as relationships with co-workers); and (3) facilitate students' integration into their work setting so that their employment p roves valuable and p roductive. Students are required to reg ister for at least one credit hour after accepting a Co-op position. Throughout an u ndergraduate acade mic career a student may receive a maximum of 1 6 semester hours of credit in coopera tive education. Mannelly, Director.

48

COO PERATIVE EDUCATION

COURSE OFFERINGS 276A J O B S , ORGANIZATI ONS, AND VALUES The challenges a n d choices facing a nyone who works for a living are the subject of this interdisciplinary course offered by the Division of Social Sciences a n d the Cooperative Education Program. This course fo­ cuses on what one seeks as a worker, where one seeks work, and what one will find in the workplace in terms o f technology, organization, personal relationships, and personal challenges. The purpose of this course is to bndge the boundary between the u niversity and the "real world" by bringing the expertise of social scien­ tists to bear on understanding the challenges a n d choices tha t people face as workers i n t h e modern workplace. (2; 4, if field study is included) 2768 INTERNATIONAL WORK A n i ntroduction to European culture i n relation to work ethics . Clarification of contrasts between Ameri­ ca n and European work patterns. Students selected to partiCipate in an in ternational cooperative education work experience are required to take this course be fore the work experience. II (2) 376 WORK EXPE RIENCE I A su pervised educational experience in a work set­ ting. Requires the completion of a Cooperative Educa­ tion Learning Agreement in consultation with a facu l­ ty sponsor. (1 -8) 476 WORK EXPERIENCE II A supervised educational experience i n a work setting providing for an advanced level of responsibi lity. Re­ quires the comple tion of a Cooperative Education [ea rning Agreement in consultation with a faculty sponsor. (1-8)

COURSE TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTE RIM

307

Work in the Eighties: Challenges and Changes


Earth Sciences E a r t h Scil'nces e x p l o re t h e conlp o n e n t s of the

as

\v c l l a s educa ti o n . The dem<1 nd fo r q u a l i fied

p h ysic al uni ers" from h u m a n i ty ' s e x i s t i n g h a b i t a t to the fo u n d a t i o n s o f t h e e a rt h , u n d beyond to t h e

g ra d u a t es i n e n e rgy a n d m i n e ra l d e ve l o p m e n t h a s

p l a n e ts a n d t h e s ta rs .

Some fie J d s welcome t, ost-gra d u a te d e g ree , a n d to t h i ' end, a n u m be r o f F LU g r<1 d u <1 lcS a r-' p u r s u i n g

A p rog rc1ll1 o f s t L; d i e s i n t h ese

fields acq u a i n t s s t ud e n t s w i t h t h e i r p hysical

Wl

rid

and p rovid es p e rs p e c t i ve o n h u tnc n devel o p m e n t i n l i m e a n d space. E n v i ronrn e n l a l p ro b l e m s also a re a p p roached t h ro u g h t h e e a r l h scien e , w h i c h impa rt a rea l i s l i c a p p rccia t i o n o f soc i e t y ' s d e pend e n ce on e a r t h ' s p h y s i c a l reso u rces. I n p rovid i n g such a perspective, the d e p a r t m e n l fu l fi l l ' t he l1 el' d s o f ,) va riety

of s t u d e n t s se e k i n g to

b ro a d e n t h e i r l i bl.: ra l a rt s cd ucJ l i o n , J n d a l so

provides m o re s pe c i i1 l iz-cd k n o w l e d ge in s u p p o r t of seve r a l fi eld s , p a r t i c u la rly for m i n o r o r m a j o r s l u d i e s lead i n g t o CJ ree rs i n resou rces J n d e n v i ron m e n t a l m a n Cl ge m e n t o r sc i e n t i fic resea rch . S i t u a ted between t h e Olympi

Mountains a n d the

Ca scJ dc R a n ge, the dcpC1 r t m e n t i s i d e C1 l l y loca ted to

n e ver been h i g h e r .

master's c1 n d d o c l o r a l p ro g ra m s a t m<1jor u njversi l i e s .

fACU l.TY l.owes, hilir; Benham; assisted by Hue tis and Yiu . rhc dc p'11"t rl1c n t's progm rl1S rem J I n (kx i blc, " l I u w i n g fJ i r l y casy scill' d u l i n g of cnurse,. I l u",cvl'r, s l u Lil:n t h s h o u le! n u t i c l' 11",1 upper d i v i s i o n Cllurses arc o ffered un a tW U-YC'M cyck. Ef1.. r1 y dl\( [ d fa t ion of nlc1 jurs lJr tll i n o rtl i n c(l r l h t;ci('ll ces w i l l ("ci l i t d k dcv c l op n1L' n t o f i n d i vi d u a l progrd f l i S a n cl avoid schcdu l i n g (lll1 n i d . · .

B A H E lOR O F SCiE C (GEOLOGY SPECIA LTY) M A J O R : 40 sc:n1C'skr h o u r� i n g,'olo gy , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 1 , 1 32, 323. 3N, 325, 327, 328, ilnd two l"llUf'D from 326, 3hO, 365, �1 I1d 49 1 ; idsl) req u i red is J P p ro\ied l'x f'criL'ncc in fi e l d s t u d .' tech n i q u e s .

exa m i n e geologic a n d m a r i n e e n v i ro n m e n ts , w h i c h C1 re u n s u rp, s e d f� r tea c h i n g a n d le a rn i n g p u rpos e s .

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

G ra d u ates i n earth scie nces hold p s i tions in t h e

N a t i o n a l Pa r k Serv ice, t he U . S . Geologica l S urvey,

oil a n d m i n i ng grou p s , and geotec h n icc I e n g i neering,

::::


l' U p �llrting

m try

'\Jccessary courSeS include: e l l ' i s U5, 1 1 6; reClllll m e n d e d tor pdwloglst� Me Chemistry 341 , 342; Physics 1 25, 1 26, 1 4 7, � nd 1 48 (or Physics 1 53, 154 and lobs); rC' o m n1ended - Enginl'l' r i n g '3S I ; Physics 223; Mathema tics 1 5 1 . 1 5 _; bIology cou rses a re recom mended where paleon lology i s elected m " l o r

<;,

'

inl 'r 51.

B CHELOR OF ARTS M A J O R : 32 seml'ster h o u rs, i n c l u d i n g 1 3 1. 1 12, 1 3 (i, 202, 324, 27, f u � �t l ea st tlVO uppl' r d i vision Mth " ' Il'IKe cou rses, A fl cie courSl' such , s 5 1 , 31>0, or 365 i s recol1l nwnded RC'l uir ' d s u pporting COLl rse� i n d udc: C h e m ist ,: l i n .. ] ( 14 or 1 1 :-', 1 1 6; Physics 1 S, 1 20, 1 7, 1 4H; M � t lwmiltics 1 1 . rl'com ml'ncied 1 52; ,l p p r o p ria te b i ( ) logy courses " I so recom m e n d e d , O p l l o n s re n e c t i l s l u de n t 5 'arth sCience i n terests and o re d iSCl1�scd \ovi t h n � d viscr.

f

BACHELOR OF A RTS IN EDUCATIO Educahon,

: Se

chool of

M I NOR: 20 s m te r h u r&. of earth science course", excl uding , ll' n m C<lur C , C m p le te d wIth g ra d e f lI1 or hig her ,

COURS E OFFE RIN G S 101 WORLD GEOGRAPHY Pa l l rns of p h ical, c1 i m a l ic, a n d e co lo ca l fea t ures nd th i r relat i nship to the d e ve l o p m e nt of h u m a n culture . . 1 01 do not m et the na t u r I ciences c re requj re m e n t . II (4)

gi

_

,

l31

EARTH PROCESSES A n i n l roduc � ory cou rse de l i ng with the h u m a n geologIC h a bitat, b o t h at p res n t a n d as i t h a s delop th roug � time; ma t e r i a l of earth ( , nd l u nar)

ru st_s, theIr de n:'a tJOn t h r o u g h major 'arth proc ss s a n d to rm � � l o n ot su rface fe a t ur e s - w i t h mpha ' i s on t l c l r Si, g n i f i ca nc e to c u l t u ra l d e ve lo p m en t a n d c i v i li za ­ tion; I �bor� tory study of rocks, mi nera l s , a n d g ologic m a p p l l1g; field tnps a rc a r ranged . J (4)

1 32 HISTO RICAL GEOLOGY A q u e l to 1 3 1 w h ic h conce n t ra tes on e a r t h h i s tory, , d� rl the fo r m a t i o n of t h e North Ame ri�an con­ pa r hc y � tin n t sed i me n t a ry rocks, fo ss i l s , a nd strat Igra p h i c r cord are r e l a t e d to tec tonic u p heaval a n d g r mv t h ,' field t rips a re a r ra nged, 1 1 (4)

1 36 DESCRI PTI VE ASTRONOMY Th e m o n , t h e s ol a r syste m , t h e coordinate systems for loca t ' ll1 g stellar objects and c h a racteris tics of stars, I n lerim (4)

202

GENERAL OCEANOGRA PHY

Ocea�, o g ra p hy a n d i t s rela t i o n s h i p to other fields; . , ph yslcal, c hemICal b i ologic a l , clima tic, and ge o l o gi cal ! a p�cls of the s e a ; held trips , U (4) 222

CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOU RCES Pri n ci p l e a n d p roblems of p u b l ic a n d p ri v a t e stew­

a rd h ifJ of o u r resou rces w i t h . Pa I hc No rt w e s t . I (4)

323

h

pedal refere nce to the

M I NERALOGY

C ry ' t a l1o g ra p h y a n d mineralogy, both o re- a n d r o kform l O g mmeraIs . Prerelluisites: 131 a n d h igh , sc hoo l 1 m ls t ry or con sent of i n s tructo r. Available Tnte ri m 1983. (4)

50

EARTH SCI ENCES

324

PETRO LOGY

The occ u r re nce a n d classifica tion o f common rock types; p rocesses by which t hey \,vere formed \,v i t h ref­ erence to theoretical p r i n c i p l e s , Prereq u i s i tes: 1 3 1 or con en t of i n ' t ructor. lI a/y 1 983-84 (4)

325 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY The fo rm a n d spatial r e l a t io nsh p s of v a ri o u s rock masses and an i n t rod uctio n to rocK d e fo r ma t i o n ' con­ sidera tion of basic processes to understand mOL nta i n b u i l d i n g a nd co n t i ne n t a l format i o n '' labora torv em­ p h a s i zes practical tech niques which enable stL�de n ts to a na l yze re gion al structura l p a ttern s . Prerequis ite: 13] or co n s e n t of i n s t r uct or . II aly 1 982-83 (4)

i

(

326 O PTICAL MINE RALOGY Theory � n d p ractice of �liner� 1 s r � ld ie s u s i n g the p e t­ r�gr a p h lc m I Crosc o p e , 1I1c1udln g I mmersion oi l tech­ I1lque , prod u c t i o n of t h l n sections, a n d determina­ tion of mi nerals by means of their o ptical p roperties . . T h i S prOVides a n I I1 t I'o d Ll ctlon to the broa der subject o f p e t rogra phy , 1 aly 1 983-84 (4) 327 STRATIG RAPHY AND SEDIMENTATION F o r m a ti o n a l pri nci p les o f s u r face-acc u m u l a t ed rocks a,n d t hei r i n co rp c� r a t o n in the stra tigra p h i c record: 1 1u5 s u b}, ec t l s basIC to f i, e l d m a p p l l1g a nd structural i n ­ t e r p re t a t i o n . I u/y 1 983-84 (4)

i

328 PA LEONTOLOGY A sys tematic t u d y of the fossil record, com b i n i n g , p r1l1CIpi s of e v o lu t i o n a r x development, p al e o ­ habitat s I� d p re�erv a t l O n , W i t h p ractical expe ri e n ce o f s p e C i m e n Iden t l ttcat lO n . Thes e s t u d i e s a re t u n da m en ­ tal to the under t< n d n of s t ra t igruphy a n d the ge ologic time sca le , I aly 1 9 82-83 (4) c

i g

351

NATURAL HISTORY OF THE PACI FIC NORTHWEST

A fi eld a n d la bora tory co urse e x a m i n ing regi o n a l na � ­ , ural h i s t, o ry , a n o u td, or wor k sh o p deSigned for SCI­ e nce tea chers at e l e m e n t a ry and j u nior h igh l e v e ls . , o t to be co u n ted towa rd a major or gra d u a te c re d i t i n biol ogy , Prere q u i s i t e : consent of n s t r u ctor. S (6)

i

360 GEO LOGY OF WESTERN WASHI NGTON The m i nerals, rocks, and ge o l ogical h istory of the re­ gIOn exte n d l l1 g from the C o l u m bi a Pla teau to the Pacific Ocea n . Inclu des fie l d tri p s , Prerequ i s i te : previ­ ous earth s CI e n c e o r consent o f i n structor, S (4)

365 G LACIAL GEOLOGY Glacial ic e, deposits, a nd I � n d forms resu lting from . the Iel, st o ce n e glaCia tIOn 111 N o r t h America , Field tnps 1I1 c 1 u d e d . P re requ i s i t e : previous earth sc e nc e or consen t of 1I1 s t ruct r . S (4)

490

( 1 -2)

i

SEMINAR

491, 492 ( 1 -4) 7 ( 1 - 8)

INDEPENDENT STUDY

GRADUATE RESEARCH

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 I NTERIM

305 309

Mineralogy Economic Geology


Economics " Wa n t i --

a growillg giant whom the: coat of l Iave was Ra lph Waldo Emerson

never large ellough 1o cover_ " -

con mics i s the study of how people establish social arrangements for pro ducing and distributing goods and services to sustain and enhance human life. Its main objective is to det rmine a wise use of limited economic resources so that people receive the maximum possible ben fi t at the lowest cos t . T h economics disci pl ine embraces C1 body o f tech nique a n d conc-ptual tools that are useful for und rstandi n ' a n d analyzing our compl-x economic sys t m. Career avenue for gra d u a tes a re n umero u s , 'incl' their understa nding of the economy and their problem-solving a nd thinking abiliti 5 arc appl icabl to a \·vide range of activities in business an d/or government .

FACULTY Vinje, Chair; Ankrim, Brue, Peterson, Wentwort h .

,

.

Jensen, Miller, N.

BACHELOR O F ARTS MAJOR: Minim um o f 36 semester hours. i n c l u d i n g 150, 35 1 . 352. 486, a n d 8 h o ur s selected from Statistics 23 1 , Math 334. 341 . Co m pu te r Science 1 1 0 o r 220. Economics 343. 344 ( i f not used as economics electives). "nd Bus iness Ad m i n istra tion 28 1 . and 1 2 hours of electives in economics. For students

p l a n ning graduiJte work in economics or business. additi Jnal math prc'pariJ tion wili be necessa r y _ For specific courses, consult yuur m aior a dv is e r. M INOR: 20 se mester hou rs. inciuct i n g 1 50 . add itiunal hours o f el e c t i v es , 4 o f w h ich may

351 or 352. ilnd 12 be i n stil ti stics.

B A C H E L O R OF ARTS I N E D UCATION: See S c h oo l of

Education.

COURSE OFFERING S 150 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Introduction to the scope of economics, including Macro and Micro Economics; analysis of U . S . eco nomic system; emphasis on cu rrent economic pol­ icy . (4)

290 CONTE MPORARY ECONOMIC PROBLEMS Cu rrent economic issues; unem ployment, inflation, poverty, and pollu tion; interests ot the class deter­ mine specific topics. Prerequ isite: 1 50 or consent of in­ structor . (4) 321 LABOR ECONO MICS, LABOR RELATI ONS, AND HUMAN RESOURCES The nature and t reatment of h uman reso urce prob­ lems in the Un ited States; wage determination, union­ ism, collective bargaining, unemp loyment, poverty and discrimination, and investment in h uman capital. Prerequisite: 150 o r consen t of instructor. (4) 331 INTERNATION AL ECONOM ICS Regional and interna tional specializa tion, compara­ tive costs, i n te rnational payments and excha nge rates; national policies which promote or restrict trade. Pre­ requisite: 150. (4)


343 OPERATIONS RESEARCH Quantita tive methods for d e c is ion pro b lem s . Em phai on li ne a r pro g ra m m i n g and o ther determ i nis ti c TA T 231 or equivalen t . (2) m dels. Pr requis I te : 344 APPLIED REG RES SION AN ALYSIS S impl e a nd m ult iple re g r e ss i on a naly s is as i nve s tiga­ tive tools . Course tresses cons truction of e lemen ta ry linea r models a n d interp retation of regression resu lts. Prerequi ite: STAT 231 o r eq u iva lent . (2) 351 I NTERMEDIATE MACRO ECONOMIC AN ALYSIS N a tion a l i n c ome d e t e r mina t ion in c lu d i ng p o l ic y im p l i ca t ions within the i nst it u tiona l fra mework of the U . s . economy. P rere quisite : 1 50 (4) 352 INTERMEDIATE M ICRO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS T h eory of c on s umer beha vior; product and factor prices under conditions of monopo ly, com petition, , n i n te rm e dia t e marke ts; welfa re cco nomics . Pre­ requi si t ' : 1 50 . (4) 36] MONEY AND BANKING The na tu re a nd role of money; the com mercial bank­ i ng system; the Federal R es e rve ystem; th ory of cre d i t and money supply control; Keynesia n and on etari st theo r i es o f mon e tary i mpa c ts o n i n flation, interest ra tes, and national inc o m e . P re requ i si t e : 150. (4) 362 PU BLIC FINANCE Public taxa tion and e xpe n d i t ure a t a ll gove r nme n t a l levels; the incide nce ot ta x es , the publi debt and the pr vi i o n of p u b l i c goods such as national de fe ns e, ed uca tion, pure a i r , a n d wa ter . Pr e re quis i t e : 1 50 (4) 37 1 IN DUSTRIA L ORGANIZATION AND PUBLIC POLICY An a n � lysi s of the s tructure, cond uct, and perform­ � nce f A mer ica n i n d u s try and the p u bl i c p ol icie s that toster and al ler ind us t rial s tructure and be h avior. Top­ ics i nclud e the ec onom ics of fi rm sizc, motivations of the firm, conce n tration, me rgers, paten ts, a n t i tru st , pu bl i c u t i li ty regu l a ti o n , public en te rpri se , a n d sub­ sidiza tion. P re r e qu is i t e : 150 or consent of i nstru c to r. (4) 381

CO MPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTE MS

399

INTERNSHIP

An analysis and comparison of major con tempora ry e c o n omi systems. I ncludes a n examina tion o f capita l­ ism, ma rket socialism, centrally planned economies, and sy s t e m s u sed in selected cou n t ri es . Prerequi s i te : 150 or co n sen t of instructor. (4) A resea rch a n d w rit i n g p roj ec t i n co n nect i on with a st u de n t' s approved o ff -ca m pus activity. The p ri mary go a l is to g a i n i n s i g h t in t o a pp l i c a t i ons of t e i d ea s and nw thodo rogl es of e con om I c s . PrereqUIsIte: sopho­ more standing plus one cou rse in ec on o mi c s, and con­ sen t of the de p a rtmen t . ('1 -6)

432 URBAN AND REGIONAL ECONOMIC S Ec on mic gr w t h pro es in devc l o pi n, reg ions of t h e U . . ; t h e i nte r rcl a t ion ' h ip o f pol i ti ca l , eco nom ic, ul­ t u ra l , a n d i nstitutional factors in the growth p r oc e ss . Prerequi il : '1 50. (4) 480 EVOL UTION OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT Economic thoughl fro m ancient to modern ti mes; mp ha s i on the. p riod from Adam m i th to J. M . Keync ; the class ical ec num i s l s , the ocia l i st', the margin alis ts, th neocla sic< I C on o m i s ts , a nd the Keyn e s i a ns . (4) 490 SEMINAR Se mi n a r in e co nom i c p robl e ms a nd policies wilh em­ p h as i s on e n co u ra gi ng the stud nt to in te gr< te p rob­ I € m- solving methodology w i th tools of e co n om ic a n a l ysis . opic( ) s I ' -t 'd by class parli i pa n t s an d i n ­ structo r . P rere q uisit�: onscnt of instructor. (4) 49 1 , 492, 493 INDEPEND ENT STUDY Pre r e q u isit e : COl e n t of the d ep a rtme nt a nd comple­ tio n of two cou r cs in cononlics. ( l -4) 500 APPLIED STATI STI CAL ANA LYSJ S An i n t 'nsiv i n trod uc ti n t statistical methods for gra d u a te s t u d nls who h a ve no t pr ' vl ou s l y taken i n­ tr d u c t o ry s t a t i s ti cs . E m p h a i- on the a p p l i ca t i o n of i n f r n t i a l statistics to coner l s i tua t i o n . Topic ' in­ c lude : mea ' u res of 10 a t i n a nd va r i a t i n , p rOb a bili ty , e s t ima tion, h ypo th sis tests, and regreSSi o n . (4) 02 SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY An a nalysis of social c, pl a nation and the social scien­ tific frame of ref'r n e. (4) 504 ECONOl\lDC AN ALYSIS AND POLICY DECISIONS Ba si c e c o n omi c co n c ' p t s a p p li ed to policy forma tion and o p era tin g d cisio ns. (4) 505 SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS Basic r search conce p t ap p lied to l ab ora tory, field, a n d bi blio g raphi c st u d ie . T o pic s i n c lude form u la t i ng r search qu es t ion , r s a rch d s i g ns, da ta-ga thering te hniqu s, a n a lysi f data and th eory construction. Emphasi on u nder tanding an d evalua ti ng rather than condu ting r search . (4) 543 QUANTITATIVE METHODS The co nc ep t of probab i l i ty , s a m p l i ng, stati 'Li al de ci ­ , ion the ry , l i n ar p r ogra m m in g, a n d other deter­ min i s t i c models a pp fjed t mana g rial p r ob lem s . Pre­ requ isite: 5T AT 231 or 34 1 . (4) 591 DIRECTED STUDY ( 1 -4) 595 GRAD UATE READINGS I n depend nl study card re q u i re d . (4) 597, 598 RESEARCH PROJECT (4) 599 THESIS ( 1 -4)

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM

52

ECONOMICS

1 50 231

Principles of Economics Introd uctory Statistics


SCHOOL OF

Education

The School o f Ed u c a tio n offers programs o f s tudy lead i n g to ce rtifica tion f r elementary a n d secondary tea c h e rs, c o u n selors, n urses, administra tors, a nd person nel in specia l ed uca t i o n . T h e curric u l u m is d s ig ne d t o provide g ra d u a tes with a ble n d i n g of the liberal a rts and a va riety of practical exposures to guided field experiences beg i n n i ng ea rly in the educ<l tional sequence. The fac u l ty iďż˝ co m m i t ted to the developmen t of educa tiorh 1 perso n n e l sensi tive to the va ried i ndivid ual n eeds of learners.

FACULTY Johnston, Dea l 1 ; Baughman, Brochtrup, Ch urney, DeBower, Fletcher, Gerlach, M. Hanson, Lawrence, Mathers, Minetti, Moe, Nokleberg, F . Olson, Pederson, Reisberg, Rickabaugh, W entworth, Williamson.

The School o f Education i, accredited b y the N a t i o n a l Council for A cc red i ta tio n o f Teacher Education (NCATE), the Nllrthwl'st Association o f Schools a n d ollcges, a n d the W a S h i n gton S ta te Board of Ed u ca tion for t h e preparation of e l e m e n tary a n d seco n d a ry teachers, p r i ncipa ls, program a d m i n istrators, special educa tion teachers, and guida nce counse lors, w i t h the Master of Arts the highest degree a p p rove d . The accre d i tation g ives P L U gra d u a t recip roc i ty i n twcnty-eight sta tes Programs for the preparation of school l i b r a r i a n s , school n u rses, school cou nselors, a d m i n istra t o rs, and supervisory perso n n e l , are availablc. The School o ffers course work towa rd the conversion, renewal, or rei nsta t e m e n t of teaching certificates. The School of Education offers g rad uatc degrccs in Elclllen ta ry Education, Secondary Educa tion, Ren d i ng, Educational Administration, Counsel i n g a n d Guidance, Educil tional Psychology, a nd Spl c ia l Ed u ca ti o n . I n formiltion regard i ng these programs i s available through the dean o f graduate s tu dies .

.

'

ADMISSION REQU I R EM E NTS

S t u d e n t s with s o p h omore s t a n d i n g a n d w i t h a c u m u la tive grade poi n t average llf 2 . 33 or above may register for Education 25 1 (secondal)l) or 253 ( el e m e n ta ry ) Students will make formal a p p l ication to the School uf Educatiun d u ri n g the semester in which they are enrolled i n Edu cati o n 25 1 or 253. Education 253 may not be taken concurrently with Genera l Elemen tary Methods. Before enrol li n g s t u d e n t s m u s t h a v e C- o r h i g h e r grades i n E n g l i s h 101 a n d Psychology 1 01 and m u s t h a ve a n ďż˝ ssessment o f their writ ng s k i l ls o ftered by the Cou ns e l i n g a n d . l es t lllg OtfIce. SpeCIal Educa tilln 1 90- 1 9 1 may be taken b e fore Educa tion 251 or 253. Tra n s fer students who may have had cducat'iun courses in other i n s titutions should meet with a n ed uca tion adviscr for eva l u a t ion of work completed and must a r ra ng e for a pp l i ca t i o n , a d missio n, a n d scree ni ng i n t o the School o f Ed uca tion Students who have earned a bachelor's degree at P I. , U o r cisewhere, a n d who co n t e m p l a te m e e t i n g certifica tion requirements are e xpected to meet the sa m e requ i re m e n ts for ad m i ssio n a n d c e rti fi c a tio n t h a t ap p l y tll degree students. The certification sequence will normally require threc semes ters .

.

!

.

o


B A E a n d/or CERTIFICATION REQU I REME NTS S t u d e n ts become c a n d i d a tes for cert i iicahon when they have' comp lded the fol lo w i n g : 1. A l l course w o r k w i t h a cu m ula tive g r a d e poi n t average o f 2 . 50 or a bovc'. 2. The Professional E d u ca tion Seq u e n c · for elementary (Jr secondary te,lC h i n g . 3. An a p p nived teac h i n g m a jor(s) or concentr<, tion(s) (s ' req u i re m e n ts as li stc'd u n d e r Academi PrepJ r a t i o n ) . 4 . Sec u ri n g a va l i d first aid card a t the t i m e ot program com p letion ( o r an equiva l e n t cou rse) . . 5. M i n r m u m Generic Stan dards ( C h a p t e r 1 80-89-130 a n d 135

WAC) . 6. All cou rses in educil t i o n a n d i n major a n d m i n o r fields with gradc's o f C- or h igher. 7 . Achiev e m e n t of proficiency i n writing skills.

TEACHER CERTI FICA nON I ni t i a l Teaching Certificate , The School of E d ucation i n till' fa ll oi 1 982 e n tered into a new program of cer t i fication mandat("d b v the Sratc Board of Erl u cat iol1 u n d e r the 1978 S t a n d ar d s for 'e rtifica t i o n . The fClur-year c u rricu l u m u s u a l l y leads to a Bacill'lor of A rt s in Ed u ca t i o n a n d the i n i t ia l level teac h i n g certi ficate (sec previous c a ta logs for i n formation concerning the provisional teaching ce r t i ficilte granted u nder 1 962 S t a n d a rds). The i n i tial teaching certificate is valid for fou r vear, a n d m a y be renewed once for t h ree years . PLU e n d o rses t(,e certificate on the basis of p rc pariltio n . Secondary teachers huld i ng i n i t i a l level certIfIcates s hall be a S S I g n e d bv l o c a l d Istricts t o enl\orsed ilrea� a n d levels o n l y . Teac h e rs holc{ing i n i tiil l level elemen tary c. n d o rsemen ts sha l l be a ' s i g n e d to 'Iemen tary grildcs o n l y . ElE MENTARY P R E PARATI O ' General requirements. In a d d i t i o n to the general u n iverSity .m d core req u i re m e n ts i n all clIrriculil, certa i n specific requirements in general ed ucation m u st be met: 1 . A n t h ropol'Jgy 102, Exp lori ng A n t h ropology: C u l ture d n d Society ( reco m m ended) o r A n t h ropologyl l i istory 2 1 0 , Global Perspectives, m u s t be take n . 2 . l ' rospechve c l c m e n tMY teachers usuil i ly me<.'t the N.l t u ra l toci c n ces/ lathema tics c a r l ' r'quirc m e n t i n the following ways: a. Completing Biology 1 1 1 o r a nother l i te science course; b. C o m p l e t i ng I a luril I Science 106 or a n o t h e r p h y sica l science cou rse; c. o m p leting M a t h .! m a tics 323. A vea r course i n one la b o ra to ry science m a y bt' sub�t i t u ted bv those who have il d e q u a te background fro m h'igh school in the � vthef science a rea. Professional Ed ucation Sequence, E l m n a Progra m . SPED 1 90 Exce p t i o n a l C h i l d ren a n d A d u l ts, 3 h o urs ( n o prerequ i s i te) E D UC 253 Child 0 v e l n p m n t and Schools, 4 hou . (2.33 G P A a n d soph o m o re sta tus required; prerequisites: E. TGL 101 a nd PSY 1 0 1 ) EDU 322 General Methods, P r i m a ry, 4 hours or EDUC 323 General M e t hods, Upper Eil'men tary, 4 hours or EDUC 324 General M e thods, Elementary, 4 h o u rs (For all General Methods cou rses a C P A of 2 . 50 a n. d j u ni o r s t a n d i n g a rc requ ired PrL'requisites: F O U C 2 53 or 32 1 ; ap l icdtion, scre e n i n g , ,1 nd dcceptlllce i n to t h e Schoo of Ed ucation; sa tisfactory w r i t i ng ski l l s . ) EDUC 42 1 School Law, 1 h o u r . ( Prerequisites: S P E D 1 90, EDUC

e e t ry

F

EDUC EDUC

253) 430 Student Teaching, P r i m a ry, 1 0 h o u rs or

432 Studen t Teac.hing, U p pe r E l e m e n t a ry, 1 0 hours ( For Student Teaching a GPA o f 2 . 50 a n d senior

EDUC 435

54

s t a n d ing arc req u ired . Prerequ i s i tes: E D U 253, 3224, 325, 326, 408, 4 1 0, a n d 4 1 2; a l l con d i ti o n s to full a d m issio n m t ; satisfactory \ riting a n d s p e l l i n g ·kills.) Prufessional 5 minar, 2 h o u r s ( m u s t b e taken concurrently with EDU 430 or 432)

EDUCATION

Professionalized Subject Matter M i no r elementary ca ndidates)

(14 hours required

of a l l

Requ ired 1 1 sell/ester hours EDUC 325 Rea d i n g in the Elementary -

EDU C ED C

326

School (4) Mathema tics in the Elementary School (2) L a n g uage A rts in th e lementa ry School (2) ScieilCe in the E l e m e n t a ry School (2) Social S t u d i e ' i n tlw E le m e n ta ry School (2)

408 EDU 4 10 EDU 412 flect i!'!' - 2 s('1I/.6icr hour" ART 341 6kmen torv A r t E d u c a t i o n (2) M S 34 1 M u sic in fhL' E l e m e n tary School (2) P ::122 I'hvsical Educati()n in th L' EI m e n t a rv School (2) � HED 29� School Health (2) SECONDARY PREPARATION Profess i o n a l Sequence ( m i n i mum o f 30 hours) SPE 1 90 Exceptional C h i l d ren and A d u l ts (3) r and Society ( .PA 2.33 req uired; s o p h o m ore ED C 2') 1 Le " level co u rse; prereq u isites: ENGL 1 0 1 , PSY 1 0 1 ) (4) EI'SY 368 Educa t i o n Q I Ps y chology ( .PA 2 . 50 required; prereq u i s i t e : E D U C 2:> 1 ) (4) EDUC 42 1 Schoul Law (CPA 2 . 50 required) ( 1 ) EDUC 425 Genc'ral Seco n d a ry M e t h o d s (GPA 2 . 50 re q u i re d ; prc rl'q u i s i tes: E DU C 2S1 , :f PSY 368 or p e r m i s s i o n ; strongly rccol11!l1('n d c d : S P E D 1 9(), ANTI-III l iST 2 1 0)

ill lH'

(4)

SPECIAL M ET! ODS SeC' EduG1 tinn a d v i�cr (2) E DU C 465 S t u d e n t Teach i n g (CPA 2 . 50 a n d sen i or status re q u ired; pn'requisi lcs: E[) U C 25 1 , EPSY 368, EDUC 425, f i r s t a id card, all c o n d i t i o n s of scree n i ng m e t ) ( 10) EDU 467 Ev� lua tion (GI' A 2 . 5 0 requin'd; P!"creq u i site: EDU 42:) o r concurrent e n ro l l m e n t III EDUC. 425; m a y l", taken concurre n tly with EDU 465, b u t not reco m m e nded) (2)

SPECIAL PROGRAMS The following speciilli/ed m i nor s i n education Me a ViliiJble t o il l l s t u d e n t p u rs u i n g t l'achcr ce r t i ficat i o n . S t u d e n t s d l' s i ring to work tow a rd n specialized m i n o r s h o u l rl Cl.lllsu l t an a d v iser i n the School o f E d u ca t i o n for assis t<lncl' i n p l a n n i n g tlwir progra m . READ I G - 1 4 semester hours P rcr('qu i� i tl: : EDUC 325 RL'<1 d i n g in the Elcmen t<HY School R q u i re d EDU 40B Li1 n gu,]gc Arts in the E l e m e n tary School (2) EDUC 483 I 'rimil ')' Rea d i n g (2) EDU 479 Speci al Tech n iq u e s in Read i n g (4) 'Elc ctivl's - m i n i m u m ut 6 s e m e s ter hours I'E 40 1 r t' rc �p t u a l l\il o tn r S ki l i s ( 1 ) COMA 406 C o m m u n icil tio n A r t s for the Classroom (2). EDUC 456 S to rvtc l l i n g (4) 'NGL 323 Chil�j rc n ' sli tc ra t u r (4) · O t h l� r s i m i l a r courses m a y be used a s electives i f a p p roved by t h e p ro gram a ci v i sl'r before registr<1lion is co m pleted . S PE C f A L E D U C AnON - Tea c h i n g major: 32 semester huurs. Teaching m i nor: 18 s em t r h o u rs. Special Education 1 90 is a pre­ re q u i s i te to all (ou rse work in spec i a l eci ucil tio n . Sec program rle­ seri f, tion bC'iow .

es e

LEARNING RESO U R C SPECIA UST (Preparation o f School Li­ brarians) 16 semester h o u r s S t u d e n ts i n teresterl i n prepilring f o r t h e responsibility o f a d m i n is­ tration o f i1 scholll l i b rM)' may meet suggested s t a n d ards through l.hl' foll(I W i n !"; progra m : Select a m i ni m u m (>f OIW course from CJch ()f the fol l o w i n g ciivisions:

l30uk nllll lVledin Selec/ioll

EDUC 456 Story tc l l i n g (4) EDU 454 I:: NCL 323

Selection of Learn ing Resource M a terials C h i l d ren's Litera t u re (4) Adlll illis i m / io!1 DUC 45 1 A d m i nistration of t h e School Libra ry (2)

(2)

01/17/0 i!1g E D U 453 Process i n g School Library M a terials (2) Rcfc1'cJ!(C EOUC452. Basic Reference M a t e r i a l s (2) Mcdia Utilizal iOIl ilnd Production EDUC 457 Pre p a r a t i o n a n d U t i l ization of Media (3-4) Cll rricu/ul11 E D U C 580 Curric u l u m Development

(2)


ACADEMIC PREPARA TlON

A major from tho�(' l isted must be completed. Completion of a teaching major/minor in a second academic area is strongly recom mended . (Students d o n ot major in e d u cati o n . ) Teaching m a j or s are offered in the fol l owing areas: art, biology, c h e m i s try, co m m u n ication a rt s, earth and genera l science ' , economics, Englis h , French, GC'rm<ln, history, language , rts, mathema tics, m u s ic, physical education , physics, political science, social sciences, sociology, ,m d S p a n i sh .

PREPARATION FOR ELEMENTARY TEACH I N G : A student preparing for elementary school teaching must comp l e te 24 se mester' hours i n a m a jor teachi n g area, and two m inors conSisting of 12 semester hours each. One of the m i nors must be in the professional subjects a nd one in a tcaching ficld other t h a n t h at covered in t he 24 semester hour conce n tra tion. The courses i ncluded i n t he two m i nors a re to be determined i n consultation with the School o f Educa tion. PR EPARATION FO R JUNlOR HIGH TEACH lNG: St u d e n ts preparing for teaching on the ju nior high level are required to complete a teach i n g major of a pproximately 24-32 semester hours. A teaching m inor is a lso req u i red. Students m us t con s u l t an education adviser regard i ng te;Jching major a nd m inor combina­ ti ons. PR EPARATION FOR SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACH ING:

S t u d en ts prep Mi n g for senior high tcaching m u s t com p l e te ap p roxima t e ly 44-48 semester hours in th e dcademic area in which t n ey plan to t eac h . A m l l10r 111 a second t each i ng area IS recommended . Students may a l so find it advantageous to their career goa l s to 1 ) d e ve lo p skills in one or more coach ing areas i n re s p o n ' e to Title I X legislation, and 2 ) develop competencies i n special education i n re s po n se to federal speciill education legislation. In all cases, students m ust discuss their program with a n adviser from the Sch()ol of Education.

PREPARA TION FOR K-12 TEACH ING: Students preparing for K- 1 2 te ac hi ng in a rt, music, or physical education m ust h<lvC stude n t tea c h i n g experience on both the elemen tarv and seco nd a ry levels. Detai Jed i n forma tion regard i n g K- 1 2 ce rti ficatio n is a va i l a ble i n the Sc hoo l of Education office. ART Senior High Teaching Maj or: 46 semester hours' re q u i re d : Art

1 60, 1 80, 230, 250, 280, 365, 370, 380, 440, p l u s electives. Secondary Education Teaching M i nor: 16 semester hours required: Art 1 60, 230, 250, 365 . 1' rofe5 -ional methods course req u i re d : Art 440. J u nior High Teaching Maj or: 30 semester hours required: Art 1 60, 1 80, 230, 250, 280, 365, 440, plu s electives. Teaching M i nor: 20 s e m es ter h o urs req uired: Art 1 1 0, 1 60, 230, 250, a n d 365. E l ementary Teaching Major: 24 semester hours requ i red: Art 1 1 0, 1 60, 250, 341 , a nd eight semester h o u rs of 230, 365, or 370. Tea ch i ng M i nor: 1 2 sem e s ter hours as determined by the School of Educa tion. ·Up to three supporting courses may be reco m mended .

BIOLOGY Senior High Teaching Major: 4 4 semester hours required:

Biology 1 55, 1 56, 253, 322, 340; a choice of four semester hours from B iol o gv 324, 371 , or 372 a n d four semester hours from Biology 346 : 358, or 441 ; 1 2 semester hours in Chemistry ( 1 1 5 , 331 , 332, 333, 334); Math 133. Reco m mended : C h e m i s t ry 1 1 6, Earth Sciences 1 3 1 , 1 32, Math 1 5 1 . Elementary Teaching Major: 24 semester homs required: Biology 1 55, 1 56, 253; Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, plus electives. Teaching Minor: 12 semester hours: 1 55 , 1 56, 253.

C H E M I STRY Senior High Teaching Major: 4 9 semester hours required:

Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 34 1 , 342, and 343; Physics 1 47, 1 48, 1 53, and 154; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 . Elementary Teaching M a j or: 2 4 semester hours req u ired: 1 6

hours of a p p roved ch " m is try a n d 8 hou rs as d e ter m ine d by t h e School o f E Ll ucation . T 'Khing Nl i n o r : 1 2 hours as d e t e r m l llcd by the School of Educatio n .

COMMUNICATION ARTS Senior H igh Teaching M a j or: 44 !;emester h o ur s require d : 1 6

Secondary Education Teaching M i nor: 1 6 semester hours requ i re d : Commun ication Arts 1 28, 241 , 250, 283. Professional methods course required: Commu nication Arts 406 . Junior H i gh Teaching Major: 24-28 s emes ter h o u rs required: 12 semester hours of Com m u n ication Arts 1 23, 1 28 o r 250, 24'1 a n d 406, p l u s a d d i t i o n a l 8 h ou rs in com m u n i ca tion a rts. Add i t i o n a l 81 2 sem('�ter hours to be determ i n ed w ith department <lnd School of EduGl tion . Teach in g M i nor: 1 6-20 scmester hours rell u i rc d: m lll u n ication A r ts 1 23 a n d 24 1 , p l u s 8- 1 2 elective semester hours . El ementary Teaching Major: 24 s emes ter h o u rs req u i re d: Com m u n ication A r ts 1 23 a nd 406, p l u s 8 seme s t er h o u r s i n com m u n ication ilrts a n d 8 se m e s te r h o u rs i n E ngli s h . Tca r h i n � M i n o r : 12 s(, llle s tcr hours to be determ ined in con s u l tation With the School o f Educa t i o n . E A RTH SCI ENCES Senior High Teaching Maj or: 44 semester hours requ i red , in cl u d in g Earth S ci L' n c ps 1 3 1 , 1 32, 1 36, 202; p l u s two add i tion ,, 1

courses in earth sciences, \v ith one prcierabl y a field courSl' such as 351 , 360, or 365. Req u i red sup portin g : Chemistry 1 03, 104, or 1 1 5, 1 1 6; Physics 1 25 , 1 26 ( a n d labs) or 1 53, 1 54 «lnd labs); Math 133, a p p rop ri a t e biol 0!1y cour�es. A d d i t ional su pporting cou rSL', should be d iscussed \\' I t h a d vlsl' r . J u nior H igh Teaching Maj or: 28 SClllester h ours re q u i red, i n c l u d ing Eclrth Sciences 1 3 1 , 1 32, 1 36 , 202, 324 nr 325; plus t·wo a d di ti on a l cou rses i n e J rth sci en c es . A fiC'ld c ourse such as 35 1 , 360 or 365 i s rcco m me n d e d . Suggested s u p p orting: Ch e mi s t ry 104 m 1 1 5, 1 1 6; Physics 1 25 , 1 26 ( ,l nd labs) or 1 53, 1 54 ( a n d labs); M a t h 1 33; a p p r o p. rl a tt: b io lo gy cnu rses. Additional s u p porting c()urse� s hou l d be dis c ll s sl, d w i t h "dviser. Elementary Teaching M a j or: 24 senll'sll'r hours requ i red : Earth cienccs 1 3 1 , 1 32, I 6, a n d 202; Chem istry 104 or 115 and one u p per d ivision science coursC'. Teaching Minor: 12 Sl'm es ter hours in earth an d physical s ciences .

ECONOMICS Senior H igh Teac.hing Major: 4 4 s e me s ter hours req ui red:

Economics 1 50, 35 1 , 352, 486; 12 seme ste r hours from the following: Eco n o m ics 32 1 , 33 1 , 36 1 , 362, 371 ; H istory 460 plus 12 �c m cs te r h o u rs dis tributed over arciJS of SOCiology, political 5 ' e nce, or n n t h ropology. ( R e co m m en ded : Education 448 to meet professional edu t.ion req u ire me n t . ) Secondary Education Teaching M i nor: 2 0 semester hours req u i red : Economics 1 50, H istory 460, an d 12 semester hours selected i n consultation with ad visers in economics a nd education. Professional methods cou rse requ ired: Education 448.

/

Junior High Teaching M a ' or: 28 se m e ste r hours required: Economics 1 50, 371 , 486; 4 l O u rS from : Ec o n om ics 32 1 , 33 1 , 351 , 36 1 , 432; H i story 460 p l u s 8 se me ster hours distribu ted over a reas of sociology or poli ticiJl science. Teaching Minor: 16 semester hours requ ired : E co no m ics 1 50, plus 1 2 hours of u p per division . economics. Education 448 to meet professional ed uciJ tlOn recl u lre m e n t . Elementary Teaching Maj or: 2 4 semester hours required : Emnomics l 50, 371 , 486; 4 semester h o u rs from: Economics 321 , 331 , 35 1 , 352, 36 1 , 362, 432; Hi ·tory 46U; 4 seme ste r hours from the .!reas of sociologv or political · cience . Teac h i ng M i nor: 1 2 s mestcr hours req u ired : Economics 1 50 a nd 8 ho u r s o f upper d i vision econnmics. Education 41 2 to meet professional education requ ire m e n t . ENGLISH Senior High Teaching Major: A m i n i m u m of 3 2 se meste r

h o u rs, 16 of which a rc to be u p per d iv ision, is required beyond 1 01 a n d w i t h the following distributi(>n: (a) one course in A me rican l i terature; (b) two courses i n British l i terature (one before 1 700 an d o n e a fter); (c) one course in a d v a nce d composition, E n g l i s h 32R; a n d ( d ) (lnl' <:ll u rse from 382, 400, or 403. A l l majors mu st p res en t two yea rs of one for e i g n la nguage a t t h e col l ege level or s h o w e q u i v a l e n t proficiency. Education 444 to meet professional educil t i o n re q u i re m e n t . Re c o m m end e d : Com m u n ication Arts 404 or L a ngua ge 445 and Education 420. Secondary Education Teaching M i nor: 1 6 se mes ter hours requ i red : English 24 1 , 328, 403, a n d e i t h er 2 1 7 or 323. Professiona l methods course req u i re d : Education 444.

semes tl'r houn; o f C om m u n i ca tion Arts 1 23, 1 28 o r 250, 241 an d 400, p l ul' 1 2-29 semester h ours chosen i n consultation with the miljor ad Viser. Supportin g classes: A l ternative o f 1 6-20 semester hours i n English or modern or classical languages.

EDUCATION

55


Junior High Teaching Maj or: A m i n i m u m llf 32 se nlL' s t e r hours i n English beyond 101 as stated i n Seniur High Tea c h ing Major above, i ncl u ding the distribution requ i re m e n t s . M a ' ors m u s t presen t t w o yea rs o f one foreign l a ngu a ge ,l t the c o lege l e v e l o r show equivalent proficiency a n d m u s t take E d uca t io n 444 to meN professional education req u i re men t . Elementary Teaching Concentration: 24 se m e st e r h o u rs; 1 2 hou r s i n English d i s tribu ted a s i n (il) a n d (b) u n d e r_S e ni o r H igh T e a ch i ng Major a b o v e , a n d 1 2 ad d i t io n a l h o u rs I n En g l I s h ilS determined by th e School of E d uc a t i un . Recom m e n d e d : E n gl i s h 32 . Tcac h i n � M i no r : 1 2 h o u rs rcq u i red , a ti d eterm i n ed b y tTl!' , chool of Educ a t io n .

/

FR ENCH Senior High Teaching Maj or: 44 S �mes l te r h o u rs rcq u i r" d : French 20 1 , 202 ( o r equ iv a ic n t ) , 3 2 1 , 35 1 , 352, 445 a n d 1 2 a d d i t. i o n a l hou rs; 445 w i l l mce t p a r t o f t h e p w k'ssional educa t i o n elective rL'q u i rc m l' n t . S u p p o r t i ng co u rses: 1 2 h o u rs in related a reas selected with t?e a p prov � 1 of t l� e d e pa rt m e n t . Secondary Education T each mg Mmor: 16 sem e s t e r h o u rs requ i red; courses selected in c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a d v i sers i n education a n d l a n g u a ges . P rofe s s i ona l met ho d s c o u rse requ i re d : La n gua g 445 . Junior l' Ugh Teach.ing Major: 28 sem e s te r hours req u i r d a s listed for sen i or high pre pa r;l lion; s u p po r t i ng cou rses chosen in consulta ti o n w i t h major adviser. Sec o nd a ry Te a chi ng M i nor: 1 6 s�mestcr ho u rs above 200 level . Elementary Teaching Major: 24 sem e s t e r hours requi.red, i n cl u d i n g 10 h o u rs i n French and 4 ad d it ion a l hours selec t e d in co n s u l ta t i o n w i t h the d e p a r t m e n t a n d the School of Educa t i o n . Tea h i n g M i n o r : 1 2 h o u rs re q u ire d , as d c, tl' rm i ncd by the d ep a r t m 'nt , nei the School o f Educa tion .

GENERAL SC1ENCE (See advise.r,) RMAN Senior High Teaching Major: 44 semester hours req u i re d : G rm o n 20] , 2 0 1 ( o r e q u i v a l e n t ) , 3 2 1 , 35 1 , 352, 445 a n d 1 2 a d d i t i ona l h o u rs; 445 will Illeet part o f the profess i o n a l 'duca tion elective requ i re m e n t . S u p p o rt i n g courses : 12 s e m es te r h o u rs in re l a te d a reas selected with tlw a p p roval of thl' departme n t . Secondary Ed ucation Teaching Minor: 1 6 se m e s te r hours req u i red; courses selected i n consu l t<l tion w i t h ad vi se rs in education a n d la n g u ages. Professional methods cuu rse re q u i red : La ngu a ge 445.

Junior High Teaching Major: 28 . 'mester hours requ i red as listed for senior high p re pa ra tio n ; s u pp orting cou rses chosen in consultation with m aj o r ildviser. Secondary 'te ac hi n g Minur: 1 6 semester h o urs above 200 level. Elementary Teaching Major: 14 se m e s te r huurs re q u ire d , i nd u d i ng 20 h o u rs in German a n d 4 a d d itio n a l h o u rs selected i n con s u l tatio n w i t h the d e p a r t m e n t a n d the School o f Education. Teac h i ng Minor: 12 h o u rs requ ired , a s dete rm i ne d by the dep a r t m e n t and the School of E d u ca tion . HlST R Y Senior H i g h Teaching Maj or: 4 4 semester h o u rs re q u i re d : H i s to ry 1 0 7 0 r 109; 1 08 ur 1 1 0; (; h o u rs of 251 , 252, 253; 460 a n d 1 2 a d dit i o na l u p p e r d i vision hours in h i story i n c l u d i n g a s e n i o r seminar. S u ppo r ti n g course : 1 2 a d d i t i o n a l semest 'r liuurs selL'cted from econom ics, gCl)grilphy, poli tical scie n e, psychology, and sociology. RCClJm mended : E d u ca tilln 420, 448 to nwet prof s io n a l e d u ca t i o n req u i re m e n t s . Secondary Education Teaching M inor: 1 6 se m e .s ter hours required: 4 hOLirs from H i story 25 1 , 252, or 253; 4110; a n d 8 h ou rs selected in consultation with ad v i se rs i n ed u cil t i o n a n d h is t ory , Professional methods co u rse requ i red : Education 448, LAN G U A G E A RT S Secondary Education Teach in g M inor: 1 6 semester hours req uired . Sl'lecl minor fro m Engli s h , social sc ience s , for ign lang u a ges , or communication ar ts. Junior High Teaching Major: 32 enest N h o u rs required: Engl i s h 328; 4 h o u rs of E ngl i s h 403 o r Linguistics 400; 4 hours uf upper division litera t u re (in add ition to cou r 'e take.n to meet general education req u ire m en t ) ; C o m m u nication Arts 24 1 or 326 and Co m m u n ica t i o n Arts 406; Education 444 a n d 12 se m e ste r hours from areas of E n g l i s h , journ a l is m , comlllunication a r t s , or

56

EDUCATION

foreign l a n g u a ge beyond fresh man level ( a t least 8 of t h e 1 2 h ou rs m u s t be in the same discipline, and 4 h o u rs must be upper d iv isi o n) . Teac hing m i nor: 111 semester hou rs re q u i red ,

selected from offerings in English, journalism, com m u lllca tion arts, or foreign l a nguage bevond fresh man level; E n g l is h 328 is req u ired . Reco m m ended : td uGl ti o n 420. Elementary Teaching Major: 24 semester h o u rs req u i re d : E n gl i sh 328; on e of E n g l is h 403 or L i n g u i s t i ·s 400; E n g l i s h 323, Commu n ication Arts 406 a n d one of C o m m u n ica tion Arts 241 or 326 or 436; O i l (' course s(�Il'ctl'd from one of thl' fo l l ow i n g Ml'as: E ng l i s h , c o m m u nication a rts, o r foreign l a nguage beyond freshman level . Te,l(hing Minor: 12 semester hours req u i red a s de t e. rmi ned by th e S hool of Educa t i o n . EngliSh 3 2 8 is req u i red ,

MA TH E M ATICS Senior High Teaching Major: 44 semester h o u rs req u i red i n add iti o n to M a t h 446. P re req u i s i t e : M a t h 1 33 or e q u i v a l e n t .

Req u i r e d : Computer Science 1 1 0 or 1 44, vla i' t h 1 5 1 , 1 52, 331 , 431 , 432, 446; 321 o r 434 o r 455; fou r a d d i ti o n a l u p p e r d i v ision hours i n m o t h/computer science; eight h o u rs of ch em is t ry or p h ysics; a n d fo u r a d d i tio n a l scienc e h ou r s. S econdary Ed ucation Teaching Minot: 20 semester ho u rs requ ired : M a t h 1 5 1 ; 1 52; 227 or 3 3 1 ; 321 or 455 or 431 -432; a t I('ilst 2 ho u rs of com p u ter prog ra m m in g ( C o m p u te r Science 144 or 1 1 0 or eq uivalent), Profess io n a l m et h od s cou r se re q u i red : Math 446, Junior High Teaching M ajor: 24 semester h o u rs req u ired . Prerequisite: M a th 1 33 or equ i v a l e n t . Required: Co m p u te r Science 1 10 or 1 44, M a t h 1 5 1 , 1 52, 33 1 , 43 1 , 432, 446, T ea ch i ng Minor: 1 6 semc'ster h o u rs req u i re d in a d d i ti o n to M a t h 446. Prereq uisite: M a t h 1 33 or l' qu ivale n t . Req u i re d : M a t h 1 5 1 , 1 52; 227 or C o m p u te r Sc i e n c e 1 44 or M a t h 331 ; 32 1 o r 433; 446. Computer Sc ie ncC' 1 1 0 is reco mmen ded if 144 i s n o t t a k e n . Elementary Teaching Maj or: 2 4 Sl'mester h o u r s . Req u i re d : Math 1 33 o r e qu i v a le n t; 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 227; 323 o r cquivn len t . o m p u te r Science 1 I (J or 1 44 is a l so strongly reco m m e n ded . Teaching M i nor: 12 scmcstc.r h ours. Requ i red : Math 323 or eq u ival e n t . C o m p u t e r Science 1 1 0 is s t rongly reco m m e n dL'd ,

MUSIC Secondary Teaching M a j o r - Chotal: 5 0 semester h o u rs

requ ired : Music 1 23, 1 24, 1 25 , 1 26, 1 32, 223, 225, 226, 227, 231 , 345, 366, 445, 453; eight h o u rs from 360-363; four h o u r s of class p ia no ( m i nim u m level 6) *; six hours of priva t e instruction in voice; one hour o f private instruction: sc:nior recitil I (hil lf- re ci t a l ) ; one hour of class guitar; one hour of m u s ic elective. Music 441 and 443 a rc required i n the Professi o na l Education sequence for certification, Recommended: M usic 343, 491 ( I n de pend ent S tu d y -O bserva t io n ) b e fore s t u d e n t t each i n g , Secondary Teaching Major - Instrumental: 5 1 semester h o u r s required: Music 1 23, 1 14, 1 25 , 1 26, 1 3 2 , 223, 225, 226, 227, 23 1 , 326, 345, 445; six h o u rs from 141 /242, 243/244, 245/246, 247; e i g h t h o u rs t r o m 370/380; two h ou rs o f c i J S S p i a n o ( m i n i m u m l e v e l 4)*; six hours o f �lrivate i n s tru c ti o n o n princi a l i n s tru m e n t; one h o u r of p riv<1te in struct i o n : dCgrel! [('eLta ( h a l f-rec i ta l ) . ReClJ m mended f o r s t r i ng majors: M u s i c 454. RecoJ1l mend,,'d for a l l i n� t ru ml' n t a l majors: 49 1 ( I n d e p en d e n t Study·Observa tion) before s t u d e n t teaching. J u nior High Teaching Major: 28 se m e s ter h o u rs requ ired : Music 1 23 , 1 24, 1 25, 1 26 , 1 3 2 , 223, 225, 226, 227, 23 1 , 345; two huurs of 360·363 or 3701380; two h o u rs of cbss p i a n o ( m in i m u m level 4 ) * . Two to t h ree hours of M u sic 443 and 444 are requ i red in the Profe s s i o n a l Education sequence for certifica tion. Recommended: four h o u rs of p ri va t e i nstructi.on i n voice o r p r i ncipa l instrument and class guitar; M u sic 491 (Independent Study-Observation) before student t eac hin g . Junior High Teaching M inor: Two to fo u r semester hours from M u s ic 3 4 1 , 44], 443, and 444 p l u s 20 ho u rs to be determined in consu l ta t io n with t h e S c hool of Ed uca t ion and t h e Department of Music. fl ementary M usic Specialist - Choral: 14 hours re q u i re d : Music 1 23, 1 24, 1 25 , 1 26, 132, 223, 225, 226, 227, 23 ] , 345, 453; e i ? h t h o u rs of 360-363; fo u r hours of class piano ( m i n i m u m level 6) , fo u r h o u rs of private ins truction in voi ce ; one hour of class gui ta r . M usic 3 4 1 a n d 4 4 1 a r e req u i red i n t h e P ro fe ss i o n a l Education sequence for ce r t i fi catio n . One hour of m u sic elect i v e . ReClJ m m c n d e d : M usic 49 1 ( I n d epe n d e n t S t u d y-Observation) before s tu de n t teac h i ng . 'Sec Depa rtme n t ot M u sic Ha ndbook f o r d esc ri p ti o n s of class p i a no le vel s . Elementary Music Specialist - Instrumental: S e e Seco ndary Teaching Major - Instrumental above.

F


Elementary Teaching Major: Two to four se m es te r h o u rs from Music 341 and 44 1 , pl us 24 h ou rs to be determined i n co n su l ta tion with t h e School of Education and the Department of M u ic. Elementary Teaching M inor: Two to fou r semester hours from M usic 34 1 a n d 441 , plus 1 2 hours to be det>rmined in consultation with the School of Education and the Department of M u sic. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Secondary Teaching M a j o r (44 hours):

Required (24 hou rs ) : Physic,l l Ed uca tio ,:, 277, 328, 478, 48 1 , 482, a n d 485; B io lo g y 205206; pa rtlCl pa tlon l n a varsity or c l u b sport. Electives: 20 hou rs from dmong the tollowi n g : Physical Education 275, 282, 283, 285, 286, 2.87, :129, 332, 360, 362, 484, a nd 49 1 . Students d L' s iring . K- 1 2 cl' r t l ft ca t lO n must comp lete PhySical Education 283, 286, :122, tind :162 in a dd i t i on to meeting requirements as set forth by the School of Educa tion . Secondary Teaching M inor (18 hours): Req u i re d : P hysica l Education 277, 3:14, a n d 485 a n d 12 hou rs of electives from alllong the' fOl lo w i n g : Physical Ed u Gl t i on 283, 285, 286, 287, and 328

Elementary Teaching Major (24 hours): Req uired P h y sica l Education 277, 283, 286, 322, 334, 362, a n d 4 h o u rs of electives i n physical ed u ca tion with a pp ro v al o f school dea n . Eleme ntary Teaching Mi nor ( 1 2 ho u rs): Physical E d u cati(lll 322 and 8 ho u rs from among t lw following: 283, 286, a n d 362. K-6 Physical Education Specialist and K-6 Classroom Teacher (32 hours): Req u i red : Physical Education 277, 283, 286, 322, 481 , 482, 485; B i ol og y 205-206 . Elemen ta ry School Physical Education Specialist: Required: Physica l Education 277, 283, 286, 322, 360, 48 1 , 482, 4H4, 485; BiDl ogy 205-206, a nd eight hours of electives (Ed ucation 4"7 ilnd M u sic 341 are reco m m e nded ) .

PHYSICS Senior High Teaching

Major: 44 semester hou rs req u i red : Physics 1 06 , 147, 1 48, 1 53, 1 54, 205, 223, 355, 4 2 1 (2 se m es ter hours); M a th 1 5 1 , 1 52; 4 ·h ours o f c h e m istrv. ' Secondary E d u cation Teaching M i nor: 1 8 se m es ter h o u rs rc'quircd: Ph ysics 1 06 , 1 25-126 (or 153-154), 1 47, 148, a n d 205. Professional methods cou rs(� requ i re d : Education 447. J u nior High Teaching Ma j o r: 28 s e mes ter h o u rs re qU i red : Physics 1 0 6 or 355, 1 25', 1 26', 1 47 , 1 48, 205, 223, 272, 4 2 1 (2 semester h o u rs ) , a n d 8 ho urs from the follow i ng : 1O(i, 205, 223, 272, 355. ' P hysics 1 5 3 a n d 1 54 m ay be t a k e n instead of 1 25 a nd 1 26, w i t h con c u rrent o r prior registration i n Math 1 51 or 1 52 . POLITICAL SCI ENCE Senior High Teaching Major: 44 se me s t e r hours re(\uired: Polit! cal S · e nce 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 , 231 , p l us 1 6 h ou rs o f politica science

electwes; History 460; 1 2 hours from the following supporting a reas: economiCS, geog ra p h y, history, SOCiology, a n t n ropology, or psychology. Education 448 to Illpet professional education requirl'ment. Secondary Education Teaching M inor: 20 s,' m ester hour., r&jui red: Poli tical Science 1 0 1 or 1 5 1 , I l istory 460, and 1 2 hou r s selected in co n s u l ta tion with ildvisers in l' d uca tion and political scie nce . P ro fes s io n a l m d h o d s cou rs e re q u i red : Education 448.

PSYCHOLOGY Secondary Education Teaching M inor: 16 se m e s t e r hour req U l re d : Psychology 1 0 1 , 243, and 8 a dd i tio nal h o u rs from

upper d i v ision courses. Professsional methods cou rse req u i re d : Education 448.

SCf ENCE ( G E N E RAl)

Sec a d v ise.r.

SOCIAL SCIENCE Seni�r High Teaching Major: 44 semester h o u rs r e q u i r e d : 4 hou rs t[(.>m H i s tory 25 1 , 252, 253; History 460; 4 hours from each

of the followi ng areas: a n t h ropo logy, economics, geog·raphy, . pohtlca l SClcnce, psychol o gy, . a nd SOC i ology; 12 upper division hours from two .of the fol lowmg areas: economics, political SCience, and SOCIology. Ed u ca tIOn 448 to meet profession a l education requireme nt. Secondary Education Mi nor: 1 6 semester hours required : 4 hou rs from History 25 1 , 252, or 253; History 460; and 8 hours selected trom economics, political science, and geography (at least 4 h �) u rs from each of two departments). ProfeSSional method s co u rse req u i re d : Education 448.

J u nior High Teaching Maj or: 28 semester ho u rs req u ire d : 4 h ou rs from r Its tory 25 [ , 252, 253; I l t story 4110; 4 h o u rs from t h ree ot the following a reas : a n t h ropology , econolll i cs, geogra p hy, political science, psyc-hology , a n d sociology; 8 u pper d i VISIon hours from two o f the following areas: economics, polttlCal science, and sociology. Teaching Minor: 16 hou rs reqUired: 4 hours from History 251 , 252, 253; HistOf\' 460; a n d H �ours from economics, political science, and SOCiolo gy . Educiltton 448 to meet professional education requ ire me n t. Recommended: Education 420. Elementary Teaching Maj or: 24 semester hou rs req u i re d : 4 hOllrs from H is tory 251, 252, 25:1; History 460; a n d Hi h o u rs from the followmg: a n t h ropology, econolllics, po l itica l science, psychology, SOClok)gy, and geogra phy. Teach i n g M i nor: 1 2 semester ho u r s reqU ired, as determ l lled by the �chool of Educa t i o n . SOCIOLOGY Senior High Teaching Major: 44 sem e s t e r h o u rs req u i re d : Sociology 1 01 o r 331; 2 4 h u u rs of sociol o gy; HJ story 460; 1 2 . se lll e ster h o u rs d l s t n b u ted over t h rce a r e a s o t other social

scie nces. Education 448 to mee.t professional education req u i re m e n t . N OT E : Students mily elect one o f the specia l i zed areas i n sodolo g v. Secondary Education Teaching M i nor: 16 semester h o u rs requ ir ed , i nc l ud i n g 1 0 1 or 3 3 1 . Additional u ppe r d i vison courses selected i n c o n s u l ta ti o n with a d v i sers in education a n d sociol ogy . Professional m e t h octs co u rse req u ired : Educa tion 448.

SPAN I S H Senior H i g h Teaching Major: 44 se mest er hours req u i red : . Spalllsh 201 , 202 (or eqU I v a l e n t), 32 1 , 35 1 , 352, 445 i)nd 1 2 additional hours; 445 w i l l meet part o f the professional education

elective requirement. Supportin g courses: 1 2 hours i n rela ted areas selected wlt·h the appfllvai o f the department. Se.condary Education Teaching M inor: 16 semeste r hours rl'qu ir(' d; courses selected i n cons u l ta tio n with advisers in education and la ngu a ge s . Professional methods cou rse req ui re d : L ang u age 44 5. J u nior High Teaching Major: 28 semester h o u rs required, ,15 l i sted for s e n i or high preparation; s u p porting courses chosen i n co n s u l t a tion w i t h m aj o r a d viser. Secondary T each i n g M i nor: 1 6 . semester h o u rs above 200 level. Elementary Teaching Major: 24 semester h o u rs rt'qu i red, including 2ll h o u rs i n Spanish a nd 4 a d d i t i o n a l h o u rs selected in consu l ta tion w i t h the departm ' n t a n d the School o f Education.

SPECIAL E D U CATION This 32 sem e s t e r hour teaching major must be ta ke n in co n j u nctio n w i th a nother academ ic teaching ma j or. The scre en i ng process for the tl'aching major i n special education

must be completed i n add ition to the scre e n i n g process for the regu l a r educa tlOn progra m . Students should make a p p l ication tor admission to the special education program while e n ro l led in Education 190. Students completing this major along w i th the required professional education sequence for e lementa r y or secondary teachers w i l l be eligible to teach i n special education p rograms i n the State o f Washington and most other states . . Major - 32 semes te r hours total. 30 hours requtred: SpeCIal Ed uca ti )n 1 9(), 290, 295, 390, 393, 396, 403, 405 or 406, 438 or 439. 2 h o u rs of p ra ctica from 291 , 391 , 394. Minor - 18 semester h ou �s total. 1 2 h ours re qu i re d : S p ecia l Education 1 9() , 290, 396, 40J or 406 . 6 hours of e l e ct ive s from 1 9 1 , 29 1 , 295, 296, 390, 39 1 , 393, 394, 403, 490.

F I FTH-YEAR A N D STANDARD CERTIFICATION Pro!;lram for all candidates holding a valid provisional teaching cerlIficate and working toward standard certification. The fifth-year o f teacher ed ucation is to follow a pe ri o d o f one ye.a r of i n itial t c a c hi n g experience. Students m ust complete a m m l m u m of ei gh t semester h o u rs a p plicable toward the fifth

year before th e beg i n n i n g of the fou rth year of teaching. T h i rty semester h ou rs m an a Proved p rogram m u s t be com pleted before the begimlin !? 0 the seve�th yea r of teachin g . S tu d e n ts may choo se tnc Illst l tu t l O n III whICh they WIsh to taKe ad vance d work as fol lows: 1 . If they choose to work a t PLU or a ny o th e. r of the teacher education institutions i n the State of W ash i ng ton , that ins t i tu tio n shall be responSible for recommending them for

f

EDUCATION

57


the Standard Certificate upon com pletion of the progra m .

fifth -yeil r

2. I f PLU gradua tes wish t o u n dertake t h e fifth year i n a n ou t­ of-state in stitution, PLU will be resp onsib le f<ir rec()mmending them for the Standard Cer t i ficate. Students m u s. t secure general approval of their p la n from the univer�ity in advance. There arc four p rov isions gove rn i ng the fifth- ye'ilr pattern of work, accord i n g to the Statc Bomd of Reg u la tions:. 1. The fifth vear m u st include a m i n i m u m o f 30 semester hours of w h ich at least fifty per cen t must be upper divison and/or g rad u a te cou rses .

2.

3.

4.

0 m o re t h a n th ree. S('n1l'stl'r h o u rs of corre s p o n d e nce study may be a pp ro v ed as a pmt of t h e 3D semestcr h o u rs i n the stu dent' s h f t h -yl'M p ro " ra m . PLl' gradua te,; m u s t til � e 1 5 S l'me st e r h o u rs ( ) f the fifth YCM in residellce <It I'Ll' . A n o n - P I , l' s t u d e n t who wishes to be' reco m mended by P l , l' m u s t t a k" a m i n i m u m of 20 s<'ml'ster hours in residence at PLU . Students mil)' take 1:; of the req u i red 30 semester h o u rs beforc or d u ring t h e first ye,lr of teachins experience w i t h pnor PC rtnIss1l)n ot the S c h o o l of E d u ca t l u n .

Following a re req uircmen ts a nd proced u rr's for t h e a pproval of fifth-year programs o f w or k il l" P L l' : 1 . S p ecifi c course requirement"s a r c : Elementa ry a. Re q u i red course: EDU 467, v a l u a tion (2 hours) b. One re q u i red from the fo l l OW ing (4 ho urs): EPSY 535, Foundations llf Guidilncc; E PSY 578, B � ha v iural Problems; EPSY 575, Mental Hea l t h . c . 2 hours from t h e fol l o w i n g suggested courses: E D U C 473, Parent- Te a c h e r R el a ti o n s h i ps ; EDUC 501 , Sex Role S t e r eo ty p i n g i n Fd ucation; EPSY 5J7, R e a l i ty Discu s s i o n Techn iques; E P S Y 536, Affective C lassroom "Techniques; 501 Workshops, for exa m p l e , D is c ip l in e i n the Classroom, Encourag i n g P roc h. Secondary il. Required CO u rSl'5 (4 h o u rs ) : EDl' 420, Problems of Rea d i n g i n t h l' ccondary School; EDUe 4/17. Evaluatio n . b. Electiv ' s ( 4 h o u rs) : Crou p A - 2 hours - courses i n a theoretical or in terp e rso n a l framework -:- E D U C 473, Paren t-Tcilch e r Re lation sh i ps; EDUC 50 1 , , cx R ol e Stereotyp i n g in Education; E PSY 537, Reality Discussion Techniques; o r a ppro p riate substitu tions; Grollp B -2 hours - cou rses in a m et h odOl ogic a l or instructional framework S i m u l a tion, Film, I n teruction A n a lysis, Program Ideas i n t h e J u n i o r High Sc hnol, PI<l n ts o f t h e Pilcific North west, etc. 2 . Any courses recom mended for the i nd i vidual stu d e n t before thc grantin g of the bachelor', de.g rc'l' mllst be com pleted . These m ay be reco m mended bv either the u n dergraduate " d v i se r Or the SchOl)1 of Educati o n . 3. A n v co u r · , work required by the undcrgril d u a te i n s t i t u tion andlor the e m p loyi ng scho ul dist rict must be co mplet e d . 4. Courses t a k e n shLluld strengthen a reas o f cuncen tra tion a n d build stronger ge n e ra l education b,1Ckgro u n d as well as fi l l needs i n t h e p ro fe ssi u n a l fie l d . This progTil l11 of studies is to be selected by stu d e n t s with the guida n ce of those who have worked with them d u ring their period of initial t e a ch in g and . the ildvisers a t t h e reco m m e n d i n g i n s t i t u tions. 5. Studc"nts secure a p proVa l of t h e reco m m ending i n s tit u t i on fllr work taken else where before the work is beguil . Some of the work taken du ring t h e fifth year may also app l y toward a master's degree. Gra d u a te students m a r u n de rtake a program coord i n a ting req u ire m e nts for still1dard ce r t i fica tion and the m a ster' s d egree u pon the a pproval of their com m i ttee chair and the coo rdi na tor of fifth-year progra ms.

R E N EWAL OF I N IT I A L TEACHING CE RTIF I C A TE Students seeking to renew t h e i r initial teach i n g certificate m u s t do the fol l owi n g : 1 . Enroll formall y in a p l a n n ed program for the co n t i n u ing teacher certifica te. 2. Negotiate and establish a "plan of study" w i t h their a d viser. 3. Cum p lete 10 semester hours of course work a p p l icable to the continuing certificate program w hich arc taken subsequent tu i suance of the initial certifiC:l t e .

58

EDUCATIO N

4 . I n s u re t h a t official transcripts of a p plic,l ble cuu rse work arc on file in t h e School of Education a t P L U . 5. Com plete an a p p l ication for a tea c hi ng certificate w i t h a notarized a ffidavit no o l d e r t h a n six mon th s a t the time of reco m m e n d ation for rene w a l . 6. P a y t h e S t a t e certificate fcc .

CONTI N UI N G TEAC H E R CERTIFICATE The can d i d a te for a conti n u i n g teacher certificate must comp le tl' at I 'ast 30 semester hours of u p per d i v Lsion or graduate work subseq uent to the bacca l a u reate degree, of which 20 semester h o u rs m u st be taken aftl'r the first year of teilc hing . Candidates must have complete d at least t h ree years of sl'rvice in an l' duca tional sl'.tting, including at least two years as a classroom teac h e r in g"rades K - 1 2 . A d d i tional specific requirements i n clude: 1 . C o m p leti u n of the " p lan of study" a n d school district recommendatIons for study. 2 . C o m ple t ion o f Education 515, 516, a n d 544. 3. Veri ficatiun of the com p l et i on o f con t i n u i n g level m i n i m u m generic standards. 4. Com p i l'tion of 15 semester hours in residence for F L U gra d ua tes or 2 0 semester hours for t hose w h o received their in itial certificate elsewhere. 5. Meeting t h e recency requirement, if ap p l i ca ble . 6. Completion of an a p p lication for a te a ch i n g cert i ficate with a nota rized a ffidavit no older t h a n six munths a t the time o f reco m me ndation f u r the certificate. 7. I n suring t h a t official transcripts as a p p l icable arc on file i n the School of Education. S. Pavment of the State certi ficate fee. W i th p re v i ou s approval a n d a d equiltc p l a n n ing, most of the work take n for the co n tin u ing certi fica te m a y also a pp l y toward a master's degree. Graduate students may undertake a pro g ram coordinating requirements tor t h e con t i n u i n g teach ing certifi cate and the master's degree u pon the a p p rov al of the facu l ty adviser or graduate ch air pe rso n . P R I N C I PA L'S A N D P R OG R A M A D M I N I STRATO R ' S CERTIFICA T E Prepara tiu n pro g ra m s leading to certification at the i n i tia l and cu ntinuing levels for school a n d district-wide pro g ra m ad m i n istrators are a vailable t h rou g h the School of Educa tion. SpeCific req u irements for the certificates are iden tified in handbooks ava ilable upon requ e s t . Master's degrees in Educational Admin istration a rc described in the Gmduate Catalog , which can be obtained from the Grad u a te Studies Office. CERTIFICATION REQ U I R E M EN T S FOR SCHOOL CO U N SELORS AND SCHOOL N U RS E S (Subject t o n e w certification requirements a s of October 1973) Educational Staff Associate certification for school co u n se.lors or for school n u rse s is i n d i v i d ua l l y designed through a consortium co nsistin g of a school dis trict, related p rofeSSi o n a l asSOoatlOns, a n d PaCifIC L u t h e r a n U l1l v ersl t y . A d d i tIona l i n for mation on these p rog T3 m s can be obtilincd by contacting t h e dean o f the Sch ool of Education .

COURSE OFFE RINGS 251

LEARNER AND SOCIETY: GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (SECONDARY) O rienta tion to contemporary schools; h uman de­ velopment in rela tion to individuals and group s in an educational setting . Public school observa tion re­ quired weekly with students res p onsible for their own transportation . P rere q uisites: PSY 101, ENGL 101, sophomore standing, 2.33 GPA. (4)


253

CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND SCHOOLS

I n trod u ction to the nat ure o f schools a n d teaching in con temp rary society; overview of human develop­ men t with special emphasis on i n tellectual, ocial, emotional, a nd p h ysica l development of elementa rv age ch ildren in a school setting. Weekly public school observil tions required with students responsible for their own t ra n sporta tio n . Prerequisites: PSY 101 , ENCL 101, sophomore s ta nding, 2 . 33 G PA, w ri ti n g skills a ssessme n t . Also a vailable as indepen d e n t s t u d y (253 15) for 1-4 credits, if approved by faculty , ior students with extensive backgro und or experience i n schools a n d developmen t . (4)

32J

HUMAN D EVELOPMENT

Emotional, s�)(ial, i n tell ctual, a n d. physiological de­ ve lop ment t r o m i n fa ncy through adolesce nce . A weekly t"vo-ho u r obse rva tion in lhe public school is required . ( I ndividually a ssigned . ) S tuden ts respo n si­ ble for their own tra n sporta tion . Prerequisite s : PSY 1 0 1 , ENGL 1 0 1 , j u nior s t a n d i n g , 2 . 33 G P A . (4)

322

GENERAL METHODS - PRIMARY

Compe tencies will be developed for teaching in g rad e K-3, with observa tion a n d participation in pub­ fic school s . Prerequ isites: 253 or 321 . 2 . 50 GPA (4) '

GENERAL METHODS - U PPER ELEMENTARY Competencies will be developed for teaching i n g rades 4-6, with observa tion a n d participation i n pub­ fic schools . Prerequ isites: 253 or 321 . 2 . 5 0 GPA. (4) 324 GENERAL METHODS - ELEMENTARY MODEL Competencies will be devel oped for teaching in grades K-6 . Extended experience a n d particip a tion in publIc school cla ssrooms will be provided . Prerequi­ sites: 253 or 321 , MATH 323, a n d concurre n t enroll­ men t in EEM block courses, 325, 326, 408, 4 1 0, 4 1 2 . 2 . 50 G PA . (4) 325 READING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

323

Teaching rea d i n g i n elemen tary g rades, including modern approaches, materials, methods, tec h n i�ues, procedures, and some diagnosis of reading d ifticul­ ties. P re requi S i te s : 253 o r 321 . 2 . 50 CPA (4)

MATHEMATICS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Basic mathema tical skills and abilities needed bv the elementary school teacher; recent developments a nd ma teria l s . Prerequisites: M ATH 323 or 324, or equiva­ lent. 2.50 GPA . (2)

326

341

PH I LOSOPHY OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION

Obj ectives of high school business education p ro­ grams, the business cu rric ulum, layout a n d facilities pla nning, the evaluation o f business teachers a n d compete n ce for busi ness occupa tio n s . Exa m i n a ti o n of informa tion resources and curre n t though t in busi­ ness educa tio n , coopera tive education, a nd dis tribu­ tive educatio n . Prerequisite : EDUC 425 is recom­ mended . (2)

METHODS OF TEACHING TYPING AND BOOKKEEPING A p plica tion of resear� h fi r:d ings a nd psyc h o logi ca l

342

pnnClples. to the teachll1g ot typi n g a n d bookkeeping. PrereqUIsI tes: BA 281 a nd advan ced typing; EDUC 425 is recomme nded . (2)

401

WORKS HOPS

408

LANGUAGE A RTS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

Workshops i n special fields for varying peri o d s of time . (1 -6)

The functional teaching of commu nication skills, & rade.s K-6; areas incl ude ora l and written expression , fi s te n ll1 g readll1 g, l t tera t ure, d ra ma tiza tion, spelling, grammar, handwriting, childre n ' s language study, vocabulary developme n t, and lexicography. Pre­ requisite: 2 . 50 G PA a n d 322, 324 or concurren tly with ,

322, 324. (2)

41 0

SCIENCE I N THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

A humanis tic ap proach w i th emphasis on t h o s e kinds of ma terials and " h a nds on" a c tivities needed to achieve the objectives of science. PrereqUisite: 253.

2 . 50 CPA . (2) 412 SOClAL STUDIES I N THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Objectives, materia ls, a n d methods of teaching the so­

cial studies, recommended to stu de n t teachers and ex­ perienced teachers. Prerequisite: 253 . 2 . 50 GP A. (2)

420

PROBLEMS O F READING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL

Teaching secon d a ry readin & in conte n t a reas; a tten­ tton to developme n ta l reading problems; ma terials, methods, tech n iques, procedures, and some observa­ tion a nd diagnosis of rea ding difficulties. Prerequis­ ite: 25 1 ; taken concu rren tly with 425 and 4 34 . (2)

421 SCHOO L LAW A brief study of students', pare nts', and teachers'

righ ts and responsibilities wi th some emphasis on the question of liability. ( 1 )

425

GENERAL METHODS - SECONDARY

430

STUDENT TEACHING - PRIMARY

Curricul u m , materia ls, a n d methods of secondary teaching; observation a nd d iscussio n . Prerequisites: 251 , ESPY 368. 2 . 50 CPA (4) Teacl1ing in classrooms of local public schools u nder the direct su pervision of the School of Educa tion facul­ ty and classroom teachers . Prerequisites: 253 or 321 , 322 or 324, 325, 326. 2 . 50 GP A . Concurre n t enrollmen t in 435 . ( 1 0)

STUDENT TEACHlNG - UPPER ELEMENTARY Teaching in classrooms o f local public schools under the direct s upervision of the School o f Education facul­ ty and classroom teachers. Prerequisites: 251 or 321, 323 or 324, 325, 326. 2 . 50 G PA . Concurre n t e nrollme n t in 435 . ( 1 0) 432

EDUCATION

59


435 PROFESSIONAL SEMINAR A n opportun ity for s t u de n ts to s h a re experiences with a n excha nge o f ideas on pupil behclVior, c u r r i c u l u m practices, a n d ways of i m proving teach i ng perform­ a nce. ( Must be taken concu rrently w ith 430 or 432 . ) (2) 436

A

AL TERNATE LEVEL STUDENT TEACHING - ELEMENTARY

course designed to give some knowledge, u n der­ sta n d i ng, and s tu d y o f child ren, subject m a t t e r field s , a nd m a terials i n the s tudent's a l ternat t aching level p l u s s t uden t teaching on t h a t level . Students who h av completed s condary p referred level s tudent teaching should e n roll in this cou rse . (4) 437

ALTERNATE LEVEL STUDENT TEACHING - SECOND ARY

A COu rse designed to give some knowledge, u nder­ standing, a nd s t ud y of c h i l d ren, subject matter fie l d s , a nd material s i n t h e student's alternate t e a c h i n level p l u s s t u d e n t teaching o n t h a t leve l . Students who h ave completed elemen lalY p referred level s t u d e n t teach i ng s h o u l d e n ro l l i n this course . I ndependent study ca rd requ ired . (4)

S PECIAL METHODS IN TEACHING SECONDARY SCHOOLS SUBJECTS

440-448

C u rric u l u m , methods, a nd materials of instruction i n a variety o f subjects; may b e t a ken for graduate cre d i t . 440 441

SEMINAR IN S ECONDARY ART EDUCATION (2) METHODS O F TEACHING S ECRETARIAL SUBJ ECTS

A p p l ica t i o n of resea rch find i n gs a nd psychological p ri ncip les to the teaching o f shorthand, office p ra c tice, s i m u l a t io n , word processing, a nd rela ted s ubjects. Prereq uis ites: advanced typing a nd advanced short­ hand . (2) 442

METHODS OF TEACHING GENERAL B USINESS SUBJECTS

A p p l ica tion of research findi ngs a nd psychological principles to the teaching o f g enera l busi ness, con­ s u m e r economics, economics, business l a w , b u s i ness ma thema ti cs, a nd b u s iness commu nications subjects. P rereq u isites: ECON 1 50, B A 281 , EDUC 341 , 342 . (2) 443

CHEMISTRY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (2) ENGLISH IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL

444 Development of teach i n g a i d s and methods; d e mon­ strations of methods a n d s trategy of master teachers. (2) 445

METHODS IN TEACHING FOREIGN LANGUAGES

Theory a nd tech niques o f foreign la nguage teaching; spec i a l p roblems in the student's m aj o r la nguage, em­ phasis o n a u d io l i ng u a l tec h n iq u e s . G (2) 446 44.7

60

M ATHEMATICS IN THE SECON DARY SCHOOL (2) SCIENCE IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (2)

EDUCATION

448

SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE S ECONDARY SCHOO L (2)

45 1

ADMINISTRATION OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY

Library orga n ization a nd a d m i n is t ra tion e lementary and secondJrY schools . C (2)

in

the

452 BASIC REFERENCE M ATERIALS Those services o f a school l ibra ria n rela ted to the p re­ serva lion o f a l l ma teri a l s wh ich form the sources of re­ ference . C (2) 453

PROCESSING SCHOOL LIBRA RY MATERIALS

Classification, ca t a l oging, a nd tec h n ical p rocessing of material s . G (2) 454

SELECTION OF LEARNING RESOURCE MATERIALS

C r i teria, pro fessi o n a l l i tera t u re, a nd tech niques of eva l u a t i o n o f l ibra ry ma teria l s ( p ri n t a n d non-print); the I ibriHian's responsibility to facu l ty , s t udents, a n d t h e genera l p u b l i c . G (2) 455 INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS A u d io and visual ma t e rials a n d aids, their use, organi­ zation, and a d m i n istration. G (2) 456 STORYTELLING A combinat ion of d iscovery and p racticum i n the a r t of stOlytelJing. lnvestigates the va l ues and backgro u nd of story tel l i n g , the various typ es a n d forms of stories, tec h n i q ues o f choosing and o f t e l l i n g stories . Some otf­ cam p u s p ractice . Demonstrations and j o i n t story tel ­ l i ng b y a n d with instructor. (4) 457

PREPARATION AND UTILIZATION OF MEDIA

T h e pro d uction a nd use o f a va riety o f i nstructional materia ls, fla t pictures, cha rts, maps, a n d the 35mm camera; participa nts produce i tems useful i n i nstruc­ t i o n . $10 . 00 lab fee is cha rge d . C (3 or 4) 465 STUDENT TEACHING - S ECOND ARY Teach i n g i n the p u b l i c schools u n d e r the d irection a n d s u pervision o f c l assro o m a nd u n ivers i t y teachers. Pre­ req uisites: 251 , 425, and E PSY 368 . 2 . 50 C P A . May be ta ken concu rrently w i t h 467 . ( 1 0) 467 EVALUATION E v a l u a tic n o f school experiences; problems in connec­ tion w i t h development, orga niza tion, and a d m i n is tra­ tion of tests ( s t a n d a rd ized a n d teacher-made) . Re­ q u i red of fi fth-y ear s t u d e n t s . Prerequisite: s t u d e n t tea c h i ng or teac h ing experie nce; EDUC 25 1 , 253, EPSY 368 . M a y be taken concu rre n tl y w i t h student teach i n g . C

(2)

473 PARENT-TEACHER RELATIONSHIPS A n exa m i nation o f the p h jlosophy a n d i m p leme n ta­ tion o f pare n t-teacher c o n fere n c i n g . Rela ted issues such as the pare n tal role in education, home visits, a n d the role o f the s tu d e n t in the cll n ferencing process a re also considered . L i s t e n i n g a nd c o m m u nication skills useful in conferencing a re stud ied and p racticed . Provision fo r the needs of p a re n ts of the h a n d ica pped vvi ll be s t ud ied by students i n t h e s pecial education progra m . Prerequisi te : s t u d e n t teaching, teaching ex­ perience, o r concu rrent with s t u d e n t teach i n g . (2)


479 SPECIAL TECHNIQUES IN READING I n d ivid u a l d ie g Il "lic i1SSCssmen of r a d i ng p robl 'ms usi n both for m a l and informal tes t i n g t e c h n i q ue s . S pe lal in t !'U ct ia na l meLhods [ r rem d i tion for b o t h ltle J a nd sp c i aI e d u cation c h i l d re n . Practicum re­ quiT d. Pre!" quisite : 325 o r equivale n t . (4)

4�3

PRIMARY READlNG

Mat ria ls a n d method s 0 th primary rea ding pro­ gram < I d i t s rela t i o n to oth r a cti v i ti e . Pre rcq ui it ' : teach i n ex p 'rience o r con cu rre n t l y w i t h s t u dent

teaching.

(2)

48-

THE G IFTED CHILD study of th e gifted c h i l d , characteri tics

A lems, a n d school pro " d ur s d ve l o p men t . G (2)

488

a nd p ro b ­ ign d to further de­

REA DING CENTER WORKSHOP

Cli nical study of re a d i n g prob lems al d s u g g sted cor­ rective meas u res; to b taken o n c u r re n t l y with 489. Pr re q u i si t e : teaching xpcriencc. S G (2)

DIRECTED TEACH ING I N READING CENTERS D i r ct d ob erv tion and t aching in summer reme­ dia l classes in p u bl j c school ' ; t o be ta ken con urre ntly w it h 488. Pr >T' q u i it t eac h i n g e perien . S G (4)

489

496 LABORATORY WORKSHOP Pril tic I course usin g el e m e n t a ry-a ge children in a u t speciiic p roblems; "Iassroom s i tuation o r k i ng provision will be mad � for some ac tive p a rt ic i pa t i o n of the niv f , i ty s tu d en ts . P r r q u is i t : c o n ference with the i n s tru ctor or t'he dea n of Lhc School of E d u c a­ ti n . G

497

SPEC IAL P RO ]C CT I n d ivid ua l s tdy an d resea rch on ed u ca tion a l p rob­ I ms or addj tion a l lab ra tory exp rie n c i n public 'chao I classro o m s . Prereq u i s ite: co n s e n t of the dea n . G ( 1 -4)

50 1 WOR K S H OP S Gra d u, te worksh p lengths of time. ( 1 -4)

in s p ec i a l fie l d s for vary i ng

515

PROFESS I O NAL S E M INAR: CONT I N U ING LEVEL, TEACHERS Th p repa ra t i n and sh a r in g of s l e ct 'd l O pics r e l ate d to the mi ni m u m generic s t a n d a rd s nee ds of t h e i n di­ viduc I pa rt ici p a n Ls . R qu ired for the continuing level certification of teach r . (2) r 16 TEACH ER SUPERVISION Id n ti fi ca ti n nd de v e lo p m e n t of s u p er vi so ry skil.ls f r tea ers who work w i t h o t he r a d u l t i n the cla ss­ roOIn. ( 1 ) 525 CURRENT PRACTICES AND I SSUES I N READING To exa mi 11e cu ne n t practices and i s s u e s i n t h e field of

527

PSYCHOLOGY OF READING

Principles of reading, perception, word recognition, concep t development, and m eaning in rea d i ng will be explored. The psychological and p hysiological asp ec ts o f the r ea d i ng act will be exami ned i n relationship to successful rea d i n g achieveme n t . Pre req uisite : 325 or equivalen t a nd teach ing expe rience . (2)

544

RES EARCH AND PROGRAM EVA LUATION K n o wle d g e o f s t u dent and c l a s s evaluation tech­ niques; the ab i l i ty to select a n d i n te r pret tests; knowl­

edge of resea rch desi g n; the a bili ty to in terpret ed uca­ ti on al research; the ability to ide n tify, locate , a n d ac­ q u i re topiCal research a n d related l i tera tu re; a n d the

abi l i ty to use the resu lts of research o r eva l u a tion to propose program c h a n g e s . (2)

545

METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF RESEARCH

Seminar i n research methods and tech niq ues i n edu­ ca t i on with emp ha s i s on designing a research proj ect in th e s t u d e n t s a rea of i n terest. Req ui red fur M . A . Prer qu isite: c o n s u l t a tion w i th stude nt's adviser a n d admission to t h e graduate program . (2)

550

SCHOOL FINANCE

551

SCHOOL LAW c o n t emp or a ry fed eral, state, and local sta t­

Local, state, a n d fe d e ra l con t ributors t o school fi nancl' , its p h i lo so p h y a n d development; the de­ velopmen t a n d a d m i n istration of a school budget. (2) S t u dy o f

u tes, regulations, a nd case law and their app l ication to

public a n d p ri va te schools (K-12). (2)

552

EOUCA TIONAL ADMIN ISTRATI ON

Admi nistration and supervision of sc h o o l personnel, faci li t i es , and programs with e m p hasis on the human relationships in t h a t setting. Prerequisite: teaching experience or conse n t of the d e a n . (3)

554

SEMINAR IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION T h e p reparation a nd sharing o f selected presenta tions re la t e d to needs o f i n dividual pa rticipa nts. Requi red

for co ntinuing certification of principals and program administra tors. Registration must taken place i n the fall semester a n d pa r tici p a ti on w i l l be c o n ti n uo u s for the ac ad e m i c year. (2)

555

ADMIN ISTRATION AND SUPERVISION WORKSHOP

Projects d et e rm i n ed by the class; typical projects in­ clude curriculum p l a n n i n g a n d a dj u stme n t , public re­ lations p rograms, personnel e mployment a n d i n-ser­ vice traming; fin a ncing b u i lding and educationa l pro81'a ms. Prerequisi te: one course in a d m i n is t ra tion or s u perv i s i o n . (2)

rea ding as described th rough edu cational resea rch .

Th, re arch fi n d ing will be p p l i ed to current class­ room p racti es. Stu de n ts will be c n c o u r a g d to pursue specific reas of i n te rest w i t h i n the broad ar a of rea d ­ c

ing i ns l Tuct ion , Prereqw i te: tea ch in g experie n e. (2-4)

325

or

eq uivaJent a n d

EDUCATION

61


556

SECONDARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOL CURRICULUM

A variety of facets o f seco n d a ry a n d m i d d le school progra ms: fina nce, curriculum, dis cipline, evalua­ . . tion, classroom m a n a gement, the basIC ed ucation btl\, legislative changes, and sp ecial ed ucatio n . Dev� lop­ m nt of seco n d a ry and m i d d l e schools from their be­ ginnings to the p rese n t . Critica l issues in the ed uca­ tion scene today. (3)

558

INTERNS HIP IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION

I n ternship in educational a d m i n i s tration ' pl a n n e d . w i t h t h e School o f d uca tlOn t n cooperatIOn w i t h selected e d u c a t i o n a l adm i n i s trators . Prerequisite: course work in e d ucational a d m in is tration a n d a d m is­ sion to the grad u a te progra m . (2-4)

571

HJSTORY A N D PHILOSOPHY OF HIGHER EDUCATION

Historical perspective and curre n t status; develop­ ment o f functions and s tructures; issues in curriculum; philosophy o f a d m i n istra tion; case studies . (4)

573

STUDENT PE RSONNEL WORK IN IDGHER ED UCATION

Stud en t personnel services i n higher ed uca tion; use of personnel d a ta ; co-curricu la r activities; student wel­ tare; cont m pora ry trend s in counseling proble m s re­ l a ted to stude n t l i fe . (4)

579

DIAGNOSIS AND REMED IATION IN READING

Causa tive factors rela ting to rea d i ng d i fficulties; some opportunity to apply reme d i a tion tech n i ques; open to those with teac h i n g experience. (2)

580

CURRICU LUM DEVELO PMENT

Ty p es of curriculum organiza tions, programs a n d tech n iques of c u rric u l u m developm e n t . (2)

5 5

COMPARATIVE EDUCATION

Com parison and i nves tiga tion of certa i n m a terials and cul t ural system s of educa tion through out the world .

(2)

586

SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION

The nature a n d fu nctioning o f the educational system

will be examined from a soc iological perspective . T9Pics include: education, s tra t i fica tion, a n d social . . cliange; the school as a complex o rgamza tlOn; the school a s a social institut ion; and the sociology of l ea rn i n g . (4)

587

HI STORY OF EDUCATION

589

PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

Great ed uca tors, educational theories and educational systems from a n tiquity to the presen t . (2) Philosophical and t heoretical fou n d a tions o f educa­ tio n . (3)

590

GRA DUATE SEMINAR

62

E DUCATION

A workshop f o r a l l M aster of A rts candidates in t h e School of Educa tion which provides a for u m f o r ex-

change o f research ideas and problems; ca n d i d a tes should register for l h i s seminar fo r assis lance �n f u l fi l­ . ling requ ire m e n t . No cre d i t IS given, nor IS t U I t ion as­ sesse d . (0)

597

INDEPEN DENT STUDY

598

STUDIES IN EDUCAn ON

Projects of varying length reb ted to educational issues or concerns of th ind iv i d u a l pa rticipa n t a n d ap­ proved by a n appropna te fac u l ty member a n d tne dean . ( 1 -4) A research paper or project of a n educational issue selected join tly by the student and the gra d u a te a d ­ viser. I t w i l l be reviewed bv t h e student's Gra d u a te Comm i ttee . (2) �

599

THESIS

For Master o f A r t s ca n d i d a tes who e lect to write a thesis i n s tead of two res a rch papers. The thesis prob­ lem vvi l l be chosen !Tom the ca n d i d a te's major field o f conce ntration a n d m u s t b e approved by the candi­ d a te's G ra d u a te Commi ttee . Candidates expect('d to defe n d their thesis in a fi nal oral examina tion con­ d u c ted by their comm i ttee . (3-4)

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 368

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

501

WORKSHOPS

512

GROUP PROCESS AN D THE INDIVIDUAL

535

FOUNDATIONS OF G UI DANCE

536

AFFECTIVE CLASSROOM TECHNIQUES

537

REALITY DISCUSSION TECHNIQUES

Principles and research in human learning and l h e i r i m p lications f o r curricu lum a n d i n s tructi on . Pre­ requiSite: EDUC 251 , 253 . (4)

Gra d u a te worksh ops i n special fields for varying lengths of time. (1 -4)

A h u m a n i n teraclion la bora tory t fa c i l i ta te the explo­ ration of the self concept through the mechanisms o f i n terperso n a l in tera c t ions a n d feedback . EmphaSIS placed on th ( cquisilion o f skill i n s e l f-exp ression, role i d e n t i fica tion, and c l i m a te-m a k i n g . G (2) The focus is on developin s an u n ders�andin � of the services a n d processes a vaIlable to assist mdlvld uals i n making plans a n d decisions according to their own l i fe pa ttern . G (4) This cou rse will e pio n::! various tech niques designed to fa cilitate u n dersta n d in g of self a n d otners; methods for working with students. Prerequisite : s t u d e n t tea dli ng or gra d u a te statu s . Laboratory expert nce as a rranged . G (2) The use of Rea lity Therapy in a helping rela lionshi p ­ schools, social agencies, mental health clinics, or u n i ­ versity reside nces . Labora tory experience as ar­ ranged. Prerequisite : 553 . G (2)


551

R EfLECTIVE SKlLLS PRACTICUM cticllm i n t h e t ech n iq u e s o f c o u n s e l i ng; e n ­ rollm n t limi ted to students begi n n i ng t h e m a s te r' s

A m i n i - p I'

d e g re e p rogram i n Counseling a n d G u i d a nce, a n d is , fl r r q u i s i te to adm ission on regul a r s t a t u s to th C u n ' e l i n g and G u i d a n c e ma ster's p ro g ra m . The practic m m a ke s use of counseling sessions '''" i t h e l i n t s u ti l i z i n g verbal a n d n o n - v e rb a l a t te n d i n g be­ havior. ( 1 )

552

SOCIAL LEARNING-MODELING PRACTICUM A m i n i - p ra c t ic u m in th e theory a n d te c h ni q u es of 0cial learning and role m o d e l i ng . Prere q u i s i t e : 55 1 . ( 1 )

553 REA LITY THERAPY PRACTICU M

A m i n i-practicuOl in c ou n s e l i n g u s i ng t � e t h e � ry a nd tech l1lq u e s o f rea i t ty th ra p y . I rerequ l s l t e s : ::>52 a n d

561 . ( 1 ) 5 4 GESTALT THERA PY P RACTICUM

A m i n i-prac ticum in coun l i ng u s i n g the t h eo ry a n d t chniql 5 of Gestalt L h ra p y . Prereq u i si te s : 553 a n d

561 . ( 1 ) 561

BASIC RELATIONSHIPS I N COUNSELING A r u d y of the theory, p rocess, tech n i q ue s , a nd cha r­ a cte ri st i c s o f t h e cou n s e l i n g rela ti o n s h i p . A b a s i c C O u r s e f o r M . A . s t u d e n ts i n t11 ' o u n s l i ng and G u i­ d a n c e progra m, (4) 563 PRACTICUM IN GROUP PROCESS AND LEADERSHIP A h uman i n teraction l a bo r a t o ry w h i c h explores i n te r­ pe rson a l o p e r a t i o n s in gro u p s a nd faci l i ta tes the de­ velopme n t o f s e l f-insight; e m p ha s i s o n l e a d e rs h i p a n d d ev e l o p m e n t o f s k i l l i n d ia/nosing i n d ivid u a l , g ro u p , a n d o rg a n i z a t i o n a l behav ior patterns a nd inil u ences. Students w i l l co - fac i l i ta te a la bora tory grc u p . P r e. r q l i si t(' : 461 . (2) 65 ADVANCED HUMAN DEVE LOPMENT co m p a ra ti v e study of h u ma n d ev e l o p men t v·.'i l l be mJde a t v riou s L e v e l of deve l o p m e n t thro u gh obser­ v a t i o n n l as l! s s m e n L u s i n g n o n - s t a n d a rd ized i n s tr u ­ ments: e , g . , s () c i o m c lTi c scales, a u tobiogra p h ies, i n­ te r v i e w s , i n teraction a na lysis a nd other a p p rop ria te measu remen ts. A pracbc u m (a m i n i m u m of one hour each we k) is r 'qu i r d in a s c h ool o r a p p ro p ri a te agen T . P rerequisite: Fifth y e a r o r g ra d u a t . tatus. (4) 569 CAREER G UI DANCE s tu dy of ca reers, theories o f choice, and g u i d a nce t c h n i qu es . (4) 570 fIELDWORK IN COUNSELING AND GUIDANCE A c u l ml n a t i n g practicum o f fie l d e x p e r i e n c i n schools r a g e n ies u s i n g theory, skills, a n d t e c h ni qu e s p revi ­ ou Iy lea rned . A v a r i e t y of work e x p eri e n ce s w i t h bo th i n d i v i d u a l s a n d g ro u p s . S tudents in o rpora te c nsulta tion expe rie nce following t h e Adlerian m o d e l . (4) 575

M ENTAL HEALTH

Basic m e n ta l h e a l t h p r i n c i p l e s a s rel a t ed to interper­ sonal re.la tio n s h i p s . Focll s on self u ndersta nding. L a b ­ ora tory experiences as a rranged . (4)

578

BEHAVIORAL PROBLEMS

583

CURRENT ISSUES IN EXCEPTI ONALITY

Adlerian conce p t s p rovide b a si for observa tion, moti­ V a t i o n , m odi fic a tion , a nd l i fe s tyle assessmen t . Skills f o r a s s i s t i n g peo p l e in dev l oping res p o n i b i l i ty f r their own behavior is fOCll ed . L a bo r a to ry experie nce. a s a rrang d . (4)

Thi cou rse will c o n c e n tra te o n t h e c h a ra c teristics of exce p ti o n a l s t u d e n t s and t h e c o u n selor's role i n deal­ i n g with a va ri e t y o f p rob l e m s they may have. 'he fol­ low i n g a r � n s w i l l be st u d i e d : l e a rn i n g d isa bi l i t i es, e m o tiona l p ro bl e m s , p h ysi c a l p roblems, n the g i fted s t u d e n t . iven every t h i rd i n te ril11 . (2-4)

SPECIAL E D U CATION 190 EXCEPTIONAL CHI LDREN AND ADULTS In t rod u ct i o n to the needs a n d dlaracteristic of e, cep­ li(ma l c h i l d re n <1I1d a d u l t s . Federal a n d s ta te I 'gi 'la­ tion, c ur re n t issue ' , a n d p ra tices of d el iv ' ring er­ vices t o hand ica p ped i n d ivid u a l s . Designed as a n overv iew o f the f ield for u n d e rg r ad u a te s tud n ts i n speciaJ ed u ca t i o n , g e neral educa tion, n u r s i ng , co u n ­ s el i n g , a n d o t h 'r rern tcd f1d d s . P rereq u i si te for 11 s pe­ CIal ed ucatIOn c o u rs e' "vork. R e q UI re d for a l l educa tIon m a j o rs . (3) L

1 91

OBSERV AnON IN SPECIAL EDUCAnON

O bs e rv n t i o n f sp e c i a l e d u c a t i o n s e t t i n e; s i n t h e loca l a rea . May be t, k e n c ncurre n t ly "v i th SPED 1 90 . 0 p re r q u i s i t e . ( 1 )

290

l NTROD U CT l ON TO LEARNING DISAB I LITTES Overv iew f the fi e l d o f lea rn i n g d isabil i t ic ' , i nc l u d i ng conce p ts, r sea rch p rac tices, e a rl y i d e n t i fica t i o n , a n a r media ti o n . Pre req u i s i t e : S PED 1 90 or consent of i n­

struclor. (3)

29 1 PRACTICUM IN LEARNING DISAB I LITlES Fi �Id L'xperie n c ' a m o n g s t u d e n t s w i t h lea r n i ng d i s ­ a b i l i ti . Cr d i t giv e n a ft e r s uccessful c o m p l e t i o n o f 40 el ck h o u r s under s u p e rv i s io n . May b ' t a ke n c o n c u r ­ re n tl y w i t h SPED 290 . Prercqu i5itc: SPED 1 90 ( 1 ) S PEECH AND LANGUAGE OF EXCEPTIONAL C H I LDREN Pri nciples of rece tive a n i e x p ress i ve I a n g u a g d ,­ v lopment, word mea n i n g , d i a lect . A ssessm ' n t a n d r e m e d i a t i o n s t ra t e gi es from early child hood thro ugh adolesc nee . (2)

295

296

INTRO DUCTION TO H E A LTH AND PHYSICAL I M PAlRMENTS S t u d y o f n na Lomical, physiologica l, social, a n d ed uca­ t i o n a ! p roblems o f L hose w i t h o r t h o p e d i c d isnbil ities or health p robl e m s . (2) NOTE: PREREQ U I S n FOR 00/400 LEVEL S PECIAL EDUCATION COURSES : EDUC 251 or 253 or co n s e n t of i n s t r u c t o r .

EDUCATION

63


3C 0

INTROD UCTION TO DEVELOPMENTAL DlSA BI LITJ ES

A s t ud y of t h e c m o t i o n a l , socia l , p hysica l , a n d m e n t a l c h a rade r i s t i c o f t h e d c v ' l o p m e n ta l l y d i s a b l ' d , M e t h o d s o f c 1 a s i f ling, d i e g t 1 11 s i n g , a n d t e a c h i ng m e n t a l l y r ' l c rded c , i l d r e n a n d a d u l t s f ro m med ica l , p s y c h o l ogi ca l, socia l , a n d ' d uca t i o n a l poi n ts of v i e w . P re req u isi te : SPED 1 90, D U C 251/253. (3) 3l) 1

PRACTICUM I N DEVE LOPMENTAL DISABI LJTfES

(" f.

Field 'rien c i n a . l l i n g for t iP d > d i a blcl . e re l i t g i v e n a fte r s u cce ' s fu l 40 d ock h o u rs u n d e r su pervis ion. Me y cu r re n t ! w i l h S PE D 3l 0 . Prere q u i s i t e :

l)3

e l o p m e n ta l l y 'o m p l e t i o ll o f be tc ken co n ­ PED I lJO . (I )

INmO DUCTION TO BEHA VIOR DISORDERS

' n l p ro?1 � 111 a n �i i s s u �'s as t h e y (l p p l y t o t h e e d u ­ c a t ! n o f c h I l d re n w i t h b e h a V i or diso rde r s . I n c l u d e s u e o t' b e h J v i o r m o d i fi c a l i o n a n d class ro o m m a n a ge­ m e n t t e h n iq u e s . P re r q u i site: ' P E D 1 90, DUe 25 1 1 2 . o r consen t o f i n s t ru c t o r . ( 3)

CU ,n

394

PRACTICUM IN B EHAVIOR DISORDERS

P �rie n ce a m o n g stude n ts w i t h behavior d i sor­ ders . Cr d i t gi ' n a ft ' 1' :> u ce s s fu l c o m ple t i o n o f 40 lock hours u n der s u p e rv i� i o n . M J Y be taken c on c u r­ P ED 1 90 . ( 1 ) r 'n l ly w i t h P D 393. P re re u i s i t e : Fi 'Id

396

10:' .

ASSESSMENT O F LEARNING PROB LEMS

I u d), ll f , Ta nge o f i n fo r m a l a n d fom'\a l scree n i n g a n d d i a g n o ' t i p ro c d u r s . Va r i o u s t - ' :> t s a re s t u d ied to d e ­ t rm i n c \v b e re t h e c h i l d is fu n c tio n i n g cog n i t i. vely, a a d m l ca lly, sooaU y , and a da p h ve l v . l ' r requ I si te : ED 1 90, EDUC 25 1 /253 or co n s e n t o( i nstructor. (4)

403

PARENT/PROFESSIONA L PARTNERSHIP IN SPECIAL EDUCAnON

Prese n ta ti o n o f t h e t ec h n i q ues fo r v 'ork i n g w i t h pa r­ e n t s o f h a n ica p p 'd c h i l d re n . D i s c u s s i o n of t h e p l a ce ­ m e n t o m m it t ee p ro ce s s a n d of the r igh ts of pare n t s . Pr req u i s i t ' : S P E D 190, 0 C 25 1/253 Or con ' e ll l o f i n ' t ruc t o r . (2)

405

CURRI CULUM AND I NSTRUCTION FOR THE SPECIAL CHILD

C ll . o n a d a p t i n g t h e genera l p ri n ciples a n d p ra c t ices of tea ' h i n g r 'acting, a ri t h m etic, I a n g u <l ge a rts, a nd so­ d a l : tlld i [0 h i l d rc n w i t h IC<l rn i ng i m p<l i rm n t s . d uca t i oll <l 1 p l a n s I n ' l u d s w r i t i n g i nd i v i d u a l ized ( J E P) , be h a ior ob j c c ti e s , ta I< a n a l yse s , a n d lea rn i ng seg u nces, Prer q u i s i t : Cc n ra l Me t h o d s or c o n . e n t o f I ns tructo r . (2)

F

406

CURRICU LUM FOR EXCEPTIONAL STU DE NTS I N THE SECONDARY SCHOOL

C u r ric u l u m

co n tent and p l <l n n i n g, includi n g ac demic ubjE' t , l i f a d j u s tm-nts, and career co u n ­ S l i n g for h a nd i c a p p d dol 'sce n ts a nd a d u l t s . Focus on I ca rn i. n g d i sa bilj ties a n d other m i ld ly h a nd ic a pp i n g co n d i t io n . l n cl u des wri t i n g i n d i v i d u a lized e cfuca ­ t ion I pi n ( IEP) a n d beh i o r a l obj ec ti ve s . re­ requjsite: G e n e ra l Meth o d s or co nse n t of i n s t ru ctor.

(2 )

64

EDUCATION

438

STUDENT TEACHING IN E LEMENTARY SPECIAL E DUCATION

Teaching

i n s pecia l e d uca t i o n cla s s ro o m s of p u bl i c sc h o o l s li n d '1' t h e d ir e c t i on a n d s u p c r v i s i o n of c l a ss­ room and u n i v e rsity teachers. 8 weeks . P re r e q u is i te : consl'n t o f i n s h·u c t o r .

439

(6)

STUDENT TEACH ING IN SECONDARY S PECIAL EDUCATION

Teach i n g in speci a l e d u ca tion c l a ssro o m s of public school u n d e r the d irection and s u p e rvision o t cl a s s­ room a nd u niversity te a c h e rs . 8 weeks. Prere q u i s i te : co n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . (6)

490

EARLY CHILDHOOD ED UCATION FOR THE HANDICAPPED

Early c h i ld h ood ed u c a t i o n a s it a p p li e s to t h e h a n d ­ ica p p e d c h i l d . E m p h a si s o n p rogra m deve l o p m e n t , p a re n t i n volveme n t, assessme n t m e t h od :> , m a t e ri a l s a n d t ch n i q u e s . P re req u i s i t e : SPED 1 90 o r c o n se n t of i n s t Tli c tor . (4)

49 1

SEMI NAR IN S PECIAL EDUCATION

Specific top ics on the te <l c hi ng of h a n d ica p ped c h i l ­ d r e n . Pre req u isite: S P E D 1 90 O r c o n s ' n t of i n s t r u c tor .

(2)

494

PROGRAMMING FOR CHILDREN WITH S PECIAL NE EDS

D i a g n stic i n forma t i o n i s used a s t h e basis ( o r w r i ti ng a n IEP ( i n d i v i d u a l ized e d u ca t i o n p l a n ) . B e h a v ioral ob­ i 'ctiv " , ta s k a n a lyses, le a r n i n g seq ucnccs, be h a v i o r m l d i fi ca t i o n , a n d eva l u a t i o n o t l ea rn jn g u s i n g p reci­ s i on tea ch i n g t e h niq u E' s . Prerequ i s i t e : S PED 1 90 , (4)

495

LANGUAGE PROBLEMS OF EXCEPTIONAL CHI LDREN

Principles o f rece p t iv e a n d e x p ressive l a n g u a ge d vei o p m e n t i n cl u d i n g speech, word m e a n i n g, a n d d i a lect . A s sessm e n t a n d re m e d i a t i o n s t ra tegies fo r reg u l a r a n d special e d uca t i o n t ea c h e rs . (2) 501

WO KSHOPS IN SPECIAL EDUCATION

530

LEARNING DISABILITIES: E D UC TIONAL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES

Gra d u a te wor k s h o p s in specja l ed uca t i o n for vary i n g le ng th s o f t i m e . ( 1 -4)

C u rre n t issues, p ra c t i c e s , and research in learn i n $ d i s­ a b i l i t i e s . E m p h a s i s on s pecia l i n s t ru c t i o n tec. hl1 lq ue s to acco m m od a te t h e s pec i a l needs o f s t u d e n ts w i t h 1 a rn i n g d i sa b i l i t ie s . (4)

53]

DIAGNOSTIC P ROCEDURES

532

ED UCATI O N OF THE S EVERELY AND PROFOUNDLY HAND ICAPPED

Study o f a b ro J d ra n ge of scree n i n g a n d d i a g n ostic proce.d u re s . U se o f va rioll s e d u ca t i o n a l te s t s , fo r m a l a n d teacher- made, to d e te rm i ne where a c h ild is func­ tion i n g in the a reas of cog n i t i o n , academ ics, soci a l a n d ada ptive beh a v io rs . (4)

S t u d y of t h e p hysica l m a n a ge m e n t o f th e sever� ly a n d profo u n dl y ha n d ica p pe d . E m p h <l sls o n medical as­ pects, a sses s m e n ts , i n s tr u c t i o n a l m o d e l s , i n te r d i sci­ p l i n a ry co n ce p t s , cu rri c u l u m o n t n t, and teach i n g s tra t e gies . (4)


533

SEMINAR IN DEVE LOPMENTAL DIS ABI LITIES Curre nl issues and problems rela ted to the ed uca tion of children wit h developmental disabili ties. (2) 534 SEMINAR IN BEHAVIOR DI SORDERS Curren t issues and problems rela ted to the ed uca tion of children a nd adults with behavior disorders . (2) 535 ARTS FOR THE HAND ICAPPED A study of artistic endeavors and leisure time pursuits fO T the hanctica pped. Activi ties for the com mu nity, classroom, homE.' , group home, and institulion will be studied . (4) 536 TEAC HING HANDICAPPED CHILDREN IN THE REGULAR CLASSROOM An examination of teaching strategies to include ex­ ((�ptional ch.ildrcn in regular classroom setlings. Em­ ph asis on the needs o f exceptional children, progra m modifica tions, a n d classroom management. (4) 537 SPECIAL ED UCATION: STU DENT TEACHING Teac hing i n special ed ucation cla ssrooms under the direction a n d supervision of classroom a nd university teachers. P rerequisite: Tea ming cred e n tial and con­ sent of instructor. (4) 5 1 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION Review of current research on selected topics in spe­ cial ed uca t io n . (2)

COURS E S TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 291 303 306 312 317

Practi cum in Learning Disabilities Sex Equity Issues in Society "So You Want To Be A Principal" Hyperactive Children Education and Management of Students with Behavior Disorders 318 School Practicum: Special Education 319A School Practicum: Elementary Level 319B School Practicum: Secondary Level 31 9C School Practicum: Reading 319D School Practi cum: Non-Local Schools Practicum in Behavior Disorders 394 501 Counseling the Religious Client Current Issues in Exceptionality 583

EDUCATION

65


English As a d iscipline English assists students i n ach ieving excel lence i n wri ting, d iscernment in re adin g , a pprecia tion of h u man e x p e rie nce and aesthe tic a l ues, and u l1Liersta nding of the processes o f critical and creative expressio n .

S p cial programs i n clude concen tra tions i n literature, writing, a nd publish ing. T h e English Department a l so su pports the London Program a n d often offers an interim study tour to t h e Bri tish Isles.

FACU LTY Be nton , Chair; Bergman, Eyler, Jansen-Jaech, L. Johnson, Jones, Klopsch, D . M . Martin, Rahn, Reigstad, Seal. B CHELOR O F ARTS MAJOR: 2s t o 4 0 semestcr h o u rs o f E n glish be yon d E n g l is h 1 0 1 , inc l u d i n g : 4 ho u r s i n Americ�11 l i terature, 4 hours in British l i terature b�furl' 1 700, and 4 hours i n B r i t i s h l i terature a fter 1 700. At le<lst 1 0 h o u rs sho uld be u p p e r divisio n .

Indivi d u a l progra m s are de s i g m: d bv 'i t ud e n t s n n d t h e i r a d visers, w i t h il p p ro"al by the 'f u l l d e n rt nw n t in a review d u r i n g the j u n io r year. A ci vanc 'd rou rSl"; i n writing o r gr;) m m ar may be req u i re d .

p

M I l Olt (EMPHASI a UTERATU RE): 20 sen1l'ster hours, beYl1l1d 1 0 1 , l'xc i u d i n g COU r'iCb f or i n terim cred i t , of w h ic h at least II h o u rs should be upp r d i vi s i o n . These -:ou rses s h o u l d i n c l u d e t\ h u u r s i n A m e rican l i te ra t u re', 4 h {l u r� in B r i t i s h l itera tu r ' bl'fore 1 700, 1\ h o u rs in B ri t i s h likrature <lftl'r 1 700, a n d a t I e , st 4 a d d i t i o n a l h()u r� i n l i ter,l t u re. M I N O R (EMPHASIS ON WRIT I G ) : 20 semester hours, b(�yond 1 0 1 , e x cl u d i n g cou rses for i n terim credit, o f w h ich ilt !cdst 8 h o u r s should be u p p e'r divi sion. These cour,es should include 4 h o u r s i n British l i teril t u re b e fore POO, 4 h ou r s in meriean or I1ritish l it l' ra tu rc " ftcr 1 70(), a n d 12 h o u r s i n w r i t i ng c ) u r�c� d ra w n from 201 , 227, 327, 32il, 34 1 , 40:>, or othc. r a p p ruv('d courses i n \v r i l i n g .

MINOR (EMPHASIS a UBllSHING AND PR INTI N G ARTS): E n g l i s h 32 1 d n d 1 6 scn1l'stcr hours from tlw following list of (lru rsl'S (at l e as t 4 h u ur s must bc takc' n frum each group): 1. W r i t i n g ,1I1d J o u rnalil;m E n g l i s h 2 0 1 , 227, 327, 32K, 34 1 ; Commul1lea tion A r t s 283 , 37K, 384, 480. 2. LlVout and Pro d u ct i o n English 32 1 , 32'.1 (2 hnurs), 39,); Art 1 % , 2%, 32/i, 3%; C l > In m u n icatioll Arts 3ilO . 3. P r i n t i n g _. English 3 1 2; Art 370, 470. 'xcc p t whol'c n o t ed , il l l cla sses are 4 semester h o u rs; some cou r es re q u i re prere q ui sites.

-

FOREIG L A N G U A G E REQ U ffiEMENT: A l l E n g l i s h majors must co m p l e t l' at l c il s t two years of a fore i g n lilngU'lge a t t h e un iversity ll'v(' l , or t h e e q u i va l e n t . (Sec' till' College of A r t s a n d Scit'n e F o r e i g n Language R eq u i re n1L' n t , O p t i on I . ) BACffELOR a

AR S I

DU ATlO

:

Set' School o f

..

-


COURSE OFFE RINGS AME RICAN LITERATURE 241 441 442

INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN LITERATU RE AMERICAN ROMANTIC LITERATURE

1820-1880

AMERICAN REALISM AND NATURALISM,

1880-1915

443 AM ERICAN LITERATURE SINCE

1915

BRITISH LITERATURE 251 252

382 383 384 388 389

390 391 392

INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE: BEGINNINGS TO 1750 INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE: AFTER 1750 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE SHAKESPEARE ENG LISH RENA IS SANCE LITERATURE MILTON A 0 HIS AGE ENGLISH SATIRE AND SENSIBILITY, 1660-

1800

THE ENGLISH ROMANTIC MOVEMENT LITE RATURE Of VICTORIAN ENGLAND TWENTIETH CENTURY B RITISH LITERATURE

GENRE AND SPECIAL STUDIES 21 6 217 218 221 230 231 323 325

349

_

51

358 49] , 597

INTRODUCTION TO POETRY SHORT STORY INTROD UCTION TO DRAMA LITERARY FORMS AND ANALYSIS INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY LITERATU RE MASTERPIECES OF EU ROPEAN LITERATU RE CHILDREN'S LITERATURE FANTASY AND FAIRY TALES MODERN POETRY MODE RN D RAMA THE B RITI S H NOVEL 492 INDEPENDE NT READ ING AND R ESEA RCH GRADUATE RESEARCH

WRITING, LANGUAGE AND PUBLISHING 1 01 201 227 321 327 328 329 341 400 403

CO LLEGE ENGLISH INTERMEDIATE WRITING IMAGINATIVE WRITING I THE WORLD OF THE BOOK IMAG INATIVE WRITING II ADVANCED COMPOS ITI ON COPY-ED ITING FREELA CE WRITING LINGUISTICS MODERN ENGLISH G RAMMAR

1 01 COLLEGE ENGLISH Develops a student' s powers to read, think, and write effectively. Emphasis on short papers a n d guided re­ vi sion. lnclud s a u ni t on library research techniques. I II (4)

201 INTERMEDIATE WRITING Op p ortunities to practice and develop writin!? by expl oring selected topics from various d isciphnes. Some emphasis on rew riting - focusing the ma terial and adj usting the s tyle for d iffere n t au diences. One section may be devoted to au tobiogra p hical writing. (Prerequisite: 101 or i ts equivalent, A d vanced Place­ ment, or consen t of in structor . ) I fl (4) 216

INTRODUCTION TO POETRY

A study of poems and conven tions of poetry from the Greek classics to modern projective verse. I n tended to develop the reade r's ability to respond with sensitivity and discrimina tion to a rich variety of poetic forms. I

(4)

2 1 7 SHORT STORY Examines the developmen t of short fiction, concen­ trating on themes and tech niques of the genre . In­ cludes stories by American, British, a n d Con tinental wri ters. I I (4) 218 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA A survey of master p ieces from classical Greece to the prese nt, with emp h asis on the traditional elements ( plot, cha racter) and genres ( tragedy, co medy) . I I (4) 22 1 L ITE RARY fORMS AND ANALYSIS Designed to fam ilia rize students with forms of litera­ ture (poetry , fiction, drama), basic literary terms, and major critical approaches. n (4) 227 IMAGINATIVE WRITING I A beginning w orksho p i n w riting poetry a n d short fic­ tion . Includes a stu d , of techniques and forms to develop critical standards and a n u nderstanding of the writing process . (Prerequ isite : 1 0 1 or its equiva­ lent, Advanced Placement, or conse nt of instructor.) I

(4)

230

INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE Empha sis on American fiction si nce 1 950. 1 (4) 231 MASTERPIECES OF EUROPEAN LITERATURE Representa tive works of the litera ture of Western Europe, especiaUy cla ssical, medieva l , and Renais­ sance. I I (4) 241 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN LITERATURE The contin u i ty of themes and forms in A merican p rose, poetry, and fiction from coloniza tion to the . F irs t World War. Emphasis on major works of the 19th cen tury. I I (4) 251 INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE: B EGINNINGS TO 1750 Emphasis on the continui ty and variety of English lit­ erature from Beowu l f through Neoclassicism and the early novel . 1 (4) 252 INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE: AFTER 1750 English literature, especially p oetry, from the emergence of romanticism to the 2 0th century. II (4)

ENGLISH

67


32 1

THE WORLD OF THE BOOK

An in troduction to the organ ization and vo cab u l i H Y o f the p u blish in g i n d � s l TY , the. history the book � n d p r e sses , a n d the basIC skills or copy-ed iting and de Ign la y out - i n short, t h e complex p roce.ss b y which m a n u ­ s cr i p t copy is b ro u g ht t o ti mshed p r i n t . 1 (4)

\)�

323

CHJ L DREN'S LITERATURE

325

FAffiY TALES AND FANTASY

An i n t ro d u c t i on to a rich l i terary tra d i tion, with a n a ly­ si in depth of such au thor as H . C . A ndersen, Tol­ ki n, L w i s , otter, Wdder, a n d LeGll l n . 1 11 (4) el cted fairy ta l es a re told, and various ways to in ter­ p r ' t t he m are expl red . Fan tasy is · tudied as a genre, with emp hasis on kll1 d s o f fa n taSies, such as ure fa n­ tasy, sword a nd sor ery, the detective nove , scienc fiction, and h or ro r fiction. I (4)

F.

327

IMAGINATIVE WRITING I I

A n advan e d wo rkshop in writing poetry a n d short fiction . Some a t tenh?n will b gi v e n to p roced ures for . submitting m a nuscript fo r pu blica t ion. I1 (4)

28 A DVANCED COMPOSITION A s t ud y of rhetorical principles u s ed in wr i ti � g peru a sivcl nd ima g inative ly. ReqUired for ce rhh cat lO n by the School of E duca tion . l n (4)

COPY-EDITING Emphasis on maga zine, news, book: and p ho t o e �f j t­ in g a n d pu blication make u p . TraIl1 l n g and practIcal e. p er ie n c in orga nizi ng, ed.i t i ng, . and p r oofi ng of copy, hand l i ng f photo , a n d m d e xl ng . II (2) 4 1 FRE ELANCE WRITING cou rse in wri ti n g for publication, wi th pr i m a ry em­ p h a s i s on the fea t u r article. Intended to help students develop re - e a rch a n d d i toria J skills; to help them p ro­

329

d uce ''''riling that is clear, i n formative, and e � presslve; to c n h a n c thei r se n se of a u d ience; and to t n t rod uce them to p roced ures for submi tting for magazine p u blica t i o n . n (4)

49

MODERN POETRY

mp hasi on America n poetry since

1950. n (4)

35'1 M ODERN DRAMA A tudy of modern classics from .Ibsen to J onesco: ca ndinavia n , G rma n, French, Italian, Spa msh, R u s­ sia n, E nglish, I rish, a n d America n . I I (4) 358 THE BRITISH NOVEL A t;t I dy of the form from D foe and F ield i n g to Law rence, Joyce, and the m oderns. 1 (4)

CHAUCER AND HIS AGE of Cha ucer's major works, especiaLly �he Carl­ lerlJ1l ry Tale , i n their lively 14th cen tury setttng. I n ­ cl u d es a n in trod uction to t h e developme n t o f the Enn-Lish l a n gu a ge II (4)

382

A s t u dy

.

68

ENGLISH

383 SH AKESPEARE Ten to twelve re rese ntative plays. Recommended as backgro u n d : 25 . 1 (4)

r

384

ENGLISH RENAISS ANCE LITERATU RE

388

MILTON AND HIS AGE

S t u d ies the Golden Age of English literature. Selected p o e ts from Wyatt to MarveLl, i ncl u d i n g Sid ney, Spenser, Shakespeare, Donne, and Jonson; selected p l aywri g h ts from Kyd to W bster; selected prose from More to Baconc and Brown e . (4) A study of Milton's work, es p ecially Paradise Lost, a n d t he wo'rk of other major ,1 U thors (s'uch as Donne a n d H 'rbert) of the 1 7th c e n t u ry , the golden age of re l ig ious poetry in Engla n d . I I (4)

­

389

ENGLISH SATIRE AND SENSIBILlTY, 1660-

1800

A study of neo-c1assic w ritings an� the d e vel op i ng so­

cial a'wa reness o f the p re-romantic age: Dryden a n d

Pope t o Johnson a n d Bra ke . 1 (4)

390 THE ENGLISH ROMANTIC MOVEMENT A s t u d v of the ro mantic awakening in E nglan d : Bla ke, Word s��ro rth, C o l e ri dge, Shel ley, Kea t s , Byron , a n d o the rs. 1 (4) 391

LITERATURE OF VICTORIAN ENGLAND

Selected au thors (including Carlyle, Te nnyson, Dickens, and Ha rdy) a nd topiCS from a period o f rapid a n d m o m e n to u s social change . II (4)

TWENTIETH CENTURY BRITISH LITERATURE Selected p laywrigh ts from S h a w t o Be�k� t t; poetry of Y e at s, H a rdy, Thomas, a n d Auden; fi c tI O n o f Joyce, Woolf, l a vv r e n ce, G reene, L e s s i n g , and others. I I (4) 400 LINGUISTICS 392

See Mod

rn

a n d C l assical Languages.

403 MODERN ENGLISH GRAMMAR A study o f th ree m a j o r a p proaches to gra m ma r : the trad itional, the structural, a n d the tra nsformationa l . Includes i n t roduction to th e h i story o f t h e English la nguage . II

441

(4)

AMERICAN ROM ANTIC LITERATU RE, 1820-1880 S t u d ies i n l iterary roman ticism fr o m Cooper to la me s , with e m p h a si s on the Age of Emerso n . Readtngs t n Thor 'a u , Whitman, Poe, Melville, a n d Hawth o r n e I (4) 442 AMERICAN REALlSM AND NATURALISM, 1880-1915 Fiction and cri t i cism in th e years o f A m e rica s urbani­ za tion a n d emergence as a n i n d us t ri a l power: Twa i n , James, Crane, Norris, Dre.ise.r. II (4) .

.

'


443 AMERI CAN LITERATURE SINCE 1915 I ntroduction to the modern tradition in poe try (Frost, Williams, Pound) and fi ction (Fitzgerald, Hem­ ingway, Fa ulkner) . 1 (4) 491 , 492

IND EPEND ENT READING AND RESEARCH An intensive course in n�ading. May include a I n tended fo r upper- division majors. I II ( 1 -4) 597 G RADUATE RESEARCH ( 1 -4)

thesis .

COURSE S T O BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 101 303 304 305 306 307 310 31 1 313 314 388 443

College English: American Roots The Tour of Europe The Scandinavian-American I mmigrant Experience in Literature Dreams Writing for Children Living in God's Silence: The Films of Bergman Modern Poetry a n d t h e Language of the Psalms Personal A dventure and Autobiography in the Northwest Letterpress Printing Workshop: Tradition and Craft Modern R ussian Literature i n Translation: 1830 to the Present A Heritage of Freedom Am erican Literature Since 1915

ENG LIS H

69


nvironmental Studies Program Students concerned about or wishing to enter graduate s tudy and career programs in such fields as environmental science, environmental law, or

resource management, may enroll in the Environmental Studies Program. A certificate will be awarded students completing requirements listed below, together with a departmental or school major progra m . A committee consisting of repr sentatives from each of the three major subject matter groupings will approve each student's course program and integrative experiences. The follow ing s pecific courses arc required: Earth Sciences 222 Economics 1 50 Business A d m i nistration 230

4 hours 4 hours 4 hours

As part o f graduation requirements, all students com p le t e either the distribu tive co re or the I ntegrated Studies Program. Studen ts i n t h e Environmental Studies Program shou ld select from among the fol lowing cOu rses to meet these requirements:

Distributive Core Arts/Litera tu re : A r t 381 a n d one elective i n litera t u re 8 h o u rs . Natural Sciences/Mathematics: Biology 1 1 1 ; Chemistry 1 03, 1 04; Com pu ter Science 1 44; Earth Sciences 1 0 1 , 1 3 1 , 202; Mathematics 127, 1 28; Natural Sciences 1 06 8 hours Philosop hy: 1 25; 225 p l u s 226 or 325 or 326 '7 o r 328 or 385; 324; 3 1 ; 381; 395; or 427 4 hours Religion: 351 , 382, or 4 5 1 , and on e elective from Biblical Studies o r I n te g rative and Comparative Religious Studies 8 hours Social Sciences: History 460; Political Science 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 . 345, 356; Sociology 1 0 1 , 240, 331 (Economics 1 50 may also be counted as fulfilling a core requirement) 8 h o u rs or CORE II (I ntegrated Studies Program) I n tegrated S t u d ies 1 1 1 - 1 1 2, 221-222 or 223-224, 241-242 or 243-244, 35 1 28 h o u rs In the areas of Natura l Sciences and Ma thema tic; one ad d i ti on a l course (4 h o u rs) is required, which should be s e le ct e d from those listed "bovc u n de r Distributive Cort', Integrative Experience - 4 h o u rs: Du ring the senior year or at another approved t i m e, all students pa r tici p a te in " study-research­ action program designed to draw upo n the b roa d backgro u n d o f the above courses and the expertise ofthei r own major fie l d s . CourSt'S may i n c l ud e , but a re not l i m i ted to, appropriate i n terim cours '5; departmental or interdisciplinary seminars; in depen dent study or research cou r�es; field experience and i n ternship programs; em p lo ymen t or volunteer se rv ice within commu nity agencies or orga niza tion s Environmental Studies Committee: Miller, Chair; Bergman, Churney, D. Hansen, Lauer, Lowes, Martinson, Schwidder, Stiv­ ers, Tonn.

cccx:::::cx=r::J

L-�

J -:J C'O � L/

=


Global Studies Program T h i s Gl oba l Stud ies Pro)?;ra m is C1 r 'sponse to globa l

w h ich i n creasingly a ffect o u r l i v . Eco no mic, cu l t u re d , and p o l i t ica l i n terd p n d c n ce ha c a tr n d s

s ig n i fi c a n t i m p a c t on carel' r p o s s i b i l ities a n d ed uca t i o n " l provid

s

n �ed s .

The

I llba l S t u d i , . Prog-ram

stude n t · w i t h t h

k no w l 'dge a n d

tiv '5 t he need to u n derst, nd c lnd function effectivel y in today's world. p ' rspc

FACU LTY A co mmi ttee of faculty and faculty associates administers this program: Gul din, Chair; Brown ing, Dumof, Kelleher, King, L. Klein, Lowes, Randall, Rasmussen, Toven, Ulbricht, Carr (coordi nator) .

L

GLOBAL STU D I E S COMP L E M E TA R Y M AJ O R rh ,loh,,1 S t u d i es maj )r i , t('rIll('d < l " om plcnll' nlary " major berd u � l' it i , a second m<1jor i n a d d i t i o n t J 11 reg u ln r d i s ' i p l indry major. S t ud e n t s cI ding th� G l oba l S t u d i s m <1' ) f , 1" req u i red to tied, re i1 t r a di t io n a l d i sci p l i n a ry major bdor� t lCY de l a re a G l o b a l S t u d ies m iljar. I n a dd i t io n , t h e G l o ba l Stud ies maJll r m u l tid iSCip l i na ry, d r a wing buth i ts CQu rse: a n d facu l t y irom d ep a r t m e n ts of the d iv i s io n '> of hu mu l l i t i e s , naturill "'iences, and soci'l l. scie nces a nd from the chool uf till' Arts.

/

is

REQUIREM NTS TIle Glubal S t u dies Com m i t kl' chair assist.· � t udents to sl'il'd m <: lllbcrs from un � d v i�o ry cOlll m i ttee lIf at l " il st t w o f,1("lli t d i fferent l{i � ci p l i n t � . T h L' a d v isory cOlll m i t le' ' helps s t u d e n t s pl'lIl t h ' i r pl'<)�rJ m o f s t u d ies. S t u d e n t s t, k e d m i n i lll ulll n f e i g h t ('ou rsL'� ( 2 se nll' st er h o u !") i nc l u d i n g : 1 . T h e i n t ro d u ctory "global stu d ie , " ,-,)urs,' (4 Sl'nwst<'r hOll rs): A n t h ropology/ H i s t ory 2 1 0, G l o b,d Perspc tives. 2. Three courses ( 1 2 S l' llll's te r huu rs) fro m one World Region C l uster, i . e . , fro111 the AsiJ, ur E u ro p e , or T h i rd World

:

3.

clu sters.

Th ... ,<, ( u u rses ( 1 2 ,;eme tel' h o u rs ) fnll11 on e C lobal I s s u l's l u s ter, i . e . , fr,'m the u d L ' rn i LJ t ion a n d Dl'vl' l o p m e n t; o r ( ;lob.ll Rl' ' O l l r(('S d n d Tra d('; o r W.l r, Revul u t i u n , a n d ['('ace; u I' Sucil'ly, - u l t u re , and T ra d i tillllS d u s ters. 4. c u l mi n at ing s{' m i n J r (4 sc m est er hours ) . S t u d e n ts Jre ell uu ra ged t o ust: t h e se m i n a rs u f t he i r primary mujor when pr<1 tic.l i ; i f such s,' m i n a r,; Jrl' n o t av,l i l a ble, stut\,' n t s mJy e n rol l i n a 'pl'cial s e m i n J r for Globa l S t udies. rhis c u l mi nati ng �cniur sl' m i n J r is t,) be co m p le ted u n - va mpu5, or a s d spec i al projee[ off- -a m p u s ;)s pMt o f d tu n' ig n st u d y c x p r i{' l l c "

<:

5. Spl' ia l Re q u i remL'nts. a . Course!; s�I,'ct , d i n each World Rt' g i o n a n d Glubal Issues l u ster m u st b from <It l ea s t t w o cliff 'rent d i SCi p l i n e s . in i1 l a ngu age b . S t u d e n ts m u st d em o n s t ra t e' p rdicien rele v a n t to th l' i r World Region ana at a level consistent w i t h O p t io n I of the Coil 'ge o f Arts and Sciencl's foreign l a n guage req u i re m e n t . T h iS may b e (c o m p li s he d through proficiency exa m i n a ti o n or t h rou g h t h e equ ivalent of I ii semester n o u rs u f cOllrs('work. C. tuden ts may not a p p l y more t h a n two. cnu rses (tl se m es ter h ours) from the i r pnmury major to the l'ompleml'n tary major. However, such special crediting of courses from the p r i m a ry major tll the complemen t a ry major m u s t be a p proved by a student's advisory com m i t tee a n d th ' Globa l Stud ies Cum m i t tel' c h a i r .

;)

I


GLOBAL STUDrES M l OR Tlw Clob<tl S t u d i<.'s m i nor (formC!rly he F ore i gn Are,l St u die s min or) pMil lll'ls the Global Stud ies major. S t u d e n ts MIC required . _ to wl11 p k l e fiv(' courses (2n scme�tl' r h o u rs ) I I1cJ udin g : . I Til l' I n l rociuctor . ,Ioba l S ttl d le,' (ourse: An t h ropo l ob'Y' H l s tory 2 10 , C ; lob,1 I Pcrspcctivc . . 2. Th ree cnu rses from u m: World I{egion Clu - te r o r t h ree (ours ' 5 from onc GloLxl l 1 sucs Cluster ( 1 2 semester hours). 3 . Where J p p l ic,l b le, a c u l m i n a t i n g sl' m i na r, research p roject, or uf(- ('illl1 P U S rroject ( 4 semestcr h o u rs) . Siudents elcc t ll1 g t-he l obal . t u d i e s minur a re to consu l t w i th t h E' Global Stud ics Co m m i t tee chai r ,l nd t ill' a ppropriate cl u s te r Cllllrd i n J t or.

COURSES AVArlABLE eN THE GLOBA L STU DfES

PROGRAM I . ,Iob;ll Pl'rspectiv '5 ( A

THII l IST 2 1 0 ) . Req u i red o f ,1 1 1 ·tudICnts_ 11_ u l m i n a t i n g Speci,1 1 f'rojIClJ S p m i n a r . R quirICd o f a l l q u len s . I I I . W RLD REGI N ( - huos(? UIl(' re'gion a n d th ree OlUrs w i t h i n t h a t regi un . ) A . Asia Ouster Coord i n a tor: G . C u l d i n ( A n t' h ropology) Tlw sia Ci u s tl'r t' nCllm passes Sou t h , Southeast a n d East Asia. -eled one courS ' trom each , tego ry a nd from a t Il'�st two de pa rtme n ts. I . IlltrodlictiOlI (I course) A n t h ropology 350 - C u l t u res d n d Peoples of Asia I l istn ry I DS) - E�;;t('rn C i v i l i z a t i o n 2. lilt IIml or [ al1<lllal 1"0(11" ( J cOlm;c) A n t hropoillgy 352 - C h i nesE' u l t u rc dnd Society H istory 340 - Modl2rn China and Ja p a n Rc l igic,n 361 - P hiloso p h ic a l ilnd Rel igiou s Traditions o t ' I n d i,l R 'Iigion 362 -- Phi lnsophical ;1l1d Relig-ious Trad i tions ot hint 3. Occtn>c (I co ll r"e) _ Any other CoursE' i n Categories I and 2 above.

B.

uro pe

nurciina tors: . B row n i n g ( H istory). J . Rasmussen A . roven (Modern a n d C l a ssical Languages)

and _

('h is c l u s t e r deals w i t h the cu l t u res and history of u rOPl' . Stud nts may p u rsue e i t h er a natiomil, regio nal, topica l , or period focus. , I c t o n e ClJurse from each categorv , n d frum at least two departm e n ts _ I . l"l rl�tllc/iol/ ( I cours , ) I n tegr, tcd Studi es 1 1 1 - Nature a n d Supernature I n egTated Stu di 's 1 1 2 - From Fin i te to I n fi n i t e I n teW<tled S t u d i s 222 - T h e Burden Llf H u m a n Respn nsibili ty: 20th e n t u ry Europe . . Mudern La n gua '('5 27 1 - L, tera t u re a n d SOCIety lJ1 lockrn Eur p e 2. Hlslory mId C iVlliw l /oll ( 1 course) FrC'nch 32 1 - Civilization and C u l t ur e ,erman 321 rmD n i v i l i z a t i o n Historv 107 Western Civili za tion H i s torY 32:3 - lidd ll' Ages H i s torv 324 - Renaissil nce I lis ta l')' 325 - R 'formation History 3 2 8 - 1 9t h Century Europe I l istory 329 - Euro p e and t h e World Wars: 1 9 14-1 945 Histor\' 33J -- Revolu ti ona ry Russia I l istor\' 334 - Modern Germany HistorY 341 12 - 1 7 t h Century hance: Fre ri'ch Revol u tion Sca n d i n avian 321 - Vikings Sca n d i n a v i a n 322 - Con tem porary Sca n d inavia Spanish 321 - Civilization and C u l tu re

72

GLOBAL STUDIES

3.

I.iteralure <llld illl A rl " ( 1 course) Art 1 80 - Tra d i t i o n s of VVestern Art

A r t 280 -' ModlCrn Art E n 'g l i s h 23 1 - M a s terpieces of E u rop e a n Li tcrd t u re Frc nch 421 , 422 - Masterp ieces of FrICnch L i l e r<llurc Fr('nch 43 1 , 432 - 20th Cc n t u ry FrcIlci1 Li lc ra l u r ' crman 42 1 - enn, n Li ll'ra t'llr,,: The ge of ,()l't lw crman 422 - ,crm a n Literatu r<.': The 1 9th Ce n t u rv German 43 1 - Gcrmiln Literil t u rc : The 20th Ccn t- u ry . Germ a n 432 - C o n tem porary ( ;('rm,l n L i terature M usic 1 32 - Music H i 'itnrv I !v! usic 23 1 - Music I l istor\' I I Sc,l n d i n a vi,ln 421 - I bsen: Strin dberg, a n d t h e i r C , m l em po r,l rics "can d i n (l v i <.l ll 422 - ContcnlporJ ry · ca n d i n D V i i:1 11

Litera t u r-" Spil n ish 42 1 , 422

-

Spa n i s h ,13 1 , 432 -

Mastcrpi 'CC:S of H i spanic Litera t u re 20th Century I l i s p a n i c L i terature

C. Th i rd World Cuord i nillor: E. D u m o r (Sociology) This cl uster focuses <l t tl' n tion on pwblei11s and issuPs related to soci o-cul t u ra l , econ o m ic , and puli tical tra n s forma t i ons tilking place in the Th i rd Wor l d . Select one Cllu r�1C from ICach categllry a n d f ro m at least two departme n ts _ 1 . fTliroducliol1 ( 1 Cllursc) Sociology 242 - The Sociology of t h e Thi rcr World A n t h ro p ology 440 - Power, Pol itics, and [<l' vu l u li on

2. RC�10I1ii! {'ow; ' a) A frica: A n t h ropology 360 - C u l tures a n d I'l'oples uf Africa Pol i t ical Science J 6 - Africdn Pol i tica l '�lenlS

b) La t m Amcrica : Spa n i sh 322 - La t i n Am eriG1n i v i l i za t i o ns , m el Cul tures H i S llJl-" 335 - La t i n A m erica n History A n t h r (l p o l o g y 332 - C u l t u re s and PeopllCs of I <l tin Ame rica 3 . Socida! FOCTls (1 course) Religion 363 - I s l a m Sociology 280 - I n t ro d u ction t o Race [< elations Sociology 343 - Social Movements and C h a nge Sociologv 441 - Race, Revol u tion, and Devcll; p i n g A reas IV. GLOBAL ISSUE (Choose one issuE' and t h ree courses w i t h i n t h a t- issue . )

A. G lobal Resources & Trade Coord i n a tor: B. Lowes ( Earth Sciences) ou rses in t h i s cluste r provide it perspective on how the worl d ' s n a t ura l resources are dllitributed and on p<lra metl'.rs l i m i ting their d i s t ribu tion and pote n t i a l , a s w e l l as t h e d e l i c a te i n terdepl'. ndence between n a tIons in i n ternatio n a l trade. Select one course from each category and from at least two depart m e n t s . 1 . Illtroducl ioIT ( I course) Earth SciencICs 1 0 1 - World Geogra p h y 2. TOl'ica!, Me/hodolo,\ica! Foci (1 course) Ea rth Sciences 341 - Energy a n d Minera l Resou rces for the Future Economics 3 3 1 - I n terna t i o n a l Economics Econom ics 381 - Com para tive Econ nmic Sv s te m s I n tegrated S t u d i l!.s 242 - T h l! T(?chnological Society: Lim i ts to Growth Poli tical SciencIC 231 - Current I n ternational Affairs P ol i tical Science 336 - I n ternational Orga ni zation a nd Law 3. Eleclive: Any addi t i o n a l course from ca tel'wry 2 above


B. Mod rnuation and Development Cluster 'nordin.ltl)r: E. Du mor ( So ci o lo gy ) T h i s cl u s t ( ; r l' xa m i nl's computing p a ra d i g m s a n d t h t'or i e s uf m o dern iza t i o n a n d d e vel op m e n t . I t e x a m ines t h e process of modernizJtion n o t o n l y in h i storical t e rm s but a b() in terms of the p mble m s i t cngenLiers for o n tem porary societies, S c l (;ct o n e cou rse trom each categ()rv and fmm a t l e as t two d e p a r t m e n t s . 1 . I n t roduction ( I course) Sociology 493 - S e m i n a r in Devel o p m e n t 2. I'rni,iclJIs i l l Modcmizalion fwd DCl'e/opnlcllt ( 1 course) i t ies in Time ami Space A n t h ro polo�;y 450 I n te ' r a te d Stu d ies 241 - The Tech nologica l Society: T h r u s t for G m w t h I n tegrilted S t u dies 242 - T h e Techno logical Socit;ty: L i m i ts t() Growth Soc i ol og y 390 - Sociology of Poverty 'Socio logy 387 - I l u nger ':lO d World Popula tion 3 . Electives ( 1 cou rse) A n t h ropology 330 - C u l tures and Peoples of a l ive N o r t h A m e rica Econom ics 2')0 - Con tem p o ra ry Eco n o m ic Problems Eco n o m ics 33 1 - l n tcrnJ ti ona l Eco nomics Econom ics 3S1 - Com pJ rJtive Economic Sy s t e m s I-l i;; t o ry 340 - MoJern China � n d Ja p., n Pol i t ical Sei n ee 336 - I n te r n a t i onal rganization and I .a w Pol it ical Science 3il3 - Westm i n s t e r Model

C. Society, Cul ture, a n d Traditions Coo rd i n a t o r: L K le i n ( A n t h ropology)

This c l u s ter focu ses on the customs and traditions of pe o p l e s a ro u n d the w o r l d , ,� m p h a s i z i n g s ym bo l s and i n t e rp rsona l relationsh ip as re fl ec te d �n K i n s h i p , my thology, the a r t s , rel igi o n , l a w s , a n d custom s . Select one cou rse fro m each cil tcg o ry �nd from at lea st two df'p, r t m e n t s ,

1. llltrurillcfiol/ ( 1 course) A n t h ro p ology 102 _. Exp loring A n t h rupology: C u l t u re .l n d Societv

al/d {den/osy (1 course) An thropolo gy 480 - Gods, Magic, w n d Momls Re l ig i o n 21i1 - Re l i gions o f t h e World I I)' t)" R i t u a l , ,1 I1d Symbol R e l i g ion 2()2 - V SOC i ol o gy 380 - Sociolo gy of Religion

2 . IZ('I1Sioll

D . War, Revolution, a n d Peace Coord i n<ltor: S. R a n d a l l ( I l istorv) Thi� torinil c l u s ter f ocu se s on tf;e problc' m � a n d i s s u p s of war, re \ ·o l u t i o n , a n d pe,1('('. Studc'nt , C'x.l lll i n e t l1(:5(, p bl e m s t h l' s l' p ro b l e m s c o n cept u ., l I v , b u t a l s l l focus on th e h u m a n c i c: m e n t s b e h i n d th ' 1l1l'dlan i.slic (ore � k'a d in g to war, revo l u t i o n , .m el peace. S 1(', t one c o u rs e from each L<l tcgory 'l I1ci Irom at I '.I s t t\VU dC p d r t' m e n t s . I . I n l roductio/1 (l c o u rs� ) I n tegrated S t u di e s : War a n d Peace (chou;" one of tWl») I n tq;riltt!d S t u d i es 24 : 1 hl' x pe ri en cc of Will" I n te gra t ed Stu di es 244: Prospect" f or W a r a n d Peace 2, Llce/iues: Th ,;orelilll/ /\'pcd'; ( I c o u rse) A n t h ro p o log 440 - I'uwer, Po l i t ics, a n d Rcvolu tion Eco n o m i c s 38 1 - (lll1 p.uil t i v c Eco n o m i c vste m s P h ilos o phy 324 - Phi loso p hical na lysis or Social Probic: m s Pol i t ical Scil'n,; 32 - Rece n t P o l i t ic. I T h o u g h t Politicol Science 336 - I n tern" tiunal OrgJni7<l tiol1 ., n d

ro

r

l , d \.V

Po l i t ica l Sei c n e(' 384 - o l11 m u n i s l Political System" 'o("iill Psychology Psy (- hologv 330 Religil)n I h ri s t i a n T h o u g h t a n J V I I odcrn Conscious ness o(' � ()l ogy 343 S(Hj d l Nl ()v enl .c n t � a n d � h a n g e . S OCiology 441 - Race, R c v o l u t I o n , a n d Devcloplllg .ou n t rics I n t('gra tcd S t u c i i 0S :!43, 244 - Option o f taking t h e I n tc g rdted S t u d ies c�) u rs" not ta ken to f u l t i l l a requirt' m e n t i n <1 t gory I "bov<.'. C/ccliv<',,: Cil"" � Cl co u rse) A n t h ropology 30 - C u l t u res Jnd Pcoples o f 1 a l i vc. N u r t h l\ 1l11'riLa l-l i 5 to l " 329 - Europe � n d the W o l d W.l r,;: 1 9 / 4- 1 94'0 H i �tor 333 Revo l u t i on,l rv Rw ;sia H i story 340 - Modern C h i Tl " < m ([ J a pilll H i stnr 34 1 1 2 - 1 7t h C<: n t u r ' Fr.lTlCc:

4�

3.

-

r

French Revolu t ion

J- l i stur 352 - The A lllc riC;dn Revolutiun Political Sciencc 32 1 - Cu rre ll t I n t('rnil h o n a l A if.li rs 'Subject to beu lty a p proval

3 . f/('(fi' l" (I cuurse) iI. LJ11 r ...: : A n t h ro p o l () gy 440 - I ' ower, I ' o l i ties, .1 nd

Re vol u t i o n Pol i tic.ll " cience 282 C o m para t i v e Govern m e n t ! 'o l i t i c a l Scie n c e 311 1 - Co m pa r " t i v e L"gil l H i sto ry Soc i o log y 4:;() - Sociology of L , W b . Custo/)/,;: A n t h ropol ogl' 46() - W o m e n .l nd M (' n in W o r l d C u l t u n's Sociology 406 . . - S('X R o l es and Society I l i s to ry 47 1 - A m erica n Though t and C u l t u re c. F.fllll i,'il ij. A n t h ro r ()k'�:iY 470 - E t h n i c G ro u p s

GLOBAL STUDIES

73


T h ro u g h the s t u d y

o f h i s t o ry a t Pacific L u t hera n

U n ivers i t y st udt' n ts ga i n a n u nd e r ta n d i n g a n d p p reci a t i o n of t h e h i s toricc I pers p e c t i v e .

Opport u n i ties for deve l o p i n g a n a l y t i c a l a n d i n terpreta t i ve

ski.ll

r e p rovided t h rough research

a n d w ri t ing p r oj ect , i n t r n s h i p , cl a s s prese.nta r i o n s ,

s t u d y t o u r . The p r a tice of the h i t o rical m e t hod l ead t n d e n ts off ca m p u to t h e i ' h metow ns, to E u ro pe or China or t h E America n W 5 1 , a n d to c o m m u n i t y i ns t i t u t i o ns , bo t h priva te a nd publ i c . The d· partme n t cmph< siz s in d i v idu al a d v i s i n g in r ' l a ti o n to both self-directed s t u d i e s a nd and

r gulax

The u n i v >rsity l i brary h o l d i ngs

cour · e s .

in l u de signi fica nt c o l l e ction - in America n, E uro pea n , a n d Plains Room

n-We -tern h i s tory. The

n

f t ht: l ibrary s p cia Iize, i n

Pa

isqually ific

N ut hwes t cll m n1Ll n i tv studjes . C re e r o u t l ets for

j

ma ors

nd m i lll

r

a r� ejther d i rect

r

supp

bu. i ness, law, tea ching, p u b l ic service, news me d ia , a n d other occu patio n s .

rtive in

FACULTY Martinson, Chair; Browning, Malone, Nord q uist, Ra ndall. BACHELOR O F A R TS MAJOR: M i n im u m of 3 2 se m C' ster hou rs, i n c l u d i n g 4 h o u rs - A m e rica n field, 4 h o u rs - E u ro p e a n fil'id, ,l J1d 4 h o u r s - n o n -v c s t · ' m fi c l d . S t u d e n ts a rc expected to work cl osel y w i t h t ill' depJrL m c n t ' s facu lty a d visers to i n su re the mo�t p e r s on d l i 7c d pro g r'l !l1 S a n d i n s t ruction possible. Majors Me u rged to meet till' l o rcli'jn la nguage re q u i relll C' n t of the Col lege of Arts <l nd Sciences unci ' r c i t h e r O p t i o n I or Op t i o n I I . Thosc Ill d jO . who 'He prqxl r i n g for p u b l ic school teaching ca n meet the Sl<ltc h i 'i t o ry certlfied tion req u i rement bv e n ro l l i n g i n f fistory 460. A l l sen ior miljors are requircd to t,l ke (ou r h o u rs of s e m i n a r crc d i t . M I N O R : 20 semester h o u rs, 1 2 ho u rs f r o m courses n u mbert:d above 300. riw m i nor In h i story e m p h a s i /.es a " p ro gr'l m focus" and a " p ro g ra m p l a n , " w h ic h is 'l rra n g c d by the st u d e n t i n co n s u l tation Ivith ,1 depurtmen t'l l adviser. BACHELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: Set: Schuol of Educa tio n .


COURSE OFFERINGS Cou rses i n the Departmen t of History a re offered in the following areas: AMERICAN FIELD 251 252 253 354 356 451 460 471 494

COLONIAL AMERICAN HISTORY NINETEENTH CENTURY AMERICAN HIS­ TORY TWENTIETH CENTURY AMERICAN HISTORY THE AMERICAN CIVIL WAR AMERICAN D I PLOMATIC HISTORY AMERICAN LEGAL HISTORY WEST A N D NORTHWE ST HlSTORY OF A MERICAN THOUGHT A N D CULTURE SEMINAR: AMERICAN HISTORY

EUROPEAN FIELD 107, 321 323 324 325 328 329 332 334 341 342 495

108 HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION CLASSICAL CIVILIZATION THE MIDDLE AGES RENAISSANCE REFORMATION NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE EUROPE AND THE WORLD WARS: 19141945

ENGLAND: TUDORS A N D STUARTS MODERN GERMANY, 1848-1945 SEVENTEE NTH CENTURY FRANCE THE FRENCH REVOLUTION SEMINAR: EUROPEAN HISTORY

NON-WESTERN FIELD 109 210 333 335 340

HISTORY OF EASTERN CIVILIZATION GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES REVOLUTIONARY RUSSIA LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY MODERN CHINA AND JAPAN

ALL FIELDS 399 401 492 496 501 502 505 591 595 597, 599

INTERNSHIP WORKSHOPS INDEPEN DENT STUDY SEMINAR: HISTORY AND HISTORIANS WORKSHOPS SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS DI RECTED STUDY GRADUATE READINGS 598 RESEARCH PROJECT THE S I S

1 07, 108

HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVIl.lZA TION Analysis of institutions and ideas of selected civiliza­ tions. Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Hebrews, Greece, Rome, the rise of Christianity, and Medieval E u rope i n the firs t semester; E u rope from the Renaissa nce t o the present in the second semester. I n (4,4)

109 HISTORY OF EASTERN CIVILIZATION The h i s torical evolution of the civilizations of China, Japan, and India. Focuses on cultural, political, and social develo pmen ts . (4) 210

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE S : THE WORLD IN CHANGE A survey of global issues affecting the human condi­ tion in a rapidly changing and increa singly in terde­ pen dent world: modernization and development; economic cha nge and i n terna tional trade; d i minishing peace and j u s tice; and resources; war and re volution; . cultural di versity. These issues are examined in a multi- d isciplina rv light using case studies d rawn from non-Western an d Wes tern nations . Emphasis on the development of a global pers pec tive which recognizes humil n com monal ities as well as d ivers i ty in percep­ tions, values, a n d p riori ties . (4) 25 1 COLONIAL AMERICAN HISTORY Ame rican institutions from colonial times to the 1 790s; the grow th of the colonies and their relil tionship to the Bri tish imper iill syste m . (4) 252

NINETEENTH CENTURY AMERICAN HI STORY From Jeffe rson to Theodore Roosevelt; interpretation of eras from social, poli tical, economic, and biogra phi­ cal viewpOints. (4) 253

TWENTIETH CENTURY AMERICAN HISTORY Trends and events in domes tic a n d foreign affairs s ince 1 900; affluence, u rban growth, a nd social con­ trasts . (4)

321 CLASSICAL CIVILIZATION The ancient Mediterra nean world with em phasis upon Greek and Roman civiLizations . (4) 323 THE MIDDLE AGES Eu rope from the disi ntegration of the Roman Empire to 1 300; read ing iln d research in medieval materia l s . (4) 324 RENAISSANCE E urope in iln age of transition - 1 300 to 1 500. (4) 325 REFORMATION Political a nd rel igious crisis in the 16th century: Lu thera nism, Zwinglianism, Anglicanism, Anabap­ tism, Calvinism, Roma n Catholic reform; Weber thesis, the beginni ngs of Baroque art. (4) 328 NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE The expansion of European civi lization from 1800 to 1 91 4 . (4) 329

EUROPE AND THE WORLD WARS:

1914-

1945

W o rld War I; revolution and return to "normalcy" ; de­ pression and the rise of fa scism; World War II. (4) 332 ENGLAND: TUDORS AND STUARTS Politica l , socia\, economic, legal , and cultural develop­ ments . (4)

HISTORY

75


333

R EVOLUTIONARY RUSSIA

Po t-Pet r the r al R u ssia; the' esta b l i s h m e n t of CzL rist au lo racy; t h e , r a t Reforms of t h e 1 9t h cen­ lur ; the r is )f lhe r· v l l u t i ona ries; B l s hevi, m, Len i n , and the Revo l u t i o n s of 1 9 1 7; the conso l i d a tion of t he SovieL ·tat (4) .

3 4

MODERN GERMANY, 1 848- 1 945 The l-{evolu tions of 1 848 a nd u n i fi cc tion of G e r ma n y ; B isma rcki, n a n d W i f he. rn i a n m p i re s ; W e i ma r R e p u b ­ "

Ii

(4)

a n d the r i s e o f Na tional So i alis m; the T h i rd Rt� i c h .

335

LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY

(4)

340 MODERN CHINA AND JAPAN Th e m odern t ra n s forma tion of -a t Asia: Western i m ­ perialism a n d d ! [ 1 a stic decli ne; J a pa n ' s " m i racle" mo d ern i za tion ; Ch i n, 's semi-col n i a l i s rn , na t i o n ­ a l i s m , a n d Re publicm revol u tion; t he rise of Mao a n d c m m u nist rev l u ti 11; J apan's m il i t a r i s m a n d the road Lo P ( r i H a rbor. (4) S EVENTEENTH CENTURY FRANCE

St ruc t u r� of sod ty, dev lopment of abso l u t i s m , pro­ test of p o p u l a r cl ses, ro l·' o f France i n i n t rn a t i onal affa irs, rigin s of the E nl ig l te nm e n t . (2)

342

THE FRENCH REVOLUTION

Stru c t u re of society, ori gins and ou rse o f the Revo l u­ t i u n , a n d i t s i m p a c t o n Fra nc a n d ' u ro p e . (2)

54

THE AMERICAN C T V l l W A R

n ana lysis of t h e ce n t ra l dramil ot" U . s . hi tory a nd t h e pro t o u nd impc ct o n 2 0 t h ce n t u ry Americ a n soda l, pol i t i cal, a n d econom ic cond i l i ns. (4)

356

AM ERICAN D IPLOMATIC mSTORY

The practic fu n c t i o n , a n d s t ru c t u re of A merican for­ eign policy w i t h pa rti lI lar e m p h a s i s on t h e tw n he t h ,

ce n tury. (4)

399 I NTERNSHIP

A res 'arch a nd wri t i ng project i n con nec t i o n w i t h a s t u dent's a p p roved otf-cil m pus work or trc vel act iv­ i t y . P ri mary g al is to ga i n hi tori al pers p e c t i ve n uch act[, ity, or a dimension of i t . P re re q u iSi te: sopho­ more s!il nd i ng p l u s one cours i n hjst ory, and conse n t [ lh e ep, rt m 11.1. (1 -6)

4

1

WORKSHOPS inl fi el d s for varying periods of

Work hops in spe tim . ( 1 -4)

45 1 AM ERICA N LEGA L HI STORY Dimen i n s of A merican law as it relates h istorical periods. (4)

76

Fro n tier and regi o n a l p e rspec tives. I n te rp retative, il­ l u s trative h i story, and opportunities for off-ca mpus resea rc h . (4)

471 HISTORY OF AMERICAN THOUGHT A N D CULTURE

Dime nsions h i story . (4)

of

A merican

social

and

i n te l lectual

492

IN DEPEND ENT STUDY

494

SEMINAR: AMERICAN HISTORY

495

SEMINAR: EUROPEAN HiSTORY

501

WORKSHOPS

( 1 -4)

A su rvey o f t h e major a s pec ts of La t i n A merica n h i L o ry from co lonial t m od l'rn L i m e s . S p a n i s h a n d Por­ t u guese i n s ti tu t ions , i n ter- A m rica n rela t i o n s , a n d cas·· , t u d ie:, of Me ' ico, Arge n tina, Braz i l , a nd Cuba .

34 1

460 WEST A N D NORTHWEST The A merican West in the 1 9 t h and 20 t h ce n t u ries.

HISTORY

to cha nging

( 4)

(4) 496 S EMINAR: HISTORY AND HISTORIANS (4) G ra d uate workshops i n special fiel d s periods of t i m e . (1-4)

for vary i ng

502 SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY A I1 analysis o f social e x p l a n a t i o n a n d t h e social scien­ tI!!C fra m e o f reference. (4)

505

SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS

Basic re search conce p t s a p p lied to labora tory, fi eld, a n d biblio gra p h i c s t u d ies. Topics i nclude fo r m u la t i ng research questions, research deSi g ns, da ta-ga t h e r i n g t c h n iques, a nalysiS of data a nd th eo ry construc t i o n . E m p h a s i s on u n d e rs t a n d i ng a n d ('va l ua t i ng rather than co n d uc t i n g research . (4)

59 1 D I RECTED STUDY ( 1 -4) 595

GRADUATE READINGS

I n dcpende n t s t u d y c a rd req u i re d .

597, 598

(1-4)

599 (4)

(4)

RESE ARCH PROJ ECT

THESIS

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 312

Th e American Dream

314 Five Novelists and the 20th Century European Crisis

316 Christianity in the Pacific Northwest: A Heritage Discovered

3 17 Pearl of the Orient Seas: The Philippine U. S. Connection


DIVISION OF

H

The Divi sion of Humanities, composed of the Depa rtments of English , Mod rn and Classical L nguages, Philosophy, and Rehgion, offers a wide range of courses, both traditional and in novative. Members of the divi ion are committed to excel lent classroom ins truction a nd to the research and service which support and dra w on that instructio n . As preparation for tra ditional majors, as a course to the professions, and as a means to fi nding and fulfilling the excellence in oneself, the humani ties are as much the heart of a liberal education as they have ever been. Complementing this training i n the la nguage, literature, thought, and belief o f the past i s a n increasingly visible involvement o f the division with placing its students i n internships and rela ted work experiences such a s t h English Department's Publishing Careers Progra m . As one member of the divi ion has written, the humanitie "call us to become fully human and to act h umanely, compassionately, crea tively in a n ever-cha nging society . "

anities FACULTY D . M . Martin, Divisional Chair; faculty members of the Departments of English, Modern and Classical Languages, Philosophy, and Religion.

As a division w i t h i n the College of Arts and Sciences, the Division of Humanities offers pro g ra m s in each constituent department leading t o the B . A . degree. Course offerings and degree re q uiremcnLďż˝ are listed under: ENGLISH M O D E R N A N D CLASSICAL LANGU AGES PHILOSOPHY RELIGION


Integrated Studies rogram The Tntegrated Studies Program (Core II) is de igned as a n alterna tive mode of sa tisfying core curriculum requirements. Consisting of a constclla � i n of interdisciplinary cou rses, the program explores a ce n tral theme The Dynam ics of Change from a variety of academic pe rspective s . The program stresses critical thinking and writing. And it ncoLlragcs the growth of camaraderie as students progress toge ther through its sequences. -

-

A brochure i s ava i labl or

from the Admissions Office

the program coordinator in the Provost's Office.

FACULTY Sele ted from Anthropology, Art, Biology, Chemistry, Communication Arts, Economics, Engl ish, History, Mathematics, Modern and Classi cal Languages, Philosophy, Physics, Political Scie nce, Psychology, Religion, and Sociology. ISP Committee: Benton, Chair; Giddings, Huber, McGinnis, N ord q uist, Oberholtzer, Rasmussen. ISP Coordinator: Carr.

REQUIRE MENTS 1. SEQU I:: E I : THE I D E A OF PROGRESS Nurm a l l y takcn in the fre s h m a n Yl'a r .

(2 cuur�es, 1 1 1 - 1 1 2)

2. TWO O F T H R E E 200-LEV EL S E Q U F. . ES (2 c o u r s ' S cum, 4 total) SEQUENCE II: (2 courses i n the 220' 5) : 22 1 : The Developing I n d iv i d u a l (Full '8 1 ) 222: The Bu rden of 1 I u m a n Respo n � ibility ( Sp ring '82) 223: The Emergence of Mind and Morality (Fall '82) 224: The [lrain, Consciousness, and Transcendence (Spring '83) OR SEQ U E N C E I I I : (2 courses i n the 230's) 231 : Symbol, La ngua ge, and M y t h (Fa l l ' 8 1 & S p ri n g '83) 232: Model a n d Meta p ho r (Sprin g '82) 233: I maging Sel f a n d World (Fa ll '82) OR SEQUE. CE IV: (2 course� i n the 240's) 24 1 : Thrust for Technological Growth (FilII ' 8 1 ) 242: Li mits t o Tech nologic,, 1 .rowth (Spring '82) 243: The Experience of War (Fall '82) 244: Pro 'pects for War and Peace (Spring '83) 3. C NCLU D I N G S E M I N A R (1 course): 3 5 1 Taken , fter o r a l. ong w i t h t h e ii nnl 2()O-level course. TOTA L: SE E COU RSES (28 hours)


POUCIES A N D GUIDELINES FOR CORE II

l . St u d e n ts rnav begin in any sequc nc ' , a lthuugh Scqul'nce I ( t h e r" q u i rec1 s e q u e nce) i-; u s u a l l y t<lken first. 2 . Ikca usc t h e Sl'q u l' n u,'s a n ' des i gned as consccu t i ve, tW{)­

3. 4.

5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. 1 1.

cour,e bcril'S, s t u d e n ts s h o u l d b eg i n i n the f i r s t cDurse ( fa l l), it po,sible. Howe ver, t h e "econd CClU rs!' mil y bc take n before t h ' first w i t h till' consent of t l " , instructors . 5 quencl's m<1y b e taken concu rrc n t l y a n d i n d n y order. As thc progra m l' v o l ves, a l tc r n a t i v s a rc bein g added u n d � r each sequcnce ( 1 1 :220s, 1 1 1 :2305, I V : 240s). St u dl' n ts s h o u l d c o m p lete t w o courses t h a t h " v e becn desig'ned togethcr (for l:xam pie, 24 1 -24 2 on "Tec h n o l o g ic,,1 Sucicty" or 243-244 o n "W.:lr ilnd Pe.:lce" ). I f n c cessarv, howev er, 1l1I11 hvo cou rses from the Sil m c . cqucnce series 11/(/11 be used . 'For exa mple 242 a n d 243, t h o ugh not d e igned together, m a y bL' tilk"n to fu l fi l l S c q u e nce I V . N u m l l rc than t w o (ou rsC'. from a n y o l1e scquencc ( 1 1 :220s, I 1 1 :230s, IV,24()s) may be c o u n ted toward the seven-course Core II re q u i r e me n t .' A d d itional Lou rs·'s from il �equcnce md)' be tak",n a� el('clives. The senl i n a r (35 1 ) i s tak n J� the co n c l u d i n g (() ur�e in lhe prl)gri1l11, e i t h e r ft r o r oncLllTc n t l y with the last cours..: of the s t u d e n t ' s t h ird seg11cnc , Students en tering Core II wi t h il p p m p r i a tl' pr v io u s wLlrscwork � t till' collegc I<1vel m;,y h a ve certa i n re q u i rl'll1cnts w a i v c d . S t u lil' n ts w i t h certa i n co m b i n a t i o ll s of ore I cour, ' S , for exa m ple, m'l)' 11avc 1 1 1 o r 1 1 2 w a ived. See t h ' p rogram coord i n a tur for det,l i l s , A l l Core I I courses (ex p t the sc m i n i H) may be taken a s Iectives b v imv s t u d c n t . 'l ost �ore� I I c(l LI r,e, mav bc t " ken to fu l fi l l certain ore I req uircI11<!. n t b , <J i n dica ted in tl1L' coursc descri p h o m ; , subject to the ilpproval of the (,,(ti l t y . SI1IL'k n t� tTil n s fcrring from Core Il to ore I may usc t h e i r o r e 1 1 cou . , . to ll1ed c ' rtai l1 Core I requ iremen t s 'l fter c o nsu l t i n g w i th t h e pTOgrdm coord i n a lo r . Ile I n tegril tl'd S t u d ie s Program is d i rected b ' a s ven-p 'rson co m m it tee of fil c u l ty fl.'lx(" sen ting the aca d e m i c iHeas p�l r ticipaling- in the p rogra m . The com m i t tee el ects a c h a i r a n d i :s s u pp orted by the program coord i nator in t h e Provost's Office . .

SEQUENCE I: THE IDEA OF PROGRESS ( 1 1 1 -1 1 2)

s u rvey of Western c u l t u re from the Renai ssa nce through the 19th cen t u ry , e m p h a s izing the i n teraction of re ligious, p h i losop h ical, a nd p o l i ti cal beliefs with the emergence o f n e w arts a n d science , .

111 N ATURE A N D SUPE RNATURE A study of the emergence o f modern science , the de­ velopment of de mocra tic pol itical i deas, the renewal of the a rts, a n d t h e refo r m u la tions o f religious belief i n the Renaissa nce, Reform a ti o n , a n d E n l ighte n m e n t . T h e i d e a s a nd acco m p l is h m e n ts of Lu ther, G a l i leo, Newton, Locke, a n d 1 iume are given spe cial em­ p h a s i s , toge t h e r w i t h developments in l i teratu re, the i s u a l arts, a nd p o l i tics . Meets Core I req u i re m e n t s in p h i Joso phy or in religious s t u d ies (lines 2 or 3). 1 (4)

112

FROM FI NITE TO INFINITE

Develo p m e n ts in l i te ra tu re and science, poli tics a nd in u s tria l ization in the 1 8 t h a n d 1 9 th ce n t u ries. Em­ phasis i s given to the i n fl uence of the E n l ightenment, the A merican and French revol u t ions, the Ro m a n ti c movem e n t, the i m pact o f D a r w i n i s m a n d M a rxi sm . P re requiSite: I I I or permissi o n . Meets Core 1 requ i re­ ments in l i terat u re or i n social sciences ( l i n e 1 ) . Ll (4)

SEQUENCE II (Courses numb ered in the 2205) HUMAN RESPONSIBILITY (221 -222)

A study of t h e va r i o u s factors - bio logica l , psychologi­ cal, socia l , h istorica l - that i n O u nee the developme n t of in div id u al a n d crea te the n� d f r res p o n s ible h u man a t titude and acti o n s .

221

THE DEVELOPING INDIVIDUAL

222

THE B U RDEN OF HUMAN RE SPONS I B I L ITY: 20TH CENTURY EUROPE

T h e g r o w t h o f iden t i ty a n d conscie nce are s t u d i e d from biological, p h i J os op hica l , a n d sociological poi n ts of view, w i t h e m p h a s i s on stages of d e velo pment from dogma tism to responsibl choice . Pa rtic u l a r a t­ te ntion is given to con tem porary moral issues s u c h as abortion, sex roles, and criminal behavior, and to the e th ical a nd social q ue s tions they raise. M c e �s Core 1 re­ . qlll r ements In p h i f o s ophy o r 1.11 the SOCIal SCiences ( l i n e 2). I (4) (Fall '81 )

A study of E ur o p e a n c u l tu re from the ra pid i n d us­ tri a l ization of the 1 8 80s to the dilemmas pre s e nt d by N a tional So i a l i s m a n d Wo rld War 1 1 . The cou r e i n ­ c l u d e s s tudy of politica l ideas from t h e revo l u tionary Marxism of Lenin a n d S ta l i n to the fa scism of H i tler, a s w e l l as a n expl oration of t h e iconoc lastic a r t and l i tera­ ture of the p e riod . Moral issues of the two wars a rc em p h a size d, i n c l u d i ng patriotism, coll abora tion a n d reSis tance, di cta tors h i p a nd burea u c ra tic respons ibi li­ ty . Meets Core I req u i re m e n ts i n l i te ra t u re or i n social sciences ( l i ne J ) . Pre requ isite: 221 o r p<amis s i o n . (4) ( S p r i ng '82)

MIND AND BRAIN (223-224)

his seque11ce expl re how specifica l l y h u ma n qual­ ities - i n c l u d i n g m ral i ty , a sense of self, a nd the ca­ pacity for religious experience and be lief - a re rooted in o ur bi l ogy a n d to w h a t " x tl;: n t we ca n transcend t h a t p h y s ica l he ri tage .

223

THE EMERGENCE OF MIND AND MORALITY

A s urvey of gene tics a nd evolu tion, .v i t h emphasis on the bra i n a n d the e mergence of social behavior in a ni­ mals, prepares for a crit ical s t u d y of the cl aims of sociobiology that h u man c u l ture and mora l i ty can be explained i n terms of our biologica l origi n s . Meets Core I re q u i re ments in n a t u r a l sciences ( l i ne 2) or phi­ losop h y . (4) (Fa l l '82)

224

THE BRAIN, CONSCIOUSNESS, A N D TRANSCENDENCE

A stu dy o f th bra i n a s the center o f percep tion, emo­ tion, consciousness, and knowledge . Includes a study of the bra i n ' s fun tions, an i n vestiga tion o f s pi ritual, mystical, and o t he r sel f- t ra n s c e n d i n g experi e nces, and a n e x p l oration o f t h e re l a t i o n hip between m i n d and bra i n , m a te ri a l i s ti c a n d non-materialis tic explana­ tions, a n d t h e n a t u re of p rson com mi tm e n t . Pre­ req u i S i t e : 223 o r permission . Meets Core I require­ ments i n social sciences ( l i n e 2) o r p h i losop h\'. (4) (Spri ng '83) �

INTEGRATED STUDIES

79


SEQUENCE ill (Courses numbered i n the 230s) WORD AND WORLD (23 1 -232) An e , pi ra tion of h u m " n - re t i vi ty a n d o f hovv \vords and other s mbols are used t o c re a t e and mi1 inta i n var­ iOll i m a g i rla tiv 'vvorlds i n rdigi 1 l1, li tera t u rti, science, mathema tics, and th ' art "

SEQUENCE I V (Courses numbered in the 240s) TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY (241 -242) A s t u d y of the o r i gi n s a n d probable c o n se q ue nces of

23 1

24 1

SYM BOL, LANGUAGE, AND M YTH

/- study of h u ma n be ings a . symbol-me k >rs who give c h e rence , n d me a n i n g to t h ci T w o r l d th rough i m a gi­ n ti e ' y s tem s o f art a n d scien e . S p e c i a l ( ttenhon is given to the basic m y t h s of the West and the ast, a n d t o t h e n a t u re of "Ia nguag " a s t h e s v m bol s 'stem that

evokes n d l i m i t s u ndersta nding. \fcl r i u lTla t h e m ati al systems, from Eu l i d to o n te m porary statis tics, a re -t u d ied t o , ee h o w they sha p ollr sens l f the c on cretc world and e nabl li S to deal \,vi t h i t i n sc i e n c e n d lcci11l logy . I n co m b i n , b o n w i t h 232, me e t s Core I re­ q u i re mc n ts in Ii t e ra l u re a n d na t u ra l sci nces ( l i nes 1 or ­

<

3), (4 ( F a l l ' 8 1 , S pri ll g ' IB ) 232

MODEL AND METAPHOR of t h i n k i n g merg as o n e p a ra d igm or m odel rep la ces , III th r i n sci en (' l i te ra t u re , a rt, a n d oth r a rCe s o f h u me n conc rn, T h e n LL> m p o ra ry sci e n c e a re co n t ras t e d worl d -views of A considera t i o n o f h o w new ways

,

w i t h til III cha n ical m odel of o l d C(.Hll m O n sense, w i t h cm p h a is o n indct l' rn, inacy a nd probability . A u­ tob iog r a p h ie s re rea d a n d w ri t t - n t o se h o w words hel p s h a pe our SI:I1S of i n d i v i d u a l ity , I n c o m bi n a t i o n w i th 23 1 , ml:: t Cor r requ i rements in l i tera t u re a n d n a t ura l -d 'llC s ( l i n e s -I. or 3) . Prere q uisile; 23 ] .. per­ mi::lsion . (4) ( pri n g 82) '

IMAGING SELF A N D WORLD (233, 231 ) I i s3quence explor s ho w e com t k n o w a nd pa rtiallv c reate valious k i n d s of s 'lf a nd world lhro u g (, the i m a ges o f ord i n a ry l i fe a nd t h r oug h their elabora t i o n in the sy m bol )f the arts and sci nc " . 233

r MAGING THE SELF

A s ric ' of , e rci in the v i s u a l and l i terary arts that re ea l ho the se l f is discovered and c o n st r u ct d i n o u r d a i l y world t !1 fough many k i n s of i m a yes, i n­ dreams, C stu ml's, song , chi d hood cl u d i n g m mo � i c s , u s s, services, d a nces, te l evi ­ si 11, po > t ry , ske tc hi n g, a n d c o n s tructing m odels . The emphasis i s on d o i n g or m a k i ng, fol l o wed by reflective a n al ys i s . Me ' l ' C o re I re q u i rem nts in a rt I i tt.: ra­ ture. (4) (Fall '82)

h

d, urch

or

23 1 S ed

80

SYMBOL, LANGUAGE, AND MYTH cri p ti o n abo

INTEG RATED STUDIES

t h e d r i v(> fo r mode rn ization based o n tech nological and eco n o m i c grow t h , i nc l u d i ng it s thica l ; a e st h e ti c and religiolls i m plica tions. ,

THE TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY: THRUST FOR GROWTH A n a n a lysis of the i m p a c t of technOlogy on modern society and of the emergent concept ot se cu lar i s m is d Ec v e lo p e d i n a n e ffor t to u nders tand con temporary cul ture . Pro bl e ms of the i n terface of tech nol ogy with c u l ture a re exa m i ned from p h i losophica l , re l i g io u s biologica l, a n d economic pOints of v i e w . Meets Core I r q u i re m e n t s in re I i� o u s s t u d ies ( l i nes 2 or 3) or social sciences (lin 2), (4) (FaII ' 8 1 ) '

,

242

THE TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY: LIMITS TO GROWTH A n exploration of creative fu tu res be yo n d a technolog­ i al society , E m p hasis is g i v e n to a s tu d y of the l i m i ts to g ro w th i n con nection w i t h pop u l a tion, food p ro­ d uc ti o n , energy, pol l u tion, and material resou rces. TIle moral choices involved in a l te r native fu t u re s a re e x a m i ned together w i t h aesthe tic v a l ues a n d their im­ p lic a ti o ns fOf fu ture sod I order. Mee ts Co re I requ i re ­ ments i n na tural sciences ( l i ne s 1 , 2, or 3) if t a ke n i n com bina tion w i t h "[ U -1 "1 2 a n d 2 2 1 . Prereq u i Si te: 241 o r pe rm i s s i o n (4) (Spring '82) ,


(243-244) This sequcncc explores the com p le xi ty of � a r a n d the difficulties o f achieving a nd ma m la l llll1 g a J ust p eace. I t onsider th > facts of some i m p o rt a n t wa r I l1 om ce nt u ry , i nvestigates th deeper ca u se (: f \ a r, a n d rais s the issues of person a l a n d so la l ethiCS dUri. ng a war a n d i n a society that p repares for w a r In time of peace. Wh ' n ta ken as a w � ol , thi � two � ourse se­ q ue nce meets the Cor . I reqUIrement Ill . 00211 soe n �e s (lin 1 ) and either p htlosophy or re l igiOUS s t u d l S W A R A N D PEACE

<

( l i nes 2 0 r 3 ) .

CONCLUDING S E M l N A R

351 INTEGRATED STU D I E S S E M I N A R A re ca p i tu l a t i o n and 0 tegra tion of the n:es from the previous sequences, I l h a d d l tlOn a l r ad mgs a n d d i s­ . . tOpIC fr om cussi on. Stu dents i n v�stl gate a n l l1dlvtdual . an interdiscipli nary perspective, make , formal oral presen ta tion, and complet a ? u bsta n tl. a l p a per. Pre­ re q ui s i te : 1 1 1 -1 1 2 a n d two a d d i t IO n a l sequences . t:1 a y be taken concurre n llv vV l t h the lasl cou rSt' of the fmal st'quence. T T l (4) �

243 T H E EXPE RIEN E O F W A R Essential background is esta blis hed by s t udyi n g the com plex h i s to ry of several major wars of our tm: e ( e . g . , World War I I , the Vietnam War, th" confli c t In the Middl �st). EmphaSIS IS pla � ed on th per� � nal experience ot w r , b o t h as soldier a nd as Clvtll � n, through i n tervievvs, fi l m s, and h te ra t u re . The e thICal . decisions i n d ivid uals m u s t make I II war-time a re con­ sidered as well as the pressures of o u r biologi c a l heri­ tage a n d our ideal istic ca uses. (4) ( F a l l '82) 244 PROSPECTS FOR W A R A N D PEACE A studv o f the i n s t i t u t ions and situations ( p o l i t ica l , eco no � ic, reLigiolls, p, ychologi a L h i s t o ric a l ) t h a t keep the modem world o n t h e brink o f war a l� d n:a ke a table, j ust peace so elUSive. ConsIdera tion IS rO"lvcn to pacificism a nd th � " j u s t war" tra di ti o n , as w �l as to the tech nology and politiCS of n u clea r war and I t s bal­ a n ce of terror. Students com plete a n indep(->ndent project n topics s u ch as the drafl, the ec�) � omics of a m ilitary s tate, a rms con trol, t h e competitIO n s for re­ sources, a n ti-co l o n ial is m a n d Marxis m . PrereqUl Ite: 243 or permission. (4) (Spri n g '83)

INTEGRATED STUDIES

81


Legal Studies Program Legal Stu dies i s a n i n terd isci p l i nary d egree progra m fo u s i n g on t h e na t u r e of la w a n d j u d i ci a l process 's . Cons i s t e n t with t h e p u r poses o f the m e rj ca n Le g a l S t u d ies Associa t i o n , the L eg a l Sl u d ies Progr<lm <I I PLU p ro v i d es a l te rn a tive appro. chcs t o the s t u d y o f law from the academic fra m ' Jrk o f the socia l sci ' n ces, t h e h u m a n i ties , b u s i n e s s , a n d e d ucati o n . Th e p rogra m e m p h a s izes the devdopme n t of a c r'i tical u n dersta n d i n g o f the fu n c t i o n s u f lilIN, the m u t u a l i m p a c t o f law a n d llci 'Iy, a n d the s o u rc e s o f la v" . Students in Legill Studies p u rsue t hese goa ls t h rough c o u rs es , d i rected resea rch , and i n t e rn s h i p s in offices a n d a ge ncies i n vo l ved i n l i t igati o n a n d legal p rocesses. FACULTY Atki nson, Director; Brue, DeB ower, Farmer, Harris, La uer, Marsh, P. Menzel, Randall, and Ulbricht.

BAG-IElOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 �eme�ter hou rs. I . Reqllired cou rSeS ( 1 2 h u u rs):

I n t wd u ction to Legal S tud ies (POLS 2( 1 ) Judicial Process ( POLS 371 ) L 'gal S t udies ReseiJrch (POLS 374) 2. emeral clccl fr,cs (8 h o u rs): Two cou rses from the fo l lowing: Am erican Legal l ! istory ( H IST 4 I ) 'o m para tiv e Legal Systems (POLS 381 ) Philosophy 0 Law (('I ilL 328) Sociology o f Law (SOC 456) 3. Spccial cia/we, ( 1 2 hours): Three courses from the fo l l owing (abo, courses i n gro u p 2 n o t ta lcn to fulfill geJ1eral clective rcqui reme nt · ma y be used to fu lfi l l speciJI elective rcquircment5 in q rou p 3): Busin " s Law (BA 435) 'vil Liberties (POLS 373) Cl)n stitu tillnal Law (POLS 372) ourt A d m inistration (PO L S 571 ) Ind ustr ial Organ ization and Public Policy (ECON 371) In terna tional Orga niLat-ion and Law (POLS (336) I n lt' ( t1ship in Legal Stud ies ( POLS 471 ) Law and Education (EDU SOl ) La\-" illld Society ( B A 230) Lm and t h L' H u m a n Services (S CW 458) cmest r hou rs, lIlc I u d l l1g 1'0htiLdi SCIence 201 and four additional cou rses sl'lectcd In co nsulta tIon With the program director. Mil OR: 2

r--./

.. t,'

tf'

'1 .1

. "

I ,I


Mat ematics and Computer Science C o m p u te r

The De partme n t of M a thematics a n Science o ffe r s major

corn p u te r sci e n c e a s

.

in both m a th e m a tics a n d \

ell

as

m i nors i n m a th m a t ics,

com p u ter scie nce, and s t a t i s tics .

a ny o f the

FACULTY N . C . Meyer, Chair; Alvin, E. Anderson, Batker, Brink, Dol linger, Dorner, Edison, J. Herzog, M . Herzog, Liebelt, G. Peterson, Spillman, Y i u .

fac u l t y t e a c h b o th m a t h ma t i c.o:; a n d com p u ter

scie nce

B E G l N N I N G CLASSES

M�jurs

The nc d for persons w i th q u o n ti t a t ive s k i l l s i s d ra m a ti c

the

as

w o rl d

Mathem aticia ns and

grows more

com p lex.

o rn pu ler scie n t is L have

e m plo� m e n t o pp o r t u n i ties i n b u s i nes , i n d u s try, govern men t, a n d teach i n . Pe rsons p l a n n i n g ca reer i n a l m o s t a ny field w i l l fi n d t h e i r o pport u n it ies for i n l resling and .cha l l e n g i n g Cilreer is

s tu d y

e n h a n ced by

It­ g ' nera l l y true lh a t tho. wh o d e vel p their q u a n ti tat ive skill i n crease their c b i l i ty to a t tack t h e more c o m p l e x p roblems o f socie ty. Ad v a n ce s i n the

f m a t h m a ti ' s a n d co m p u te r scienc.e .

science, techno logy, t h e soc.ial sciences, b u s i n ss, i nd u st ry a n d ,

go ernme n t become more a n d more

depend nt u po n p recise a na lysiS a n d the c ' trac tion of i n formation from l rg prob lem s req u i re carduJ

quantitiv a n a ly s i s

or tea m ' of people - w i th ski l l

statistic , and c om p u te r

chemistr

,

s

i n m a t h e m a t ics, co m p u l e r science, a n d other sciences u s u a l l y lake Malh 1 5 1 ;: lIl d 1 52 (c<l l cu l u s) iJ n d Comp u ler Science 1 44 ( p rog ram m i n g in PASCA I . ) . Those who have had calcu l u ,; in h ig h school m,l Y oill i t M a t h 151 J n d e n ro l l in 1 52 a fter consu l t a t i o n with a m e mbe r of the dcp,Htmental fa c u l t y . Those who h a ve a weak ma themalics background may e n rol l in Math 133 (a lgebril /trigonoilletry) or M a L ll 1 1 2 before t " k i n g 1 5 1 . A p l ac e men t test is given lbe fi rst day uf M a th 1 5 1 to Jeterm i n e readiness for ca l c u l u s. B u s i n es s major s lI S11" l l y l-,l kc 1vla t h 1 2H u n d Com p uter Science Th o se w i s h i n g ,] s t ro n ge. r m a t hema tics backgro u n d s h o u l d take M � t h 1 5 1 a n d Math 2 2 7 i n p l a ce of M a t h 1 28 .

220.

t h e rs chuose frolll i\tL l t h 1 28 , 1 3 3 , o r 1 5 1 o r Comp u te r Scien ce de p e n d i n g on t h e ir interests

.

1 j()-2'l O or 144 or an i n terim c l ass a n d Icv�'b o f prepara t iu n .

Remed i a l : M a t h 1 111 ( I n termediate A l gebra) who Me not rea d ,v for other classes.

is

avai lable for those

\

o f data. M a ny

,

by i n d i v i d u a ls --

i n ma th e m a tics,

ience as well a s b u s i n

�SS,

e n gi n �ering, p h y si cs econom ics , a n d

m a n y other

,

fields.

-

.

'

.J

'

At/

'

\ ,

,-

:

,


MATHEMATICS

Mathemat ics is a ma ny-faceted s u bject t ha t i s e xt re m e l y useful i n its ap l ica tion, b u t at the s a m e time i s fas ci n a t i n g a n d be a u t ifu in the abstract. [t is a n ind ispensable tool tor i n d u s t ry , sc i e n ce , g ov e r nm e n t, a n d the b u s i ne s s world, while the ele ga nc e of its l ogIC and beauty o f torm h ave i ntri g u e d scholars, p h i l osophers, and a rtists since ea rlie s t t i m e s . The mat hema tics program at Pacific Luthera n U n i ve rsi t y is de si g ne d to se rv e five m a i n o b j ectives: ( 1 ) To p rovide ba ck gro u n d s for other disciplines, (2) to pro vide a comprehensive pre- p rofessi o nal program for those d i rectl y ent eri ng the fields of te ac h i n g and a p p l ied milthemiltics, (3) to prov id e a nu c l eu s o f essential courses which will develo p the breadth and ma t urit y o f mathematical t ho u g ht to r co n t i nu e a s t u d y of ma t h e m a ti cs at the g rad u a te level, (4) t o develop the mental skil.ls nec ssary for the cre at io n , analysis, and c r i ti q u e of mil t h e mil t i ca l logic w i t h i n the con text of mathema tical topics, and (5) to provide a view o f ma t he m a tics a s a part of h u m a n is ti c be ha v i or.

F

MATH E M ATICS M AJOR rhe fou n d a tion of the mathematics program for majors is t h e four semester calcu l u s and l i n e a r a l ge b ra sequence, Math lSI, 1 52 , 253, and 331 . These courses a r c u s u a l l y taken in sequence the first fo u r se me s te rs . S t u d e n ts w i th a ca l c u l u s background in h igh s chool m a y rece ive a dv ance d p la ce me n t i n to f h e a pp ro p ri a t e course in the sequence. U p p e r division work i ncludes courses i n modern a l geb ra , a na l y s i s , s t a t istics , a p p l ie d mathematics, a n d top o l og y . Some kn o w l e dge of p g ra mm i n g (such as that ga i n ed i n Com puter Sc i e nce 1 10 or C u m p u te r Science 1 44) is assu med in a l l mathema tics co u rse s numbered 152 and above w i th the e x ce p t ion of Math 323 and 324. S tu d e n ts p l a n n i n g to take Math 1 52 should take Com p u ter Science 1 1 0 or 144 beiore o r d uring the semester o f en rol l m en t i n M a t h 1 52.

ro

BACHELOR OF A RTS M AJOR: M ini m u m of 28 semester hour s in mathematics co u rse s num bered a b o v e 1 50, i n cl u din g 33 1 , 43 1 , 432, 455, 486, and either 434 or 456. The choice be t w ec n 434 o r 456 may be 'rep laced by ta k i n g 8 s e m e ster h o u rs from 32 1 , 34 1 , 345-346, 35 1 , a o d 460. Re q u i re d suppo r t i n g: Computer Sc ie nc e 1 44, which s h o u ld be ta k e n in the fre sh ma n year. 8 se me s t er hours in p hys i c s are strongly reco mmended. Students plannin g to do gr ad uil te work in mathematics should complete both 434 a n d 456. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 40 se mes te r hours, i o c lu d i n g 331 and 4H6 and at le a s t 20 s e m e s te r hours of upper division mathema tics c o urs e s . 12 h o u rs of the upper division require m e n t s must come from 431 , 432, 434, 455, and 456. Requ i red su pporting: C o m p u ter Science 144, which should b , taken i n t h e f reshman y ea r; 8 semester hours in p h ys i cs . P hysics 356 or Co m pu te r Science 348 may be substituted for o n e course of u p p er diviMion mathematics . BACHElOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of

Education.

MINOR IN MATHEMATICS: 20 sem e s te r hours of i nc l u d i n g 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 253, and two u pp e r division courses. Strongly recommended: C om pu ter Science 1 44 or 1 1 0 . I n t er i m courses a n d 323, 324, and 446 may not be counted toward the mathematics mi no r . ma th em a t i cs cou r se s,

MINOR IN STATISTICS: See Stati5tics sect i o n of this catalog. Students majoring i n mathematics a r e encouraged to complete work in computer science. Since many careers involve a pp l ying mathema tics to other areas, it is a g ood idea to pick one or more sub j ects outside mathematics for aaditional s t u d y ( per hap . s le ading to a m i n or ) . While milny s u bje c ts are appropriate, some of the more common ones are economics, business, p hysic s , engineeri ng, chemistry, a n d b io lo gy .

A ty pic a l major program in m<l thema ti.cs is as follows: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 Freshman year: Com pu ter Sc i e n ce 144 S op h o m ore year: Math 253, 331 Physics 153, 1 54

Junior & Senior yea r s :

84

( i f not taken earlier) Math 433, 434, 455, 456, 486 a n d other electives from mathematics a n d c o m p u ter science.

COURSE OFFERI N G S ­ Mathematics 101

INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

1 12

PLANE TRIGONOMETRY

A thorough review o f first year h igh school algebra and ma terial beyond q u a d ra tics. Does n o t co u n t to­ ward un iverS i ty core requi rements . I I I (2) Radia n measure, trigonome tric and inverse trigono­ metric fu nctions, i d e n tities, graphi ng, solution of triangles, and com lex numbers. Prerequisite: two years of high schoo a l g ebra . Students with only one yea r of high school algeora should take 1 33. 1 I I (2)

r

128

MATHEMATICS FOR BUSINESS AND THE BEHA VIORAL SCIENCES

Review of al gebra , matrix theory a n d linear progra m­ ming, probability theorv, i n troduction to di ffere n t i a l a n d in tegral calcu l u s . Concepts a re developed i n tui­ tively with a p plica tions. The use of ma thematical tools is s t ress -'d t h roughout the course . Prerequisite: h igh school a lgebra or 1 0 1 . I II (4)

1 33

COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY

Solving equations, functions, exponentials, loga­ rithms, radian measure, tri g onometric identi ti e s , grap h ing, and o t h e r topics such as complex nu mbe r s . Prereq uisite: two yea rs of h i g h school a l gebra or 101 or conse n t . rn (4)

151

ANALYTIC GEOMETRY AND CALCULUS

1 52

ANALYTIC GEOMETRY AND CALCULUS

1 99

D IRECTED READING

227

FINITE M ATHEMATICS

253

M U LTIV ARIABLE CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Analytic geometry, functions, l i mits, derivatives and integrals with a pplications. Prerequisite: two years of high school algebra a n d trigonometry (or concurrent registra tion i n 1 12) or 1 33 o r equivalent. I II (4) I n tegrations, a p plica tions, and techniques of integra­ tion, tra nscendental fu nctions, polar coordina tes, im­ proper i n tegrals, L'Hospital's Rule, i n fi nite series, matrices, a p p l ication of com puter to these and related to pics. Prerequisite: 1 5 1 . 1 1 1 (4) Su p ervised study of topics selected to meet the indi­ vidual' s needs or in terests; p rima ri ly for students awarded a d v a nced p laceme n t . Admission only by de­ partmental i n v i ta t io n . ( 1 -2) Tru th tables, sets, elementa ry probabil i ty, matrices, linear programm ing, Ma rkov chains . Prerequ isite: 1 5 1 or consent o f i ns t ructor. I I I (4)

An introduction to vectors, m u ltidimensional cal­ cuius, and d i ffere n ti a l equatio n s . Emphasis on using these topics as tools for solving physical problems. Prerequisite: 152 . I I I (4)

321

GEOMETRY

Foundations o f geometry and basic theory in E uclid­ ean, projective, a n d non-Euclidean geometry. Pre­ requisite: 1 52 or consen t of instructor. a/y 1 982-83 (4)

MATHEMATICS & COMPUTE R SCIENCE


323

MODERN ELE MENTARY MATHE MATICS

324

ALGEBRA AND GEOM ETRY FOR THE ELEM ENTARY SCHOOL TE ACHER

COIll:epts underl y i n g tradi t i o n a l comp uta t ional tech­ n iq u e ' ; a s ys t e ma t i c a n a lysis of arithme tic; an i n t u i tive a ppr a c h to a l g ebra a n d geometry. I n t nded for ele men t a ry teac h i ng majors. Prcreq u i sit' to EDUC 326. P re r eq u i s i te : conse n t of i ns t r uc t r . I II (4)

Properties of real n u mbers, l i n e a r a n d q u a d ra tic equa­

tions and i n equali ties, complex n u m be rs, polyno­ m i a l s, a l ge braic structures, f u nc tions; a study of i n for­ m, I geometry from a ma t u re viewpoi n t using modern \I cabulary and notatio n . eometry to p i c s i ncl u d e ongrucn cE', s imi l ari ty, symmetry, p ro pe r t i e s of geort1 ' t ry figures such as q u a d rila t e ra l s a n d circles, and relation sh i p s a m ong geo metrical fi g u r e s . Pre­ req u IsIte: 323 or by placemen t exam . II (4)

331

LINEAR ALGEBRA

Vectors and vector spaces, m a t rices, qua d ra tic forms, l i n e a r t ra n sfonna tions. Prereq u i s i t e : 1 2. If (4) ....

334

A NA LYSIS OF VARIANCE A N D EXPER IM ENT A L DESIGN

Ra ndom sa mpling, fa ctors which d('stroy ex p e ri me n ­ c n e \� a y a nalysis of vari a n cp, two-way a n alY ' i of varian e, fa ct o red desig n , block a n d l a t i n quare d sign . tudents will also critique p u b l i shed experi m e n ts a nd perform a n experimental design pro­ ject . Prereq ui i te: STAT 231 o r e q u iva icn l . ff (2) tal de ign,

341

-

M ATHEMATICAL STATISTICS

Probab i l i ty t heory, d iscrete and co n t i n u o u s distribu­

tion fu nctions, mom e n t gener<1 ting fu nctions, sam­ p l i n g d i s t rib u ti o n s a nd h y p o t h e s i s - test i ng , i n t rod uc­ tion to regression, corre l a tion, a n d anal ysis 0 vari­ a n ce . Prerequlsite: 1 52. U a/y ) 982-83 (4) "

345

INTRODU CTION TO NUMERICAL ANALYS IS N u m e rical t h e o ry a n d a p plications i n t h e a reas o f solu­ t io ns of equa tions, l i n e a r syst ill S, in terpola tion, a n d a pprox i m a tio n . Prere q u i s i te : 1 52 and ( 1 44 o r 1 40) or consen t o f i ns t r u c t o r r , !y 1 983-84 (taught during fi rst .

half of s mester) (2)

346

NUMERICAL ANALYSIS

Con t i n u a ti o n o f 345, induding n u merica l the ory a n d a pp l i ca t i o n s in the areas of ma trix theory , n um e rical d i ffl rentia tion a nd i n tegr<1tion, a nd s ol u tio n of di ffer­ ell t i a l equ<1 ti o n s . Pr e r eq u i s i t e s : 253 a n d 345 or consc n t o f i n s t ructor. I a / y 1 983-84 ( t a u g h t d u ri n g second h a l f o f semester) (2)

35 1

DI.FFERENTIA L EQUATIONS to d i ffe re n ti a l eq u a t ions e m phasizing the a p p lied a s p c t . Fi rs t <1 nd seco n d order di fferen tial A n i n troduction

equali ns, boundary-va lue a n d eigenva lue problem ,

power series solutions, n o n l i ne a r d i ffe ren tial equa­ tions, n u merical m e t h ods, the La Place t r a n s fo rma ­ t i o n . Pr requisi l : 253 . I aly 1 982-83 (4)

DlSCRETE STRUCTURES 4� 1 Basic <1lg braic structur a p plicab l e to top ics in com ­ p u t e r sci nce . T p i. c · i n clu d e g ro u p , l a t tice ', Bo lean '

a l gebra a n d combinatorics. P re re q uisites: 152 a n d e i t h er 227 o r 331 . I ( t a u g h t d u ring fi rst half of s e m e s t er )

432

A BSTRACT ALGE BRA

434

ABSTRACT ALGEBRA

446

MATHE MATICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL

Con t i n ua t i o n o f topics f r o m 43t i n clud i n g topics from g roups, rings, mod u les, fie ld s , and H eld extensio n s . Pr re q u i s i t e : 431 . I (taught d u ri n g secon d half o f semes t e r ) (2) Con t i n u a tion of topics from 432. Prereq uisi tes: 432 a n d 3 3 1 . II a/y 1 983-84 . (4)

Meth ods a n d m a terials i n seco n d a ry school m a t h teachj ng. Basic m a t h e ma tical concepts; p ri n i p k s o f n u m be r o p e r a t i o n , re la t i<;:>n p ro o f, a n d problem solv­ ing i n th e context nl arith m e tic, al gebra, and geometry. Pre req ui site: 253 or 331 o r equiva len t. 1 (2) ,

455, 456

MATHEMATI CA L A NALYSIS

x t e n d e d t re a t m e n t of to pics i n t ro d u cl'd i n clemen­ t, ry c�lcu. l u s . P rl:' reLT u i s i I e : 253. 455 offered I each yea r; 456 otfered n ofy 1 982-83 (4)

460 ELEMENTARY TOPO LOGY An i n t r odu c ti o n to p i nt-set topology. Prereq u i Site: con s e n t o f i n s tructor. I I a/y F 83-84 (4) 486 SEN10R SEMIN A R Prese n tabon by s t u d e n ts o f k n owledge gained i n re ­

sea rch u n d e r the d i rection of a n a s signed professor. Req u i red o f all sen i or math maj or seeking a B . A . or B . . de gree . Prere q u i s i t e : se n ior m a t h major or con­

se n t o f de p a rt m en t chair. I , T 1 ( 1 )

490

SEMINAR

Prerequi ite: onse n t o f d e p a rt m e n t cha i r . ( 1 -4)

491 , 492

[ NDEPE DENT STUDY

597 , 598

G RADUATE RESEA RCH

Prerequisite: co nsen t of dep a r t m e n t chair. I n ( 1 -4)

Open to master's degree candide tes o n ly . Pre. re q u i ­ site: consen t of d e p a r t m e n t chair. I II ( 1 -4)

COMPUTER SCIE NCE

Com p u te r seile' nee dL'a l s w i t h m ,l n i p u l,l t i n g slored i n f( ) rm a ti o n , b o t h t <' x t u a l ,1I1d n U Illerica l . fly u s i n g the idea s of com p u ter soence along w i t h a C(lIll p Ulc'r s y s t e m peopk' can actually a m p l i fy t h c i r t h o u g h t procl'Ss('�. A l rl',ldy Ill'l n y Ill'W i d ea s i n ma thematics, p h ysics, l'.ngi nccring, dl t'l1li s t ry, cconoillics, ,md ot h e r fiC'kb WL're e i t h e r suggested, v"ri tiL' d , or expanded by t h e USl' ()f co m p u t e r science. Till' c x p l u ra ti()n o f the s()l ar s y s t e m u s i n g SP<lcC' probl's w o u l d have beell i m possible w i t h o u t co m p u te r seienCl'. lh ' l i s t of Sigllificililt adva nces i n knowledge aided by com pu ter scil'nce seems e n d lc s b . ' p ecifica l l y , conl pu ter seiL'n c c()ncerns itsei f w i t h t h e t h eory a nd tl'Ch nl q lll � :; ot L n form a l io n proce s s L n g . TopLcs I n c i u d l'll arc a lgorit h m dc: velopmenl, a nalys i s of 'l l gori t h m s , d a t a s t ru c t u res, vMious co m f1 u t('r Ianguage�, and a p plicalion or t l1l'se tupies to o t her d iSCipli nes. Olll p u tL'r sc.il'Llce i n vol ves b o t h fasci n a t i n g t heoretic,l l pr ,blellls " n ei i n te r ' s t i n g tec h n i q u l' s o f a p plica t i o n .

CO!'.f PUT R

SCIENCE MAJOR

p rogra m i s d e s i g n e d to provid(' su fiicient bilckg ru u n d for a d v a n ced s t udy at the !? rad u il t (> k�vcl or for c n terin i'; ,l p rofL' ;; s i onal curcer. A l l comp u t e t· sClcnce m a j o rs t',l k C' " core curnculu Jll . consisting of an i n troduction to progra m m i n g in PASCAL, data structures, desisn a ll d a n a lysis of a l g o n t h m s, d i g i ta l logic and asse m b l y la ngua gl' and co m p u ter organizillion (Co m p u ter Sciene' 144, 270, 275, 280, and 380 ) .

The

(2)

MATHEMATICS & COMPUTE R SCIENCE

85


The core courses form a foundation for upper division work, wh ich may include the studv of mi croprocessors, computer architecture, au tomata, mo deling and simulation, an d compilers as well as other topics. The pro g ram is su pp orted by PLU's V A X 1 11780 com pu ting syste m, wf, ich is ava ilable for in teractive use a t a varietv of loca tions on ca m pus. Several teminals are available for stu de nt usc in t h ' Department of M a t hematics and Computer Science. BACHELOR O F A RTS MAJOR: 24 semester hour including Computer Scie.nce 144, 270, 275, 280, 380, 2 hours of a seco nd com p uter language (240 o r 242) and 4 hours o f computer science nu mbered above 320. Required supporting: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 431 , and e i t her 227 or 331 ( 1 4 hours).

I t i s stro n g ly recomme nded that students take a m i nor i n an area w here computers have wide applicability. BACHE LOR O F SCIENCE MAJOR: 36 semester h o u rs including Computer Sc ie nce 144, 270, 275, 280, 3ilO, 2 hours of a second com p u ter la nguage (240 or 242) a n d 16 hours chosen from co mputer science courses nu mbered above 320 or Math 341 or 346. Required supporting: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 345, 43 1 , and either 227 or 3 3 1 . In addition, the following m Llst be ta ken: Physics 1 53-·154 or Chemistry 1 1 S- 1 1 6 or B i o l o gy 1 55- 1 56, or 8 hours from Earth Sciences 1 3 1 , 132 or upper lrivi� ion courses in eart h scie nn's.

Stu den t s are urged to complet·' a minor in an area where computers have wide applicability such a s t h e natural science;;, socia l scienc �, or business. In particular, Engineering 271 , 272, and 352 are recommen d e d for student, i nterested in the p hysical structure of the co m p u ter. - MI N O R I N COMPUTER S C I ENCE: 16 hour s including

ompute r Science 144, 270, 3S0, and 4 additionill ho urs ot computer science. Required supporti ng: M ath 1 5 1 or 1 28 . A

typical computer science major program i s a s follows:

Freshman year:

Sophomore year: J u nior & Senior years:

Computer dence 144, 27() Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 8 houc laboratorv s,ience (or sophomore year) Compu ter Science 275, 280, 4l)(), second cu mpu tcr languag·c Math 227 o r 33 1 C o m p u te r Science 380 plus 4- 1 6 hours compute r science (Computer Science 490 may be taken several t i mes with d i iferent topics) M a th 345, 341

Career ' in computer science include d signing com pu ters and compu ter s y ste ms and applying computers to areas ouch a s bw;i nE'ss a dminis t ra tio n, economics, and the science�, d w..: 1 1 as tea ching ilnd rcsearch . S tudents in tl'rested in busine s administration should take courses in the School of Business Administration (including 28 1 , 282, and 387) s well as COBOL. Students i n terested in the d e s ign of c om p ut e'rs should take Engineering 271 , 272, and 352 (along with Physics 1 53 and 1 54) . For students in terested i n t h e more theoretical a sp ec t s of computer science, courses in logic are reco m me n ded ( P h i losophv 233, 34 1 , 342, and 343) .

COURSE OFFE RINGS Computer S cience 1 10

BASIC

I n trod uction to i nteractive compu ting, branchin g, looping, subscripts, functions, inpu t/output, su b ­ routines a nd simple file tech n iq ues in th context of the BASIC language. 1 1 0 and 220 may not both be taken for credit. Not normally taken by com puter sci­ e.nce majors. Pre requisites: h igh school a lgebra . I, II (2)

86

1. 44 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE An in trod uction to computer science including algo­ rithm design, structured p rogra mmin g , n u merical! non-numerical applications and use of da ta files. The PASCAL progra mming language will be used. Pre­ requisites: M ATH 1 33 or M ATH 227 or MATH 1 28 or equivalent. I II (4) 199 DI RECTED READING Su p ervised study of topics selected to meet the indi­ vi d ual' needs or in terests; primarily for stude nts awarded adva nced placement in com puter science . Admission o n ly by departmental invitation . ( 1-2)

21. 0

COMPUTERIZED INFORMATION SYSTE MS Com p u ter systems and their uses in ed uca tion, com­ merce, industry and govern ment. BASIC file ma nipu­ lations, data stora g e and retrieval . Computerized word processing, b usin e ' s proble m s in sta tis tics, linear progra mming, regression a nd other fields usin g existing software packages. 21. 0 and 220 cannot bot l'! be taken for credit. Prerequisite or coreq u isite: 1 1 0, MATH 1 28, STAT 231 . I, I I (2)

220

COMPUTERIZED INFO RMATION SYSTEMS WITH BASIC I ntroduction to computers and in teractive computing. Com p u ter systems and their uses in education, com­ merce, indus try, and government. Programming in the BASIC l a nguage using branchi ng, looping, sub­ scrip ts, in p ut/output, character manipulation, sub­ routines, t i le manipu la tions, d a ta storage and re­ trievaL Com p u terized word processing, business problems i n sta tistics, linear progra m ming, regression and other fields using existing softwa re packages. Covers the same material as 1 1 0 a n d 2 1 0 together. Stu­ dents ca n not take both 220 a nd either 1 10 or 210 for cred it. P rerequ isite or corequ isite: MATH 1 28 and STAT 231 or equivalent. I, I I (4) 240 FORTRAN An accelera ted introduction to the FORTRAN pro­ g ra mming l anguage . Study of the rules of sta tement formation . Topics include input/output, computation, branchi ng, looping, data types, and subp rogra ms. umeric and non-numeric problems will b e solved. Some previous experience with programming is re­ commended . I I (2) 242 COBOL Presentation and applica tion of the COBOL p rogram­ ming language to business problems. P rerequisite: 1.44 or 1 10-210 or consen t of i nstructor. 1 (2) 270 DATA STRUCTURES Study of basic data structiues such as l inear lists, linked lists, stacks, queues, trees, a nd threaded lists. Application of these forms to p roblems of sea rching, sorting, string processing, graph theory, and data storage . P rerequisite: 1 44. 1 I I (4)

MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER S CIENCE


275

DESIGN A N D AN ALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

Ba ' ic d a ta s tructures re viewed a n d a p p l ied t o th(' am11ysis of p roble m s a s socia ted w i t h sea rching, sort­ ing, s t rings, a n d m i n i m a l p a t h s . S t u d y of t h e com plex­ i ty and s torage req u i re m e n ts o f the a l gori th m s . U s e of to p - d o w n a nd s t ru c t u red p rogra m m i n g . Prerequ isite: C S C 1 270, MATH 1 5 1. . I l (4) 280 DIGITAL LOGIC Boolean a l gebra and combina toria l logic a p plied to basic logic circu i ts, d i g i ta l a r i t h metic, d a ta conversion, a nd o t h e r c o m p o n e n ts o f a com p u te r . Prer quisite: 1 44 . I (2)

344 OPERATING SYSTEM S A n i n troduction t o com p u te r o p era tion i n c l u d i n g ba tch p roces s i n g systems, i n tera c t i n g systems, m u l t i­ progra m m i ng systems, storage m a nageme n t tech­ n iques a nd resource c o n t ro l . In a d d i tion, the cou rse includes an a n a lysis of the dea d lock p roblem a n d basic file syste m s . Prerequisite: 270 . 1 (2) 348 MODELING AND SIMU LATION A n a p p lications s tr u c tured p rogra m m i n g cou rse solv­ i n g various p roble m s . S t a ti s tics, d a ta s t r u c t u res, m a th e m a tical m o d e ling, s i m u la tio n , d oc u m e n ta t i o n , a n d team p ro g ra m m i np tech niques w i l l b e a p p l ied . Prereq u i si tes: MATH b 1 , C S C l 270 a nd e i t he r MATH 227 o r MATH 331 . a/y II (4) 355 COMPILERS A n i n trod uction to the orga n i z a t i o n , speci fica tion, a n d a n a lysis of p rogra m m ing l a n g u ages . To p ics in­ clude p a rs i n g , d a ta rep rese n t a t i o n , obj ect code, run­ time m a c h i n e structu re s a nd o p ti m i z a t i o n . Prere q u is­ ite: 270. II (2) 380

ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE AND COMPUTE R ORGANIZATION

Co m p u te r a ss e m bly l a n g u a ge a p plied t o va rio u s p rob­ lems . Topics i nc l u d e d a ta forms, i n s truction formats, add ressing, l i n k i n g , macro d e fi n i t i o n , and com p u te r a rc h i tecture. P rerequ isjte: 2 7 0 I (4) 385 COMPUTER A RCHITECTU RE A n i n trod uction t o the s tructure a n d operation o f l a rge com p u te r syste m s . Topics include data represe n la ­ t i o n , m e m o ry s t r u c t u re, 1 1 0 p rocessing, m ul t i p roce s­ sing systems such a s pa rallel, p i p e l i n e , a n d s ta ck m a c h i. n e s . E xa m p le s ot the a rc h i tectu re of seve l , I la rge syste r:n s a re a n a lyzed i n c l u d i n g I B M 320, I Sc, a n d CDC S r A R . Pre requ isite : 380. aly I (2) 386 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM S A n in trod u c tion t o comp u te r n e tw o rks a n d co m p u ter co m m u nica tio n . Topics i n c l u de system topology, message and p a cket s w i t c h i n g , bus s tru c t u res a n d d a ta - l i n k tra n s m i s s i o n . P rerequ isite: 2 8 0 . a/y I I (2)

488 VLSI DESIGN A n i n trod uction to t h e d e s i g n o f very la rge s c a l e i n te­ d e si g n grated systems using com p u te r aided me thod s . Topics i n c l u d e M O S devicCc's, fabri c a l i o n p roced u res, ch i p a rc h i tecture, c h i p topol0i y , a n d s y s ­ ;? tem t i m i n g . Prereq u i s i te s : 2 7 0 , 280 . a/y U (2) 4<)0 SEMINAR IN COMPUTER SCIE NCE Selecte d topics from the list below . 1 1 1 (2-4) a . A TOMATA S t u d y o f the theory o f com pu ta tion . Turing machines, fo r m a l l a n g u ,l ges, recu rs ive theory, co m p lexity, N P-co m plete ness, a n d the h a l t i n g problem m a y be considere d . Prerequ isites: 275, MATH 43 1. b. D ATA B A S E M A N A G E M E N T D a t,l base m c nagement systems a re reviewed . Discussion of d a ta s l rucl u re s , stora ge, i n sertion, deletion, l i n ka ge , a n d secur i t y . Prerequisite: 270 . c. COMP TER C R A P H I C E x p loration o f tech n i q u e s u sed t o g e n e ra te a n d i n tel-pre t c o m p u l("� r g ra p h i c s . Tra n sforma tions, restora t i o n , e n h a nc e m e n t software, and o t h e r topics, d e p e n d i n g LI p 111 a v a i l able equ i p m e n t a nd i n s t ru c to r . Prereq u i s i te : 270. d. PATT E R N R E C O G N IT I O N T h e u s e o f t h e com p u ter t o recogn ize p a t- terns i n da ta . Topics i n cl u d e a r ti ficia l i n tell igence, c l u ster a n a lysis a l gori t h m s , l e a rn i n g a l gorithms, a n d p a t tern p roc'ss i n g . Pre requ isite: 270. e . SOFTW A R E E N G I N E ER I N G A n e n gi_neering a p p roach t o t h e develo p m e n t o f large so ftwa re p a ckage s . Topics i n c l u d e soft w a re relj u i re m e n l s d e f i n i t i o n , s t r u c t u red progra m m ing, o t lw a re d e ' ign s p ecitica tions, a n d softw a re te ' t i n � . Prereq u i s i te: 270. f . SWITC H I N C THEORY A d v,ll1 c��d a p p l i ca t i o n s o f Boolea n a lgebra to d i cr i t a I system d e s ig n . Topics include decoding ne tw o rks, h a rmonic a n a lysis, U Uvl's, a n d cellular logic c i rc u i t . Prerc' q u i s i te : 280 . 4<)1 , 492 I N DEPENDENT STU DY Prere q u i s i t e : consen l o f d e p a r t m e n t c h a i r .

( 1 -4)

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 1 10

308 311 312 316 319

BASIC Financial Mathematics Intermed i ate Statistics Mathematical Puzzles and Paradoxes Computers and Society H istory of Mathematics

480 M ICROPROCESSORS S t u d y o f micro p rocessors a n d t h e i r llse i n microcom­ p u te r syste m s . D a ta repres e n t a t i o n , i n s t r u c tion for­ m a ts, p rogra m mi ng , in terru p ts, I/O in terfacing, d a ta c o m m u n ica tions, a va i lable software, a nd p rogram de­ vel o p me n t s t u d ied i n lecture and labora tory session s . Prerequ i s i te s : 280, 380 . a/y 1 1 (4)

MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE

87


Mo ern and Classical an g a g es FnrL' i g n l a n g u ,1 g ' l ea r n i ng p ro i d e s a n u rgen tly

FACULTY Toven, Chair; Brown, Faye, Predmore, Ra sm ussen, Snee, Spangle r, Sudermann, R. Swen on, Webster; assisted by Chong, DeSherl ia, M agnusson, Yagow .

nccdL: d e l enl L' n t in o ur d o m c� t i c a n d glob,d

e ffe c t i ve l y h m u gh t h e rned i u r n of l a n guage, s t u d n ts increa ' e t h i r knowled g l! o f the con tri b u tions o th e r peo p les h,we

COnHn Li J1 ity : tbe

<

b i l i .ty

t

co m m u n ica te

w i t h a n d w i t h i n o t h e r cu l tmes .

'

made to c i v i l i z a t i o n , h i_ tory, l i t and scie n ces ,

r,

t u re ,

<

n d th

'

n rts

he Dep a rlm nt of Iv! l d e r n a n d Cl assica l L ng ua gl"s

i n cooperation vv i t h seve ra l E u ro pe a n LU1iver i t i e s

p ro v i d e s ,'pecific s t u d e n t s w i t h < n 0 P P r tlU1 i ty to study abro d i n Fra n c: , p a i n , Mexico, Germ a ny, A u s t r i a ( V i e n na), and Sca n d inavia .

T Ilt'rc a rc no ckpd r t rn c il ta l p rereq u is i te:::. for t i l l' s t u d v o f forclgn i J ll g Ll t1 g e s . Polcn l i J i !ll11 j o r s I:lf"C, h ow e \ ' c r, e ncou r.:lgcd t o obta i n a s m uc h h ig h sch u o l p r c p a ,'a t i o n a s p o s s i b l e , S t u ck n ts w i t h p r e v I o u s expenl' n ce m a y ljua l r l y l o r pla cem e n t I n to i n t c r m c d i �l tc or a d v d llccd coursl'. o , To d l ' l c rm i ,l(' t h e a p pro p r i a te i l ' v c i s t u d l! n t s !'In.! l' ncuu r�l g('d l p t d k l' till' Itl n gu Ll Sl' p L J ("(,'!ll C n l exallli.n,l t i o n ; ) t t h e beg i n n i n g o f t h e 171 1 1 s c m cs lc.r o r t o c o n s u l t w i t h a d rpa rtnwn till a d v i er. Thog ' Ci u a l i fyi n g for " d va n cl'd pL,cl'nw n t rn a v a l so rl'cl� ivl' cre d i t t u w a rd till' m " j u r for w o r k com p l c ll'd i n h ig h s c h o o l , t h u s l' n a b l i n g tlwl1l l e ) p u r s ue' a Sl'C l l l l d ll1iljOr. Nt <1 j o r a nd nl i n u r prugraill s �l rt' a v a i l o b lc i ll C l a S S ICS, F re n c h , G c r nlZl Il , IOr\vcg i Zl n , ,J n d SpZl ll i s h . Dl?part-m(�nlZlI cou rses Ll rl' a p r i m cl t'. co m p o n e n t in t'h e i n tc r d i s ci p l i n ar v m a j o rs ofkrcd .in , , U;JSS1CS Cl ild Sca n d i n a V i a n AreJ S t u d ie s . rvl t l l o rs �re a l so o f f ered in CrC'ek a n d La t i n ,

(

'

-, I


BACHELOR OF A RTS: M" jor in Frt' n c h , G 'rm a n or Sf"1 I1ish - i'vl i n i m u m of 32 "l'mc�tcr h OlHS beyond 1 0 1 - \ 02, i n d u d i n g 20 1 , 202, 32 1 , 1'1 1 , '12, p l u s u pper d ivision cb:tivl's, i n c l u d i n g " t least 4 sem('sler hou rs o f Jitcr,l t urc. Sip'lll ish 322 m,lY be substitu ted for Spanish 32 1 . M a j m i n o rwegie n - M i n i m u m o f 32 ,;cnlf'. leI' h o u rs, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 1 , 1 02, lC rI , 202, 3:=;-' , 352, and ilt Icast one ot till' IUlO- l ew· 1 l i tNa t u rc courses frolll SC<l n d i navi<ln S t- u d il' s .

1\II " jl1r i n Cldssics - .. 0 sC' n1('stcr hours , i n c l u d i n g H scnwstcr h ou r s of Gre 'k ,m d H SCll1cste.r huurs of L l t i n end Zl n " d d i tilHl a l h o u r s of either C r<.: "k o r I .a t i n . Rell l d i n i n g courSl'S are sekd 'd i n co nsultation w i t h t h c classics coord inator. M" jor i n SCll n d i navi<ln Area Stud ies - A fll'xiblt' progr" lll i n w h i c h t h l ' s t u d y of ·ra nLii n,wiJ is en hanced t h m u g h " cross-Lf isci plinil ry a p p roach . . n d r n, vlan A r�a t ud Sct' the sect,un llf t h ,s cil ta l o ' on Sca ,,'s. M I O R f N FRENCH, C E R M A , ORWEGIAN, OR S P A ISH - 24 :e!1ll' stc.r hours, inclu l i ng W I , I 1l2, 20 1 , 202, a n d one other upper d i v i s i o n cours ' . MINOR I

l1 ( 1 u r'i wh,ch

CLASS I CS (GREEK O R LAn

li'Y i n clude 10 1 - 1 02 .

Classics T h e C lassic$ Program i s . wopcrahvl' e ffo rt �l Ilwng the Dep<Ht­ m � n t s of M()dC'rn and lassiea l La ngu,'gl's, I l istmy, P h i l o s o p h y , Religion, ;) n d A r t . I t s gu,, 1 is to u n i t , t h e " h e a r t o( tlle l i be ra l a rts" w i t h the m i n d , t h rough h i s tor y ;) nd p h i l osophy, a n d t il(' s o u l , th rough re.li g i o n , J n el to e rn bel l i sh t h is tri n i ly . of theml'S \Vi t h the visual e)'periencl! (If il r l .

his i n tC'rtil.!p a rtmcn ta l m a j o r ,-cquires the c(Jrn p ll'lion of 10 courses, I n cl u d i n g at kJ�l o n (:l y<!a r Ot t)l1l: of t h t., dass1cal langullgcs and two o f the o ther ( n::l'k a n d L a t i n ) . The rem a i n i n g (oursc,s arc selected from t h e list be low in consu l ta tion with the progra m coordi­ !1J tor.

Latin 1 0 1 - I 02- E Ie!1l e n ta ry Latin 20 1 -202 - ln tcrnwdia t ' G re 'k I Ol - 1 1 l2 - U e m ent<JrY

51,

'r -'ck 20 j -202 - I n termedi<lte .reek 4 2 1 -422 - M:1sterpiec"s of reck Literature Hebrew 1 0 1 - F\t:m 'n tLl ry Bibli ,, 1 A rt 1 10 - I n troduction to Art

) - 20 se!1lester

ou rse<; i n �"I m i nors pn1gra!1ls w i l l 11' chosen i n (on s u l tJ t i o n with :1 departmen t ,, 1 .1 dvG ' r . Ad v;l n Cl'd place!1l <.: n t m a y be gra n ted.

Art I /:lO - rad itions of Weste rn Art Art 3H6 - l ma 'ery a n d Symbolism Art 4YO - l'minar

B A C H E L O R OF A RTS IN EDUCATION: Stl! lk n ts c n r o l l ·d i n t h l ! prog < 1 m arc required tu t i l k -' -�.. . . For further dd, i I > , ·e ' Schonl (Ii F iu c, tion.

History 21 - Cbso;ical Civrli 7dti()n P h i l()suphy 3 I - A n c ient l ' h il t , ;, o ph v Religion 24 1 - Gibl ical Litera t u re Religi()n 341 - Id T,'stiln1 l' n t S t ud i(:s Rd ig-i 'l!1 342 'IV 'ieslanwn t Stud i<"s Rl' l i�i()n 37 1 - Ancie n t C h u rch His tory ln d c p c n dent tudy Courses Selected I n t-erim Cou rses

COU RSE OFFE RING S 101

-

S I G N LANGUAGE

An i n troduction Lo th ' stTU t ure ot America n ig n La nguage and to t h e w o rld of t h e hearin g- i m p, ired . Bas ic signing skills a n d sign l a nguage voca bu l a ry; fin ge r pe l l i ng; the p articular 11 cds a n d prob l e m s of d e a f p e o pl e . Malenal p rese n te d t h rough demons tra­ tions, d ril l s , m i m e , recitals, l ectu res, and d i scussions.

r (4) 200

STRUCTU RAL LING UISTICS The study of the na t ur e of la n g ua ge; p ri n · p lcs a n d f d e s riptive l a n g uage a na l y ' i s; Iemen­ tech n i q u e tary a pp l icati n o f lingu istic m a teria l s . o prerequ i s i te s . (4)

a

n a l sis to selected

271

LITERATU R E AND SOCIETY rN MODERN E U ROPE R e ad i n g and di cuss ion of works in English tra nsLa­ Li n by u t h ( rs like Flaub rt, Ibsen, and Th. Ma nn, who exem p l i fy Real i s m and N< rura lism in va r io us Europea n I t t ra t u r . Em pha s ' - on social themes, in­ cluding life in i nd u s t ri a l soci.ety, the cha ngi ng sta tus of W{,l men, ' n d class confl ic t . I n s tructor assisted by oth r faculty m mb r 5p ci l .izi ng 111 t h e v a r i o u s na tional l ite ra tu r No preregui i t . S a t I s fies the ge nera l u n i ­ versity core requirement i n l i t rature . (4)

METHODOLOGY OF TEACHING FOREIGN LANGUAGES Theory a nd t 'chniques of foreign l a n g uag teaching; specia l p roblems in the s udent's maj or la nguage; em­ p h , i on audio -lingual tec hn iques. (2)

445

49 1 , 492 ( 1 -4)

I N D E P E N D E NT STUDY

507, 598 (2-4)

GRADUATE RESEA RCH

S t u d ents are c'xpectcd to become f a m i l i a r w i t h t he: reild ing l i s t for t h a t part o( the prugram (art, l i t e m ture, h i s t ory, p h i l ( }sophv, (lr � rc l i gi(}n) i n w h ich their i n tNl'st l il'<; . Tht' pwg ril!1l is d ''iigned t(} be flexibk. In co n s u l t il t ion w i t h tl1(' Oassics Co m m i ttee, il studen t m ,lY eket il t:(lursl' or cou rSl'S not on t h 1<1. sics nlu r�,' list.

French

1 0 1 , 1 02 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Essen t i als o f p r l O U ncia tion, in tonation, a nd s tr uc t u r ' ; basic s ki l l s in listening, sp e a ki n g , rea d i ng, a n d writing. Labora tory a ttendance req u i re d . I II (4, 4)

20 , 202

I NTERMEDIATE FRENCH

Review of basic gra m m a r; development of v ocabulary a nd empha sis on s p o n ta n eous, oral expressio n . Read­ ing ' e l e cti o ns w h i c h refl�ct Fra nc 's cultural h e rit<lge a nd socie t y . Lab r , t ry a t t e n da n ce req u i red . I I I (4, 4)

32 1

aVlLIZA nON AND CUt TURE

Presen t-day F ra n c

as reflected in Cll rre n t l i tera t u re , perio icais, television a n d Gl ms, w r i t t e n com posi tions and ora l re ports; co n d u "ted i n F r 'Tl c h . Pre requisite:

202 (4)

"51 , 352

COMPOS ITI ON AND CONVERSATION

tyl i . t i cs, composition, and con ­ rsa tion on curr nt topics; conducted in French . Pre­

A d va nced g ra m m a r , v

requ isite : 202. I n (4, 4)

MODERN & CLASSICA L LANGUAGES

89


GERMAN LITERATURE: THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Representative works of German litera t u re from N a t uralism to xpressionism, 1 890- 1 925. Prerequisite: 202 01' equivalent. I aly (4) 432 CONTE MPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE Represe nta tive w o r ks from 1925 to the present; a u thors from East and West Germa ny, Austria, and Swi tzerland. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. I I aly (4)

421 , 422

431

TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE elected twentieth cent ury writers from France and other fra ncophone co u n t ries. May include Gide, Camus, Sc rtre, Bl"ckett, Aimee Cesaire, and Anne Hebert. Prerequisite: 202. I I I a/y (4, 4)

442 HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE Histo rica l d ev e l o pmen t of German with reference to contemporary language; conducted i n German. Pre­ requisite: 2 02 11 aly (4)

MASTERPIECES OF FRENCH LITERATURE A u thors representative of major periods from the Middle Ages through the nine teenth cent ury; the style and structure. and the moral and artis tic intentions of such authors as Rabel is, Montaigne, Mol iere, Corneille, Pasca l , Vol taire, Roussea u, Hugo, and Baudelai re . Prerequisite: 202. In a/y (4, 4)

431 , 432

442 H ISTORY OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES H istorical d evel o pm e nt of Romance languages with r Ference to curren t languag s; same as Spanish 442. II a/y (4) 491 , 492 (2-4)

INDEPENDENT STUDY

German 101, 1 02 ELEMENTARY GERMAN I n trod uction to the Gerrr� an Ian i;j ua ge . Basic skills of oral and w n tten com m U l1Ica tlC)n 1 I1 cl assroom and lab­ ora to ry p rac tice . se of materials reflecting contempo­ rary German l i fe . Meets five hours weekly . I I I (4, 4) 201, 202 INTERME DIATE GERMAN Conti nued p ra c ti ce i n oral a nd written communication i n classroom and l a bo ra to ry . Use o f materials which reflect contem p orary life as well as the German cul­ tural heritage. M eets fo u r hours weekly . I II (4, 4)

321 GERMAN CIVILIZATION Germa n cul tural a nd l i ngu istic h istor y from the 1 7th century to the p resent. Aesthetic an d historical con­ sideration of represen tat ive works from the Enlighten­ ment, the Age of Go e t he , the 1 ';Ith and 20th centur ies. Pr requisite: 202 01' equ ivalen t. II aly (4)

COMPOS ITION AND CONVERSATION In tensive review of . grammar with emphasis on id­ IOmatIc usage; u se ot contemporary a u thors as models

35 1 , 352

of s tyle. Conversation on topics o f s tudent interest . Conducted in German. Prerequisite: 202 o r equiva­ lent. I lI (4, 4)

GERMAN LITE RATURE: THE AGE OF GOETHE Representative works trom the Enlightenment to Goethe's d 21 th, circa 1 750-1832, includi ng Storm a n d Stress, Classicism a n d Roma ntici s m . Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. I aly (4) 422 GERMAN LITERATU RE: THE N INETEENTH CENTURY Representative works from the various li terary move­ ments of t.h e nineteenth century, 1820-1 890, i n cl u d i ng

421

Bledermeler, Young Germany, and Real ism . Pre­ requisite : 202 or equivalent. n aly (4)

49 ] , 492 (2-4)

INDEPENDENT STU DY

Greek 1 0 J , 102 ELEMENTARY G REEK Basic skills in reading cb s s i ca I , koille, and pa tristic G re 'k. I II (4, 4) 201, 202 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Selected koillc read ings from Helleni stic Greek litera­ ture with major emphasis on the I cw Testament. I II (4, 4)

MASTERPIECES OF GREEK LITERATURE Available t h roug h consulta tion with the department. Prerequisites: 1 01 , 1 02, 20 1 . I I f (4, 4) 491 , 492 IND EPENDENT STUDY (2-4)

42 1 , 422

Hebrew 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY BI BLICAL HEBREW 0n i n tro � uction to the morphology and sy ntax of Bib­ hcal/classlCal He brew . Em p ha si s on bui.1ding basic vo­ . ler p ro e sectIons of the Old cabu la ry for readmg simp Testament. (4)

Latin ELEMENTARY LA TIN AND ENGLISH WORD BUILDING Basic skills i n reading La tin; excu rsions i n to Roman history a.n d my thol ? gy; En g l is h vOGl � u la ry building from Latin a n d E n g l.lsh word co n stru c ti o n fro m Latll1a te prefixes and s uffixes a re e mpha S i ze d . I n (4, 4) 20 1 , 202 INTE RMEDIATE LATIN Lyric and epic poetry, i ts tra n s la t i o n and adapta tion by English and America n poets; the second semester i ncl udes the reading of a n I talian au thor. I II (4, 4) 491 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( 2 -4) 101, 1 02

Norwegian 1 0 1 , 1 02 ELEMENTARY NORWEGIAN I n troduces the stl.lde n ts to the pl ea s u re o f speakil�g, readll1g, and wrItmg a foreign la nguage. These skIlls are dev e loped thro ugh a conve rsa tional app roach, USll1g songs and other c u l tu ral materials, as well as a udi o vi s u a l med ia. I II (4, 4) -

90

MODERN & CLASSICAL LANGUAGES


201 , 202 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Develops the students' command o f the la nguage o rwegian whil e fu rthe r acquainting them with th cultural heri tage . Reading selections introduce the students to Norwe ian folklore and daily life . I II (4, 4)

351

CONVERSAn ON AND COMPOSITION Develo p s the tudents' ability to express themsE'ives well i n the language, orally a nd in writin g . Selected contem porary materials will be used a s mo d els of s tyle and u sage . Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. (4) ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Develops the studen ts' command of the la nguage by emphasizing the fin � r points of s tructure, style, and good ta ste . P rereqlllslte: 351 or eqU Iva lent. (4) 491, 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (2-4) 352

Scandinavian 321 VI KINGS AND EMIGRANTS Highlights of Scandinavia n history, from the begin­ ning t o t he presen t . E m p hasis on periods and ways in which Scandinavia has contributed to world histor . Readings i n t he original for majors; class conducted 111 English . aJy (4)

322 CO TEMPORA RY SCANDINAVIA Neu trality and occu p a tion; the emergence of the wel­ fare state; social reforms, pl anned economies, a nd cul­ tu ral policies; Scandinavia and the European commu­ nity. Readi ngs i n the original for maj ors; class con­ ducted in nglish . aly (4)

mSEN, STRINDBERG, AND THEIR CONTEMPORA RIES Selected authors from the ro man tic and realistic periods i n Sca ndi na vian litera ture. Readings i n the original for major ; clac s conducted in E nglish . aly (4) 422 CONTEMPO RARY SCAN DINA VIAN LITERATU R E Literature i n a ll genres, reflecting 2 0 t h ce n t u ry trends and iss u es i n Scandinavia. Readings in the original for majors; class conducted i n E nglish. aly (4)

421

491 , 492 ( 1 -4)

INDEPENDENT STU DY

Spanish

LA TIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Historic, a rtistic, literary, sociological, a nd geographic eleme �1ts shaping the develop ment .of the Spanis.h­ speaking N w World . Both H ls pamc and non-HIs­ p a nic elements will be s tudied. � rerequisite : 202 or fou r years of high school Spa nish . II (4) 351, 352 COMPOS ITION AND CONVERSATION Topics of cu rrent i n terest as a basis for improved oral and written expression; conducted in Spanish. Pre­ requisite: 202 . I II (4, 4) 421 , 422 M ASTERPIECES OF H ISPANIC L ITERATURE All genres of major litera ry works from the Poell1a del Cid, to 1898; forces which produced the literature; ap­ p recia tion of l i tera ture as a work of art. Prerequisite: 2 02 . I II a/y (4, 4) 431 , 432 TWENTIETH CENTURY HISPANIC LITERATURE The first semester deals with the literature of Spain from the "Generacion de '98" to the present. The sec­ ond semester deals with the l i terature of Spanish America from t he modernista movement (1888) to the p resent. E mphasis on period will vary . (4, 4) 442 HISTORY OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES Historical development of Romance languages with reference to current languages; same as French 442 . I I a/y (4) 491, 492 INDEPENDENT STU DY (2-4)

322

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 302 307 308 309 310 3 13 318 319

The Silent World: An Experience in Deaf Awareness H ispanic Culture and Conversation Deutsches Praktikum Scandinavian S morgasbord Pompeii Faust and Don Juan Qu'est-Ce Que L e StructuraIisme? Th e Contemporary Latin American Novel in Translation

1 0 1 , 1 02 ELEMENTARY SPANISH Essentials of pronunciation, i n tonation, a nd s tructure; basic skiIls i n listening, s peaking, reading, a nd writing. Labora tory a ttendance required . I I I (4, 4) 201 , 202 I NTERMEDIATE SPANISH A continua tio n of elementary Spanish; reading selec­ tions which reflect the Hispanic cultura l heritage as well a s conte m p orary materials . Laboratory a tten­ dance required . I I T (4, 4) 321 CIVILIZA TION AND CULTURE Historic and a rtistic elements which have shaped Spanis h t hough t and behavior from the beginnings to the present; conducted i n Spa nish. Prerequisite: 202 I (4)

MODERN & CLASSICAL LANGUAGES

91


Music The s tudy of m u s ic is, i n these l i m e s of s t ress a n d

Facilities i n c l u d e space a n d i n s t r u m e n t s for

rapid change, a type o f i n v " s t m e n t t h a t ca n p rovide

i n di v i d u a l p ractice and rec i t a l . Private s t u d y in

e n d ur i n g sa t i s fa c tion .

keyboard is avai.lable in pia no, o rg a n , a nd

The s t a ff a n d fac i l i ties of Pacific L u thera n U n iversity are s u ch t h a t

students 01ay p u rsue s t u d ies in m a n y

bra ndlE'S o f m u sic le a d i n g to a c a d e m i c degrees a s

well

as

l i fe l o n g

enjoy men t .

i n l u d e the B a c h e l o r and the

Degree progra m s

of A r t s , t h e Bachelor o f M u s ic,

Master of 1 u sic, w h i dl

i

o ffe r ' d w i th

co ncentration in ei t h e r con ei u ti n g , compos i t i o n ,

edu ca tion, o r performCln d u c a t i o n ,v i t h a m a j o r

i n t n d i n g t o becom

e . The Be c h e l o r o f Arts i n in m u sic i s offered for t h ose

t 'ach

rs in th

public scho o l s .

R o t h t h e u n de rgra d u a te a n d g ra d u a te p rogra m s a re a cc r d i tcd regi o n a l ly a n d n a t i o n i' d l y . Paci fic

ssocia te member of t h e l a lional A ssoc i a t i o n o f Schools o f M u s i c .

L u theran U n iversity is a n

<

PLU m u sic g ra d u a t e s fi nd p l a c s f o r themselves a s t

cl c h c r s

of

mu

i c i n p u b l i c a n d priva te

colleges, a n d as condu ctors,

s

hools a nd

om posers, p ri va te

teac h er s a n d class rooin teachL路 r s . A conside ra b l e n u mber c o n tri b u te grea tly to c h u rch w o r s h i p a s o rga ni s ts, c h o i r d i rectors, o r full-timE' m i nisters. Some h a ve f o u n d s a t isfying ca r 'e rs in m u sic ,

m e rc ha ndisi n g , n tlwr s in concert m a n a ge m e n t . S t i l l o t h e rs, with e m ph sis on

and o n t h e concert s t , ge, t'n t e r t a i n m e n t, voca l ly

perfmma ncc, ar

c

s

i n opera

well a s i n p o p u l a r

and i n strume. n ta lly .

h a rpsichord . O t h e r p rivate s t u d y i n cl u des voice and all string, w i n d , a n d perc u s s i o n i ns t r u me nts, taught by reg u l a rly perfo r m i n g m u sicia n s . Profess i o n a l-q u a l i ty experience i s a va il a b l e to q u a l i fied performers in b a n d , orches tra, cho ir, j a zz, and chamber e n sembles. E x p o s ur e to mu sical l i tera t ure is to be ga i n e d not

o n l v t h rough i n te n sive c o u rse work i n h is torY a n d "

l i te ;'a t u re , b u t a l s o i n a t te nda nce a t t h e la rge

n u m ber of concerts a n n u a l l y p rese n te d by the perfu r m i n g orga n iza tions as well as by s t u d e n ts, fa c u l t y , and guest a rtists in reci ta l .

I t m u s t be e m p h a sized t h a t m u sic majors fo rm b u t a p a r t o f t h e m u l ti-face ted p rogra m o f music a t PLU . A l l s t u d e n ts , r

eligible to a u d ition f o r the

perfo r m i n g orga n iza tions a n d c o n s ti t u te perha p s h a l f o f t h e m e m bersh i p . I n trod uc tory m u sic courses d u ri n g b o th the reg u l a r semesters and the i n te r i m a re d e s i g n e d for explora tion a n d self- f u l fi l l m e n t .


FACULTY Robbins, Chair; K. Vaught Farner, R. Farner, Frohnm ayer, Gard, G. G ilbertson, Harmic, Hoffman, C. Knapp, Kracht, McTee, L . Meyer, B. Poulshock, Skones, Tremaine; assisted by Asplund, Bloomingdale, Brink, Dunbar, Eddy, Grainger, Harty, S. Knapp, Kopta, Kruse, Kuenzi, L. Marti n, McCarty, M ichael, M oore, N. Poulshock, Schlaefer, Shapiro, Storaasli, Timmerman, Ziegenfelder. Fur i n t rod uctory courses to the field o f music, sec the descriptions o f Music 101 and 1 02. Students i n te nd in g to major in music s h o u ld begin the major music equences in Fhe first year. F a i l u r to do sO may me an an extra semester or yea r to complete the major progra m . M u sic maj ors should fill ( J u t a declara ti u n of major form d u ring their first semester of enrollment in the program and be assigned to a m u sic faculty adviser.

Only grades o f " C " o r b tter in m u sic c o u rse s may be cou n ted toward a musi major. Cou rses in which the student receives lower than a " " m u s t be repea ted unless substitute cou rse work is au t horized by the department.

BACHELOR O F ARTS MAJOR: Maximum of 40 semester hours in cl u d ing 1 23, 1 24, 1 25 , 1 26, 1 32, 223, 225, 226, 227, 231 , p l u s 4 hours o f ensemble; 6 h o u rs o f l itera t u re/theory electives trom 327-339, 423-438; 8 h o u rs u f private instruction, p iano ( m i n i m u m clas s level 2). [n addition to rcqui rlo' me nts [is ted a bove, candidat·· for th B . A . degree must meet the foreign language/a l ternati\U requ i re me n t in the College of Arts a n d Scienc>s.

BACHELOR O F MUSIC - INSTRUMENTAL PERFORMANCE 22 Cor

M u sic M usic 3701 380 Music 323 326 345 2-/4420 201 38 I 382 423 424 or 425

Large Ensemble 8 LineMity 2 Orchestration 2 Basic Cond ucting 2 Private In struction 14 (7 semes ters*) Private In s truction: De g ree Recital 2 ( f u l l recital) 2 Class Piano: Min. Level4 4 Chamber Ensemble 2 Contemporary Directions Ensemble 2 Form I Form I[ or I I I 2 2 44 5 Advanced Conducting Litera t u refTheory Electives from 327-339, 424-438 8 74 Total * The n u mber of required cred it hours to be distributed over the nu mber o f semesters indicated. String majors w ill take a n additional 2 semester h o u rs of M u sic 454, Stri ng Pedagogy.

BACHELOR O F M USIC - ORGAN PERFORMANCE M u si c Core Ensemb le (to include Chamber Ensemble, M u sic Contem porary Directions Ensemble) Music 323 345 352 203/403 218 420 423 424 or 425 436 437 438

BACHHOR OF ARTS I N E D UCATION: Consult the School oi Education sec tio n o f this catalog. BACHl:LOR O F M U S IC: rhe department of music also offers the following degree progra m s : o f M u s i c i n Instrumental P e r fo rmance of Music in Organ Performance o f M.usic i n Piano Performance o f Mu sic in Vocal Performa nce of M u s ic in Theory a n d Composition Bachelor l.l f 1vlu sic in Chu rch M u sic Bachelor o f M u sic in Commercial M u sic Master o f M u s i c in Composition, Condu cting, Music Education, and Performance o n s u l t the Graduate Catalog for details of the Master o f M u s ic progra m . Following i s t h e program for a l l e n tering freshmen w h o intend to mOljor in m usic:

Bachelor Bachelor Bachelor Bachelor Bachelor

ourses

Theory: 1 23, 1 24. Music History: 1 32 E r Trai n i ng: 125, 126 Oass Piano: 201 Private I nstruction Large Ensembl (performa nce majors in some areas may postpone this) Physical Education eneral U n iverSity Requirements

Fall 3

Spring 2 4 1 1

1 1 4

M u sic His tory: 132, 231 Ear Training: 1 25 , 1 26, 225, 226 20th C e nt ury: 227

451

1

the 'xception o f Junior Hi g h Teaching M i n o r (non- pecialist), Elementary Teachi ng Major (non-specialist), and Eleme ntary Teaching Mino r ( non-specialist): 7 h o u rs

8 hours 4 hours 3 hours

The n u mber of required credit h o u rs to be d istribu ted over the n u mber of semesters in d icated.

351 382 383 423 424 or 425 431

1

4

6 Li ne,1[ity 2 2 Basic Conducting Organ I mp rovisation 2 14 (7 semesters*) Private I n s truction: Organ 2 (2 semesters') Private I n struction: Harpsichord 2 ( fu l l recital) Private Instruchon: Degree Recital 2 Form I Form I I or I I I 2 2 H is tory o f Org<ln B u i lding d Sa cre M u sic L i terature 2 2 Hymnology a n d IVl u s ic of the Li tu rgy T Literaturef heorv Electives from 6 327-338, 424-438 Total 68

BACHELOR OF MUSIC - PIANO PERFORMANCE M u sic Core 22 Large Ensem ble M u s .ic 2 Linearity M u sic 323 2 Basic Conducting 345 2 Private I nstructi o n : Piano 202/402 14 (7 semesters*) 21 8 Private I nstruction : Harpsichord 1 420 Pri v a te I nstructi o n : Degree Recital 2 (full recital")

1

The following core is reLju i red i n all music degree programs with

Theory: 1 23, 124, 223

22

Accompanying Contemporary Directions Ensemble Two Piano Ensemble Form [ Form I[ or [ I I History of Piano Literature a n d Performance Piano Pedagogy Litera t u ren'heory Electives from 327-339, 424-438 Ensemble electives Tota l

2 1 2 2

2

2 4 6 2 68

The n u mber of required credit hours to b e distributed over the n u mber of semesters i n d icated.

*' Piano majors may eJect to specialize i n solo piano, accompanyin g , or piano pedagogy. Piano accompa n y in & majors and plano pe d ago gy miljors shall present 1/2 reCitals i n the j u n io r or se nior yea r , Piano accompanyin g majors shall accompany two fu l l vocal o r i n stru m e n ta l reCitill s , Piano pedagogy majors shall take four ad ditional credi t hours in piano peda ogy,

MUSIC

93


BACHELOR OF M U S I C - VOCAL PERFORM ANCE Music Music 360-363 Music 323 345 201 204/404 420 353 366 423 424 or 425 453 Language

Core

B 22

Large Ensemble Linearity Basic Cond ucti ng Class Piano: Min. Level 8 Priva te Instructi o n : Voice Private I n s truction: Degree Recital Solo Vo I Literature Opera Workshop Fo rm l Form II or III V ocal Pedag ogy Literatu rerrh co ry E l ectives from 327-339, 424-438" French o r Gc r m a n Total

8 2 2 4 10 (7 semesters·) 2 ( f u l l reci ta l ) 2 2 2 2 2

CHELO R OF M U S I C - COMMERClAL MUSIC

Music 360-363, 370,380 127

1 28

201 2-14420 326 328 339 344 345 372 423 442

6 8 74

449

Recommended: PE 241 Modern Da.nce •

••

COMA 250 F u nd <l m e n tal s of Acting The n u mbe r of req u i red c re d i t hours to be distributed over the nu mbe.r of semesters i n d i ca te d . To include M u sic 437, Sacred Musi Litl'rature

BA CHELOR Music M u sic M u sic 249 323 326 327 345 2-14-20 1 382 423 424 425 426 445

OF M U S IC - THEORY AND Co re

O MPOSITION

Large E n semble Electronic M u s ic Laboratory . Li n ea ri t y

O rc h e s tra tion Co mpo si tion ( p rivate study) Basic Cond uc t ll1 g Private I n s truction: P rin cip a l Instru ment lass Piano: M i n . Leve l 8 ontemporary Directions Ensemble Form I Form I I Form Lli Advaoced Orchestration Adva nced Conducting Literature heory Ele c tives from

328-339, 426-438

Total

BACHELOR OF MUSIC - CHURCH MUSIC M u si o re 360-363 horal Ensemble

360-382 203/ 403 or 204/404 2041404 or 203/403

420 323 326 331 381 382 423 424 or 425 437 438 445 453

469

L<lrg Ensemble

Principa l l n s t T u m e n t (O rga n or Voice)

The number of required number of semesters indi

94

MUSIC

2 6

4 2

2 2 2 2 2

6 73

..2 6 1 12 (7 semesters')

Secondary Instru m e n t (Voice o r Orga n) Private I n s t ructio n : Degree Recital Li nea r i t y Orches tration Music o f j . s . Bach 01a mber E nse mble Contempora ry Di rect io n s Ensemble Form I Form n or r I I Sacred Music Li te ra t ure H y mnology, Music of the Litu rg y A d v a nced C ondu cting Vocal Pedagogy hurch M usic Practicum Litera turerrheory Electives from 327-33<), 424-438 Religion E le c ti ve (Beyond th r <ju i red cou rse' of Core I or II)

22 2 1 2 2 14

2 (2 sem esters') 2 ( fu l l rec i tal )

2 2

2

2 1 2

2 2 2 2 2

2 4

T ota l

4 78

redit hours to be dis tribu ted over th ated.

467

Core Large Ensemble jazz TIleorv

Jau ThcorY IT

Oass Piano ( m i n i m u m level 4) Private I n s truction Private In · truction: D eg ree R e c i ta l Orchestration Arranging H i s tory of j a zz Styles I mprovisa tion Worhhop Basic Co n d u c ti ng U n i ve rs i tv j a z.z. Ensemble Form I . M e t ho d s and rVl a terials o f Com mercial M u s i c Recording Tec h n iq u <, s a nd T 'ch n o l og y Co mmerci a l Music Fi.eld E xpe r ie nce i n Performa nce Electives To ta l

22 4 2 2 2 6 (6 semesters') 2 ( f u l l recita l )

2 2 2

4

2

4 2 2 2

2

8 72

The n u mber of credit h o u rs required to be distributed over the numbe r o f semesters i n d icated ,

COURSE OFFERING S I TRODUCTION TO M U S I C In troduction to mu ic li te rat u re with e m p h a s i on lis­ teni n g , s tr u c t u rc , p c r i o d , a nd style . Designed to en­ h a n ce th nj y m e n t e nd u ndersta nding of music.

1 01

Not op 'n to majors . (4)

UNDERSTAN D I N G M U S I C TH ROU G H MELODY Introd uction to the mu sical a rts t h ro ug h a systematic e x p lora t ion of melody as a primary musical impulse in

] 02

a wide variety of musical · tyles i ncluding ethnic (folk), popular, jazz, rock, c1as, iea ! , opera a nd musical thea­ ter. 1 esigned to enha nce the enjoyment and under­ standing of a l l music thr ugh i ncreased sensitivity to melody. Not open to maj ors. (4)

1 23

T HEORY I

1 24

THEORY I I

The s tudy ll f musica l terms, fu nda mentals, notation, m e lody writing, a ll d harmonization throug h ana lYSis and writing. (3) A con tinuation of 1 23. (2)

1 25 EAR TRAI N I N G I Develop ment of a u ral ski l l in simple rh y t h m i c d i cta­ tion, i nterv a l s, s ight - i n gi n g u si n g progressive exer­ cises consisting o rs h o rt melodies. ( 1 ) 126

EAR TRAINING I I

Continued d v e l o p me n t of aural skills i n Sigh t-sing­ i ng, melodic and r h y th m ic dictati o n . Elemen tary h a r­ monic dictation.

(1)

1 27 JAZZ THEORY I introd uction to the theoretical b as i s of j a zz , i nclud ing m e lo d i c , harmonic, and formaJ asp cts as well as ear t ra i n i n g . (2)


1 28 J AZZ THEORY I T A continuation o f 1 27. Prerequisite: ins tructor. (2)

127 or consent f

M U S I C H ISTORY I v J u t-i o n o f Western music from the e a rl y Chris­ tian e ra th. ro u g h the M id d l e A g e s , Rena issance, and Bar q u e eras. Prere q u i s i te : ] 23 . (4)

132

Th

2 1

C LA S S INSTRUCTION PIANO (1)

202

PRIVATE I N STRUCTI O N : PI ANO (1-4)

203

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION : ORGAN (1-4)

204

PRrv ATE AND C L A S S INSTRUCTION: VOICE (1-4)

205 206

-

PR I VATE INSTRU CTION: VIO LINIVIOLA

(1 -4)

PRIVATE INSTRUCT I O N : C E L LO/BA S S (1-

4)

207

PRIVATE IN STR UCTION : FLUTE (1-4)

208

PIUV ATE INSTRUCTIO N : OBOE/ENG L 1 S H H O RN (1-4)

209

PRIVATE I N STRUCTIO N : B A S SOON (1-4)

21 0

PRrv ATE INSTRUCTION : CLARINET (1-4)

21 1

PRIVATE INSTR UCTION : SAXOPHONE (1-

4)

212

PRIVATE I N STRUCTI O N : TRUMPET (1-4)

213

PRIVATE I N STRUCTION: FRENCH HORN

214

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TROM B ONE/ BA RITONE (1-4)

215

PRIVATE I N S TR UCTION : TUBA (1-4)

216

P R I VATE I N STRUCTIO N : PERCUSSION (1-

217

PRIVATE A N D CLA S S I N STRUCT I O N : G UIT AR (1-4)

(1-4)

20TH CENTURY M US I C The evo l u tion of Western art mu sic i n the 20t h ce.ntury from early dev lopm nt t o cu rre n t tr n d s, i nduding stu d y of mcrgent thear t ical constructs. Pre r 'qui­ s i te s : 223, 23 1 . (3)

227

2. 1

M U S I C HTSTORY n The evolution of West rn m us i c in the Ro m a n ti c era s . Pre requi s i te s : 1 24, 1 3 2 . (4) STR ING LA B O RATORY M thods and m a teria ls of te a c h i n g a nd instruments in t h · p u b l ic 'c. hools (] , 1 )

241-242

0

ic LI nd

5

p laying tring

WOODWIND LABORATORY M e t hods a n d m a te ri a l s o f teach ing a n d p l a ying wood­ w i n d i n s t r u me n t s in t h e p u bl i c s c h oo ls . ( I , 1 )

243-244

BRASS LABORATORY Methods a nd mat rials of teaching a nl playi n g brass instrumen ts in the public chools . ( 1 , L )

245-246

PERCUS S I O N LABORATORY Met�od � and m a t e r i a l s of t eae l i n & a n d pia ling per­ c u�sl o n m t r u me n t s I n the p u b l t S dl o o is . ( I )

247

ELECTR ONIC M U S I C LABORA ORY A l a bo r a t o ry e x pe r i nee d e a l i n g wi t h ma terials a n d m e t h od s o f e l e m en l a ry electronic m u sic sy n t h e s is . R eal-lime cxp ricnee in t h . elect ro n ic m u.sic studio, a s well as d i c u s s i o n f va r io u s pop u la r sy n thesizers, e. lectronlc m u S I c aesth llCS, and the u e o( electfl)1l1c i n s t r u m e n t s in s e c o nd a ry e d u c a t i o n . ( 1 )

249

LINEARITY Lin ar- t ru c t- u ral ana lysis of l i te ra t u r of the 19th n d 20th centu rie.s; i n t ro d u tion to Schenkerian a na l ysis; writing and p "rforma ncC' cxp 'Ii nee i n the con l T pll n­ tal styles of t h se pe ri od . (2)

323

·

4)

218

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: HARP 0-4)

219

PRIVATE IN STRUCTI O N : HARPSICHORD

(1-4)

Om' h a l f-hour private, or two one-h o u r class l es ons per w(,l�k i n ad­

d i tion to daily outside practice. S t u de n ts r!o:ceiving permis.sion t o r i s te r for two semester hours nf c re d i t will receivl' t w o one-ha l f h l u r private I 'sson per W I' ' k . Students i n piano, v o ice and g u i ta r may b e assigned t o class i n s truction a t t h e discretion o f t h e m u sic fac u l ty. Speci a l fee in addition to tuitio n .

,

THEORY IU Systematic study of emergent theoretical con t TU ts frol11 th 1 8 t h and 19th century as represented in liter­ ature o f that p e riod . (2)

223

225

EAR TRAINING III Advanced a u ra l s k i lls t h ro ugh extended rhythms a n d m e l o d i e s . E m pha s i s o n h a r m o n i c dicta tio n . ( 1 )

226 E A R TRAINING I V Sigh t-singing, i n c l u d i ng pan-tona l melodies. Har­ monic d icta tion o f mod u l a tory chord prog re s sions in­ v o l v i n g chroma tic altera t i o n . A d v a n c e d rh y t h m i c dic­ t a ti o n . ( 1 )

326 ORCHESTRATION Th ra nge, l ra nspos i t i n, sound, and tec h nictl l char­ acteri li cs c f i n s tru men t . No tatio n , scoring, and a r­ ranging f r conv n tional a n d u n i q u e in trument groupi n g s . Prere q u iSite: 223. (2) 327 COMPOSITION A sys tematic a p p roa h to contemp rary m usi I com­ po si tio n ; s tu de nt · cr a te a nd n o ta te works for solo, s m a l l a n d I, rg n' mbles. May be re pe a t e d fo r a d d i­ tio n a l cre d i t . S p e c i a l fcc in a d d i tion to t u i t i o n . ( 1 -4) <

A RRANGING S t u d y of orches trati o n a l t ec h n i que s a pp l i " d to com­ merc i a l m us i c . Pre req u i s i t e : 326 or con ent of i n struc­ tor. (2)

328

All music literature cou rses n umbered from 3 1 to 339 are opell to all un iversity ellrollment wit/wut prereq uisite.

M U S I C OF J OHANN S E B A STIA BACH A study of se l ec t e d work re p re se n ti n g each o f t h e pri­ m a ry a reas of t h creative ge n i u s o f J . S . Bach. aly (2)

331

ORNAM ENTATION AND PERFORMANCE PRACTICES OF THE BARO Q UE A I? r a c ti ea l s tu d y o f voca l a nd i ns tru me n t a l ornamen­ tation as i t e vo l ve d in the 17th a nd 1 8 th cen turies. aiy

332

(2)

MUSIC

95


:n

M U S K OF H AYDN A N D MOZART

334

MUSK OF BEETHOVEN

core a naly is a nd study of the historical ignificance of s I cl d works If Haydn a nd Moza rt . aly (2)

A ge n e ra l su rvey w i th I n -d e p l h

works . a/y (2)

s tudy of selected

M BER M U SIC LITERATURE A genera l u r y with in-deplh ludy of sele c ted chambl'r works f r re presenta tIve g mes o aly (2) 336

CH

·

337 THE NINETEENTH CENTURY A RT SONG 1\ s tudy of elect e d art s ng litera l u r ' of ch u b rt, Schu mann , B ra h m , WolL lrauss, Be thoven, Faure, . ebus.s y, and u Pa rc .. S t Ie an< Iysis and interpreta­ tion With p >rformance 1 11 class. a/y (2) 338

H I STORY OF OPERA

A ge n e r a l ill e1' wiLh in-depth sh.ldy of s Ie t d opera score . aly (2) 3 9

HISTORY OF JAZZ STYLES A s u r v e y of th evolu tion of jazz fro m 1 :00 to pres n t , . ll1cl u d lllg earl y d velopment and trends. a/y (2)

34 1

M U S I C I N THE E L E M ENTARY SCHOOL

M e th od s and pr ce d u rc s for the clas r am teacher in d e v elo p i ng lh ' a ri ou ti mu sic activities i J1 the elemen­ tary sc hool Offered 111 th.e tall semester �or stu � ents preparin g to b ecom e m usIC pena hsts. Oifer ? 111 the p n n g -emest ' r (or tho ' s t u d n ts pre parIng for e l Emen ta ry cIa s room tee ching. (2) 43

VOCAL JAZZ TECHNIQ U E S

Methods, Litera ture, style, and tedmique for the vocal jazz en se m !:' l . Emphasis on th ' aC9u isi tion of skills n cessa ry I r teachmg voc a l J azz 111 the secondary chool . ( 1 ) 344 I M PROVISA nON WORKS HOP Sm II group performanc .emph sizing indi v i d u a l im­ p rovi a tio n in a varie ty o t Jazz ly les . May be repea ted fo r e r d i L . ( 1 ) _

·

345 BASIC CON DUCTING I n t ra u ction to b a s ic pc tterns, ges t ur 5, and co nd u c t­ ing te h n iques; a p p lication to appr priate vocal a nd in lmmental score . (2) 349 E LECTRONIC M USIC PRACTICUM Appl ication of tech· oic te�hni g u � s to com posi tional p r ce . For n on- co m p , Ihon mal rs o.nly. A SSIgned studio time on a reg ular baSIS . PrereqUJslte: 249. ( 1 ) 351 ACCOM PANYING Pra ti e in a�c ompanying repr senta tive vocal and in­ stru menta l solo literature from all p e no d s . peoal fee in add i tion to t uition . ( 1 )

352 ORG AN IMPROVISATION Basic tech n iques f improvisa tion, particula rly as re­ la ted to hymn tunes . aty (2) 353

SOLO VOCAL LITERATURE Survey of solo v oca l l i te ra h.lre . (2)

96

MUSIC

360 CH OIR OF T H E WEST A s tu d y of choral l itera t u re a nd technique t h rou g h re­ hearsa l a nd p ertorma nce of both sacred and secular music. Em p h aSI S on mdlvldual vocal development t h ro ugh c h o r a l sin g ing . A u i hons a t t h e be gin n i n g o f faU s e m e s t e r . ( 1 ) U NIVERSITY CHORALE A s t u d y of ch ora � L i te ra ture and tec h n ique

361

through re­ hea r a l and p r to rma n ce of both sacred a nd secula r music. Emp h asis on individual vocal dev � lo p ment through choral singing. Audi tions a t the begmnmg of fa ll semester . (l )

362

CONC ERT CHOIR

s t u d y of choral literatu re c:nd tech nique through re­ hearsa l a nd p er � ormance ot both sacred and secu lar mu s i c. E m phaS I S on tndlVl Uil l voca l develo p ment through choral singing. A u d i t I O n s a t the begtnmng of

A

?

faU semester. ( 1 )

363 U NIVE RSITY SINGERS A studv of choral li tera ture and technique through re­ hearsa ( � nd p er fo rm a J : c e .o f both sacred and secu la r h aSIS on m d l Idual vocal develop ment music. Emp . t hrou g h c h o ra l si n g i ng . ( 1 ) 364 M A D R I G A L A tudy o f secular part song through rea d i n g a n d p e r­ formance . ( 1 )

366 OPERA WORKSHOP Production o f chamber opera a � d o p e w sc� n.es . Par­ tlopa tlon 10 a l l facets of p ro d uch o n . P re re qu Is i te : con­ Sen t of ins tructor. ( 1 ) 370 U N lVERSITY SYMPHONIC B A N D Study of selec te d band li te ra t u re thro ugh rehea rsa l a nd performa nce . Membership by audition. (I ) 372 U N I V E RS ITY JAZZ E N S E M B L E Studv of s I ted jazz literat ure t h rough rehearsal and perfo rma nce . lembe rship by audition. ( 1 ) Section A ­ Ins trumental; Section B - Voca l . 380 UNIVERSITY SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA St udy o f select d o rc h es t ra l l i t ra ture through rehear­ sal a n d perfo r m a nce. Membe rs hi p by audition. ( 1 ) 381 C H A M B E R E N S E M B L E Reading, rehearsal, and pe r forma n ce .of s elected i n ­ strumen ta l chamber musIc. Pre reqU Isite: consent of instructor. ( 1 ) Section A - S tring; S e ction B - Brass; S e ction C Woodv,rind; Section D - Ea rly Instruments 382 CONTEMPORARY D lRECTIONS ENSEM B LE

Public and labora to ry performa nce of contemporary m u sic . ( 1 ) 383 TWO PIANO ENSEMBLE Techniques and p ractice in the performa.nce of t":'" o­ piano a n d p ia n o d uet litera tu re; includes Sight readtng and program planning. ( 1 ) 401

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: JAZZ (1-4)

402

PRI VATE INSTRUCTION: PIANO (1-4)

403

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: ORGAN (1-4)


404

PRIVATE I NSTRUCTION: VOICE 0-4)

405

PRrv ATE INSTRUCTION: VIOLINIVIOLA

406

0-4)

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CELLO/B A S S 0-

4)

All music literature courses /lumbered frolll 43 1 to 438 are open to all ulliversity ellrollment uiitilOut prereq uisite.

43 1

HI STORY OF PIANO LITERATURE A N D PERFORMANCE

A study of represe nta tive piano compositions of all periods . aly (2)

407

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: FLUTE (1-4)

408

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: OBOEIENGL I S H H O R N 0-4)

409

PRIVATE IN STRUCTION: BASSOON (1-4)

433 MUSIC OF BELA B A RTOK A s tudy of representative works of various periods of Bartok . a/y (2)

41 0

PRIVATE IN STRUCTION: CLARINET 0-4)

435

41 1 412 413

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: SAXOPHONE 0-

4)

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TRUMPET 0-4) PRIVATE I NSTRUCTION: FRENCH HORN

(1-4)

414

PRIVATE I NSTRUCTION: TROMBONE/ B A RITONE 0-4)

415

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TU B A (1-4)

416

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PERCUSSION (1-

4)

417

PRIVATE I N STRUCTION: G U ITAR (1-4)

418

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: H ARP (1-4)

419

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: HARPSICHORD

420

(1-4)

PRIVATE I NSTRUCTION: D E G REE RECITAL 0-2)

One half-hour les o n per week. Students receiving pe rm i ssion to register for 2-4 semest r .hours of credit wi l l receive two one-half hour private lessons per week. Special fec i n a d d ition to tuitio n . All 400 series private i n s truction req ui·res permission from t he M u s ic Department before registration.

423 FORM I Advanced a na lysis of litera ture from Cla ssic, Early and M i ddJe Roma n tic s tyles in representa tive genres and media . (2) 424 FORM II Advanced ana lysis o f litera t u re from l a te Roman tic, Impressionist, a nd N a tionalistic s tyles in representa­ tive genres and media . Prerequisite: 423 . aly (2) 425 F O R M I I I Advanced analysis of l itera ture from Modern and Contemp orary s tyles in represen ta tive genres and media . P rerequisite: 423. a/y (2) 426 A DVANCED ORCHESTRATION Directed studv and scorin g of selected piano works fo r la rge ensembfe; inde pen dent study, may be repeated for additional credit. O ffered on deman d . (1 -2) 428 ADVANCED A R R A N G I N G A con tinuation of 328 on an i ndividualized basis. Pre­ requisite: 328 or consent of instructor. May be re­ pea ted for additional credit. ( 1 -2)

MUSIC IN THE UNITED STATES: A H ISTORICAL INTROD U CTION

A su rvey from the colonial p eriod to the presen t cover­ ing both the cu ltiva ted a n d the vernacula r traditions. aly (2) 436 H I STORY OF ORGAN BU I L D I N G A two-fold s tudy, invoiving both the technicai evolu­ tion of the pipe orga n (key-actions, windcbest de­ signs, pi pework varieties and construction, the organ case) as well as the historical evol u tion of the various concepts of tonal design a s these relate to the perform­ ance of orga n litera t ure . aly ( 2) 437 SACRED M U S I C LITERATURE A survey o f church mu sic primarily thro ugh the study of representative major works. aly (2) 438

HYMNOLOGY A N D THE M U S I C OF T H E LITURGY

A survey of C h ristian hymnody, considered from both a m usical and poetic viewpoint. Also considered w i l l be t h e concept and performa nce o f music tor the liturgy, both his toric a nd contempora ry, primari ly from the Roman, Anglica n, a nd Lutheran traditions. a/y (2) 441

RECENT TECHNIQU E S FOR E L E M E NTARY MUSIC

The concern of the upper elementa ry a n d middle school m usic teacher, i ncluding Orff and Kodaly tech­ niques. (2) 442

METHO D S A N D MATERIALS O F COMMERCI A L M U S IC

Sou rces and a pplications of commerci al music meth­ ods and ma terials, including business and legal con­ sidera tions . (2) 443

METHODS A N D MATE R I A L S FOR SECONDARY CHORAL M U S I C

The orga nization and administration of the secondary school m u sic curricu l u m with p a rticu lar a ttention to the needs of the choral p rogra m . Orga niza tion, man­ agement, teaching methods, rehearsal techniques, and choral l i te ra tu re a p pro p ria te for the various age and experience levels ot stu d ents in grades 7-1 2 . (2) 444

METHO D S A N D MATERIALS FOR SCHOOL I NSTRUM ENTAL M U S I C

The orga ni.za tion and administra tion of the seconda ry school m usic curricu lum with pa rticular a ttention to the needs of the ins tru mental pro g ra m . Organization, management, teaching metho d s, rehear a l tech­ niques, and instrumental literature a ppropria te for the various age and experience levels of students i n grades 4-12. (3)

MUSIC

97


445

ADVANCED CONDUCTING

506

R iin· ment of p a tterns, gestures, and conducting techniques; a pp l ication to a p p ro pria te vocal and in­ strumenta l score s . Prerequisite : 345 . (2) 449

RECO R D I N G TECHNIQUES AND TECHNOLOGY

Th theo ry and practice of audio recording, including labora tory ex perience w i th va rious media, recording quipment, locations, and genre . P rivate or group in­ st rucLio n . Special fee . aly (2)

451

PIANO P E D A G O G Y

aching tech n iques for prospec tive teachers of piano, including techniques of priva te and class piano instruction . Methods and ma terials from beginning through advanced levels. (2) Section A - Basic; Section B - Lower Elementary ; Section C - Upper Elementa ry; Section D Advance d .

T

-

452

O R G A N PEDAGOGY A N D REPERTO I R E

Me t hod s and techniques of priva te organ instruction, · including su pervisecf p ractical experience. A s u rvey of organ l i tera tu r representative ot all major composers and s tyle periods . aly (2)

453

VOCAL PEDAGOGY

Physiological, psychological, and pedagogical aspects of s i n g i ng. (2) 454

STRING PEDAGOGY

The p h y s i logica l a nd psychological a p p roach to string p laying and teaching. I ncludes discu ssion and demons tra tion of instrumen t and bow techniques, private lesson a p p roach and materials, general and specific string problems. aly (2) 467

COMMERCIAL M U S I C FIELD EXPERIENCE IN PERFORMANCE

Pre para tion for p rofessional work t h rough p ractical field e x p e r ie n ce 111 performa nce situations. Prerequi­ sites: 442, consen t of instructor, and j unior or senior s ta tus. (2) 468 PRACTICUM IN COMMERCIAL M U S I C A u pervised educational exp erience in a work set­ ting. P n: re q wsite s : consent o f instructor and ju nior or senior sta tus. May be repea ted for additional credi t . (2)

469

CHU RCH M U S I C PRACTICUM

.

(2)

49 1 , 492

INDEPENDENT STUDY

Prerequisite: consen t of instructor. May be repeated for addi tional cre d i t . ( 1 -4) 502

PRIV ATE INSTRUCTION: PIANO (1-4)

503

P RIVATE IN STRUCTION: ORGAN (1-4)

504

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: VOICE (1-4)

505

P R I V A TE INSTRUCTION: VIOLINIVIOLA

(1-4)

507

P RIVATE IN STRUCTION: FLUTE (1-4)

508

P RIVATE INSTRUCTION: OBOE/E N G L I S H HORN (1-4)

509

P RIVATE INSTRUCTION: BASSOON 0-4)

51 0

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CLARINET 0-4)

511

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: SAXOPHONE 0-

4)

512

P RIVATE INSTRUCTION: TRUMPET (1-4)

51 3

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: FRENCH H O R N

514

P RIVATE INSTRUCTION: TROMBONE/ B ARITONE 0 -4)

51 5

P RIVATE INSTRUCTION: TUBA 0-4)

516

0-4)

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PERCUSSION 0-

4)

51 7

PRfV ATE INSTR UCTION: G U ITAR 0-4)

518

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: H A R P 0 -4 )

519

PRfVATE INSTRUCTION: H A RPSICORD

0 -4) 520

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CONDUCTING

(1-4)

One h a l f- h o u r lesson per week. Students receiving permission to regi�ter for 2-4 s mestcr h o u rs o f cred i t w i l l receive two l)ne-ha l f h o u r priva t · lessons per wee k . Spe c i a l fee in a d d ition to t u ition . A I ! 500- 'erics priva tE' i n struction req u ires permission from the M u sic De p a r t m e n t before re g i s t ra t io n . ( 1 -4)

527 COMPO SITION A systematic a pproach to con tem pomry music com­ p osition; students create, notate, and p erform works for solo, small and large ensembles. May be repeated for credit. ( 1 -4) 532

MUSIC BIBLIOGRAPHY AND RESEARCH TECHNIQUES

Survey o f the main research tools available for ad­ vanced w or k in music. Course content can be adapted to needs of stud nts i n music education, theory, or performance. aly (2) 539

Planning, rehearsing, and p roviding weekly mu ic for a local ch urch u nder the gUIdance ora facu lty m em be r

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CELLO/BA S S 0-

4)

TOPICS IN M U S I C H I STORY

Development of a research paper on a selected s ubj ect relil ting to the departmental upper division offerings in music history and lite ra ture. (331 -339, 431 -438) . (2) 545

SEMINAR IN ADVANCED CON DUCTING

Directed study o f selected scores fo r large and small ensembles, vocal a nd instrumenta l . May be repea ted for cred it. (2) 549

E LECTRONIC M U S I C SYNTH E S I S

Di.rected study of electronic mu sic litera ture, tech­ ni ques, and com position . May be repea ted for credit.

( 1 -2)

551

ACCOMPANYING

Practice in accom p a nying rep resenta tive vocal and in­ s trumental solo l i terature from all periods. Accom­ p a nyi n g in performance will be required. S pecial fee in add i tion to tuition. ( 1 )

98

MUSIC


560

CHOIR OF THE WEST

t dy of choral ensemble rehearsal tech niques with e m p h a s i s on score analysis. ( ) A

s u

561

U N IV E R SITY CHORALE

A stu dy of choral e nsemble rehearsal techniques with

emphasis on vocal pedagogy i n the rehearsal . (1)

566 OPERA WORKSHOP Production of cha mb e r opera a nd ope ra scenes. Par足 tici p ation i n all facets of p roductio n . P re r e q u is i te : c n足 s nt f i n s t r uct o r . ( 1 ) 570 UNIVERSITY SYMPHONIC B AND A study of b nd rehearsal techniques w i th emphasis o n score nalysis. (1) 72 U NI V E RS ITY JAZZ ENSEMBLE A study of j azz ensemble rehea rsa l techniques with

e m p ha s i s on stylistic considera tions. ( 1 )

580 UNIVERSITY SY MP HONY ORCHESTRA A 揃 tudy o f orches tra ensemble re hearsal techniques with e m ph a sis on scar a na lysis. ( 1 ) 581 CHAMBER ENSEMBLE Analysis, rehearsal, and p rformance of selected in足 s t r u m e n t I c h a mber music. Prer q u is i te : consen t of i n s t ructor. (1) 582

CONTEM POR A RY D I R ECTIONS

ENS E M B L E

Pu blic a nd la bo ratory p e rform a nce of c o n t e mp o ra ry musi . Emphasis on score a na lysis . (I )

83

TWO-PlANO ENSEMBLE

Perfo rm a nce of tw o p i a no and piano duel l i tera tu re, inclu d ing score analysis. ( 1 ) -

590 596

599

GRAD UATE SEMINAR (1-4) RESEARCH IN M U SI C (1-4) THESIS (2-4)

COURS E S TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 301 303 305 306 3 11

A Cultural Tour of N ew York City Introduction to Piano Beginners Band Johann Sebastian Bach: Nine Cantatas with a Passio n Musical Th eater Experience

MUSIC

99


DMSION OF

Natu at Sc·ences

d uca t io n a t Pa c i fic L u th r<J n U n i ver s i tv is dir eled b th towa rd underg radua te preparatio'n of fu t ure scie nce p ro fessionals a nd owa rd the creation of c r i t ic a l scien t i fi c awareness for [ i b c ra J ly ed u ca ted ci ti ze n s i n a l l walks of l i fe . Sci n ee

.

as fu nda men tal p ri n c i p l es , gr ups of concept , bod i e s of k n m ledge, a n d means f T s u rviv, I. Hol i s t ic so lu t'io ns t o globa l problems re q ui re t h e a b i l i t y lo i n te rre l a te tech n ica l k n o wledge a nd human v a l u es . Sci e n ce m u s t be t a u g h t

Conce rn for h o w s i e n c e i s u sed m u s t n o t obscu re the motiv a t io n for p u rsuit o f t he bf.!s t scie n ti fic w o rk : t l1l' j o y o f tryi n g a d . uccced i n g, t he joy o f di scovery , n d u n ders t a n d i n g . FACULTY Swank, iuisiollal Chair; fac u l ty memb ers of the Depart m e n ts of B i o l ogy, Chemi stry, Ea rth Scie.nces, M ath ematics and Computer Science, and Physics and Engineering.

As a d i \' i :;iun w i t h i n the 011 ge o f Arts cl n d SClcnc�' s , the D ivisi o n "I' N, t u ra l 5cil ' n ces o f l' rs . ro)�ra lT1' i n pach c o n s t i t u' n t k': ,ld i n g to l h e D . • • B . · · . dq, TC(,S a n d to the 13 . 5 . In I c c h n u lo g y . Co u rse or tc n n gs a n d degree rICq u i r e m c n t arc l i s t,,'d u nd e r :

f

depa rt m(;n l �kdlci'l l

1 �:'l

BIOLOGY Ct-IEMlSTRY

EARTH SCI ENCES MATHEMATIC AND COMPUTER SClENCE PHYSICS AND E N G I N E RING

Sec a l so the s.' e t i o n s o f t h i s ('ata l o g on t h e E n v i r o n m c n t a l S t u d i," Pro�ral11 and u n the. HCd l t h Sci e nce s ( u n d c r Pre­ p ro fessional l'rngTa m b) . CoursCb s u i tnble for m 'cl i ng Cor" 5cic nCl" I M " t h c. m a tics may be f"ll ll e!

.

below:

1 fl'q u i n;nll' n l i n Nill u rd l w i t h i n e a c h d e p a rl m c. n t o r

COURSE OFFERING 1 06 COSMOS, EARTH, AND U FE C I1si dcra t'ion o f t h e begi n n i n g' , ev( l u tion, and pos­ sible fa te s of lh u n i ve rse 8 S revealed by p r�sen t e vi­ d �nce . The fo r m atio n and develop me n t of pl a n t e tth, geol.ogic processes t h ro u g h geologic t i m e . The impacl of c i vi liza tio n on gh ba l re sou rce. s . The a t o m i c a n d m ol cu l a r vi w of h mi a l prc rl'qu i s i tcs for l i fe . T h e Oli g i n a n d formation of t h e a t m l s p here a n d po­ t e n tia l t h rea ts of l te ri n g i ts co n s t i t ue n ls . Study of t h e deve lop me n t a n d d iversi fi cation of l i f ' by fw u s i n g o n 1I 11 i fyi ng c n epts a nd c o n ll' 1 systems. L b ) ra to ry ex­ periences to rein force under t a n d i n g o f ho'w h y p th­ eses a r e b u i l t and cri t ically tested . Fu lfi lls N a tu ra l i ncesfMa t he.ma tics cor ' req u i re me n t, line 1 o r 2 . (4) c


N rSlng •

SCHOOL OF A

nursing ca reer offers great opportu n i ty for a rich and re ard ing professional l i fe . I t a fford virtually unlimited cho ice of loca tion, e n vi ronme nt, nd type of service. The physical , mental, socia l, and spiritual health of people is of u n iver al onc rn , a n d those prepared t maintain their good health are in nsta n t demand. The Sch 0 1 of N u rsi ng is a profession a l school which combines p rofessional a nd Ijberal a rts studies in assisting students to develop a s e n se of r ' po n s i bi lity for acq uiring the a t t i t u d s , knowledge, and skill necessary fo r me e tin g nursin"Y n � ds of the com m u n i ty. The generic program i · d 'signed fo r studen ts who have had no previous prepa ration in n u rsing, Cl n d graduates of this program wh suc essftll ly complete the State Board exa minations (R g i slere d N u rse) a re prepar d f r beg i n n i n g posib() n � i n p rofession a l nursing. The School aJso lifers a specia l program to registered n urses who wish to complete re q uiremen t s for the BCI h 'lor of Scie nce in N u rsi ng a nd prepare for leadership posi tions" Graduat s from either p rogram are p repared for continuing their formal ed ucation at the gr, duat level. '

nder the d i rec t su pervision of i ts fa cu lty m mbers, ch )01 u s 5 faci l i b es of hos pi taL, hea l t h agenc. ie , and schools i n rhe co m m u n i ty t p rovi de optimal cl inic I learning experie n ce fo r i ts stu dents . the

The S ch ool of ur " j g is accredited by the Wa hinglon State Board f u rsi n g and by th ' National League for Nursin I t is a charter memb f the estern Cou ncil on High r Edu 'atio n for .

Nur'ing.

FACU LTY ManseIJ, Deun; Aikin, Allen, Carpen ter, CaIper, Cone, Coombe, Gough, Hagerott, Hansen, Hefty, D. Joh nson, Ki rkpatrick, C. Klein, Lingenfel ter, Mason, E. Meehan, Normile, L. O l son, Page, Rhoade , Shuma ker, Stavig, Steege, Stigge lbout, Stucke, Williams, Wilson, Yumibe.

• "

q 0 "

"


ADMISSION AND CONTIN UATION POUGES

who is considering making application for a d mission to the nu rsing p rogram is advised to contact the School of Nursing for advice aDout prerequisites to be com pleted, other requiremen ts to be m e t, a n d the progra m to p u rsue after a d m ission .

Appl ica tions for a d mission to the School of ursing are accepted twice during the' year. Students wishing to be considered for either fa l l o .r spring semesters o f the fol l owing academic yeM mu�t submit applications bet\.\('e n january 1 and February IS. Students wishing to be considered tor spring se m s ter .1 d m ission must submit a p l ication by September 1 5 . Ap.plic.1 tions are considered only i the il pplica nt has been I.,[fered , d mission to the university a n d has p rovided transcripts .md A l lied Health Profe.ssions Admission Test scores ae requ e�tcd by the A d m i . . ions Committ e. I n format on about the A l lied Health Professi ons A d m ission Test may be secured from the School early i n the fall.

HEALTH

S tu den ts seeking a d m ission to either the generic p rogram or the program tor regIStered nurses m u s t 111akc formal appltcahon to both the u n iversity and the School o f Nu rsing.

r

When there arc more qualified applicants than the School can accept, selection is made on a competi tive basis. I n making the selection, the School of N u rsing Ad missions C o m mittee uses grade " as th mEljor means of evaluation, but al '0 considers such other releva n t factors as elected scores received on the Allied Health Profe·sion.- dm l�s ion Test, prior experience in nursing, previous studv a t PLU, significant co-curricul a r activities (schooL com munity, ch urch, etc.) and o the-r perti nent extenuating or extraordinary circu m stance Students ilre admitted to begin their nUniing progTilm i n either the fa l l or the spring semester, and selection for both terms is mad" the p revious spri ng-, gem'rilll b, May 1 . A dditional selection for the spring semester ts made in the fa l l , generally by November 1. I nsofar as p ossible, students are a d mitted for the term o f their choice, but when th r are too m a n ' d('siring a gi ven term, determination of which stude n ts "v I l i be a d m i tted for th l.' next scmc · ter and which will be deferred until the fol lowing semester is made by ra ndom selection. To comple tE' t b e Bach�lor o f S c ienl.; e i n ! ursing progra m , ix se m este rs a re. normally required from the time of enrolling in the fir · t nurs i n g course [eg-ardles ' of the n u m ber o f collq;� ('[edits earned previously. The School .of N u rsing reserves the right to request withdrawal llt a nursin g s tu d e n t w ho fa d s to demo nstrate competency o r who fails to main t.1 in professional cond uct. Minimal criteria for a d mission to or continuation i n the School of N u rsing arc a s fol lows: l . Ad m ission to the u n iversity. Applica n ts must have been ad mitted to PaciJic Lutheran U n i versity before consideration of their applicatio n . However, a d miSSIon to the u n iversity docs not guara n tee a d mission to the School of N u� rsing. 2. Completion o f o r current e n ro l l mc' n t i n Psychology I Ol ( I n tro d uction to Psychology) a n d th rl.'\.' ot the following: Biology 201 ( I n twc!uctury M icrobiology), Biology 205, 206 ( H u m a n Anatomv a nd Physiology) , Che mis try 103 (Chemistry of Life), and Sociology 101 (Introduction to Sociology). (The remaining COUTses will be completed a fter ,'nrolling i n the n u rsing progra m . ) 3 . Com p letion o f a m i n i m u m o f 2 6 semester cred i t hours. Some of these may be in progress a t the time of applica tio n . 4 . A m i n i m u m grade o f 2 . 00 i n a l l required n u rsing a n d p rerequisite courses. A student receiving a grade o f less than 2.00 i n a ny course which is a prerequisite for a nursin g course may not continue in that nursing course until the prerequisite course is repeated with it grade point of 2 . 00 or above. 5 . A minimum c u m u l a tive grade point average o f 2.00. 6 . Physical hea l th a n d stamina necessary to withsta n d the demands o f n u rsing. 7. Emotional stabil ity s u fficient to cope with the stresses i n herent in learning and practicing n u rs ing. Registered nu rses a rc a d m i tted to begin their nursing program in the fal l semester. They may choose to be enrol led fu ll-t.ime for a total of sixteen months, or to extend their progra m a n d enroll on ,1 p art-time basis. The registered n u rse student must have completed a l l non-n u rsing coun;' prerequisites and a minimum of 2 4 semester cred i ts of the core requireme nts a n d electives for a tota l of 56 s m l'ster cred i ts . O ther m i n i m a l criteria for ad mission to or contin uil tiun In the nursing progrilm are a s ou tlined above for t h e generic s tudent. T h e regis tered n u rse

1 02

NURSING

The nursing student is responsible for maintaining optimal hea l t h a nd is a teacher of health. Physical examination, x-rays, a nd i m m u n izations are required betore ad m i ssion to the clinical areas, a nd periodical ly thereafter, a n d a rc the responsibility o f t h e s tudent. E a c h s t u d e n t must carry personaJ h e a l t h insurance. ADDmONAL COSTS

In addition to regu lar u niversity costs, students arc tu p rovide their own transportation between the u niversity cam p u and the cltI1lcal labora tory a reas beglllI1lng With the first nu rsll1g' course. Available public trc1 llsportation is l i m ited, so provision for private tra ns ,ortation is essentia l . Students are required to carry professional iability insu rance during all periods of clinical experie n c e . This is available under a grou p plan a t a nominal cost to the studen t . Health exa mination fees, student uniforms (approximately Sl 1 5.(0) a n d equipment (wristwatch, sci5sms, stethoscope) arc also the responsibility o f the student.

f

CE RTIFlCA TION FOR SCHOOL NURS I N G

E ducational Staff Associate Certificiltion for school nurses is ind ivid ually designed t h rough a consortium consisting of a school dis trict, related profeSSional associ a tion, a n d Pacific Lutheran U n iversity. Additional information on this p rogram ('a n be obtained by contacting the dean o f the School o f Education or the dean o f the School of N u rSing. RESOU RCES A N D F A C I L I T I E S

Good Samarit-an Hos p i ta l , Puya l l u p , \IVA ( 1 70 beds) David K . H a m ry , M . I I . A . , President MMv lone Troeh , R . N . , Director o f N u rsing Lakewood Genera l Hospita l , Tacoma, \IV A ( 100 beds) Bruce M. Yeats, A d m i n istrator Peggy Dawson, R. N . , Assista n t Admin istrator for N u rsing Service Madi s an A r m \, Med ical Cen ter, Tacoma, iVA (536 beds) Bngac!icr General Guth rie L. Tu rner, j r . , M . D . , Commanding Offiner Colonel 6 veri\, Glor, B . S . N . , M . S . , D. N . , Ch ief, Department o f Nu rsi n g ' ivLu)" Bridge C hildren's I lealth Center, Taco m,l , \IVA (68 beds) j . Peter johnson, M . H . A . , Admi.nistrator Karen Lvnch, R . N . , B . S . N . , Assistant Administrator for Pa tie'n l Se rvices Puget Sound Hospital, Tacoma, iVA ( 145 beds) Leo G . Smith, B . S . C . , v i t . P . I I . , Administrator Sister Judi th Levesque, R . N . , B . N . , M� N . , Director o f N u rsing 5t. Joseph Hospital, Tacoma , iVA (250 beds) Daniel Russell, B . S . , M . H . A . , Administrator Hazel Hurst, R . N . , 6 . S . , M . N . , Assista n t Admin istrator for N u rsing Service St. Peter Hospitil l , Olym ia, \IVA (150 bed s) David L. Bjornson, iv . H . A . , Adm i nistra tor Anne Berto l i n , R . N . , B . S . N . , Director of N u rsing Service Tacoma G e neral Hospital, Tacom a , \VA (299 beds) DaVid ,vhchaud, B . S . , :VI . S . H . A . , PreSident Betty Hoffman, R . ;\J . , B . S . N . , Director of Nursing Service Tacoma-Pil.� rce Cou n ty Health Department, T.1 (oma, WA R . M . N ichola, M . O . , M . H . S . A . , Director, Tacoma-Pierce County Health Department Na ncv Cherry, R . N . , M . P . H . , Director o f N u rsing Tacoma (oublic Schools, Tacoma, W A Donna G. Ferguson, R . N . , M . N . , Coordina tor of H ea l th & Hand icapped, Division of Health The Doctors Hospital, Tacoma, \VA (70 beds) Mal Blair, M . H . A . , A d m i n iBtrator H a rriet f-I u ffm � n , R . N . , Asoista n t Admin istrator, Director of Patient Services Veteran, Ad m i nistration Hospital, Tacoma, W A (904 beds) Willii1m E . Claypool, A . B . , ivI . H . A . , D i rector joa n Stout, R . N . , B . S . N . , tvI . N . A . , Chief, N u rsing Service W stern State Hospital, S te i lacoom, W A (950 beds) Morg a n Martin, 1'A. D . , S u perintendent Vivia n Eh ly, R . N . , M . S . , Director o f N u rsing

r


BACHELO R OF SCIENCE IN NURSING ·1 h e c u rric u l u m p l a n a n d its i m p l e m e n t a t i o n a rc d e s i g n e d to foste.r growth a n d to e nco u ra ge initiative a n d self-direction on the p a rt of the studenL In add i t i o n to n u rsing requirements, the s tu dent is expec ted to meet u n iversity requirements. N urs ing CllurSes arc sequential i n nature and all have prerequisites. A student i nterested in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree should contact the School of Nursing and begin the course sClluence upon entrance to the u n iversity. For spring semester enrollment the cu rricu l u m generally follows the fa l l semest 'r Format with modifications as necessary to assure comp l e t i on of a l l p re req uis i t e cou rses by the time they arc needed . A sch e d u l e of courses is developed indiv id u a l ly w i th each s tudent who begins nursin g co urs es in t h e s p r i n g s e m e s t c L N u rs i n g cou.rses must be taken concurrently a nd i n sequence a s i ndica tt'd i n t h e sample cu rricu l u m , and normally ex t e nd over s i x semesters. Fl RST YEAR - Pre-Nursing p, II Scmester

Biolo g y 205 Psychology lOI or Sociology 1 0 1 C U R/ orl' Physical Educ atio n 1 00

I n terim Elective

Spring Semester Chemistry 103 Sociology 101 o r Psychology 1 0 1 Biology 206 Physical Education

4 4 4 ___ I 13

4 4

___

4 4 4 1 13

SECOND YEAR

Fa l l Semester Biologv 201 G U RICorc Psychologv 335 o r Education 321 N u rsi ng 2 14 Physical Education

4

4 4 4 ___ 1

17 I n t eri m E l e ct ive Spring Semester I ursing 220 ursing 224 CUR/Core Elective Physical Education

-

F II Semester u r si ng 334 N u rsing 344 C U R/C o re

I n terim (optional) Spring Semester

NurSing 354 NurSing 384 N u rsing 394 G U R/Core

4 4

___

4 4 4 4

1 17

___

4 4 ___ 8 16

0-4

FOURTH YEAR Fall Semester N u rsing 424

4 4 4 4 ___

N u rsing 434

Nursing 444 C U R/Core

16

0-4

I n terim (op tional) Sp r i ng Semester N u rs i ng 464

4 ---1i 12

N u rSing 478

'GUR

general u n i v e rsi ty re q u i re m e n t

COURSE OFFERIN G S 214

NURSING I : SOCIALIZATION TO NURSING

Concepts regarding self a n d society, relations, com­ m unications, lea rnin g s, and levels o f wellness. In­ troduces historical mi festones o f nursing and trends in nursing ed uca tion. Prerequisites: PSY 1 0 1 , and prior or concurre n t enrollment in SOC l O L (4) 220

NURSING II: COMMONALITIES IN NURSING CARE

I ntroduction to the n ursing p rocess and psychomotor skills i n client care . Emphasis is o n the role of the pro­ fessional n urse in implementation of the n u rsing p ro­ cess. Includes selected clinical experiences v,lith a d u l t clients. Prerequisites: BIOl 201 , 2 0 5 and 206; l\ ruRS 2 14; and concurrent registration in 224. (4) 224 NURSING II: HEALTH ASSESSMENT Assessment of health status of well chi ldren a nd adults . E m p hasis is on begi n n i ng assessment tech­ n i ques as p a r t of the nursing process. Attention is given to the u se of health res o u rces, the i n fluences o f the eco-system, and t h e role o f t h e health team i n m a i n ta i ni n g wellness. I ncludes selected c l i nical ex­ periences w i th well children and adults. Prerequisi tes: B IOl 205 and 206; C H E M 1 03; NURS 2 1 4; p rior Qr con­ curre n t registration in PSYCH 325 (or E D U C 321 ) ; and concurrent registra tion in NURS 2 2 0 . (4) 334 NURSING CENTRUM I An introduction to the less complex medica l-surgical situations of adul ts, to the growing family, a nd to the preventive aspeCts of mental health nursin g . D rug and diet therapy and theories of phy sical an d psych­ osocial development. Prerequisites: B I O L 2 0 5 and 206; N U RS 220 a n d 224; and concurrent registration in 344. (4)

4

4 4 4 ___

16

NURSING

1 03


3 44 HEALTH PROBLEMS Med ica l-s u rgical p ro b l e m s o f a less s tressful na ture and a p p ro p ri<lte nursing actions to faci l i ta te adapta­ tion . I ncl u d e. experience with a growi ng family lhn ugh the peri n a tal p e r iod, and a p pl ication of p ri n­ cip les of c ri s i i n terv e n tion i n dea ling with health pr ble m s i n l ec te d cli nical experiences . Prerequi­ si tes: B l OL 205 <l nd 206; NURS 220 and 224; and con­ cu nen t r gistra t i o n in 334. (4)

354

NU RS ING CENTRUM II

The me re complex medical-surgic<ll and psyc h ia tric s i t u a t io n s . " m p h a si5 o n p <l tho p h y s i o l o g ical and p-yc h o p a t hologic<ll a sp e cts a nd t h e i r a p p l i ca ti on to th n u rsi ng proces in t he care o f child ren and a d u l t s . Prerequisites: 334 a nd 344, a n d concu rre n t registration i n 384 nd 394. (4)

384

CLINICAL PROBLEMS I Psy chi<l tric a nd medica l-surgical p roblems of a stress­

fu l natu r with the <l p p ropri a te n ursing actions to faci l i ta te a d a p ta t i on or restor a t io n to a h ig h e r level o f weUn ss . Pre requisites: Concurren t registration i n 354 and 394. (4)

394 NURSING PRACTICUM I Oinical a p p li c a t io n of N ur s i ng 354 and 384 . The stu­ dent i s e. pc.: t d to a p ly theoretical principles base d 011 p a t h o p h y s i o log ic a and psychopa thological con­ ce p t s in th e clin ical setting, u s i n g in terpersonal and technical s kil l s . P re req u i s i tes: Co ncurre nt registr<l tion

t

i n 354 and 384 . (4)

424

NURSING CENTRUM III I n t ro d uction to acute devia n t behavior patterns a n d to I j Ie threa t e n i n g medical-su rgical p roblem s of children a n d a d u l l s . Emphasis o n complex path ophysiological and psy h o pa t hol o gica l aspects and thei r i mp lications fo r t h e nursing p roce ' s . Prerequisite ' : 354, 384, and 394, and co n c u r re n t registration i n 434 and 444. (4)

434 CLlNlCAL PROB LEMS II In troduction to nursing actions a ppropriate to str ess ­ ful medical, sur g ic al , and p sychiatric problems and to th new 'r parameter of n u rsing. Exam i n a tion of i sli e, in n u rsin � and c ha n g e s i n health care systems. Prerequis ites: Concurrent reg i str a ti on i n 4 2 4 a n d 444. (4) 444 NURSING PRACTICUM n a inical a p p l ication of pa thophysiological and psycho­ pathological concepts in criti c a l care n u rs ing, i nclud­ i ns. use o f i n terpersonal and s o p histicated technical ski l l s . Prereq u i s i tes: Concurren t registration i n 424 and 4 4. (4) 464 NURSING CENTRUM I V P repara tion for fu t u re p r o fessionaJ roles o f the n urse in t h l h alth d e l i v e ry syste m . E m p h a s i s on leadershi p n d ma nagemen t skills, p rofessional j udgment, deci­ sion making, a nd the n urse a s a cha nge age n t . Exami­ nation of l e gi slati on , e c o n o mic s e c u r i ty , p rofe s sio n a l grow t h, a n d the use of health a n d w e lfa r e r e sou r ces . P r e req ui s it e s : 424, 434, a n d 444, a n d c o n cu r re n t regis­ tra tion i n 478. (4)

104

NURSING

478

SENIOR PRACTICUM Clinical <l pplicabon of p rof'ssional a nd techn ical skills i n pri mary or seco ndary n u rs i ng se t t i ng s . Each stu­ dent i s expected to function i n a sta ff n ur se role and progress to a leadership rol ' . Pr 're q u i si t e s : 424, 434, and 444, and concurre n t regi s t rali o n in 464 . (8) 492 I N D E PENDENT STUDY P re re q ui s i t e : Pe rmissi n o f the dean. ('1 -4)

49 1 ,

COURSES TO BE O FFE RED IN THE 1 983 INTERIM 308 311

Medications: Theory and A dmin istratio n Su rgical Intervention


Ph-Iosophy Phil so phy is the pare n t acad mic discipline which gave birth to tod ay's variety of ar ts a nd scien ces . It ana lyzes basic i ssues in all fields a n d s e k s to u nder tand the in terconnections among the various facets of human l i fe and xperience. Areas of concern include the scope and character of human knowl dge; moraL aesthetic, and religious va lu � ; human ne ture and i ts p lace i n t h e universe; and the lIltimate na ture o f reality. A cour e of study i n phi l o p hy acquain ts students ,vith major rival world views and va lue sys tem s, encou rages them i n the habit of analytic and systematic thought, and h el p s them to sel:! li fe critical ly, a ppreciati ely, and whole.

FACULTY P. Menzel, Chair; Arbaugh, Huber, Myrbo, N ordby.

USES OF P H I LOSOPHY Cou rses in p h i l osop hy are. designed to meet the needs of a variety of st u d e n ts: ( 1 ) those who desire some knowle dge of ph ilosophy as a basic elem e n t i n J liberal educ<1 tion; (2) th ose who wish to p u rs u e some s pecial in terest, for E'xil mp k', in e t h ics, science, religion, t h e h is tory of though t , o r tl"" idea s of particu l a r men or p ,,' o p le s; (3) those w h o wish to support t lw i r work i n other fie lds , tor exa mple, l i l<'ra t u re, history, re l igion, t h e sciences, ed ucil ti o n , o r b u s i ness; (4) th ose w h o p l a n to u s e a major i n p h i l osophy as preparation for graduate or professional study in a n other fie l d , for exnmpl e, theology, medicin -', or law; _ and (5) those w h o p l a n to do gradua te work in p hilosophy i t s e l f, usua lly with t h e i n te n ti o n of teac h i n g in the field . U n d e rg ra d u a te study in p h i losophy does not t r a i n on(' spec i fica lly for a first j o b . I t does provide essential perspectives, as well as basic s k i l l s i n a n a lysis and i n terpre t a t i o n , t h o u g h t a n d problem s o l v i n g , rest'ilrch a n d w r i t i n g _ Thl'se - usuillly coupled w i t h specia l ized tra i n i n g in other disci p l i n es - fit one l or a grea t variety of positions of voca t i o n a l responsibility_ P<'rsons w i t h the g rea tes t u p w a rd mobility in fi elds such as busine.ss management, la w, educa t i o n , e n g i n eeri ng, operations resea rch , data process i ng, or social work, are general l y n o t t h ose with the most specialized tra i n ing, but those with bruad perspectives, fl e x i b i l ity ,md depth, and s k i l l s i n t h o u g h t a n d com m u nica tiun .

===:::��


SU PPORTING PROGRAMS IN PH ILOSOPHY FOR OTHER FIELDS Philosophy provides a solid foundation for a variety of studies and careers. S tudents using i t to support primary work in other fields may elect a mi nor or major or some other combina tion of wu rses of i n terest. Those w i th double majors may requ(>.st a modification or reduction of the requirements for th sta ndard major.

f

Rccom meJlded programs o f study in philosophy to sU Port work in a variety of other discipl i ne s and for a variety 0 c a re e rs a re described in se para te broch u res available in the departmental office. These i nclude business, education, hea lth professions, law, p a rish mini s try and theological studies, social work, fine arts, humanities, a n d social and natu ral sciences. A PROG RAM OF Q U A L I TY PLU's department of p h i losophy offe.rs a distinctive course o f studies. T h e members o f t h e department a l l h o l d t h e doctorate, have studied at leadin !? in stitutions in this cou n t ry and abroad, a nd have participated 111 professional p rograms i n the U n ited t ,e department is States a n t I Eu mpc. The excellence of l evidenced by g ra n ts received a n d by the success of its gradua tes at major graduate and p r o fessional schools throughout the country. The depart m e n t strongly emphasizes the quality of its teaching, All students, but especially those with major ur minor programs, receive i n d ividual a tte n ti o n and assistance. INTERIM OFFERINGS Special i n terim courses at PLU explore a variety of topics a nd c u l t u ra l perspectives, Cultural studies have been conducted in foreign cou n t ries such as G ree ce , Italy, Spa i n, a nd Norway, On­ cam 'us studies have been concerned with themes o f social and Icga ph i losophy, game theory, war and mora l i ty, j u s tice, love, capitalism and business, bio-medical ethics, and religion a n d SCience.

f

U N I VE R SITY CORE REQUIREMENT

The general university core requirement u f four h o u rs in phi loso phy may be satisfied by any course offer d except 100 Reasol1il1g, 121 Critical Thil1kil1,\ 1 amt Writil1g, a n d 233 1'ltrodllcliol1 to Logic. 226 Moral Problems, 325 3l1sil1ess Ethics, 326 Moral Problems in the Social Services, 328 Philosophy of I.ll W , and 385 Health Care Ethi " do not satisfy t h i s requ irement u n less 225 Ethical Theory (2 hours) i s a l so taken. 341 Philosoph y of Mathell/atics - Set Theon/ , 342 Philosophy of Mathematics -'Codel and Trllth, and 343 Philosophy of Logics cou n t toward t h i s requ i rement unly when taken in additiun to 225 or 233. The initial course in philoso p h y is customarily 1 0 1 , 1 25, or 225, though none of these cou rses is strictly a prerequiSite for a ny other course. 300-level courses are especially s u i ted for students with particular interests. Faculty consent may be required for some courses. MINOR: 16 semester hours. A m i n or in ph ilosophy consists o f four a p proved courses . Students considering a minor s h o u ld discllss their personal goals with departmental fa cul ty . If they elect a minor i n the field, they should forma lly declare this w i t h t h e registrar a n d the departmen t c h a i r . M i n o rs m a y either choose f r them se.!ves o r be assigned an adviser, i n consultation with whom they 5ho(dd p l a n their prog·ram . BACHELO R O F ARTS MAJOR: M i n i m u m of 28 semester hours, Students i n tending to major in p h ilosophy must formaLly declare this with t h e registrar and the department chair. They mav e i t h e. r choose a de partmental adviser or be ass igned one and. should plan their programs in consultation with this dviser. A person majoring in the department w i l l : regular courses i n p hilosophy , including one course in logic and a n y two of the four co u rse s in the history of p h i loso p hy sequence (331 A IICicl1! Philosophy, 332 Medieval Philosophy, 333 Modem Philosophy, 335 COlliell7l'Ornry Philosophy). Tra n s fer students will normally take thre' or more o f these six courses a t PLU. complete 493 Sellior Research Semillar, w h ich i n v o lves writing a res e arc h paper u nd e r the supervision of one or more faculty m<!mbers and takin g a comprehensive senior examination . The examination i s largely diagnostic i n nature, and it is n o t

1 . complete a m i n i m u m o f six

2.

1 06

PHIL OS OPHY

3,

necessary for a student to achieve a specified level of p erformance to complete the major or to gra d u a te. Performance on this exa m i n a ti o n will determine one third of the student's grade in the Sell inI' Research Sell!illar. complete the departmental rea ding progra m . ExcelJent program s i n t h e a r ts and sciences d o not rely exclusively o n lecturing and group s tudy o r o n secondary works, but also on one-to-one tutorial i n s truction in primary sources. Maj ors i n p hiloso p hy at Pacific Lutheran University are exp e cte d to read a n d discuss a n umber o f classical works u n dcr the perso nal supervision of various members o f the departmental facu l ty. Not a l l works will be a d d itions to course materials; some will also be covered in reg u l a r courses, and these may be read a n d discussed s i m u l taneously with class study, W i t h departmental ap proval, the standard list may be modified in accordance with special needs or i n terests, or re du ce d for those with double majors , T h e l i s t should be secured at a n early d a te from the departmental o f fice, and one's reading program should be developed in consulta t ion with a n adviser, I t i s best t h a t t h e reading program n o t be concentrated i n to a single semester b u t pursued a t a leisurely pace over a n extended period .

It is recommended that students familiarize them5elves with main themes of the history o f western philosophy and with m aj o r schools of p hIlosophICal thought, tor exa mple, pragmatism, rea lism, linguistic analysis, positivism, dialetical materia l i s m , a n d existentia l i s m . For t h is purpose students should make usc o f major h i stories a n d other seconda ry sources such a s the E llcyclopedia of Philosophy, It is also expected that they wil l meet regularly but in form a l l y with both f a c u l ty a n d other advanced students to discuss and thereby faci litate and e n rich their work in the field.

COURSE OFFERINGS 1 00 REASONING Develop ment of reason i ng skills and a n appreciation for the diverse a reas to which they ap p ly, for exam ple, i n religion, l i te ra t u re, science, a n d computer l an­ guage. Students learn how to ask clear questions, rec­ ognize and evaluate assumptions, d istinguish various kinds of proofs, a nd avoid errors of reason i ng in a rgu­ ments. Does not satisfy philosophy core requiremen t . 1 II (2) 101 PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES Perennial phi losophical issues, systems, a nd thinkers; the nature of knowledge, the function of science, values, human nature and its social im plications, re­ ligion a n d knowled g e of God . Development of cri tical a n d systematic phil osophical thinking abou t all is­ sues. I II (4)

121 CRITICAL THINKING AND WRITING Deve lop ment of the abi l i ty to organize and write clear, direct E nglis h, to evaluate explanations critically, and to distinguish acceptable from defective explanations. The u ses a nd abuses of la nguage a nd a rgument among conten tious, p reju diced, and superstitious people. Reasoning a n d wri ting about unusual n a t u ral phenomena, public policy decisions, and oth r topics of i n te rest. Does not satisfy the philosophy core re­ qu ireme n t . Does satisfy the E nghsh wri ting require­ ment. I II (4) 1 25 MORAL PHILOSOPHY Major moral systems of Western civilization; i n tensive examination of some contem pora ry mora l theories; critical app lication to selected moral problems. I II (4)


225

Examination of major moral systems o f Western civili­ zation and some contemporary ethical theo ries . M u s t be taken co ncurrently with or before 325, 326, 328, or 385-1, II, UJ , IV in order to use those cou rses for the p hilosophy core requireme n t . I n (2)

ETHICAL THEORY

The deve lopment of p hilosophy from the seve nteenth thro ugh the early n i n e teenth ce n turies; continental rationalism, British empiricism, and German idealism; Descartes, S pinoza, Leibn iz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kan t, Fichte, Schopc n h a uer, and Hegel. I I aly (4)

333

MODERN PHILOSOPHY

226

MO RAL PROBLEMS

335

CONTEMPORARY PH ILOS OPHY

341

PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS: SET THEORY

Cri tical ap Ucation of major hi storic a n d contempo­ rary ethica theories to a broad ra nge of selected moral prob l ems . J ot fo r p h iJosophy core req uirement un­ less paired with 225 . II (2)

F

233

INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC

A study of the principl-'s of a rgument a n d p roof u i n g b o t h n a t m a l deduct io n a n d a xioma tic a p p roaches. A n in troduction t o the u se of first order logic i n ordina ry rea son i ng a n d cognibve d isciplines, a n d to the prop­ . erties of tormal s y stems such as consistency and com­ p l e teness . I nc1ud ps a brief his tory of first order logic, and an i ntroduction to ind uctive in ference. Does not sati sfy ph ilosophy core requiremen t. 1 (4) 324

PHILOSOPHICAL ANALYSIS OF SOCIAL PROB LEMS

An examination of fundamental cone p ts of social thought; h u m a n na ture, society, a uthori ty , com muni­ ty, li5erty, equality, j ustice. p p l ication o f these con­ cep ts in a discussion of contemporary social ins t itu­ t i o n s and their p roblem s : war, racism, poverty, c rime. aly (4) 325 BUSINESS ETHICS An examination, in the context o f va rious ethical theo ries, of lh moral values i m p l icit and explicit i n the tree e n terprise system; a n assessme n t of some pa rticu­ lar moral problems confronted in emplo y e r-employee rd hons, advertisin g, m a n agerial deci ions, a n d cor­ p rate social responsibilities. Not for ph ilosophy core req u i rement u n less paired with 225. 1 (2)

326

MORAL PROBLEMS I N THE SOCIAL SERVICES

An exa mina tion of gove r n menta l social services i n re­ la tion to moral j u stice, moral righ ts, and h u m a n welJ­ b -i n g; particular issues such as abortion, suicide, af­ firmative a tion, welfar righ ts, and counseling metho s. ot for p h i losophy core requ irement u nless pai red with 225. II aly (2)

328

PHILOSOPHY OF LAW

331

ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY

n tu re nd j u st i fication of lega l a u th ority and legal obliga tion; " natural law" a n d legal " posi tivism"; th e ories of na tural rig hts and social j u s tice, a n d the re­ latio n of th e theori s to selected court d cisions; the r at i o na le of legal punishment. Not for p h i losophy core r quirement u nless p a i red w i t h 225. 1 (4)

III

The devel pme n t of p h ilosophical thou g h t and meth­

od (rom th Presocratic p "riod to the en d of the f mth

cen t u ry A . D . Special e m p h a is is given to the philoso­ p h i s o f Plato a nd Aristotle. l a/y (4)

332

The development of p h i losophy from the late n ineteen th century to the present; m a y include prag­ matism, e m p i ricism, proc 5 S p hiloso p h y , exist n­ tialism and a na lysis as de v elo p ed by Mill, Ja mes, Dewey, W h i tehead, Sa rtre, Russell, Ayer, a nd Wittgenste i n . I I aly (4)

A s t u d y of the historical development a n d basic con­ cep t o f set theory and the fou nda tions o f ma thema­ tics . The relationship o f logic a n d set theory to the basic mat hema tical concepts of n umber a n d i n ii ni ty; the p hiJosophical implications of t h i s relati n n s h i p . Set theoretical p a radoxes a n d p roposed solu tion s . Pre­ req u iSite: MATH 1 28 or higher math cou rs . Counts 2 hours tovvard p hi losophy core r q ui rement when taken i n addition to 225 or 233 . I I aly (2)

342

PHILOSOPHY OF MATH EMATICS: G O DEL AND TRUTH

A study of the trad i ti o n a l acco u n ts of the nature of mathema tica l e n ti ties and ma the matical truth accord­ ing to logici sm, form a li s m , and intuitio n i s m . A study of G()deI' s I ncompleteness roof and its significa nce for these acco u n t s . Prerequ isite: 233 or consent of in­ structor. Cou n ts 2 hours t wards p hilosophy core re­ � u irement when taken in addi tion to 225 or 233. n aly �

( ) 343

PHILOSO PHY OF LOGICS

365

KIERKEGAARD AND EXI STENTIALISM

371

AESTHETICS

-

A study of metalosic, including the prop 'rtie ' of first order logic. The philosophical i ssues r, ised by differ­ e n t systems of logic i ncl uding modal logics, second order logics, q u a n t u m logics, and l. ther ma ny-valued logic s . Pr requisite: 233 o r cons nt of instructor. Cou n ts 2 h o u rs towa rd p h i losophy core requ i rement when tak n i n addi tion to 225 or 233. II afy (2) Modern existentialism, its m a i n lhe ml::s, and their re­ lati o n to other p h i losophical traditions; its i m p a c t on such fields as l i tera tu re a n d psycho logy; life a n d thou gh t of 1 wo k y fig u res: Soren Kierkeg< a rd and Jean-Pau l S a rtre; related t h i n kers includ i ng Nietzsche, H e idegg r, J a s pe rs , Tillich , Buber, C<, IU U , a n d Ma rceT. l ly (4) Analysis of the aes thetic experience and i t relation­ s h i p to the fine a rts, lite r a t u r , scie nce, a n d mora l i ty; the c riteria a n d concep ts mp loyed in a rtistic exp res­ sion a nd ae thetic evafua ti n . l I a/y ( 4)

MED IEVAL PHILOSOPHY

The de elop ment of p h i losophy from Augustine to Ockham . Scrutiny o f the sources and n at u re of the Thomistic s y nthesjs, and the reach n to it in the work of D u n s Sco tus a nd William Ockha m . I a/y (4)

PHILO SOPHY

107


381 THEORY O F VALUE TI1 e na tu re of h u ma n va l u e ' , co n tempo ra ry d i 'us­ sion con c e rni n g th ubjective or ubj ct ive, abso l u t e or re l a li v ha rac t r of s u ch va l u e a th goo d a nd the r igh t the bea u t i ful a n d the hol y; the rigi n f v l u es, t hei r p lace in a world o f [a ct, h u me I' k n ow l dge of th c m, the character and use of the la n g u ge of v , l u a ­ ··

,

lio n . U a/y ( 4)

385-1

H EALTH CARE ETHICS: INFORM ED CONSENT The u n derlyi ng reason s for t he I gal and moral re­ q u i re me n t to o b ta i n lhe i n form e d o n se n l of t he pa­ ti e n t b'f re tre l i ng; sp eci a l considera tions i n t h e r a p u l i se t t i ng. , i nclu d i n pa rtic u l a r u rgi '<1 1 coo ­ se n t forms; the o ns en t re q ll l rcment i.n cl i n i c a l re­ S arch setti ngs; t h req u i remen t for specia l grou p s, ot for e . g. , p risoners a n d th · l11en tn Uy i n co m p , t ·� n t . philo o p hy core req uirem nt u n less p a t red with 225, I

Cl )

3Sr-II

HEALTH CARE ETHICS: CHOOSING DEATH The ki n d s of va l u e w p l a c e on tiL ; th r la tion o ( th i n formed cons n t req u irement to an al leged righ t of a d u l t patients t d ie; the d fin i ti o n of dea t h and criteria for detem,in ing w h e n it occurs; l h p ro b l e m­ ali n ot ion of a ' na tu r I death, ' ord i n ry' a nd ' ex­ traordi nary' medica l mea ns, a nd a c t ive k i ll i ng a nd pa sive 'letting die' ; problem i n I gi s l a ti ng the righ t to di . N ot fo r h i l o s op hy core requ i r ment u n k ' s pa ired with 225. ( 1) '

'

'

r

385-I I 1

H EALTH CARE ET HICS: INFANTS AND �DREN Th pedal pr b le nl of con nl and va lue f l i fe which a rise in trea ting the y o u ng , Trea t i n t he fe tus; selecti n g t h sex o f cni l d ren; le t ti n g de fec tive new­ borns die; the rol of pa rent I con s e n t ; t he c o n :;c n t re­ q u i re me n t i n cli n i ca l researc.h on c h i J d r n; p h y s ic ia n s a nd nms ' r les rega rding child a buse. Not fo r phi­ a i r ed with 225. l osop hy core req u i re ment unless I n teri m or IT ( 1 ) '

HEALTH CARE ETlUCS: D I STRI BUTING SCARCE RESOURCES H w h ealt h c re I o u l d be d istribu ted . What we mean by equ a l i ty when pe o e !e have w id e l y differi ng needs; t h e meani ng a nd j u s t i flca t ion of a ' figh t' to hee 1 th care; co n fli c t s betw en ri gh t s a n d effi Ci e ncy; h )w t det r­ mine th v l ue o f l i fe, and hea l th i n u ran 'e; d i lemmas between p r ven tive n cU Ta t iv e care; how to a l lo ca te scarce, i m m e d ia t Iy ill - a vi n g res u rce , Not fo r p h i ­ los phy core requ iremen t u n l e ss pa i r d w i t 225. IT ( 1 )

3 5-1 V

'

39

P HILOSOPHY O F RELIGION

Oassica l a n d contem porary views f tra d i t i o n a l re. lig­ i ou s pr ble ms: the ex ' tenee of God, religious ex peri ­ ence, rev el a ti on imm ortaJjt , and others. D (4) ,

1 08

PHIL OSOPHY

395 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The general cha racter, fu n da me n t a l concepts, meth­ ods, and si g n i fica nc e of modern scie nce: some a t te n ­ tion t o s p ecifi c a re a s of scie n ce ; p hysical, biologica l, socia l ; t he imp l i ca ti o n s of science a n d scien tific me t hodology to r e t h ical, aesthetic, and religiou s va l ues. I a/y (4)

427

PHILOSOPHY AND CURRENT PRO B L E M S

A rea d i ng a n d di scu ' s i o n co u rse co nd uc t e d b y o n e o r

re sta ff me mbers . Stude n t s w i l l read i n topical C1r a ' o f c u rr e n t i n te r st i n w I i c h p b ilosoph ica l l i tera­ ture has b en de e l o ped for c o m p ari son and a na l y s i s . To p ics cnvL ion d a re slich as free enterprise, ecology a nd e n vi ro n m nt, a fl'i r m a t ivc action and d i sc rim i na ­ tion, p u blic < n d p rivate educC1 tion, de mocratic p l u­ r C1 l ism C1nd the p rob l e m of a u t hority , (4) m

435

ADVANCED SEMINAR IN PHI LOSOPHY t o be n n n oLu1Ccd at the time the course is of­ fe red, no r m a l l y some aspe ,t of c o n tem p o ra ry p h i l oso­ p h y . Prere q u i si t e : con sent of i ns lruclo r . a/y (4)

Topic

491 , 492

INDEPE NDENT READING AND RESEA RCH Prere q u i s i te : departrn fi tal conse n t . 1 II (1 -4)

493 SENIOR R ES EA RCH SE MINAR The wri t i ng o f a se ni o r t hesis and taking of a com­ preh e n ive sen i or exa m i nation. The work on the l h sis con t i t u tes lwo-thi.rd of th e course; t he eXC1m, ll n � t h ird . Ec: ch spri n lY a L I shld e nt s in t h e seminar will meet p riodicaUy to i scu s s their thesis p rojects and present th 'ir fi n a l pa pers t o each other. F i n a l copy of t h 'sis due May 1 ; e x a m i n a ti o n to be ta ke n May 20. For ph ilo ' o p h y maj ors only, Pre requisite: at lea st 4 cour es in p h iloso p h y . I IJ (4)

a'

COURSES TO BE OFFE RED IN THE 1983 INTE RIM 101 1 25 LO 12

Philosophical Issues Moral Philosophy Scientific Creationism: The Origin of Species and the Disse nt of Man Pricing Life


P ysical Education

SCHOOL OF

'"Ie u n i 'er i t y' s p h ysical S r

d u ca t i u n p rogram

eks to i n gra i n in each s t u d e n t

sp

cl

Dr

th

I II t r u ction is

a

f u n d a m c n ta l

role of p h s ica l activity in Ii ing .

offered

i n a pp rox ima tel -y , 0 The

d i ffe re n t ph. sica l cduc< ti o n act i v i t i L' s .

pr gram i ' u n iquely ch a racterized by a resp m s t' to s t u d 11 t i n terests i n re - r>a ti o na l oppo r t u n i tic' a v ilabl i n the Pacifi c ort h we l . a ctivity

t i m el

The school's p r fess i o nal pn)gra m s p repar pr sp Liv e leader for ca r 1.'1" i n ph rsical uca l i- 11, hea l t h , recrc<1tion, athle t i c s , a nd t he ra peutic s . po r t fa ili tics in l ude a n a l l -weather 400 m e t r track, a n Oly m p ic-s tyle swi m min :7 pool, six light d t ' n n i courts, a nine­ hoI g I f co u r , t w o gym nasiums, racket a U a n d squash cou r ts, w igh t trai n i ng fa i l i Lie , a nd an a l l-p u rpose a stro- t urf fie l d h ousC'. O u t ta nding mod

rn

FAC U LTY D. Olson , Dell I I ; E. An derson, R. Carl son, Chase, Hacker, Hemion, Hoseth, Lun dgaard , McGiU, Moore, Officer, Westering; a si ted by Adams, Ben on, Brumbaugh , Clinto n, Coller, A . Dahl, Eastman, Joh nson, K i ttils by, Melena, N ichol on, Olstad, Phil l i ps, Peterson , Poppen , Ryan, Sandago, a n d M. Swenson .

UNlVERSlTY REQU I REMENT:

( 10 0-259), i n ci u diTl):; 1 I l0,

;] rc

o n l'-hUlIr <1 ( [ I \, l ly cou rses 1 1 1 "

S t u d e n t s J rl1

Four on('-hour COlH'"

req u i re. d lor gr<ldll <l [ i o n . Eig h t '

be cuu n ted

toward graci u ,l t i o n .

'ocOliraAed t o selcct a ' a rielv u l �l divities il l appropriate skill kvels. A l l plnrsica l c d u c;,,'t-ion activi t l' cou rses ar� graded n n til(' ba"is o f "A: " " P"tiS, " o r " Fil i i " iH{d ,l rc' tuught on �1 C()CdUca U O I1Clj ba sis.


BACHELOR OF A RTS ( Recreation Concentration): 40 'cmestcr h o u rs , i nc i l i d i n g P h ysical Educa tion 277, 330, 399, 483, Ps ychol o 33 5 ; 4 scmC's tC'r h o ur s ot Physical E d u ca ti on 48 1 , 482, 485, 282-_ 7; to hours of Art 230, 330, or 430, 250 o r 350, 326, 341, 365, 3 70 , Yl usic 34 1 , P h ys i ca l E d u cation 292, 322; 8 h o u rs of Business Admi nistra t ion DO, 281 , 350, Pol itica l Science 356, 457, roy hol o g y 243, 34(), S oc i ol ogy 240, l60, 336, 342, 344, odill Work 365 .

BAOiELOR O F ARTS (Therape utic Concentration) : 48 r ieau i n I u ding P hy s i ca l Educa tion 277, 292 , 360, 39 1 , 392, 399, 478, 48 1 , 482, 484, 4R�; Biology 205 -2011; Psycbology 1 0 1 , 22 1 , p l us 2 b o u r s of a psychulo 'y cl " tive. scmest

HEALTH MI OR: (20 � 'mestcr h o u rs) Tht' fo llowing (Ours � a re req u i re d : H e a l t h Education 292, 29 , 324, 326. 8 hours from amon g th" fol l o win g ur others < pp roved by the h a l t h coord i nator: I'sychoJllgy 2 2 1 , 330, 335; Educa tion 32'1; BusinC's:; A d m i n i s t ration 24 1 ; Sociology 342.

COACHING M I NOR ( Men and Women): 18 sem ester hou rs, i n d u d i n g P hy s ic a l Ed ucation 277, 28 1 , 33 4 , 485, participation in a v a r sit y or c l u b s p or t , and a m i n i m u m of 1 0 hours selected froIII dlllong the followi ng: 6 1 , 370, 37 1 , 372, 373, 374, J n d 478. l n t er i m a n d sUllllller courses Ill a -y b e i n cl uded as ekctives w i th the a pproval of th > d � a n .

/

DANCE M I N OR: 20 hours rel u i rc d : P hy s i ca l Educa tion 282, "62, ( r 49 1 , I� b o u rs from t lw fol owin f;: 240, 242, 243 (m;)y be r peated), 44, ,1nd 8 hours [rom the fol l o wi n g : 308, 3 10, 36 0 , M u �i 1 2, A r t [ 10, 28 0 , and Biology 205-206. The dilnce m i n o r i s e m . - re fere n ced w i t b ComIll u n ica rion A r t s . B.A. LN EDUCATION - SECONDARY SC HO OL PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR (44 hours): Req u i re l: 24 hours, incl u d i n g P h y s ica l Ed ucd t i o n 277, 328, 478, 81, 482, a n d 485, B iology 205 a nd 206, and pilrt icipatinn in J var, i ty or club s o rt . E k:etives: 20 hours from among t ile fo l l ow in g : 275, 282, 2 5, 286, 287, 329, 3 32, 360, 362, 484, a n d 49 \ . St udents desi ring K- 1 2 eert"ification m u : t 283, 322, 62, and 284 or 288 i n a d d i t i o n . to meeting requ i rements as 'l for t h by the 5 hool of Educati o n . B.A. I N ED UCA TIO - ELEMENTARY CHOOl PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR (24 hours): rhe fo l l o w i ng lJlIr' 'S are r qu irc d : Physical Education 2.77, 283, 286, 322, 334, 3 2, and 4 h o u rs of electives in p h ysi c a l ed ucation with the I of the de, n . "ppro

SECO DARY SCHOOL TEACH I N G M I NOR 08 ho u rs) : ' he fol l o wing courses a re re q ui re d : Physical Education 277, 48 1 , and 485 and 12 h o u Ts of elect ives from a m o ng t h e fo l l ow i n g: 282, 283, 28 6 , 287, a n d 3 28 . ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACI I r N G M INOR 02 hours): 322 and 8 h o u rs from a m ong t h e fo i \ o w i n g :

Physical Educa tion 283, 286, and 3 6 2 .

K-6 PHYSICA L EDUCATION SPECIALIST AND K-6 CLASSROOM TEACHER (32 hours): The fol lo w i n g courses arc rl'quired: P h y s i ca l Edu a t ion 2 77 , 283, 286, 322, 48 1 , 482, 485, und Biolo 'y 2115-20 .

ELEM ENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION SPECIA LiST: The fo llowlIlg cou rses arc re quired : Phvsieai Educa tion 277, 283, 286, 322, 360, 48 1 , 482, 484, 485; Bio logy 205206; and 8 hours of electiv s (Edu cation 457 and Music 341 art' r 'co lll lll c nded),

295 324 326

RECREATION RECREATION PROGRAMMING RECREATION A D M I N I STRATION

330 483

PHYSICAL E DUCATION WATER S A fETY INSTRUCTION FOUN DATION OF PHYSICAL EDUC ATION PROFES SION A L ACTIVITIE S : DANCE PROF ES SIONAL ACTIVITIES: GYMNASTICS 285 PROFESS I O N A L ACTIV ITIES: I N D I V I D U A L AND D U A L SPORTS 286 PROF ESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: TEAM SPORTS 287 PROFESSIONA L ACTIVITIES: RECREATION ACTIVITIES 322 PHYSICAL EDUCATION I N THE E L E M ENT ARY SCHOOL 328 CU R R I C U LU M DEVE LOPMENT AND ADM IN I STRA TION 329 A D A PTED PHYSICAL E D U CATION 332 OFFICIATING 334 SCIENTIFIC B AS I S FOR TRAINING 360, 361 PRO F E S S I O N A L PRACTICUM, COACH ING P R ACTICUM 362 RHYTH M S A N D DANCE 370-376 COACHING THEORY 391, 392 THERA PEUTIC EXERCISE, A M BU L A TlON TECHNI Q U E S 399 INTERNSHIP 401 WORKSHOP 4.78 MOTO R LEARNING AND H U M A N PERFORMANCE 481 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY 4 '2 KINESIOLOGY 484 MEASUREMENT A N D EV A L U A TION IN PHYSICAL E D U CATION 485 BIOMECHANICS 491 INDEPENDENT STU D Y 501 G R A D U A TE WORKS HOPS 597 G R A D U ATE RESEARCH

275 277 282 283

1 00 PERSONA LI ZE D FITNESS PROGRAMS T t i m u la te student i n terest i n functional per sonally

designed prog rams of physical activity; ass sment of physical co n d it ion and skills; recommen ation of specific p rograms for m a i nta i n i ng and i m p roving physical hea rth . S ho u l d be taken as a fres h m a n . I II (1)

1 50

COURSE OFFERING S Courses in the School of Physical Ed u cation a re of­

fere in the following area :

HEALTH E D UCATION INJ U Y PREVENTION AND THERAPEUTIC CARE 292 FIRST AID

281

110

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

SCHOOL H E A LTH PERSONAL H E A LTH C O M M U N ITY H E A LTH

ADAPTIVE PHYS I C A L ACTIVITY

200-229 I N D I V I D U A L AND D U A L ACTIVITIES 201 ( Beginning Golf), 202 ( I n ter mediate a n d Ad­ vanced G o l f), 203 ( A rchery), 204 ( Bowling), 207 (Be­ g i n n i n g Gymnastics), 208 ( S k i i ng), 209 (Intermediat Gymnastics), 2 1 0W ( S l i m nastics), 2 1 1 ( Beginning Bad­ m i n ton), 2 1 2 ( I n termed i a te Bad minton), 21 3 ( Personal Defense), 2 1 4 ( Begi n n i ng Tennis), 2 1 5 (In termed iat Te n n i s), 216 ( Be gi n n i ng Ice Ska ting), 218 ( Backpack­ ing), 21 9 (Canoe i ng), 221 (Roller Skatin g ), 222 ( qu a s h a n d Rackctball), 225 ( Aerobics), 227 ( We igh l Tra i n­ ing), 228 ( Basic Mounta j neeri n g ) , 229 ( Equita tion) . (1)


230-239 AQUATICS 230 ( Begi n n i n g Swimm ing), 23 1 ( I n termediate Swim­ m i n g ), 232 ( Adva nced Swimm ing), 234 (Adva nced Life Savi n g), 236 (Synchro nized Swimming), 237 ( S k i n and Scuba D i v i ng) . ( 1 ) 240-249 RHYTHMS 240 ( Beginning Modern Dance), 242 ( I ntermed iate Modern Dance), 243 ( Ad va nced Modern Dance), 244 (Folk a n d Social Dance ) , 246 ( Disco Da nce). ( 1 ) 250-259 TEAM ACTIVITIES 250 ( D irected Sports Pa rti cipation), 251 (Volleyball a n d F i ld Hockey), 252 ( Basketball a n d Softba l l ) , 253 (Soccer a n d Volleyba l l ) . (1) 275

WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTION

277

FOUN DATIO NS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION

The American Red C ross Wate r Safety Ins tructor' s ourse. Prerequisite : 234. I I (2)

PHYSICAL ED UCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

Organization a nd a d m i n i stra tion of a developmental progra m for gra d e s K-6; sequ e n t ial a n d progressive prog ra m m i n g ; l a rge re pertoire of activities. 277 is re­ co m m e n de d . I (2 or 4)

328

CURRICULUM DEVE LOPMENT AND ADMlN ISTRATION

PROFESSIONAL ACTlVITlES: D ANCE

The study of p h ysical e d u ca tion for people w i t h metabolic, n e u rologic, cardiac, re spiratory, a n d emo­ ti onal a b nonm 1 l i ties. (2)

PROFE SSIONAL ACTIVITIE S: GYMN ASTICS

PROFE SSIONAL ACTIVITI ES: INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL S PORTS

PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITfE S: TEAM SPORTS

Pla nn in g , teaching, a n d e va l u a ti n g these team ac­ tivities: baske tball, soccer, vo lleyball, wrestling, field hock 'y, soft bc I I, touch foo tball, speedba l l . (4)

287

322

I NJURY PREVENTION AND THERAPEUTIC CARE

Planning, teac h i J1g, a nd eva l ua ti ng these activities: te nnis, bad m i n t on, track a n d field . Prerequisite: i n ter­ mediate skiU lev l or com pletion of a begi n ni n g activ­ i ty cours , 277. I (4)

286

n (2)

COMMUNITY HEALTH

I n cludes skill developmen t, teaching expertise, course p l a n n i n g , and safety tech ni q ues in gymnas tics . The course is d e signed for both elementa ry and high school ages . Pre requisite: i n termediate skill level or completion o f a begin n i n g activi ty course, 277. 1 (4)

285

SCHOOL HEALTH

326

Pl a n n i n g, teac h i ng, a nd evaluating d a nce . Encompas­ ses specific movem e n t educa tion activities, condition­ ing e xe rc i e s , a nd the development o f modern, soc ial, and Eol d nc skil l for elementary school age a n d o l d e r . Prerequ isite: i n termediate s k i l l level or comple­ tion of a be g i n n i n g activity course, 277. IT aly (4)

283

295

Hea l t h conce p ts w h i ch relate to the total school hea l th progra m, i n c1u d i n g inst ruction, services, a nd e nvi­ ron m e n t ; the relati o n s h i p between health a n d all levels of ed ucat ion . Not reco m mended for fres h m e n . I

PERSONAL HEALTH

Preven tion, tpa tment, and re habilitation of all com­ mon i n j ur ies ' ustained i n athll"' tics; p hysica l therap y by em ployment of el ectrici ty, massage, exercise, I i gnt, ice, and mechanicill devi ce s . 1 ( 2)

282

FIRST AID

324

The rel a t ionship of phys ica l ed ucation to e d ucation; the bi o logica l , sociological, ps ycholo g ic al, and me­ chan ical principl , u n derlying p hysical educa tion a n d a t h l e tics . S h o u l d b e t h e i ni tial p rofessio nal course laken in the School of P h ysical E d ucati o n . 1I (2)

281

292

T h i s course meets requ i rements for t h e A m e rican Red C ross Standard First A i d and Personal Sa fety. II (2)

PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: RECREATION ACTIVITIES

Practical a p p l ica tion of health knowledge to d a i l y liv­ ing; a t ou n da tion for u n d e r s ta n d i n g health behavior. Primarily designed for health m i n o r stu d e n ts . II aly (4) Orga niza tions associa ted with p u blic h e a l t h a n d their i m p l ications for c o m m u n i ty health p roblems. Primar­ i l y designed for h e a l t h m i n o r s t u d e n ts . I I aly (4)

Orga n ization a n d a d m inis tra tion o f p h ysical ed uca ­ tion a n d a t h l et ics (7-1 2); cmricu lum develop ment i m ­ plementatio n . Prereq uisite: 277. 1 (4)

329

ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION

330

RECREATION PROG RAMMING

332

OFFICIATING

334

SCIENTIFI C BASIS FOR TRAINING

S u pervising a n d a d m iniste r ing rec reational programs fo r the school or com m u n i t y . 1 (4) Rules a n d o fficia ting tech n i ques o f v o l leyba l l , basket­ ball; designed to t ra i n qualifi e d o ffi ci a l s . Recom­ mended as an e.lective fo r majors and minors. I a/y (2) Presents p hysiolo gic and ki nesiologic a p pli cations to p h ysical tra i n i n g . Topic s include the develop ment of m u scula r s t rength a n d e n d u ra nce, a n d the relation­ s h i p o f n u trition, e nviro n ment, sex, a n d er­ gogenic a i ds to a th l e tic performance. 1- rereq uisite:

<19("

277. 1 (2) 360, 361

PROFE SSIONAL PRACTI CUM, COACHING PRACTICUM

Assi s t a n t coa c h i ng teaching experiences; p l a n n i n g a n d cond u c t i n g i n terc ollegia te a t h l e tics a n d p hysical e d ucation i n struction; students work under supervi­ sion o f the head coach or p h ysical education i n s t ruc­ tors . Prerequisite: one course in professio n a l ac­ tivi ties, departmental a p p roval . I I I (2)

Pla n n i.ng, teaching, and eva lua ting the following: ar­ chery, bowli ng, golf, outdoor ed ucation, a n d various recrealional sports. Prerequisite: 277. [1 (4)

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

111


362 RHYTHMS AND DANCE Historical backgroLU1 , e s tablishment, and cond uct of d, n L pr gram, tea hing techn iques and accompani­ ment, planning and p resenta tion of danc ; modern da nce tl:chniqucs. Tl a/y (4) 370-376 COACHING THEORY T 'c hniq u 5, systems, tra i ning methods, s tra tegy, and ps y ho fogy of coa ching; 370 (Basketba ll), 371 ( Foot­ ba ll) , 372 ( T r ck and field), 373 (Baseba ll), 374 (Wres­ tl i ng) , 75 ( wimming), 376 (Volleyball). I I I aly (2) 39 1 , 392 T HERAPEUTIC EXERCISE, AMBULA TION TECHN IQUES 1\ corrective therapy, clinic a l t raining program includ­ ing Lecttl r , labora tory experien s, and clinical prac­ tices. Prereq u i ite: departmen tal approval (maximum nroilmen t 5) . I II , 99 I TERNSHIP P rienc s closely assigned to student's career and academic i n te rests. Student identifies p roblems to be researc hed, ex p ' rie nces Lo be gained, and rea dings pertai ning to this interes t . An a p p roved finn or or­ gan iza tion is mutua.lIy agreed u pon by the student and the coo rdina tor of this p rogra m . Monthly prog­ f O S S r ports, valua tions by the su pervisor, an d other m a ure o f achievemen t a re useo to determine the gra de. Prer quisites: d-'ciara tion of major, at lea st s phomo\" status, a n d completion of a t k'ast 10 hours in the major. (4-8) 4 1 WORKSHOP Wo rkshop in specia l i Ids for varying periods. ( 1-4) 478 M OTOR LEARNING AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE Provides b, sic thcorie , resea rc h, and p ractical impli­ C<l tions for motor learning, motor control, and va ri­ il blc affe ting skill acquisition . Prerequisite: 277. 1 (4) > '

48 J EXE RCISE PHYSIOLOGY cien tific basis for training a n d physiological effect of exercise on the human body. Prerequisite: BIOl 205206. 1 (2 0r 4) 482 KINESIOLOGY D a i s with the structLL faL and mechan ical function of th ' muscu loskd tal syst m. The kines iological appli­ cations of iln, tomical information a re given prime con­ si d era tion . Prer quisite: 8101 205-206. II (2) 483 RECREATION ADMI NISTRATION The organiza tion, ma nagem ent, and d i rection o f rec­ r ational services: lega l basis, adminis trative p roce­ dures, fin, ncial a spects, personnel management, fa­ cilities, a nd in tcrnal orga njzalion. II (4)

112

P HYSICAL EDUCATION

MEASURE MENT AND EVALUATION IN PHYSICAL E DUCATION The selection, construction, and i n terp re ta tion o f eva lua tion techniques related to the physical educa­ tion program . n aly (2) 485 BIOMECHANICS A n a p plication of physical laws to spo rts activities. Principles o f motion, force, and e q u ilibriu m a re stressed . Ana lyses of various sports skills a re made. I I (2)

484

491 INDEPENDENT STUDY Prerequisite: conse n t of the dea n . I IT S ( 1 -4) 501

WORKSHO PS

Gradu a te workshops in special fields for varying periods. (1-4)

597 G RADUATE RESEARCH Op e n to gradua te students whose minor is in the field of physica l educa tio n . PrerequiSite: consen t of the in­ structor. I II S ( 1 -4)

COURSES TO BE OFFE RED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 100 202 204 208 210 225 292 302 303 304 308 311 312 313

Personalized Fitness Programs Intermediate and Advanced Golf Bowling Skiing Sl imnastics Co-Ed Volleyball First Aid Sport in Society Leadership for Outdoor Ministries The Olympic Games and the American Sports Ideal Sports Motivation Family Centered Childbirth Hyperactive Children Drugs, Ergogenic Aids, and the Athlete


Physics and Engineering Physics is a basic science holcl i n g two prom i n e n t

The department offers B . S . level d egr ee work i n

positions in contem porary society .

e n g in eering-physics a n d a

3-2 engineering d u a l

di scip l i n es such as che mistry, geology, and biology;

d gree program j O i n tly w i th the Schools of Engineering a n d Appli d cienee of Col u m bia

a n d it is the fou n d ation for our fa m i l i a r technol ogies . of com m u nica t ion, tra n s portation, and energy

Coill mbia is a utomatic u pon

First, physics is an im porta n t cornerstone of other

Uni ersity a n d Sta n ford University . A d m iss ion to

principl

r

co m me n da ti o n ;

a d m i ssion to Sta n ford, howeve r, i s competiti ve .

conversio n. Secondly, through its i n qu iring

Concentrati ns in electrica l a n d mechan ical

and thro u g h the revolutionary basic

e ng i neering sciences a re available with i n each d

c ncepts o f natur it i n trod uces, physics d ra m a t ically a ffects th human vision o f nature and critical

pr gra m .

grce

p h i losoph ica l though t . I n i t s engi neering program the d partme n t i s

FACULTY Haueisen, Chair; Ada ms, Clark, Davis, Greenwood, Heeren, Nomes, Tang.

co m m i tted to provide a n e d uca tio n o f su ffici e n t ly fun damental nature to permit ra p i d a d a p ta tion to n w tech nical p roblems a n d opportu n i t ies and of su fficien tly libe ra l scope to provide awareness of the broad social responsibil i ties i m p l i c i t i n engin eeri ng. The departmenl

e

ks to promote the i n te raction

between h u m a n values and the tec h n ical wo rks of h u m a n ki n d and the fund a me n tal e n gi neeri ng science .

I===�= D �

'-------...

"

�1:'


Th S . 5 . physics major seq u e nce offers a ch a l le n gi ng p rog ram 'm p h,l , iz i ng i1 low studcn t - te,1(Ill'r ratio with u n de rgr 'ldua te research p a r l i c i fJa t i o n . Se v( 'ra l s t u d t ' n t publica t ions r su i ting from su ch research ha v(' appea red i n p ro fes siona l j o u r n a l s o f i n t e rn a t io n a l repu t a t i o n . Twu i n trod uct o ry � (' que nces , re offt'red to majors: Colle.'?" l'hY'lc,; il nd CL'IIcral Phy�lc, n l( �se sequences di ffe r in tJw level o f m a th e m a ti c s USl'd, as stated i n the course d ' ·cri p t i Q n s . Tlwy a lii d iffe.r s()l11t'w ilJt in e m p h a s i s, v" i t h em!'nd Phys il s i n vo l ving 1110 � comprehensive ,mil lys s. T h l' departme n t a ls o o f f 'rs , Fl. A . degree in p h ysics for sciel1Cl' -ori nted Llbe r'l l a rts studenh, re q u iri n g o n ly six courses in p h ys i c s . A s peci a l l y designed course l o r l11u sic maj ors, Musical Acou.<l ics, i, a l so offered.

Studen ts i n te n d i n g to m a j o r in t he d e partment a re adv ised l�J rIJ' to take note o f t h t� i n terrela ti u n s h i p s between the Ci\reer fields of s C i ence (phySICS), engllleenng, and It' c h n ology (abo ca l led c n g i n ( 'c rin g-t('d1llo l ogy ) . Scientists a rl' moti vated by raw curio si tv . 'TIley a SK t h e " \v h y " qlll�stions and � t r i v ttl an s\tver thcm; t h e i r concern is with the n a t u ral world. Pure scil�nce is ded icated to <1 cquiring new kno w l edge, which m a in its�l f h a ve no i m nwdi,l te a p p l i ca t i o n . Engilwe ring is ba sica l l y con C 'rned w i th u si n sci n t i ii c k n o w l edge for t h e bendit and comfort o f � people. VI, h i l e science, p <1 r t i c u l<1r1y p hysics, deals w i t h the natural wor l d , engi neering focu s es u po n t-he world co ns tructed by p eo p le . M a t h e m atics is t h e b n guagc of com m u n i c a t i o n i n bot h p rl ysic s a n d engineering. \<V i t h ou t scie n t ists, engi necrs wou l d have n o accu m u l a ted storehollse of scien tific knowledge from w h ich to d raw i n crc; a t i ng engi n e e ri n g d e si gns, and w i t h o u t engi nee rs 'cie n t i fi e k now k'dge wou l d st,Tdom be a p pl i ed to solve pracLical probl 'm · . Engi neers take t h e i n � ig h t 5 , facts, and formulas discovered by scientists and usc them i n i n ve n ting dc�i gn . t o solve pnl l e m s posed i n t h e cont,,,t of our socio­ economic-t ' c h nic , I socidy. P I U has d" g rep programs i n scie n t i fic iic 1 d s as wel l a , progr, m s in engin eri n g . However, PI .U has no a c a d emic pro g ril m in e ngi n ee ring- tech nolog y, a Glr'cr field lunc"rned \'vith h � n d s-o n a , pcds of rou t i n e te. t i n g , cons truction, d n d m " i ntcnance of h u rd w a rc designed by l'n g i n e 'r�.

PHYSICS PROG RAM BACHELOR OF S C I E NCE M AJ O R : 32 semester hours: 1 47, 1 48, 1 53, 1 54, 223, 33 1 , 332, 336 , 356, 421 , 422. 497-498 m"y be

subs t i t u ted for 421 -422 ith c o n s e n t of the d ep artmen t . 8 ad di ho na l e m ester hours mily be de sirable, e p e nd i n g on the student's p ro f ssional objectives. For exa m p l e, it is recummended that pre-Ph. D . s t ud en ts take 401 a n d 406. C o n s u l t t h " d e p a r t m e n t f o r s peci fic recom mend� tio n s . Req u i red s u pport i n g cou rse ': Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; Engineering 354; Che m istry l r; p f u s e i t h e r h(>m istry 341 or En gi nee ri ng

cf

35 1 .

BACHELOR OF A RTS MAJ O R : 2 4 semester hours: 1 47, 14.., 1 � 1, 1 54, 223, plus Len semester hours. U nd e r special ci rcu m ' ta nces 1 25- 1 26 mav be subs t i tu t e d (or t h e 1 53-1 54 se q u 'nee. T h i s requires t h e c o n sent of the departm ' n t .

Add i tion a l courses may be d e s i ra b le, depe n d i ng on the stlIdent's profession, I objectives. Cun su l t t h e d e p a rtment for specific reco m mcnddtiuns. R('qu i re d supporting courses: M a t h 1 5 1 , 1 52 .

M I NOR: 2 2 se me st e r h o u rs, i nc l u d i ng 147-141) (one-hour labs), 1 53, 1 54 (or 125, 126); th ree a d d i ti o n a l courses, o f w hich a t least two must be upper division.

OUTUN

:

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS

FRESHM AN 1 53 il l l : 147 M ATH I S 1 Spring: 154 1 48 M AT H 1 5 2

114

GenNal Physics Lab Analytic Geometry and alcu l u s General PhY5ics Lab A n alytic Geometry and Calculus

PHYSICS & ENGINEERING

SOPHO M O R E Fall: 223 M AT! 1 253 Sp ri n g : J U N IOR Fa l l :

S p r i n g:

SENlOR Fall: Spring: ... ·

O p tiona l

3.16 354 331 356 3S1 O iE M 34 1 332 "272 "401 421 '''406 422

Elemen tarv Mt)dern P hys i cs M u l tivariable Ca l cu l u s a n d Di fferential Equations Mechan ics E n g i n e e r i n g Analysis Electromagnetic Theory Milthem<1tical Physics T h er mody n a mi cs or Physica l CIll' ll1 i stry Elect'romagnetic Waves a n d !'hysicat O p tics Sol i d Sta te E l ect ro n i c Devic e s Q u a n t u m Mechanics Adva nced Laboratorv Advanced Modern physics Advanced L a bor<ltory

.. - p t i o n<l l , recomm ended fo r g ra d u a tl' sd1ool cand iti,] tlCs

OUTUNE: B ACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICS Fa l l :

Spring: Fall:

PLUS

1 53 1 47 M ATH I S ] 1 54 1 41:) M ATH ]52 223

Generill PhYsics " Lab Ana lvtic Ceometrv a n d Calculus Gencl'al Physics " Lab n<l lvtic Geo m e t rv and a lc u l u s Flc' m�'n t'l ry t"l od e'� n Physics

10 a d d i tional semesle r h o u rs

COURSE OFFERINGS - Physics 1 25, 126 COLLEG E PHYSICS This course p rovides an introduction to the funda­ mental topics of physics. I t is a non-calculus sequence, invol ing only the use of trigonome try and college algebra . Co ncurrent regi s tra tion in 1 47, 1 48 is re­ qu ired. I T I (4, 4)

INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS LABORATORY Basic labora tory experiments a re perfo rmed in con ­ j u nction with t h e Genera l a n d College Physics se­ quences. Concurrent regi strCl tion in 1 25, 1 26 or 1 53 , 1 54 is required . I I I ( 1 ) 1 53, 1 4 GE NERAL PHYSICS A calcu lus-level survey o f the general fields of physics, including classical mecha n ics, thermodynamics, elec­ trici ty a nd magnetism a n d optics . Concu rrent regis tra­ tion in 1 47, ] 48 a nd prior or concurre n t reg i s tration i n MATH 1 51 , 1 52 is required . I Il (4, 4) 205 MUSICAL ACOUSTICS A study o f m usical sound using physics methods: vi­ brating systems; simple harmonic motion; wave mo­ tion; complex wa ves; wave generation in musical in­ stru ments; phys io logy of heari ng; architectura l acous­ tics; electronic recording and reproductio n . Labora to­ ry a n d group tours. No prerequ isite courses in either mathematics o r physics are assumed . Il (4) 223 ELEME NTARY MODE RN PHYSICS This course covers the va rious p henomena whe re clas­ sical methods of ph y sics fai l . C ontemporary interpre­ tations of these p h enomena a re developed a t an elementary level. P rerequisite: 1 54 o r 1 26 or consent of instructor. 1 (4) 1 47, 148


272

SOUD STATE ELECTRONIC DEVTCES

331

EL ECTROMAGNETIC THEORY

ENGINEERING PROGRAM

Se e En gi n eeri n g 272

EI ct ro st t i s, d i p Ie fi e l d s , fie lds in d ie l ec tr i c mate­ r ia l s elech'omagne tic i n d u c t i o n , m gnetic p ro erti � of malter, g ne Ta L i on and pTOpaga ti o :1 0 c­ t romagn e tic waves ilh an em ph asis on the re l a t i o n­ s h i p w i th p h y s ica l opb . Prerequ.isite: 1 53, 1 54; co r e q u .i.s ite: 356 or on n t o h n s tr uc to r 1 (4)

r

,

,

.

332

ELECTROMAG NETIC WAVES AND PHYSICAL OPTICS A t' u d r of the generation a nd p ropagah on of ele IT rnag neh wa ve s . The m a t hern, tical d e s c r i p t io n and the ph ysical und r sta ndi ng of electro magnetic ra d ia ­ ti n ar� eli cussed w i t h n emp ha sis o n its re l a ti ons h i p w i t h physical ptics. Pre reqUI si te : 33 1 . n (4) -

3"6

MECHANICS

Fu ndamenta l mecha nics; mathc m a t i a l fo r mw a t io n of p h y s ic a l probl ms; m o t i o n of partides i n on , two, o r three di men s io n s; mo tions of systems of pc rt i s; y­

n a Ill ics an d · ta Lies of rigi d bodies; III vi n � coordi na te sy ·tems; Lagrange's equatio ns a nd H a m iltonian for­ m u l a t i n of m cha rtie Corequisi te: 354 o r cons n t f in trucLor. f l (4) .

351 THERMODYNAMlCS See ngin ri n g 35J 3

4

ENG I N EERING ANALYSIS 4

See Engi neeri ng 3

355

TEACHING OF PHYSICS developmen t in econ da ry cu rricu l u m, teach­ i n g techn iques, and t e ch in g m d i3 in the physical sci­ e nc s; e un ted t owa rd a acgree for only those shl ­ ew

dent receiving certifica tion . O ff ered o n ly on d e m a n d .

(4)

56 MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS Bo undary valu p roble ms, special fu n t i on , m atrices a n d t nsors, prob ability theory, e igen va l u e p roble m s ,

co mp l e varia bles" co n l o u r i n t gration, a nd their a p ­ pl ic< tions to phy 'Ie'. Con t i n ua t ion of EGR 354. r (4)

40 1

I NTRODUCTION TO Q UANTUM MECHAN ICS Th e idea ' a n d tec h n i ques o( q u a n tum mechanics are clevel ped . Various � uan tu m med1 a n i al sy st e ms and phe n o m e na are s t u d i e d i n o rd r to demonstra t l h sc 1 ca and tech n jq ues . r (4) 406

ADVANCED MODERN PHYSICS

Modern theori 5 are used Lo describ t o piCS of c ntem­ p ra ry i m po rtan ce such a s a tomic and u b- atom ic ph nom na, p l a s mas , solid , a nd astrophy i ca l eve nts. The appl i 'aoon of qua n t u m m e ch a n i ca l tec. h­ niq u es ar empha ized when a ppropria t . Prer e q u i s ­

ile: 40 1 . II (4)

421, 422 1, n ( 1 ) 49 1, 492 ( 1 - 4)

ADVANCED LABORATORY

497, 498

RESEARCH

(1 -4)

INDEPENDENT STUDY

A s m a l l e r u n iversity l i k P L U i s u n iquely suited to fostu a s t u d e n l " S personal develo p m e n t while making a finn b u t not prem a t u re co m m i t m e n t to prof . ional a n d career goals. Such a se tting a l so help' il t u d e n t to clarify t h ' social context i n w h i c h en g i ne ers functi o n . A major schol)1 of ngineering l ike C l u m biil or Sta nford c m p hJ s i 7cs ildvanced stuLiie';, r , .arch, a n d i n teraction w i th i n d ustry. T h u s , P L U ' s 3 · 2 prog T<1m gives students the best of two set tings - b re a d t h a t P L U and dep t h in a n engi n ee ri ng s p ecial t y a t C o l u m bia o r S ta n ford . S t u d e n ts h a w also been i n volved in 3-2 progmms at t h e University of W a s h ington o r other s t a t e unive r " i l ie s L n t h e Pacific N o r t h w e s t . D u ring the first t h r('e ycars o f t h i s program s t udents m u s t complete 1 ) .1 1 1 :s c n ' rJ l u n i versity c o r e req ui r(!l1len ts, 2) two in t(!rims, 3) , I I ba si science and miJt hl� m a tics requi reIlle nts, a nd 4) six cou rses in engineerin g . Once J dea r sensc of d i rection \v i t h i n a n e n s.,i n c (! r i n g speci a l ty is ga ine d , a rccoIl1 111en d J t ioJl to Clll u Il1bia or S t a nford may b ' gra n k d . Admission to C o l u m bi a is alltol1l<1 tic u po n recol1lmenda t ion; adm ission to S t a n ford, h Ol\'l'VCr, is c()mpeti t i v e . Det ails o f lmn 'fe r a d m ission arc made a v a i lable in lhc fa l l of t h e t h i rd vear. • o r m a l l y two a d d i t i o n a l years a r c nec , 'sa ry to fi nis h enh>ineering speci a l ty courses a t c o l u mbw o r S t a n t o r d . PLU a l so o ff rs J four-year program i n engim'e r i n g · p h ysics . fkca use the u niversi t y docs n o t offer � standard e n g i neering degree, s t uden.t;; d ' ·ti n g t o r e m a i n a t PLU t h r o o g h o u t their college c, 1 " 'r, ur for w h om t h c 3-2 engineering p rogram is in n p p ro p ria te though they MC drawn to an e ngi necrin g career, fJ nd this p rug ra m a t t ractive� [ t is ma rl' practi cal t han a physics Lkgrel' wh i l ' at t h e ,,1 me time more theoretical than the u s u a l engi neering degree . T h e B.S. degree in engilK'ering-p hysics prepares s t u d c n ts for em ploy m e n t in many diversc i n d u stries or d i r' tly fllr gradual ' s t u d y in nea rly a l l fiekis of e n g inecring. trength may Ix! b u i l t in ('I 'etrical or Illechz m ical c n g i ncering sciences by � rdul el cc tiun o f upper division courses. Students arc u rged to deve l o p a m i nor i n either m a th e m a tics o r com p u te r : 'cicl1cc, parti c ul a rl y i f aspiration to g riJduil t c s t u d y in �' ngin eering 1 5 part ot their car 'er pLan. A Illinor L ll b u s l Ilcss a d m l ll l stra tlOn LS pdftic u b r l v ap pro p riate for working i n industr� i m media tely after g rad ua tLon , Fo r ma Xllllum tl c x l bi l l ty In u p per ulvlslon courses, 'itudl' n t s , s p i ri n g to the engineering-physics degree s h o u ld s c h e d u l e thei r first two y p a rs i d e n tically to those for d u a l degree 32 en g i neeri ng. Ju nior a n d senior YPM . clwd u l v s arc dete.rm ined by u pper di i. ion rel u i r� m c n t s a n d by students' objl'c tiv("i. A ' u g ' �es te d sd1 edu e is s hown be low . R ega rd less of e v e n t u a l sp-ecia i ty, b o t h I-:: n g in eering 23 [ Statics and 271 Elect riml Circuits s flO uld be taken. Thes l' shl) u l d be followed by 232 Mechall ics of Solid, for s t u dents in the III chan ical engineering concen t rJ tion or by 272 Solid State [iee/ rollic Dcpict's for those with i n tCf(,st in electric I engineeri n g . The n a t' u ral sciences core requ i r ' m e n t i s a u to m a tica l ly siJtisficd by e n g i neering tud n t · as is the S '(()od Pdft of option I I of the toreign language requi rPlll e n t i n the 'o l l c ge of Arts and Sciences. Unlcs� they a u tum, l"ica l ly qu ,l l i fy for fu l fi l l i n g o p t i o n I )f the foreign l a nguage rl!L]uirem n t o n t h e b,bi s of t h e i r h igh school work, s t u d e n ts a re encoura g.ed to a t i s fy t h is r q u i rcnll'nt b me, ns of o p t io n I I . Hour., FI1.>C'd , tisfaction o f t h e forl'ign language req u i re m e n t o n the ba ' i t.l h igh school w o r k m a y profi tably b ' used for taking a n o t her cor ' rClj u ireml' ll t (e . g . , artsflitl!rato rt' o r social Sc.il'nccs), for taking mat hc ma t i<:. beyond calcu l u s , or for taking ad d i t ionu l courses in com p u te r science. I'Mticu lar a tten t ion should be given to the I n kgrated S t u d ies Program, known as ore II, and t o i t ' a p p licabi l i ty fur engineers in u r tl'chn()logi a l sO ·iety. Students with � t n lllg prepclra tiol1 (A's und B's) in high school m a t h matics at 1 '3 · t t h r o u g h tr igonolll e t rylfu llCl"iun s as w e l l a s i n e n e t h ro u ;h p h ys ics and w i tll AT m u t h scor% no lower thiln ; 5 ;) 0 should 'ctw d u l c thc' l r classes as I n d lcilted bel o w . Students i n te r 'sted i n chcmical engine ring in the 3-2 program should Teplac PhysiCS 1 53-15!l (and I, bs, 1 47-148) with Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 i n tlwir first ye, r . rhus ' with less adequat prl'para tion i n m<lth m, tics w n d sciences, particularly III themat ics, s h o u l d consid er s t rengthening thl!ir bilckg ro u n d w i th com m u n i ty college work in t h � ' s u m mer before e n ro l l m e n t i l l P L U illld s h o u l d postpone the p hysics se quc nce u n ti l their second y e a r . An

\

by

}

PHYSICS & ENGIN EERING

1 15


d P p ro p ri<lt!' fi rst yea r schedule then in cludes: Fa l l - E "R 1 5 1 Visual nil IlkillS , M n I 1 51 Cal, II/II ', H E M 1 1 5 CheI11i<;lty, a ge neral u n ivl.'rsit l"llrl' /'equirel11 c n t , JnL! P F 1 00 or a F E activIty cours,'; S I ' R I .\)C - EC l{ '/82 Mlllaia/s, MATH 1 5 2 CIl/eIlIIlS, CSC! 1 1 0 liA ·Ie. a wre requirement, a n d a p hysical educa tion a c t i v i ty course (m I'E 1 00).

3-2 DUAL DEGRE : DULlI B . . dc'grccs from PLU and ( ,,,lu mbiJ, :tc1nfmd, u1' oth<'r ABcl ilccrl' d ited En 'im' ' ri n g Seh"u l . Thre ' fu l l - t i m e y e , r g a t PLU p l u s 2 a d d i t i o nill full- t i m e yL!ilrS a t " I u m bia or S ta n for d . PLU 13 .5. in n g i ncC:ring-Sci c nce i s b>TiJ nted " ftl'r first vear a t C o l u m b ia o r S ta nford ; B . S . in Engineering SpCCiLlIty, ( E . E. , M . E , etc. ) granted by C o l u m bia or Stdntord at the end 01 fifth yeJ r. I'H YS: '14

hours, 1 47, 1 41', 1 53, 1 54, 22 3.

EGR BASICS: ] () huu r s , l 'i I ,

1

2, 354.

EGR CO CENTRATION (3 selections·): 10 hours - lectric", l : 27 1 , 272, 3 2, 44 1 ; Mech a n ica l : 23 1 , 232, (or P H Y S 336), 35 1 , 442. 'Cour cs sel cct ed on the basis uf thL' student'� ca rL'cr ubj ecti ve ' . Req u i red su porting courses: MATI I 1 5 1, 1 52, 253; C SC! 240;

42 1 , 422.

E ,1< 271

ElectriGl l C i rcuits

2

P H YS 233

Elementary Modern Physics

4

M ATH 253

Calculus UI

4 4

CORE

CO RE

4

18

Spring: EGR 272

Solid State Elect ronic Dev in's

4

ECR 354

Enginl'c.ring Ana lysis

4

CSCI 240

f'

2

RTRA N

4

15

Mechan ica l Enginecring Conce n t ra t ion Fall:

(oplionJI); 356,

EGR BASICS: IU hOl.1r5, 1 5 1 , 182, 354 .

E R 231

Stlt ico

2

PI IY5 223

Elementary Modern Physics

4

M A T I I 253

Calculus I I I

CORE

EGR CONCENTRATION (4 selections�): 1 2 h ()ll r� - Electrica l : 27 1 , 272 , 352 , 44 1 ; Mecha nical 23 1 , 232 (or P H YS JJ6), 351 , 442. ·Co u rsc � selected on tlx' ba sis uf the stud"nt':; C a rL'('f cJb·ectives. Rcq u i red � u p p()rhng (lll!f>;<OS: MATH 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 253 ; I M 1 1 5;

4

4

CO RE

4 18

Spring;

1 240.

Students \\'is h i n g to m< jor in physics or engineering J re <.: n co u raged tll C'llntld the depil rt men l early in their college ca reer, prdero bly before e n lc.ring as freshmen . Students i nterested in chemicilJ enginccring a rc c IKoul-aged to contact thc dlemistry dcpJrtmcn t . Early consulta tion p rovide ' !Tea ter l1 exi b r l i ty in desig n i n g one's progra m .

OUTU E: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE in Engineer­ ing- Science (3-2) and Engineering-Physics. FI RST

onccn tra tion

PE l

B,S. DEGREE IN ENGIN EERl NG.PHYSlCS: SimilLlr t o t h c 3-2 p ro�T" m I"ith i1d d i t i o n a l cou rse work i1t PLU i n engineering a n d physics: .} vcar� at I ' L U . 1 48, 1 53, 1 54, 223, 33 1 ; J J 6

Elect ricil l Engineering

Fall:

CORE

CH EM 1 1 5 .

PHYS: 2 4 h o u r s , '147,

SECOND Y E A R

EGR 232

1vlech a n ics of Solids

4

E

Engi neering A n a lysis

4

, R , 54

CS

1 240

FORT RAN

CORE

2

4

PE 15 T H I RD Y E A R 3- 2

YEAR

Engineering

Electrical Engineering Conce n t ra t ion

Fil I I :

Fa l l :

ECR n

V i s u a l T h i nking

2

ECR 231

PHYS 1 53

GL'neral Ph, sics I

4

Q - I EN!

P H YS 1 47

I bora tory

1

CORE

4

'aku l u'l I

4

CORE

4

MATH 151 C RE

4

PE 16

EGR 1 82

I n tw . tll Materials Science

4

PI I Y S 1 54

C ' n L'fll l Physics II

4

PI I Y5 1 48

La borat ory

1

<lieu I u s I I

4

MATI I 1 52

4

FE 18

116

StLltics

2

Generill Chemis try

4

1 15

Spring:

C O RE

PE

115

PHYSICS & ENGINEERING

Spring:

COR

4

CORE

4

COR

4 12


Mecha n ical

Engine�ring Concent r'l tion

ra i l : J:GR 271

Electrical Circuits

2

CH

Cener'l i Chemis try

4

I

11 5

CORE

4

CORE

4

P I;:

1 15

Spring: 4

CORE CORE

4

C

4

RE

12

Engineering-Physics Electromagnetic Theory

4

PHYS J56

Mathema tical Physics

4

EGR 35 I or

'I'hc'rm(ldyna m ics

EGR 352

A n a l og a n d Digital C i rcuits

4

Spring: I ' I IYS 336* or PH YS 3 3 2'

Mecha nics Electromagnetic Waves and f'hysicill

O ptics

4

CORE FOU R tH OLLEGE Y E A R 3-2 Engineeri n g

--

4 4

CORE

-

J u nior engineering sta nding a t Colum bia, Stanford, or a regional state universi ty . Adm ission to olum bia i s automatic upon recom­ mendation by the departme n t . Admission to Sta n ford is competi­ tive. 28 addi tional scm �stl![ h o u rs in u p p er divisiun engineering spe­ cia l ty courses at Colu m b ia or Sta n ford (e . g . , E . E . , M. - . , _ . E . , etc . ) to qua l i fy for t h e deg ree u f B . s . i n Engineerin g -Science from P L U . The deg is <lwa rded after presentation of a SIgned g uld book a n d d transcript from Co l u m bi a or Sta n fo rd . En g ineer ing-Physics Fall: PHYS 421 E R 44 1 * or I;:GR 442* CORE

Spring

PHYS ·122 ORE ORE

E ngineering Basics 151 VISUAL THINKING Three-dimensional visualization, orth o graphic and isometric perspectives, rela tio nsh i p of visual graphic thinking to the creative p rocess, p reliminary design; of valut: to not only engineers but a lso the science major who m u st be a b le to think three d i mensionally as dema nded in mecha nics or structural che m i stry. Emphasis upon fluent a nd flexible i dea production. I (2) 182

Fa l l :

PHYS 3J l

COURSE OFFERING S ­ Engineering

Adva nced Laboratory e t work A n a lys i s Tril n s port

Advilnced Lilboratory

4 4 1 4 4

Fwrr r OLLEGE YEAR 3-2 ; n gincering omp! tc engineering specia l ty ( E . E., M. E., . E . , etc.) a t Col u m ­ b i a , Stanford, or a regiona l s ta te un iversity thereby e a rn i n g that -chool's 8 . S . degree. At Stanford i t is il lso possible to be a d m i tted to a cotcrm i n a l M.S . program and ea rn a mas t�'r's degree i n a n e n ­ �jnecring specialty simu l ta n 'u u s l y w i t h the bachelor's degree. Option.l l

INTRODUCTION TO MATERIALS SCIENCE Fundamentals of syn t h etic ma terials (dielectrics, semiconductors, magnet ics, alloy s, polymers), their relationship to chem ist ry and p h ysics, a nd implica­ tions for modern techno l ogical socie ty . Discussion of what usefu l p rope rties engineering ma terials have and how these prope r ties can be altered by adjus ting inte rnal micro-structure. A particu l a rly useful en try pOint for the study of electrical and mechanical en­ gineerin g . Backgrou nd : one course in h igh school or college c h e mistry . II (4) 354 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS Introd uction to vector and tensor calculus, fu nctions of a com p lex varia ble, Laplace and Fourier transforms, a Jld un d eterm ined m u l tipliers. Comprehens ive and illustra tive examples h-o m the fields of electromag­ netism, waves, transport, vibrations, and mecha nics. May be taken as a package with PHYS 356. Prerequis­ ite: M ATH 253 . 1I (4)

Electrical E ngineering Science 271 E LECTRICAL CIRCUITS Fundamental concepts of electrical science and its u til ization in ci rcuits, com ponen ts, and devices. Pre­ requisite: PHYS 1 54. 1 (2) 272 SOLID STATE E LECTRONIC DEVICES Useful properties of semico nductors as related to elec­ tronic devices; p n- j u nction diodes and t ransistors; PET a nd MOS structures; solid state lasers . Prerequis­ ite: EGR 271 . 1 1 (4) 352

ANALOG AND DIG ITAL E LECTRONIC CIRCU ITS Active solid s ta te circu its . Analog: AC-DC converters, ampl ifiers, oscilla tors. Digi ta l : Boolea n algebra, se­ q uential logic circuits, switch ing networks. Pre requis­ ite: EGR 271 or 272. 1 (4)

-

-..

PHYSICS & ENGINEERING

117


441 NETWORK ANALYSIS A na ly si s of electTica l c i rcuit- in t -ra n sien t and steady­

sta te mod es; fo rmuLa tion o f networ k equa tion s a n d theore m s, i m p e d a nce m a tching and fu n d a m e n tals o f n hvork topo l ogy, tra n s fe r f u nction" developmen t of La place transforms a n d Fourier series, time a n d fn�­ quency-d main a na lysi s . Prereq uisite: EGR 271 . II (4)

49 1

INDEPENDENT STUDY

elected t opics o f m u t u a l interest to stu d nt a n d in­ structor. E nr o l l m e n t is l i m i ted a n d o p en only to s t u ­ d e n t s who have d i scussed a p roposed tOpIC or co u r e of s t u d y in considerable d e p t h w i t h i n s t l·uc tOr. Pre­ requ i s i t e : m u t u a l i n te re s t . ( 1 -4)

Mechanical Engineering Science 231

STATICS

232

MECHANICS OF SOLI DS

F u n d a m e n t a l engineering s ta tics using vector algebra; co n d i t ions for equil ibri u m , res u l ta n t for 'e sy st m s , centroid a n d center of gravi ty, methods o f virtual work, fric tio n . Prerequ i s i t e : PHYS 1 53 . 1 (2) Mecha nics o f deformable solid bodies; deforma tion, tress, constitutive equations for las tic m a terials, thermoclas ticity, tension, flexure, torsi on, s tabil ity o f equilibri u m . Prere q u i s i t e : EGR 231 . n (4)

51

THERMODYNAM ICS

Concepts a n d ua tions of cla ssica l , macroscopic ther­ modynamics; thermodynamic cycles, flow and n o n ­ flow sys t e m s, p roperties a n d m a t h e ma tical rela tions of p u re s u bsta nces, m ix t u res a n d solutions, p h a s e tra n s i tion a n d chemical rcactions; an el me n l a ry trea t ­ m e n t o f 'ta tistical t h e rmodynamics . Prere q u isite:

PHYS 154. 1 (4)

442

TRANSPORT: MOMENTUM, ENERG Y, AND MASS

U n i fying oncepts o f t h e t ra n s po rt of momentum, en­ ergy, and m a ss i n p l a n a r , cylind rico l .J n d spherical g o m e tries; m a t h e m a hcal aspects of fl u id m c h a n i c ; Do u nd a lY layers ; t ra n sport oeffi c i e n ts-vi sco i ty, t h er­ m a l conductivity, ma ss d i ffusivity; an elem entary treatmenl of t u rb u l e n t fl ow . Prerequ i s i te: GR 351 o r conse n t o f i nstru ctor . I I (4)

492

IN DEPENDENT STUDY

Selected topics of m u tual in teres t to s t u d en t and in­ SlTtlctor . nro U m e n t i , l i m i ted a n d o p e n only to tu­ d nts who h a ve d i scLlssed a prop s d lopic or course of study in consid erable depth with instru lor. Pre­ r quisite: m u t u a l i n terest. (1 -4) ,

COUR SE TO BE OFFE RED IN THE 1983 INTE RIM 305

118

The Art of Electronics

PHYSICS & ENGINEERIN G


Political Scie ce Poli tical science c;t d d resses one of the most

difficu lt,

yet fundamenta l ly im porta n t h u m a n e n deavors, the

g v rnance o f people and of soci e t i e s . The stud e n t of poli tics seeks to u n ders ta n d how governments a re

organized a n d structured, how poli tic a l processes

a re employed, and the re l a tionship o f s tructures a n d proc sses to socie ta l p u r po se s . Recognizing t h a t

govern ment a n d politica l activity m ay e m b o d y a n d reflect t h e full range of h u m an values, t h e s t u d y o f

politics m us t en deavor to u nd e rs ta n d t h e realities of poLi tics while a t the same ti me asking how well

p olitica J systems work, what p u rposes a re a n d ought to be serve.d, a n d what effects res u .It from politica l ph nomena . Politic a l science encourages a critical

u n derstanding o f gove rn ment and p o l i tics in the

belief tha t

a

know ledgeabl , interested, a n d awa re

citizenry is the root s tre ngth a n d necessity of a democra tic society .

FACULTY Spencer, Chair; Atkinson, Farmer, Marsh, Ol ufs, Ulbricht; assisted by Bricker. r h e s t u d y o f p o l i t i ca l science helpb to pre p a re s t u d e n ts for the exercisc o f their rights, J u l ic � , J nd opport u n i ties a s ci t ize ns by giving t h e m " betiL'r u n d e rs t a n d i n g of A m e r ic a n political proCl'.SSc.s J n d o f a lt c rn a l"i ve systems. Cllurses in political sc i en ce e x p l o re various t o p i cs i n A m e rican gove rn m e n t a n d politics , i n te rn a t ional rel u t i o n s a n d foreign policy, comparutive gove rnment and a re,) s t u d ies, po l i t ic a l p h i losophy a n d t h e o ry, and p ubli c p o l i c li n d lillV. The d e p M t m <c' n t provides p re­ pr()fessional tra i n i n g l e a d i ng to G )fl'ers i n teaching, law, go\'e rn me n t , a n d re' l a t e d field s . For the n o n - majM, poli tica l s cie n ce cour�C ' p rov id e usefu l study for il ny s t u de n t ge nera l l y i n terested in p u b l i c affairs and the w o r k i n g, o f guvcrn m e n t . IVl orc'ovcr, the s t u d y o f poli tics is s u p p orti v l' uf a n y d isci p l i ne or p ro feS si o na l progra.m whose s ubs t<ll1ce becomes il m a t t er 0 1' p u b lic policy. A s such, politICal science com p icnlC'nts slIch fi c' l d s as t h e nil turai scie n ces , sociology, business, e d u c a t i o n , a n d economics. The study of p o l i t i cs t o u ch es u p o n o t h e r d i sciplines w h i c h i n q u i re i n to h u m a n b C h a v. i o r ilnd cil'v(C l o p m c n t , ranging from h i s tory a n d philoso p h y tu p syc h ol ogy , cOJ11 t11 u nic.) t ion, <) nd cross-c u l t u ral st u d i e s .


S t u d e n t s of politica l science h a ve the oppo rt u n i ty to combine the ,1 cademic s t u dy o f gov e rn me n t a nd politics w i t h p ract ica l experience by pa rticipation in nne of t h c interns h i p progrilms s ponso red by t h e d e p a rtmen t . A t p re se n t these a rc a v a i l a b l e i n p ub l ic a d m i n i s t r a t l o n , publ ic l a w , a n d the legislative pmc '55. The department of p o l i t ical science is a f fi l i a ted w i th �cverill organizations p ro v i d i n g for a variety o f stu d e n t i n volv('nH�n t . T h e s e organizahons i nclude t h e M o d e l U n i te d Nations, C e n tc.r for t h e S t u d y o f Public P o li CY, and Political Science S t u d e n t Associa tio n . The departmc' n t further SpoIlS(Jr!> r otherwise encou rages active s t u d e n t pdrticipation i n pol i ti ca l l i fe t h rough dass ilctivi til's a n d t h ro u g h such c a m p us or g a n i L a ti o n as the Young Re p u bl icans and Young Democrats. The p o l t h c a l scie n ce facu l ty at Paci fic Luthera n U niversi ty s h a re a brea d th o f experiencc in te ac h i n g a n d research, i n professional associations a n d co n ferences i n the U n i ted S ta tes an d abroa d , a n d i n govern m e n t d e c i s i o n making from thl' local to t h e i n tern a t i o n a l [evel. Th ere a re no p rere q u is i tes for p o l i tica l sci e n c e coursE'�, except as n ot (' d . r'rior co n s u ltatio n with t h e i n structor o f a ny a d va nced co u rse i s i n vited. S t u d e n t s w i sh ing to p u rs u e a major or m i n o r in pol itica l science' arE' requested t o decla re the m a j o r o r m i n o r w i t h the d e p a r t m e n t c h a i r ,1 S �oo n a' possi b l e .

B C H EL O R 01' ARTS M AJOR: M i n i m u m of 32 Sl'mcster h u u rs, i n c l u d i n g 1 01 , l 5 1 , 325. Major progra m . elr" p l anned in consultution with a dep a rtme n ta l a d viser. MI l O : M i n i m u m of 20 se m e st e r h o u rs i n c l u d i n g 1 0 1 or 1 5 1 . Minor progra ms a rc plan ned i n co n s u l ta tion with il departmenta l adviser.

MINOR IN P U B L I C AffAIRS: 24 scmcskr huurs, i n c l u d i n g 345 ( req u i red ) a n d 20 h o u rs from pol i t ical scien cl', economics,

SOCiology, and bu si n es s a d m i nis tration or s t a tisti cs . T h i s m i n or offers an i n terdisciplinary study d <�si 1$ n ('d to . s u pport many maJDr progra m s whose c on ten t h a s unpliciltlOns for public a ffairs, a n d i., pa rti c ul d rly us ful to s t u d nts co n te m p la ti n � ca reers i n p u l1 1 ic s e rvi ce or g r a d u a te study i n pu bli a d m i n i s t ra tion, publ i c zlffmrs, an related progra m s . Th ' P u b l i c A ffairs m inor inclu des t h e fo l lowi n g req u i re m e n ts: I) Pol i ti cal S6 'nee 34 5 , G ovc rn m (' n t and Public P ol icy; 2) a t least fiv(' additional cou rs's from t h ree of til(' fol lowi n g gr'o u p s (courses which a rc ta k e n a s part of J m a j o r p rogr;)m m a y n o t a l s o cou n t toward the Pu blic Affairs m i nor):

['olitical Science ( m i n i m u m o f 8 h o u rs if t h i s grou p is selec ted) 1 5 1 - meric;)o Govern m c n t 3 5 2 - A m e rican State ,ov e rn m e n t 356 - U r b a n Gove rn m e n t a n d Policy 363 - Govern m e n t, t h e M e d i a , a nd Public Policy 364 - Th Legisla tive Proc'ss 457 - Public A d m i n i . tro tion Economics ( m i n i m u m of 8 h ours if t h i s g rou p is selccted) 1 50 - Princ i p l e s of conom ics 321 -. Labor Economics, Labor Rela t io n s , a n d H u m a n Resou rc<2s 362 - Public Finance 371 - Indu strial Orga n ization and P u b l i c P o l icy 432 - U rban and Regional Economics Sociology ( m i n i m u m of 4 h o u rs if this gro u p i s selected) 240 - Social Proble m ' 280 - r n troduction to Rae.:: Relations 340 - Crime and Del i n q uency 390 - Sociology of Pov rly 460 - Penol ogy and Correct ions Busi ness/Statistics (minimum of 4 h o u rs i f this group i s selec ted ) B 281 - Fina ncial Accou nting STAT 231 - I n tro d uctorv Statistics On a p p roval by t h e P u b lic Affairs adviser, u p to 8 h o u rs may be earned through participation in , n i n t e r n s h i p pro!? ram as a substitu te fo r courses L i s ted above (e. ccpt Poli tical el nce 345). I n terns hi p opportu n i ties a re offered through several depa rtmen ts and provi de students w i th actual work ex pe rience i n -tate and locil l lcgis l a tiv· and aci m i n i strative age n ci es . S t u d e n ts i n terE!steo in i n ter n s h ip s a p u rge d to consult with their academic advisers and w i t h i n tern fa curty advisers a t an early date.

120

POLITICAL S CIENCE

S t u d e n ts i n terested in t h e Public A ffairs m in o r should decla re the m i nor in the Dcp < Ht m e n t of Pol itica l Science a nd cons u l t w i t h t h e departmen t',; P u b l i c A ffa irs ad vise r .

M I N R IN I N T E RN ATION A L AFFA1RS: W i t h thc' a p p rova l of the coordinato r of t h is m inor, 20 to 24 se mester h ours from th ree d i fferent d i sciplinps, incl u d i n g (rt'qu ircd) Political S ci e n 'e 231 or 338 a n d (o ptional) 384; 386; I Iistory 340; 356; H i s tory 335 (or S pa ni s h 322 o r French 321 or S ca n d i na via n 322 or German 32 1); Ec on o m ics 33 1 Of 3 8 1 ; and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s .

MAJO LEGAL STUDlES: 32 s e m e � t e r h o u r s . l'or a d d i tional i n fo r m a t i o n , see the section of this catalog o n LegaJ Stud ies.

M I N O R I N L E G A L STUDIES: 20 sem e st e r hours. For a d d i t i o n a l i n for m a t i o n , ,ee the section of this catalog o n Legal S tu d ies . PRE-LAW: For i n fo r m a t i o n , sec " h e sec t i o n of t h i s catalog o n Pre-professional Progra m s . B C H E L O R O F A RTS I N EDU Ed ucati o n .

AllON:

S e " S choo l

of

COURSE OFFER ING S 101

INTROD UCTI ON TO POLITICAL SCIENCE

A n i ntrod uction to the major conce p ts, theories,

ideas, and fi elds of study rela ting to politics and gov­ crnm ntal systems. EX lores governmenta l · tructures and pr cesses, politica power and au tho rity, conflict, decision making, pol icy, and stabil ity and cha nge . (4)

f

151

AMERICAN GOVERNMENT

201

I NTRODUCTI ON TO LEGAL STUDlES

231

CURRENT I NTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS

A survey of the constitutional fou nd a tions of the America� political system and of institutions, proces­ ses, and pract ices relating to pa rticipa tion, decision­ making, a nd public policy in American national gov­ ernment. (4) An exa m i na tion of the na ture of law, j ud icial process, a n d participa n t roles in the lega l sys te m . Pa rticu lar empha i given to lega l culture including comparative systems, assessments of lega l need s and legal ser­ vices, the legal profession, philosophy of law, and j u dicial decision making. (4)

A surv 'v course in in te rna tio nal relations with em­

pha .. is ()n curre nt events. Examina tion of ideol ogy, econornic resources a nd development, n a tional rival­ r i ' 5 , military pm-ver, revolu tion a ry movemen ts, popu­ la tion pres sures, alliance pol i tics, and multi la tcralism . Re. lation of these factors to in ternational rela tions theory . (4)

282 COMPARATIVE G OVERNM E NT Exa mi na tion of political systems fro m a omparative perspective . Principal focus is on contemporary is­ sues, the societal settin g a n d policy fo rmation in selected cou n tries a t vanous stages of pol itical and economic development. (4) 321 SCOPE AND METHODS OF POLITICAL SC I ENCE A n exa mi.nation of analytic fra meworks, re carch methods a n d tec h n iques, and i n forma tion sources in political science . (4)


325 POLITICAL THOUGHT i\ su rvey o f the origin an d evolution of major politica l co ncepts in an i 'nt, medieva l, il 11d early modern limes. Such idea < S sla te, obliga tion, a u thori ty, com­ m unity, law, a d free dom will be slud ied dev I p­ m ntally. (4)

364 THE LEGISLATIVE PROCESS A 'tu dy of theory, org anization, a nd procedure of the ongress a nd o ther legislative bodies in the Uni ted Sta tes; special em phasis on the dyna mics of conflict and compromise in the legis la tive a rena inc.luding ci ti­ zen and in terest group participa tion and lobbying. (4)

326 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT Cl"iti al examination of the major ideo logies of the mod rn wo rld : democracy, conserva tism, ca pitalism, socia lism, .ma rcl o-synd ica lism, com munism, racial and oli t ical elitism, national ism, libera l is m , Christian politica l thought, and contem porary problems. (4)

368 THE AMERICAN PRESIDENCY Study of the nation's highest poli tical o ffice in terms of the roles a nd expecta tions of the o ffice, styles of leaders hip, Presiden tial decision-ma king, the powers and limita tions o f the office, and the in teraction o f per­ sona lity and institution. (4) 371 JUDICIAL PROCESS An examination of legal p rocesses in various ad­ judicatory settings. Primary a ttention given to j udicja l processes focusing on civil a n d criminal la\v . Includes an examina tion of administrative law processes among other qua i-j u d icial forms of conflict reso lu­ tion. (4)

fNTERN ATIONAL ORGAN1ZA TION AND LAW Coop ra tion and on£l ict in i n ternational in titutions. lssucs before the U nited Nation and other interna­ tional or an iza tiolls. The role of i n te rna tional law in int rstate relations. (4) 338 AMERICAN FOREIGN POLlCY Th r Ie of the Un ited Stat in international affairs . An analysis of the major fa ,t rs in the formula tion and xecu tion of nit d Sta tes foreign policy and its im­ pact on ot her powers . (4) 336

345 GOVER NMENT AND PUBLIC PO LICY A n i n tegrat d a p p roach t the nature of public poUcy, w i lh l:m p hasis on substan tive problems, the develop­ m nt of pol icy res p on s s by poli tical in ·titu tio ns, and the i m pacts of pol icies . Special a t tention to policy a t the merica n na tiQnal or ubna tiona l lev , i n int r­ nati nal politics, r from a co mpara tive perspective, as ann unced by t he department. (4) 352 AMERICAN STATE GOVERNMENT Study of governm ntal structures, processes, p rob­ lems, and public pol icy a t the sta t level . Special topic s an fi cld tudy may be a rranged as ap propriate. Par­ ti ular t tention to the sta te of Washington. (4)

356 URBAN GO VE RN MENT AND POLICY Examina tion of Ameri an goverment at the ommuni­ ty and metr polita n level, poli tical structures a n p roesses, urban problems and p licies, and rela tion­ sh ip with other lev I s of government. Specia l topics an d fj Id shldy s a ppropriate. (4) 361 AM ER(CAN POLITICAL PARTI ES f Am rica n An examina tion in theory a n d practic political par ties and in terest gro ups; pecial attention to party leadership and recrUItment, indjvidual pol iti­ cal oCla lization and pa rticipation, electora l processe , and to the role of i n ter st groups in A merican politic (4) 363 GOVERNMENT, THE MEDIA, AND PU BLIC POLI CY l n q u it into t he relationship between public will a nd pub lic pol icy in America, concentrating on the pivota l role of lectronic and p ri nt media. Exa mi nes media i n cont x t s of opinion formation, expression, and ef­ fects. Attention to pol i tica l cu l ture, uses of pu blic opinion poUs, and gove rnmental reg u Ja tion, secrecy, and i nformation ma nagement. (4)

372 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW The constitu tional basis of governmental powers in the United Sta tes w i th specia l emph asis given to j udi­ cia l review, separation o f powers, fed eralism, a nd in­ terstate com merce . In cludes an exami nation of the poL i tica l and constitutional res trictions on governmen­ tal power. (4) 373 CIVIL L I BE RTIES Constitutional rights and liberties with special atten­ tion given to fre dom of exp ression and as sociation, re ligious free dom, rig h ts in cri minal procedure, du e process and q u a l protection . (4)

374 LEG A L ESEARCH In trod uction to various methods o f legal ana lysis and r sea rch. Includes an examina tion ot primary docu­ ments and research systems. (4) 381 COMPARATIVE LEGAL SYSTE MS A comparative examination of legal systems including common law, Roman law, a n d non-Western systems. aty (4) 383 THE WESTMINSTER MODE L A n examination o f the evolu tion o f the p olitical system of the United Ki ng dom and its tra n sp la n tation to the sta tes of the ITritish Commonwealth including Canada, Aust ra lia, a nd New Zea l a nd . (4) 384 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS Compa ra tive exa mination of Marxist pol i tical sys­ tems, partic ula rly the U . S . S . R . , eastern Europe, China, and Cuba. Speci a l a t tention given to ideology and to the role of the Com m u nist Pa rty. (4) 386 AFRICAN POLITICAL SYSTEMS Comp a ra tive examina tion of the p o l i tical systems of sub-Saharan A frica . Exposition a t p re-colonial, colo­ nial, and contemporary i n fl uenc s with special atten­ tion to p roblems of decoloniza tion, na tion-building, and development . (4) 401 SEMINAR IN POLITICS Selected topics in the study of government a nd politics as a n no u nced by the departme n t . (4)

POLITICAL SCIENCE

121


457 PUBLIC ADMINISTRAnON Mana g ement as occurs in the <1ffa irs of state; the n<1t u re ot human behavior in org<1nizations; a d m ini st ra­ tive law a n d q u a s i -j u d icial p ra c ti c e s; civil service, b u d g e t a n d fi scal con trol, ce n traliza tion, coo rdina tion i n adm i n is t ra ti ve a reas. (4) 458

INTERNSHIP IN PUB LIC ADMINISTRA nON An i ntern s h i p with a department of local or sta te gov­ er nme nt; p l a n n e d a n d s up e r v i se d jointly by a s u p er­ visin � government offici a f and a member of the politi­ cal sC'l e nce fa c u l ty. By department consent only. (4-1 2) 464 INTERNSHIP IN THE LEG IS LATIVE PROCESS A n o p p o rtun i t y to study the p rocess from thL' insi de by working di rectly with leg is la t i ve paJ"ticipa n t s a t the state o r loca l leve l . By d e p a r tment cons nt only. (In­ ternships with the Wash ington State Legi slature a re open only to j u n iors and se niors with a t lea s t one year at PLU who have taken or take concurrently 364 . ) ( 4- 12) 471 INTE RNSHIP IN LEGAL STUDIES An internship with a private or public sector agency Or office enga ge d in l eg a l resea rch, litigation, or law en­ forcement. (4) 491 , 492 I NDE PENDENT READING AND RESEARCH By depa rtment consent only. (1 -4) 502 SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY An a n alysis of social explana tion and the social s c i e n­ tific fra me of refe rence . (4) 505 SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS Basic research concepts a p plied to labora tory, field, a nd bibl iographic s t u d ies . Topics inclu de formulating research q uest i on s , research desi g ns, data-gathering te h n iques, a n a l y si s o f d a ta and theory construction . E m p h as is on understanding a n d e va l u a ting rather th a n co n d u c t i n g researc h . (4) 520 SEMINAR IN PU BLIC POLICY o n ce p ts, models, and theories of policy p rocesses. A ge n d a b uil d ing , decision-making, a n d i mple me n ta tio n , p o l i cy a na lysis, a n d eva l u a ti o n s t u d ie s thro ugh sel cted readi ngs and d iscu ssion . ( 4) 558 GRAD UATE INTERNSHIP Practica l expe ri e n ce t h rough a n internsh ip i n a public agency. (4) 567 PUBLIC B UD GETING PROCESSES A na ly s i s o f p l a n n i n g, p rocesses, and e x ec u ti o n of g ov­ ernmental budgets; includes budge tin g, accountmg, debt, cash ma nagement, fi na ncial reporting, g ra n ts a d m in istra tion, and p rogram eva l u a t io n (4) -

­

.

122

POLITICAL SCIENCE

571

COURT AD M INlSTRA TION of the fie l d of j u dicial a d m i n istra tio n . Focuses pa rticu larly o n budgeting, person nel, i n for­ mation systems, cou rt-calendaring, a nd other co urt management functions. (4)

A n examina tion

591 DIRECTED STU DY (1 -4) 5% GRADUATE READINGS Indepe ndent study card requ i red . (4) 597 RESEA RCH PRACTICUM (4) 598 RESEARCH PROJECT (4) 599

(4)

THESIS

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 304 308 315

Drama in the Courtroom S ci ence and Technology Washington Winterim '83: New Federal ism The New Congress: Consensus or Confrontation


Psychology Th rough its curricu l u m , u s of comm u n i ty

res ou rces , and resea rch programs, the Depa rtme n t

of P syc ho l ogy p rovides s t u d e n t s w i t h a compreh nsive a nd bale need e x p s ure t psyc h o logy as a discipline, a scie nce , and a profession .

ma j or p repares students f r gra d u ate work i n ps chology or for empl y me n t a fter gra du a tio n in a vari e ty of set tings . In a d d i tio n the psychology major is p urs u e d by some students who plan to do graduate work i n fie ld s outside f psyc h ol ogy such as soci I work, low, bus i n e s admi nistra lion, or theology. Th minor i n p ch ology is de ign d to be a upplement to a no t he r m a j r i n the l ibera l a rts g r ee pro g ra m in a pr f 'sil nal sc hool , or to a e p a r t m nt o f ' uch a busin ss administr tio n . The P s h o l ogy a l so offers a broad ra n ge of cou rse lected b y a s tudent w h i c h ca n be i n divi d u a l l y

disabl e d ) , m e ntal health c linics, special services departments of local sch I d is tri c t s , a n d so o n .

The labore tory classes o ffe red b y t h e depa rtment are small in size with maximum importance a tta c h e d to individua lized i n s truction .

Th

n c e the

Illtrorilictioll to Psychology

om pl e te d .

c

ur ' e

ha been

A a su pp l e m e n t to ac' demie I arnin g , t h e d e p rln1cnt oCfers opportun ities for s t u d n t s t o have >xperien of a fi d -w r k 11< l u re i n a w i d ' va ri ty of setting in t he gr a te r CHna a rea, s uch a s : A m er i ca n La ke Veterans H ospi ta l , We tern State H spital (includ i n g t h e Ch i l d S tud y a n d Trea tme n t Cente r) , Rainier ta le 5 h 01 (dt.'vclopm n ta l l y

FACULTY Nolph, Chair; Adachi, R . M . Brown, Fiedler,

Hansvick, Lejeune, Moritsugu, Schm utte, Severtson.

BACHELO R OF AR S MAJOR: 32 semester hou rs, including a d d i tion, Statistics 23 1 i s req uire d . The n ? ergradu J te Record Exam i s requ irl'd of a l l graduating majors. 10 1 , 243, 340, 460. I n

M I NOR: 20 se mester hours . Statistics 231 may be included ' with d e pa rl m e n ta l co nsen t. 1 10 m.1\, not be (ounted toward the major or minor. Courses a t the 50d IL'vel are primarily for graduate students; however, they may be ta ke n by advanced undergraduat '5 who receive the in. tru c t n r' ďż˝ COil. ent.

-----\

I


COURS E O FFE RIN G S 101

o

INTRODUCTION T O PSYCHOLOGY

STUDY SKILLS

assist i n the i m p rove m e n t o f reading skills a n d .

o ther tec h nIques for effective study; class work s up ­ pl 'mented by i n d ivid u a l counseling. (May not be cou n ted in the maj or or m i n o r . ) ] I T (2)

22 1

THE PSYCHO LO GY OF ADJUSTMENT

Problems i n personal a dj u s t m e n t i n everyday living.

1 0 1 . I I T (2) SCIENTIFIC METHODS

Prere q uisite:

243

Ba�ic resea rch design a nd theory construction; a p pl i­ cation to both laboratory and fiel d . Special e m p ha i s o n p e rcep tion a nd cog n i t i o n . Lectu re a n d laboratory . Majors m u s t take fou r c re d i t h o u r o p tio n . Prerequ is­ ite: 1 01 . I 1 f (2 or 4)

325

HUMAN SEXUAL ITY-EMOTIONALITY

Study o f the psychological, biological, and cul t u ra l components o f h u m a n sexual a n d emotional be­ hav i�)r. Topics include sex u a l iden tity, typical a n d typICal sexual b havlOr,

reproducti o n , cou r

and atfecti o n . Pr ereq u i si te: 101 (4)

hip,

330 SOOAL PSYCHOLOGY RL' 'earch and theory concerning the i n teraction be­

t�.v een gro u p s � nd the i n di.vi d u a l . Language, a t­ ti tu des, aggr SSlOn, leade.rshlp, person p erc e p ti o n , < nd related tO p IC S ,arc exa m i ned a n d their rela t ions hi p to Vi: lrlOllS types 01 social cha nge a n d i n fl uence a re d is­ cusse d . Pr requisite: 1 01 . I (4)

335 DEVELOPMENT: INFANCY TO MATURITY Ph ysj�a l , intel l ect ua l , social, a n d emotional growth from m fa n cy t h ro u g h adolescence to maturity . Pre­ reqllisite: 1 0 1 . 1 II (4) 340 HUMAN NEUROP SYCHOLOGY The tudy of brain-beha ior rela tionships. Topics in­

clud ' neuroana tonl lca l and n e u rophysio logical mech J lllsms u n?erlyll1g h u m a n beha\: i o r; psychologi­ C J I e ffec t s of brall1 da mage; p hySIologICal correlates of languages, sensory and mo tor tunctions, and emo­ tion; c l c t ric a l stimula tion o f t he b ra i n . P re re qu i s ite : '

1 0 1. 1 (4) 342

INTERNSHIP

401

WORKSHOP

403

THE PSYCH OLOGY OF INFANCY AND CHILDHOOD

A practi�um experie nce in

A n i n t roduction to the scientific s tu d y of behavior; sci­ e n llfIc methods for s t u dying the behavior o f living or­ gams !11s; topICS such as m o tivation, lea rning, emo­ tion, mtel ligence, personality, adjus tmen t, a n d social behavior. I n (4)

1 10

399

DRUG AND ALCOHOL USE AND AB USE

u rvey of the l i tera tu re on causes and t::r e at m e n ts for al cohol a n d drug abuse. Im plications o f current re­ search rega rding trea t m e n t effectiveness of alcohol and drug pr o b le m s . Pr req u isite : 101 . (2-4)

the co m m u n i ty in the cli ni­ cal, SOCIal , a n d/or expenmental a reas. C la ssroom focus on case conce p tualizatio n a nd p rese n ta tion . Pre­ requisite: sophomore s t a n d i n g plus one course in psy­ chology and conse n t o f the department. (1-6) Selected topics in psychology a s a n nou nced .

Physical, i ntellec t l! a l, emotional, a n d social develop­ ment o f t h e m d l v l d u a l from the pre-natal period to ad olescence; p roblems of behavior and a d j u s t m e n t . Prerequisite: 335 . (2)

405

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY

420

PERSONA LITY THEOR IES

�l

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

422

COMMUN ITY PSYCHOLOGY

450

PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING

460

LEARNING: RESEARCH AND THEORY

4 0

SYSTEM A TIC THOUGHT IN PSYCHOLOGY

Physica l develop m e n t, m e n tal tra i t s , social character­ istics, and in terests of adolesce n ts; adj u s tments in home, school, and comm u n i ty . P re re qu isite: 335 . II (2) Stra tegies for the study o f perso n a l i ty theories . Tech­ n iques o f measureme. n t and i m p l ications for counsel­ mg and/or p s ych o t h e ra p y . P rerequisite: 1 0 1 . I Ll (4) Etiology a nd tre a t m e n t o f abnorm a l behavior. Em­ p h a . · i s on tr e a � m e n t i n c o m m u n i ty-based settings and tnstltuttons . F i e l d p lacem e n t or <"quivalent req u i re d . Prereq u isite: 1 0 1 . 1 11 (4)

I ntervention s tratC' g ies w h ich foc �l s p rimarily on com­ m U lll t l es a n d sOCla I s y s te m s . Par tlCLilar s t re s s on a l ter­ natives to tra d i tional di!,ical s tyles o f p romoting the well-bell1 g o f com m u il l ties. Field placem e n t requ ired . Prer e q u i S i te : 1m . (4) Survey o f s ta n d a r d i z e d tes t s; methods of develop­ ment, s ta ndardization; l i m i ta tions a nd i n terpretations of tests. Prerequisite: 243, a cou rse in Stcl t iS tiCS, or con­ sen t of in structor. 1 (4) Experi menta l stu dies a n ? theories of lear n i ng. Lectu re and laboratory. Prereq u I s I t e : a m l l1 t n1U m of 12 hours in psychology including 243 . I I (4)

Historical develo p m e n t, contemporary forms, a n d basic a s s u m p tions o f t h e major psychological theories and trad i tions . P n m;: mly for advanced m a j o rs a n d gra d u a te s t u d e n t s . 1 (4)

49 1 , 492

.A: su pervi

INDEPENDENT STUDY

cd read ing, fi eld, or research p roject of spe­ cl a l l l1 t er e st for a dv � nced undergra d u a te or gra d u a te s t u d e n t s . PrerequIsite: departme n tal consent . 1 1 1 ( 1 -4)

493

SEMINAR

501

WORKSHOP

Select�'d topics i n psychology as a n n ou nced . Pre­ req U I s i t e : consent o f I n s tructor.

124

PSYCHOLOGY


502

SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY

.J05

SOCIAL SCLENCE RESEARCH METHODS

An a n a ly ' is of so ' a l explanation a nd the social scien­ ti fic frame o f reference. (4) B sic research concepts appli d to l a boratory, field,

a n d b i bliogra ph ical studies. Topics i nclude formu lat­ ing research question , research designs, da ta- gather­ ing te chniqu es, a n a lysis of d a ta a n d theory construc­ tion . E mphasi s on u ndersta n ding and eva l u a t i n g r a t h e r than conducting research . (4)

L

515

PSYCHO LOGICAL ASSE SS ME NT

540

COUNSELING METHODS

l n t II ctual a n d personality assessment. For the fomlCr, the study f such t sts as the Revised Wec hsler In tell igei'tc , Scale for C h i J d r e n , a n d the Re­ vised Wech sler A dult In telligence Scale; for the latter, i n lervi w tech niques, self- report tests uch a s the MMPI a n d projective m e t h o d s . Prerequ isite: 450 . II (4) F e u ' on strategi 5 for treatment of i ndi vidu a l clients .

E m p h a ' i s o n case conce p t u a l iza tion, comm u nica t io n

s ki ll s , a nd ins truction in curre n t tec h n iq u s via rol _

pl y a nd videotape fe d back. PrerequIsite: con sent of in s tructor. l lI (4)

420, 421 or

550

GROUP COUNSELING

570

GRADUATE INTERNSHIP IN COUNSELING AND/OR ASSESSMENT

Cou n sel i n g theories and methods a pplied to the gro up c )n tex t . Prerequisite: 540 . (4)

An o p p ort u n i ty to develop co u n se l i ng a n d/or assess­ ment skills in a setting in w h ich these p ro feSSional ser­ vices a re offered . Classroom focus on case concep­ tualization a n d p rese n ta t i o n . Prerequisite: 5 1 5 a nd/or

540 . I II (4) 577 AD VANCED GRADUATE INTE RNSHIP IN COUNSELING AN D/OR ASSESSMENT

An oppo rtu nity for the more adva nced t; tudent to w rk in the areas of c u n sel ing a n d/or ast;c ' s m e n t in a setting in which these p rofess ional scr 'ices a re pro­ vided . Class room focus on case onceptualiza tion a n d p rese ntation . Prerc quisi t : 570. I II (4)

590 GRADUA TE SEMINAR Selected t pics in psych ology a s a n nou nced . Pre­ requi site: c nsen t o f i n stru ctor. (1-4)

59 1 D ffiECTE D STUDY (1-4) �95 GRAD UATE READINGS I ncL pen d e n t study card requ i red . (4) 597, 598 R ESE ARCH PROJECT (4) 599 THESIS (4)

COURSES TO B E O FFERED IN THE 1983 I NTERIM 309 310 318

Psychology and the Law Hazards, D isasters, and Human Behavior Involvement in a Therapeutic Community

PSYCHOLOGY

125


Ke ig ion Religion i s a n attem p t to u n d r ta n d the meaning

existence . F o r Chri tia ns mean ing is re v e a l ed i n the l o ve of God in Jesu Chri s t . The Departme n t of R ligion s ta nds \路vithin and a ffirms this C h r is t i a n cant xt.

of human

In a university se tti n g this means the serious academic s t u d y of the Bible, oi the h i sto ry of th e Christian tra d i tion, of attempts to unders ta nd God's con tinuing activity, and of God's promises for the future. revelation of God in Jesus Ch r is t likewise calls other rol e s . It ca l ls for pen and a u then tic dial g w i t h oth r r e l igio u s tradi ti ons, and thus se ks t o u nderstand a common huma n i ty as e a c h tradition adds its unique contr i bution . It calls for a cri tical ye t con t ructiv i nterchange with co ntemporary society. Finally, it calls for a she ri ng of in sights with other d is c i p l ines in the university a s each sheds light on lh human condition .

The for

./

To th se e n d s the Dep a r t m e n t of Re li g io n off rs a wide ra nge of course and opporhmities. Furthermore it ca lls stu den ts, majors and non-maj rs alike, t o consider questions of mea n i ng, purpose, a n d va J ue in a ociety which all to often neglects these question s .

Lutheran Institute for Theological Education (LITE): f Religion also partiCipates in a program of con tinuing theological e d u ca t i on for clergy and laity in the Pa ci fic Northwe s t . Dr. Wa l t e r Pilgrim d i rects the UTE p ro gra m . For fu ther de tails The De par t men t

contact Dr.

ilgri m .


FACU LTY St ivers, Chair; Christopherson, Gehrke, Govig, I ngram, Knutson, Petersen, Pilgrim, S uter.

.....

U N I V ERS ITY CORE REQUIREM ENTS: 8 sen1l' ' ter h o u r, for · tudenh e n te ri n g as fresh me n Dr so ph o more s . Fou r lower d i v i s ion h o u rs snail bl' taken b e fo re t h e e n d of t h e sophomore yea r . The �econd 4 h o u rs may be sel e cted from most o f the other offerings i n the rel i g i o n c u rr ic u l u m . T ra n s fer students cn t l ' r i n s a s j u niors or seniors a rc req u i re d to ta ke 4 sem e s t e r huurs of rel i g io n u n less p re s e n t i n g 8 t ra n s fe r hou rs of r ligion fro m other accred i ted c o l l ege s or u n iverSities, T h e Core I req u i re me n t i n Re l igi OL Stud ies (il ho u r' ) spe c i fi cs t h a t 4 hou rs m u s t be ta ke n from "'Zleh of two l i nes, , s fol l o w s : J . B i b l i c a l S t u d i e s - 24 1 , 341 , 342, 343 , 2. C h r i st i a n T ho u g h t , H i s tory. a n d E x p e ri e n ce - 1 3 1 . 251 , 3 5 1 . .153, 3 7 1 , 372. 373. 3 7 5 . 3 H I . 382. 3H3, 39 1 , 392. 393, 45 1 , 48- . 3. I n tegrdtive a n d Com par<l tive R e l i g i o u s S t u d ie, - 26 1 , 262, 36 1 , 362,- 363, 367. 380, 48(), 490, 493 (or o t h e r a p p roved cou rs ' S l iste d i n t h e t i m sched u l e). J u n io r and senior tra n s fe r s t u de n t s need to c om p le t e o n l y one cou rse (4 h o u rs ) from l ines I or 2 . BACH OR OF ARTS M A JOR: 28 . em e s ter hour:;, with 1 2 hours concentrated i n one of f i e a rea s (Bibl ic<11 Studies; History of Christianity; History of Reli g ions; Theology and E(hics; and Religion, Culture, Society, and the I n d i vi d u a l) , and 16 hours distributed so that a t leas l 4 hours Me taken in each o f tW() o t h e r a reas. Trilnsfcr maj ms m u st lake a t least 12 hours in re · i dcnce . Studc'nts mily ilpply for the co n tract major, w i t h ou t p r viously speCified requirements, designed to e n co u r a g stucil' n t fr 'e dom , ini tiative, ilnd re s p o n s i b i l i t y . See department hair for e t a i l s on

t he f i v e Mcas or th e co n t ra c t m a j o r . Miljors s h o u l d p l a n their program c a rly i n c o n s u l ta ti o n w i t h d e p a r t m e n ta l fa c u l ty . 'losel1' rel a ted courses taL.l g h t in ot he r d e p a rt m e n ts may be considered to apply tow a rd the ma j o r i n co n su l ta h o n with t h e st'aff. M I NOR: 1 seme s te r h o u rs, w i t h no more th a n 8 h o u rs i n one o f t hc' fi ve a r e a s l is te d above. LAY C H U R C H STAFF WORKER PROGRAM A s t u d e n t w h o s e e k s to fu l fi l l a voca t i on o f s e rvice to till' ch u rch and com m u n i ty as a n u n o rd a i n c d professional may pre pa re fnr certifi ti o n by the a pp ro p ri a te c h u rch j u d icatory as a c h u rch staff worker. Positions c u r re n tly fi l l ed by such w o rkers

in c l u d e :

C h u rc h B u s i ness A d m i n i s t ra tor C h u rch M u s i c i a n Director of Ch ri sti a n ducation Christian Dav School Teac he r Parish Worker Youth Work Director C h u rch Staff A ss oci a t (General) A ma jo r in re lig i o n is norm a l ly req u i red for (his pro g ram , with s u p port i n g work selected in the appropriate de pm t me n t or sc hoo l at PLU (for c'x a m plc', business a d m i nistra tion, m u �ic, ed uca tion , 5< ciill sciences, o r p h ys ica l educil t i o n ) . M a ny certi fica tion a gencies re q u ire a pe r i o d of fu ll-time internship. Students e n rol led i n the p ro g ra m w i l l be advised as to those i n s t i t u tions, boa rds. a n d agencies within the c h u rc h that m a y assist t h e m in p l a n n in g t h e i r e d ucational pro g ra m s a n d obtaining p lacement for i n t ern sh ip a n d a f te r g ru d ua t i o n . The d e p a rt m e n t d e s igna tes one of its m e m b er a� c o o rd i n a to r a n d il S a d v i s e r to i ts majors w h o are in this p rogra m . O t h e r facu l ty m e m b e rs f o r related fic' l d s o u t s ide of re l igion and fro m the d e pa rtm e n t a s s i s t in a d v i s i n g .

The Study Program

The religion m aj or of a st u d e n t i n the h u rch S t a ff \Vorker Program must i n cl u d e courses which will i nsu re basic acqua i n ta nce with (1) t he Bible (ordinarilv two courses: 241 , the sec t i o n o n the O l d Tes tament a nd 24 1 , the sl' c t i o n o n the N e w T · t am en t ) a n d (2) d e n o m ina l'io n a l history, doctrine. a nd worShip (fur certification in The American Lu t h era n C h u rc h ordinarily one o urs<�: 39 , The l . 11tizrroll I leritag,· . The s t u d e n t i s frce t o choose the remainder of the seven courses of Uw major in such a way as to meet i n d i vi d u a l i n tE're ts and n d s .

Hmwver, to i n s u rl' wholesome bread t h i n religious s t u d ie s n o mo rl' t h a n t w o o f t h e re m a i n i n g courses (ordinarily fou r ) can be taken in � ny o n e of the _de p artme n t ' s five a reas uf s tu d ), ( Bi bl i ca l S t u d ies; 1 h l'l ) lo gy and EthiCS; I l 1stnry of R e l i g i o n s ; H i s tory o f 'hri�tianity; I�eiigion, Cu l t u re, SociL'tv. a n d th e I n d iv i d u a l ) . 3 I , Studies ill Church Millistry. i s hig hly re co m m e nd e d b u t n o t" required.

COURSE OFFE RINGS 1 31

JUDAEO-CHRISTTAN L I F E AND THOUGHT Biblica l, his torica l, a nd theological fo u nd a tion s with reference to con tempor< HY i ssues . (4)

241 BIBLICAL LITERATURE Literary, historica l , and theological d imensions of the Bible, in c ludin g pers pective on con tem porary prob­ le ms . (4) 251 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Basic q uestions of the Christian faith a pproached to pi­ cally. Questions such as wha l does Chri stianity mean by "God" will be considered thro ugh Biblical, h istori­ cal, and con temporary resources, Some a ttention given to challenges to t h e Chrisl ian fai th a nd i ts i n ter­ action with other perspeclives . (4) 26 1 R E LIGIONS OF THE WORLD A cri tical i ntroduction to the study of the Teligions of the world, e mphasi z ing historical origins and cul tura l d e velopmen ts. Readings cen te red upon p rimary sources in tra nsla b o n . (4) 262 MYTH, RITUAL, AND SYMBOL An examination at' the natur e of myth and its exp res­ sion through symbol a nd ritual . At tention g'iven to p r�-litera te mythology, Asia n mythology, and Occi­ d e n ta.l mythol ogy and the role these mylhological tra d itions have p ia d 1 11 the developmen t of modern e thical, socia l, and rel igious values. (4) 341 OLD TESTAMENT STUDIES Major areas o f inquiry: the Prophe ts, Psalms, and Wisdom Literature or M ythology a n d Theology. Pre­ requisite: one lowl:r d ivison course or consent of in­ structor. (4) 342 NEW TESTAM ENT STUDIES Major a reas o f i n qui ry , such as i ntertesta menJal, synoptic, Johannine, or Pauline literature. Prerequis­ ite: one lower d ivision course or con sen t of i n tructo r. (4) 343 THE LIFE OF JESUS A study of the life and teachings of Jesus; a h istorical survey of " Li fe of Jesus" research, form and redaction criticism of the Gospel tra d i tion; the religiolls d i men­ sions of Jesus' l i fe and thought. Prerequisite: one lOwer d ivis ion cou rse or consen t of instructor. (4)

RELIGION

1 27


"5 1

CHRISTIAN ETHICS

An i n t roduction to t h e personal a n d social e t h ical d i ­ m 'n ' ion of Ch ris ti a n l i fe nd t h o u g h t w i t h a t te n tion to p ri m a r y til (.) 1 )gica l p o si t io n s a nd speci fi c p r o b l e m a rt'2IS . Pref q u i :, i te : one Im,v e r d i v i s i o n cou rse or con­ s ' n t o f i n lructOL (4) <

53 T H EOLOGICAL STUDI ES A . elect d t op ic i n C h r is ti n theology uch as under­ s ta nd j n gs of God, l i b ' r2l h )n theology, Christology, or in ter rel igious d i al . g. Pr r q u isit �: on � lower division C(J U T ' , or conse n t ot in. tructor. (4) e

61

P H I LOSOPH lCAL AND RELIG IOUS TRAD ITIONS OF IN DIA

on Ved i and U p a n i s h a d i c t ra d i ti o n s , Bl lAGA AD-CIT , " s i x o r th od o x schools, " Bud­ d h i s m , a n d ont m po ra ry I n L ia n philosophica l and rel i g i o u s dev lopmc n t s . Rea d i n gs ce ntered o n p ri­ m a ry SOllrceS i n t ra ns l a tio n . [ [(' re q u i s i t e : 261 or con­ E m p h a si s

sen t of instructor. (4)

362

PH I LOSOPIDCAL AND RELIG IOUS TRADITIONS OF ClUNA

elas i c 1 a n d m od ' rn phi losoph ical a n d religious t ra d i tions of C h i n a ( th e ' i x "classic I scho I s , " the ne -Taoist, a nd neo-Confucian t ra d i t i o n ), C h i n ese B u d dh is m , nd how lh se schools re l a t to contempo­ ra ry C hi n a ' s M a rxis t-co I11 m u n i s t i de o l og y . Readings cen t ere d o n p ri ma ry ' o w"c s in translation. Pre r equ i s ­ ite: 261 or co nse n t of i n s t r u c to r . (4) c

363

ISLAM

A study of origins, t h e ology, p ra c t i ce , a n d exp a n si o n of I s la m ic r lig iou s faith with an e m p h a is u p o n the life a n d teac h i ngs o f M o h a m med, the major rel igious i d ea s of the Koran, t he th ologi al perspectives of Su n n i tc, S h i ' i t e, a nd u fi Isla m , a n d the p roblems fac­ ing modern M u s l i m t h ou g h t a n d practice i n i t s n ­ Cow1ter w i t h W ' t nization a nd mod rniza t i o n . Ad­ d i ti o n I a t t nlion g i ve n to the pos i b i l i t ie s a n d struc­ ture of M u s l i m- C h ri s t i a n dialog. (4) 67 J UDAISM Fa i t h a n d commitm 'n t , s l ruc t u re a n d dyna mic s , a s ex­ p res sed i n this major W tern r ligion, including s t ud i s of i n te rpre t a t io n of t h e Hebrew Bible, theolog­ ical mphas 5, rel i g io us observance , h i s to rica l de­ v lopment , m od e r n groups, a n d J ew i sh -Ch ri s ti a n

dialog. (4) 37 1

ANCI ENT CHURCH HISTORY

The origin , th ug h t , a n d expa nsion of the C h ri sti a n C h u rc h; rise of the Pap cy, xpan ' ion i n urop and the growt h of C h ristian i nv o lve m e n t i n ell I ture; t o the end o f th Papacy of Cregory I (604) . Prer quisite: o n e l ower d ivision co u rse r c o nsen t f instTuctoL l a/y (4)

372

MODERN CHURCH HISTORY B gi n ning w i t h the Peace of Westpha l i a ( 1 648), i n terch n of the C h ristia n faith with modern p l i tics, sci­ ence , a nd phil sphy; expa nsion in the " o r ld , modern m oveme n ts . Prerequisite: ne l ower d i vision cou rse or consen l of i ns t r uclor. n (4)

128

RELIGION

373 AMERICAN CHURCHES The development o f trends of Christianity in the

United States. Prerequisite : one lower d1 v i s i o n co urse or co nse n t of insrructor. (4)

375

CHURCH HISTORY STUD rES

380

SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGIO N

381

STUD IES IN CHURCH M INISTRY

382

CHR ISTIANITY AND THE SOCIAL CRISIS

383

RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE AMONG AM ERICAN MINO RITIES

A selected a rea of in q u i ry , such as the ha ri sma b c Mo ement, the Ecumenical Movement, the L u t h e ra n Confessions, o r American-Scandinavian Church Hi s ­ tory. P r ere qu i si t e : one religion cou rse or consent of i n ­ s tructor. (4) A m u l ti-cul t u r a l i nvestiga tion of religious experience, belief, a nd r i t u a l in re l a tion to the i r s o c i a l s e t t in g s w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t te n t i on to new forms of re lig ion i n Am e r i ­ ca , (cross - re fere n ce d with SOC 38 0) (4)

a functional viewpoint of the church's minis­ try: worship and e d u ca t io n , p rogra m s fo r t he you t h a n d t h e e lderly, couns ling, a n d administration . First­ hand observation of selected m i n i strie s . Prerequisite: o n e lower division cou rse or con sen t o f i n s t ru c tor. (4) Toward

An i n tensive, i n-d e p t h ex p l or a tion fro m t h e pe rspec­ tive of Chris tia n t he o lo g y and e t h ics o f one or two cur­ r n t s oc ia l i s s u es . (4)

Concentra ting on the re lig i o ll s experiences and con­ t ri b u tions of those sectors in American s o c i e t y that have a m i n ori t y identity and o ft!.:'n a r e not included in t h e u ual s t u d y of A merican c h u rches, this c o u rse w i l l

i n d i ffe re n t semesters focus on d i ffere n t m i nori ties s u ch a s Blacks, I ndia ns, Chica n os . Prereq u i s i te : o n e lower d i v i s i o n c o u r s ' o r conse n t o f i n s t r u c t or . (4)

39 1 LUTHER The m a n and his times, with m a j or emphasis on his writing a n d crea tive t h e l o g y , such as t h e radical c e n ­

t r a l i ty of the Gospel a n d faith, the Word and Scripture, the c ra me n t s, church and s ta t e . Pre requ i s i t e : o n e lower division courSe or c on se n t of i n structo r . n aly (4) c

392

CHRISTIAN CLASS ICS

393

THE LUTHERAN H E RITAG E

Christian litera t u re: devotion, b iog ra p h y ,

theol ogy, poetry; Augustine, Thomas a Kem p is, D a n te, Lu ther, Calvin, Pasca l , Wesley, Kierkegaard, a nd o t hers; g ro u p core p l u s sem i n a r reports . P rerequisite: one [ower division c o u rse or consent of i n s t ru c tor . (4)

tudy of L u t he ra n i s m as a movement w i thin the ch u rch catholic: its history, doc t rin e , a n d wor s h i p i n the c o n t e x t of t o d a y ' s p l ura l i s t ic and secular worl d . (Majors in religion w h o are i n th e C h u rch S t a ff Worker Program wiU be given e n rollm nt p r iori ty . ) (4) A


451

CHRISTIAN THOUGHT AND MODERN CONSCIOUSNESS

Conte mpora ry i s s ues and problems in theology with ref rence to Biblical and historical reso u rces and re­ ce n t u nde rs ta ndin g of h u m a n i ty a n d the worl d . Read­ i ngs from such theologia ns a s Barth, Bonhoe ffer, Bub r, B u l tm a n n, G utierrez, Miguez-Bonino, M I t m a n n, Pannenberg, Tei l h a rd de Chard i n , and Til lich . Prereq u i s i te: one lower division course o r con­ sen t o f instruc to r . (4)

480

G DS, MAG IC, AND MORALS

485

CHRISTIANITY A N D THE ARTS

490

RELIGION AND CONTEMPORARY ISSUES

The a n th ropology o f reI.igion; a s urvey o f h u ma nity's conc p ts of and rela tionsh i p s to the superna tura l; examinati n o f the v a ry ing personal a n d g ro u p func­ tions th t religions fu lfill; expl oration of rituals, be­ l iefs, and systems of m o ra l i ty in religions both " p rimi­ t i ve" and historical; origins of religion; science "ver­ sus" religion; the nature of reality. (cross-referenced with ANTH 480) (4) Relationships of Chri s t ian thought to the forms and nte n t of various media of a rtistic crea tivity . I I aly (4)

A seminar which considers the theological and ethical d i me nsions of current issues (such as h u m a n sexual­ i ty , poli tics, d a t h and dyi ng, healing, electronic ch u rch, e tc . ) . Prerequisite: one lower d ivision cou rse and consent of ins tructor. (4)

49 1 , 492

I NDEPENDENT STUDY

In tended for r ligion m a j ors, ad vanced and grad u a te st uden ts; consen t of the de partme n t i s requ i re d .

493

M AJ O R THINKERS

The in-depth and in tensive s t u dy of one o r two major figures in C h ristian th o logy or other rel igiou s Augustine, Bonhoeffer, Buber, thought, g BuJtmarm, Niebuh r, Radhakrishnan, T i l l ich . Pre­ requisi t ; ne low r division course or consent of i n ­ structo r . (4) .

495

. ,

ADVANCED SEMINAR IN RELIGION

e lected topics to be announce d . For maj ors, m i no rs, and students w i t h a t least three courses in rel igio n . Priority t o majors and m i nors. (4)

COURS E S TO BE OFFERED I N THE 1983 INTERIM 1 31 300

307 308 341

Judaeo-Christian Life and Thought Religion and the Search for Socialism in Tanzania Living in God's Silence: The Films of Bergman Entering the Path of Enlightenment: An Introduction to Buddhism Old Testament Stud ies: Biblical Archaeology

RELIGION

1 29


a Scandi -a Studies Program Scand inavian Area Studies is a flexible p rogram w h ich d r a\vs on many u n iversi ty departmen ts . I t o ffers a broad p e rs pective o n Scandinavia past a n d p resent, w h i l e developing useful analytical a n d c m m u n i cative skill s . The program reflects both the Sca ndin via n heritage of the u n i versity and the dynamic pro file of Scan d i n avia w i t h i n the world com m u ni ty today. Students enrolled in t h e SC<lndinavian A r e a Studies major arc expected to ctemonstrate the c q uivolent o f two years o f 1 orwegian, Swedish, or Da nish lanauage i n struction. To gain a basic u nderstanding of the region, th ey also take one course (4 hours) each in Scan di navian c u l tural h i story a n d Sca n d i navian litera t u re. ,Vlajurs choose a d d i tional Scandi navian and cross-d isci plinary courses in accord a nce with personal in terests a n d goals a n d in Clll1 s u l t a tion w i t h the pro�ram coordinator. A total of 40 se mester hours is required. With the approval of the Sc, ndinavian Studies com mittee, selected i n te rim, s u m mer, and <e x p e rimental courses may be included in the major progra m . T he cross-discipli nilry cou rses l isted below offer an opportu n i ty to view the Sca n d i n a vian co u n tries in comparison wi t h other w orld regions. Courses indica ted by the initia l "S" ar ' regular departmental offerings in w h ich studen ts e n ro l led in the Sca ndinavian An!a S tu d ies major focus their rcoding and work ilssignments to a significil n t extent on Sca ndi nilvia. Students sh ould consult \"'ith the program coord ina tor concerning the correct registration p rocedure for these cou rses. 5tudl:nts Me e n co u rag ed, tho ugh not req u i red, to study in . ('a ndinavia as pMt o f th e i r progra m . Study opportu n ities ilrc a 'a ilahle at a va riet y of institutions in Norway, Sweden, a n d c n mark. A p p ropnate coursework co mpleted abroad should be submi tted t(� tllE' Scand inavian Studies com m i t tce for appnwal toward the major. Students i n terested speci ficil ily i n Norwegian lan guage study art' rderred to the descri p tion o f the Norwegian major u nder the Dcpurtment ()f Modl'rn a n d Classical La nguages. All core . Gl ndinavian courses are ta ught ou t of the depa rtme n t .

Courses A p p licable t o t h e Scandinavian Area Stu dies Major Scandinavian Courses

Languages: Norwegian 1 0 1 , 102 - Elementary Norwegian 2 10 , 202 - I n termediate Norwegian 35 1 - Conversation and Composi tion Norwe g ian 352 - Adva nced Conversation a n d Composition Sw ed i sh a n d Danish (consu lt w i th program coord i n a tor) Cultura l I hstory: S a nd inavian J2 1 - Vikings and Em igrants Scandinavian 322 - Conte.m porary Sca ndinavi.a Literature: Sca ndin avian 421 - Ibse n , Strindberg, and Their Con tem pora ries Scandinavian 422 - Contemporary Scand inilv ian Literature Cross-Disciplinary Courses

Econ mics 33 1 -S - I n ternational Economics Economics 38 1 -S - Comparative Ecollomic Systems English 231-5 - Maste[pieces of European Literature Engli�h 351-S - Modern Drama History 323-S - The Middle Ages l l istory 325-S - Reformu tion History 495-" - Seminur: E uropean History Ph,iloso hy 365 - Kierkegailrd and Existentiul ism Poli ticil Science 282-5 - Compariltivc Government Re l igion 372-5 - ModC'rn C h u rch Hi�tory Re l igion 375-5 - Church I l i s tory Studies Sociology 342-5 - Sociology of the Fil mily

r

Scandinavian Stud ies Committee: Rasmussen,

Chair & Program Coordinator; Heussman, Ki ttil sby,

Myrbo, Pederson, Toven.


DIVISION OF

Social Sciences The Division o f Socia l Sciences has 44 facu lty members i n the Departments o f Economics, History, Poli tical Scien ce, Psychology, Social Work, and Sociology a nd A n t h ropology. O f these, over 90 per ce n t hold doctora l degrees fro m major American and Canadian universities. Members of the d ivision a re actively engaged in research a nd w riting . QualiJied students may assist i n such research e n d eavors a s a telephone a nd face­ t -face s u rvey of the needs o f modera te income tamHie for a major feasibility s tudy. The Cen ter for the tudy of Public Policy su pports joint faculty­ s tud nt research p roj ects o n a wide ra nge o f m ul ti­ di ' p lin ry topics rela ted to public pol icy. Topics of r c ent resea r h projects hav i ncluded problems of the aged, world h u nger, a ffi rma tive action, historic preserva tion, and three ts to the e nvironment . u n i t of t h e u n i verS i ty, the Division o f Socia l Scien ces h a s been pa rticularly concerned with the r la tio ns h i p of theory a nd research to actual soci a l practice . Recogn izing that n o si ngle academic di eip line studied i n isolation ca n a ddress the complex cha llenges fa ed by twentieth ce ntury society, the di vision h a s developed a nd encou ra ged cooperative e n deavors a mong i ts own depa rtm e n ts a nd wilh other departme n ts of the u n iver ity. I n addition, the DiviSi n of Social Sciences h a s sought l improv t h accessibil ity of higher education to tho " se ri ou sly seeking it - for i nstance, by offeri n g grad ua t a n d u n dergra d uate degree p rograms i n t h e evenings, a n d b y offering gradua te courses not only t the uni versity's campus i n Tacoma but a lso , t off-campus loca tions (McChord Air Force Base, Fort Lewis, and Olym pic College i n Bremerton) .

A s cl

Special progra m s supported by the division i nclude the Cen ter f r the Study o f Public Policy, CHOICE (Cente r for H u m a n Orga n ization i n Changing Enviro n me n ts), Legal S tu d ies, the Child a nd Family Welfare Progra m, a nd Women's Studies. The Washington Sta te Council o n Economic Ed ucation, cen te red at the u nive rs i ty, works to raise the level of u ndersta n d i n g of economic pri nciples a nd procedures among teachers a nd students in the Pacific Northwes t . Both breadth a nd depth o f knowledge a nd ability are needed to deal w i th the complexities of today's social proble m s . In addi tion to a variety of baccalau reate p rograms, graduate progra ms leading to the degrees o f Maste r of Arts in Social Sciences and Master o f P ublic Administration a re offere d . Based o n a n aware ness t h a t problem-solving i n society does not recognize d isciplinary b undaries, these pr gra ms emphasize a multi-disciplinary a pproach to I "a rning w i th direct a pplica tions to the reali ties o f p u blic a n d p rofe ' sional life.

FACULTY Atkinson, Divisional Chair; faculty members of the Departments of Economics, History, Pol i tical Science, Psychology, Social Work, and Sociology and An thropology.

A s a d ivision w i t h i n the Cul lege o f Arts a n d Science�, t h e D i v i s i o n uf Socia l Scie nces offers progra m s i n l'ach con s t i t u e n t depa r t m e n t l e a d i n g to the B . A . degrec. Programs l e a d i n g tu thc M . A . a nd M . P . A . degrl'e� arc also offered . toul'se uffe r i ngs a n d degree req u i rements a r c l i s te d u n d e r

ECONOMICS H I STORY POLITIC A l . S CIENCE PSYCHOLOGY

SOCIAL WORK SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Sec a \ -o the sections of this ca talog o n Le!,,' o l Stud ies and Global Studies.

SOCIAL SCIENCES

131


Social Work Social work is a practice-oriented disci pline ed uca ting students for participa tion in a variety of human service p rograms. The major program also provides strong prepara tion for subsequent grad uate educa tion i n social work. A l though basical ly a professional program , the curricul u m i s firmly based i n the l ibera l a r t s . Emphasis is placed on providing students with knowledge and skills in various models of i n tervention a mong troubled i nd ividuals, fam i lies, small groups, and l a rger se g ments of society. In addition, the curriculum stresses ma stery of ' ial research skills, h u man growth and development, a n d political and �conomic factors w hich a ffect social welfa re pr gTams with in society. A major s tren gth o f the c u rriculum i s the fiel d experience compone nt. Senior s tudents are given opportunity over two semesters to participate in the program of an agency, institution, or service delivery clinic of their choice . Placements �mphasizi ng systems a nd com mu nity i n terven tion a re also available . Super ision j provided by professionally trained taff soc.ial workers. Addi tional opportun ities for field work, other than the requ i red field experience cour es, a re a va i lable in the COlllmunitlj Services o urse, which provides a n i ni tial expos ure to social services for freshme n and sophomores, £ l11d in i n ternships, w h ich i nvolve specially arra nged pic cements. The social work program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Ed uca tion.

,

'-"

\

\

\

'�.=�rll \

\1

The department also partici pa tes extensively i n a specialized progra m i n Marriage and Family Thera py leading to the M . A . i n Social Sciences. The prima ry objective of the progra m is to give s tudents a s trong conceptual background and professional skills usefu l i n counseling cou ples and fa milies. For some s t u dents the program is ideally suited to a ugment their curren t professional practice ( for exa m.ple, psychology, socia l work, medicine, n ursing, ed uca tion, parish minis try, or chapl a i ncy) . The progra m emphasizes practica, where a studen t i s required t o complete a minimum of 500 hours o f clinical experience. Persons completi ng the program a re eligible to seek certifica tion as a ssocia te members of the American Associa tion of Marriage a n d Fam ily Thera pi s ts .

FACULTY w. G ilbertson, Chair; V . Hanson, McKain, Payne, Schil ler, York.

T.

BACHELOR OF A RTS MAJOR: 44 semester hours, including

271, 333, 365, 377, 442, 472, 475, 476, and 484, and 4 hours in poli tical science a n d 4 hours i n economics (selected i n consultation with a n adviser) . Unless otherwise stated, 271 or co n s en t is a co u rses i n social work.

prere q u i s i te for a l l


COURSE OFFERING S 222 COMMUNITY SERVICES Designed to provide a n opportu n i ty for freshma n and so p homore level students to test t h eir in terest in the fiel d of social work through a five to ten-hour week participa n t-observation ex p erience in a local agenc y . T he pu rposes a rc tel provide opportumty for a se l f­ evalUation of one' s aptitute for a n d interest in the field, and secondly, to introduce the idea of evaluating the effectiveness of the agency in terms of achieving its stated goals. No prerequi sites. Will not meet general u n i versity core requirements. (2-4) 271 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK The history, philosophical roots, p ractice methods a nd "settings" ( i . e . , adoptions, pub l ic schools, public assista nce, corrections, psy chiatric hospitals and clinics) f professional socia l \>vork; opportunities fo r observa tional experiences. No prerequisites. I II (4)

333 INTER VIEWING Concepts, p rinciples, and tech niques in trinsic to i n ter­ viewing: " h elping," problem-solving, or "clinical" in­ terviewing for ersons in the helping profess ions : so­ cial work/socia welfa re , clergy, nursing, physicians, parish workers, personnel o fficers. No prerequisi tes . I II (4)

f

342 DRUG AND ALCOHOL USE AND ABUSE Su rvey of the l i terature on causes and treatments fo r alcohol and d rug abuse. Implications of current re­ search regardi n g treatment effectiveness of alcohol and drug progra m s . (2-4) 365 HUMAN SERVICE SYSTEMS CHANGE Theo ries and stra tegies used i n maintai ning relevance between client needs and community needs and human service delivery systems . 1 11 (4) 377 FAMILY AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT A social and psychological examination of fa mily de­ velopment using a systems approach . S tudy o f family development throughout the l i fe cycle. Consideration of emerging and al terna tive family structures. (4) 399 INTERNSHIP A supervised lea rning experience i n an agency setting with emphasis on ac q u iring a n overview o f the a ge ncy, in contrast to learning specific social work s k ills. Intended to provide the opportun i ty to apply and test out k nowledge acquired i n cou rses previously taken in the social sciences. Can be a useful comple­ ment to 475 and 476, which are more skill oriented . I II ( 1 -4)

442 SOCIAL POLICY AND ORGANIZATION Anal y sis of how societies have defi ned social a nd per­ sona l needs and developed a n d organized responses to those needs. Specia l emphasis will b ' given to the response o f America n society . (4) 458 LAW AND THE HUMAN SERVICES A n examination of the legal founda tions o f human ser­ vices with emphasis on domestic rela tions, correc­ tions, and j u venile j u s tice. Special emphasis on the rights of oftenders, j u veni les, de p endent children, the handicapped, and others serve d by the social sector. (4) 472 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE The profession of socia l work examined within the group o f helping professions; the knowledge base, principles, methods, and values generic to social work practice; observa tion of problem-solving sh'uctures and processes . Prerequ isites: 271 and consent of in­ structo r. I II (4) 475,476 FIELD EXPERIENCE Supervised field work within an a g ency or institu tion; applica tionlin tegration of k nowle dge, theory, and un­ derstanding; development of techniques common to the social work field . Prerequisite: 271 and conse n t o f i nstructor. I I I (4, 4) 484 SOCIAL RESEARCH Principles o f research design and assessment o f vari­ ous research method s . Evaluation research will be given specia l a t te n tio n . Primary e mphasis on under­ standing and critically examining actual research. (4) 490 SEMINAR Prerequisite: departmen tal conse n t . ( 1 -4) 491 INDEPENDENT STUDY Prerequisite: departmental consen t . ( 1 -4) INTRODUCTION TO MARRIAGE AND FAM I LY THERAPY Exa m ination o f the current family orie n ta tion as i t re­ late s to behavioral science theory and practice with families throu g h an a na lysis of the theoretical a n d practical consi d era tions that shape delivery of services to families . Clarifica tion of the rela tion between thin k­ ing and doing in family thera py . I I I (4) 501

502 SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY An analysis o f social ex p lana tion and the social scien­ t i fic frame o f re fe rence . (4) PRACTICUM IN MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THERAPY A seminar to provide students w i th a mea n i ngful pro­ cess and structure by which to learn fa m ily t herapy a t the practicum level. Exa mina tion o f theore tical con­ cepts in terms of diagnosis and treatment implications in the delivery of services to fa mily systems. r n (4)

503

SOCIAL WORK

1 33


504

ADY ANCED PRACTICUM TN MA RRIAGE AN FAM1LY TH ERAPY A p ra c ticu m to p rovide a mea n i ngful p roc > ' s a n d s t r u c t u re b y w h i ch t o l ea r n fa m i l y tfierap . m p h a s i s nd on t h e d eve lo p mc n t of perc ept uc1 \ ' co nce p t ual, <

execu tive i ll s used i n eva l u a t i ng a nd t re a t i n g 'pecific mari tal a n d fa m i ly d y s f u n c t i o n s . I II (4)

505

SOCIAL SCIE NCE R ESEARCH METHO DS

Basic research conce p ts pp lied to l a b o ra to ry , fie l d , and biblio gra p h ic s t u d ie . Top ics incl u d e fo r m u l a t i n g n! ' '<1[ch que l i o n s r sea rch de ig ns , da ta-ga th-ri l1g tec h n iques, n a l y s i s of d e ta , n d th 'ory constru c t i on . Em p h sis o n u 1der · ta n d i n g a n d ev a l ua t ing ra ther than con d u h n g research . (4) ,

<

506

ADVANCED THEORY IN MARRIAG E AND FAM I LY THERAPY Theo ret i <1 1 c o n ce p ts rela ted to d iagnosis a nd i m p l i ca ­ t i o n s for l re a l m e n t i n t h e delivery of s e rvice to fa m i ly systems. I II (4) 507 PROFESSIONAL STU DIES PRACTICU M IN MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THE RAPY Super,vised pract i c u nl w h ich i ntegr.a t o s i n to d i nic�l . exp n ' n ' m a t ters c o n e r ll l n g etnlc , In terdlsn p h­ '

n a ry rela tions, p ro fe ssio n a l o rg<1 n i za tions, f m i l y law a n d legi lati o n , d n d i nd e pen d e n t pract ice or ag ncy pract ice. I n ( 4)

591

DIRECTED STU DY

595

GRADU ATE READINGS

( 1 -4 )

I n d epe n d e n t study c , r d rcq u i r d . (4)

597, 598 (4)

599 (4 )

134

RESEARCH PRO]f:CT

TH ESI S

SO CIAL WORK


_" B

Sociology and Anthropology TI1e Departmen t of ociology and A n thropology a i ms to provide students with knowledge about the structure, r quirements, and pu rposes of the disciplines w i t hin its doma i n . Its overall goals a re to produce stud nts \,v ho can u nderstand themselves, society, and the world, the relationship a mong them, a nd the mora l context of that rela tionsh i p . By xpa nding their kn ovvledge a n d devel oping theLr ski lls, 路 t udcnts e n ha nce their ability to make informed decision s, to exercise t heir apacity for self-c.riticism a nd s If-eval ua tion, to function effectively a s knowledgeable and responsible citizens, to k now and accept them 'elves and t heir pecia l strengths a nd l i mitations, to exhibit int rp 'rsclt1 a l a nd i n te rc u l t u ral tolerance, an d to display their acquisition of both basic a nd sophis ticated academic ski l l s ,

The departmen t ' s Cll rricu l u m is flexible and re sponsive to indivi dual, university, and societal needs a nd cha nges. I t reflects liberal arts purposes, is planned to develop skills and ach ieve excellence, and seeks in tegration while sponsoring di versity . Through a distinguished fa culty w h o are willing n lt o n ly to inform others bu t a l so to be info rmed, the dcpCHtmen t a i ms for regional recogn i tion of its efforts a nd strength .

FACULTY Biblarz, Chair; Dumor, G ul din, Harris, Jobst, L . Klein, McBride, Oberholtzer, O'Connor, Schiller, Thompson.


Sociology BA HElOR OF ARTS: General Major: 36 . t'lJ1 csler h u u rs, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 1 or 33 1 ; 4 h o u r s a t the 200 level; 8 h u u !"s a l t h ' 300 level; 8 hours a t the 400 level; 3')LJ ( 2 h ou rs ) ; 4 1l1; 470; d n d Statistics 231 .

s

Major with Specialization in rime and Society: 36 se m est e r 10 1 or 33 1 ; 336; 8 hours e l ected from 240 , 340, 456, 460, 4LJ3; 39') (2 h o u rs); 4 1 0; ,1 nd 470; p l u 1 2 hours selected from Anthropulogy 440; Histnry 45 1 ; Poli tIcal Science 336, 3 7 1 , 372, J7:l; Psy -llOl llgy 421 or Social Work 442. hours, including

Major with Specialization in Family and Gender Studies: 36 3 1 ; 42; 8 h u u rs seiccted from 260, 38 1 , 406, 493; 399 (2 h U Ll r� ) ; 4 10; " nd 470; p l u s 12 hours sc.lecled from A n t h ro pulog , 41i(); Psychol ogy 335, 403, 405, 420; or Social Work 442. scml'stl'!" h o u r s , i ncl u d i ng 1 0 1 or

Major with pecialization in Social Organization: 31i semes te.r hours, i nc l u di n g 1 0 1 N 331 ; 345; 8 ho u r s s'il'ctcd from 343, 422, 430, 443, 456, 465, 4')3; 39') (2 h o u rs); 4 1 0; and 470; pl u s 1 2 h o u rs selected f r o m A n t h ro po l og , 440, 450; Economics 432, 434; Poli tica l Science 45, 36 l , ur Social Work 442. Major with Specia.1ization in Ethnic and M i nority Structures: 36 semester hou rs, incl u d i ng 1 0 1 or 33 1 ; 364; 8 h u u rs selected from 2 '0, 344, J')O, 44 1 , 493; 399 ( 2 h o u rs ) ; 410; a n d 470; pillS 12 hours s el e ct ed from A n t h ropology 330, 332, 340, 350, 352, ;\liO, 44(1, 470; Ecorlllm ics 290, 32 1 , 33 1 , 38 1 ; I l istory 471 ; Political Scipnc 386 or So j, I Work 442. NOTE: 1 0 1 or 31 reco m mended prere q u i s i te t o all 300 and 400 I "pi (ourses. MLNOR: 1 6 emester hours, i n c l u d ing 10 1 o r 331 , onc Cllu rs(' at the 300 l e v e l , u n e course a t the 400 leve l , and o n e a dd i tional course chosen i n consultation with thc d('partment.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCA nON: ee chuol of :J u(cHion .

COURSE OFFE RINGS - Sociology 1 01

INTRO DUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY

An introduction to the p rinciples, concepts, and areas of soc iolo g y as well as th e analysis tools used in study­ ing social behavior. (4)

240 SOCIAL P ROBLEMS Ana lysis of va rio us theories a n d social re sponses to several curre n t socia l problems. Topics include: men­ ta l heal th, poverty, crime, fa miJy d isorga niza tion, and work a l ienation. (4) 260 LNTERPERSONAL R E LATIONSHIPS AND G ROUP BEHAVIOR An exa mination of processes of interaction thil t the p�rso n experiences in small group settings and the im­ , plications that has for l l1 terpersona l behavior and self­ conceptions . (4) 280 INTRODUCTION TO RACE RELATIONS The history of American race rel a tio ns. Factors ac­ cou nting for changes. in re la tiOi ships betw en whites and nonwhItes. Cnhca l a reas of conilict among the races. (4) 331 PR1NCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY An adva nced in troductory course stressing the major concepts and fundamental processes operativ in a l l areas o f s cial rel a tionships. Not open to students who have taken 1 01 or i ts equiva len t . (4)

1 36

336 DEVIANT BEHAVIOR An exploration of nonconformin g behavior such a s drug use, hom osexuality, cultic religion with partiClI­ la r a ttention to the dia fectical p rocess of its gra d u a l emergence a n d i t s socia l rejection . (4) 340 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY A nalysis of a d u l t cri f!1e and j uvenile delinquency with at te ntIon to theIr SOCIal roots, developmen t, and social impact. (4) 342 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY Anal siS of the fa mily as a system of social roles a n d a socia institutio n . Topics incl ude: courtship, ma rriage and . p aren thood, persona lity d e ve} opme � t, changi ng famIly role patterns, a n d a lterna te tamIiy torms . (4)

r

343 SOCIAL MOVEMENTS AND CHANGE An examina tion of the theories of social change in the understanding of social movements; factors account­ ing for the emergence and persistence of social move­ men ts; emphasis on politica l processes and cha nges. (4) 344 CONFLICT RESO LUTION Factors acco u nting for in terperso nal and in tergroup te nsions . I n terpersonal, in tergro up, national, and in­ ternatIonal methods of resolution. (4) 345 SOCIOLOGY OF ORGANIZATIONS Ana lysis of stru c t ur es, p rocesses, a n d change in bu­ reaucratic organizations; their effects u pon the indi­ vid u a l and tne orga nization; interrelationships be­ tween society a n d orga niza tion s . (4) 364 ETHNICITY IN PLURAL SOCIETIES A .n examination of the nature of ethnic g rou ps ( racial, trIbal, cul �u �al, etc . ); the. s truc .ture of dFmic groups i n plura l sOCIettes, t h e mal11pulatlOn of symbols b y e thnic groups, eth nic d ivision of labor, ethnic poli tics, a n d t h e effects of colonia l and post-co lonial int<.e' rna tional systems on ethnic rela tions. (4) 380 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION A multi-cu ltural inves tiga tion of re ligious experience, belief, and ritual in rela tion to their social se ttings with particular at te ntion to new forms of religit':)I1 in Ameri­ ca . (cross-referenced with REL 380) (4) 381 SOCIA LIZ A TION An examination of how individuals learn social roles and role competency through the socialization and re­ socializa tion process. Em phasis on adolesce n t a n d a d u l t socializa tion within the co n text of ins titu tions, orga nizations, and society. (4) 390 SOCIOLOGY OF POVERTY Sources of inequali ty; a na lysis of lifestyles a n d be­ haVIOr of groups in society w hich experience i qual­ ity. (4)

S OCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY


399

INTE RNSHIP

e monstra tion of the i m pl ications of sociology, cor�1b i n 1 0 g on s i te work with 10 class lea r n 1Og. T h e a r � tul skill of usin g theory to solve p roble ms a nd o t h<:lI1 d h ng t h e practicali ties of worki n g i n agencies a nd bureauc­ racies. Placeme n ts: proba tIOn wo rk, courts, p l a n m ng a ge ncies, social a ge n ies, loca l a n state govern men­ tal agenCies, 1 0 d ustn e , and SOCIal actIOn resea rch . Prerequisite: departmental conse n t . NOTE: Majors are requ ired to register concurrently for 399 (2 hours) a n d 410, p referably i n their j u n ior year . ( 1 -4)

?

406

SEX ROLES AND SOCI ETY

An exa m ina tion of the roles performed by m e n and women i n societ y . Trea t m e n l o f both t ra d i tional and nontradi tional roles a n d t h e c u l tu ral vanables m ­ f1 u encing t h i s assignme n t . Particular a t te ntion lo cur­ ren t changing sex roles for both m e n and women a n d how institu tions s u c h a s t h e fa mily, church, a nd schools a re involved i n these cha nge s . (4)

410

APPLIED SOCIOLOGY

I n trod uction to the various m e thods of sociological a na lysis and researc h . Methods considered: social sur­ veys, p a rticip a n t observa t ion, i n tery ewing, d a ta pre­ . sentatio n and i n te. rpreta hon . N E: Maj ors a re re­ q u i re d to register concurrently for 399 (2 hours) a n d 410, pre ferably in t h e i r j U llior y e a r . (2)

422

SOCIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONS AND PROFESSIONS

A n exa m j n a t ion of the nature of work in society a ::; a social role a n d as part of t h e social structu re . Analysis of job satisfaction, ll nemplo pnen t, use o f leis ure, a n d : . (4) t rends i n labor force com posItion

441

RACE, REVOLUTION, AND THE DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

A n i nvestigati o n o f racism and s t ra t i fication p rocesses within the developing coun tries a n d between t he de­ veloped a nd developing coun tries; i ts consequences and i mplications; the s i g n i fica nce of America n non­ white minorities. (4)

442

SOCIAL POLICY AND ORGANIZATION

A n a l y s is of how s oc ie t i es have defined .social a n d per­ so n a l needs a n d developed a n d orgamzed responses to those needs. Special e m phasis o n the response to A merican soci e t y . (4)

443

SOCIOLOGY OF E D UCATION

The n a t ur e a n d functio n i n g o f the ed ucational system will be exa m i ne d from a sociological pe rsp ctive. Top­ ics: educa tion, stra ti fication, a n d social cha nge; the school as a com p lex orga n ization; the school as a social i n s t i t u t i o n a nd the sociology o f lea rning. (4)

456

SOCIOLOGY OF LAW

465

SOCIOLOGY OF ME DICINE

470

SOCIOLOGICAL THOUGHT

491

INDEPENDENT STU DY

493

S E MINAR LN SOCI OLOGY

502

SOCIAL SC1ENCE TH EORY

503

GROUP PROCESS

505

SOCI AL SCIENCE RES EARCH METHODS

A n e x a m i n a t i o n o f the social procc ses affecti ng con­ d i ti o ns of health a nd d isease and of the duster of social relationships and orga n izations tha t comprise the i n ­ s t i t u tio n o f medicj n e . (4)

B a s i c sod logical con epts a n d theories. Primary em­ pha i s on contem porary on�eptual ap p ro ac hes to so­ Cial behavlOT a nd thell' h i ' toncal a ntecedents. (4)

Rea d i ngs o r fie ld work in ' pecifi.c a reZiS or iss ues of sociology u n d e r s u p e rvi si o n of a taCLd ty member. Pre­ reg u l si te : depa rtm e n la l cons �n t. ( 1 -4) Student or facllily i nitia ted sem i n a r i n o ne of fo u T fun­ da ment I a re a s in suciol o gy : (a) Contem pora ry I ss ues and P roblems; (b) So ial Process and Cha nge; (c) So­ cia l S t ruc t u re ; a n d ( d ) Th ory a nd Method . P r requ i­ s i te : departmen tal conse n t . (1-4) A!: a na ly i s o f social e, plana tion and the social scien­ tlhc fram of referen . (4)

A h u m a n i n te ract ion labora tory to fZl eilita te the explor­ . a tion of the sel f o ncepl through the mechal11sms of int e rperso n a l i n te ractions a nd r edback . (4) B a s i c research co ncepts a pplied to labora tory, field, a n d b i b l iogra p h ic · l u d ies. Topics i nclude torm u l a tll1g res ' a rch queslion , re�earch des i g n s da ta-ga thcnng tech n iques, a n a lysis o t d a te d n d t h e o r y construction. Emphasis on Ll llders t a n d i n g and eva l u a tmg ra ther ,

t h a i'! conducting research.

(4)

11 THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM Sociological a na lysis of the se$men � s of the crir�1 i n a l u s t i ce sy stem, t h e i r l I1 l ' rreJ a tJ o n s h l p s , a n d t l�el r re­ a honshlps to crime p reve n h o n , SOCIal c o n t r o l correc­ tion, and rehabilita tion. (4)

j '

,

512

REHABILITATION MODELS

51 3

SOCIOLOGY OF HUM AN SERVICE SYSTEMS, PLANNING AND CHANGE

Stud v of va rious models that st rive to help offenders retu rn to a productive role in society : i n s t itutionali � a­ tion models, sodal action m odels, a n d co m m u l1 1 l y based models. (4)

Anal ysis o f human service systems such as correc­ . tional i n stitu tions, proba t i o n and pa role agenCi s, a n d social service agencies to u n dersta n d p l a n n mg proces­ ses and c h a nge. (4)

521

SOCIAL SYSTEMS I NTERVENTION

531

MINOR ITY-MAJORITY R ELATIONS

An e x a m ination o f t h e socia l con trol functions of law and legal instit utions; the i n fluence o f c u l t u re and �o­ cial orga niza tion on law, legal change, a n d the a d m m ­ i s t ra t i o n o f j u s tice. (4)

A su rvey o f the p rocesses o f soci al change, i nc l u d i n g a n exa mina tion o f social conditions w h i c h crea te t h e n e e d for i n terve n t i o n . (4)

460

The history a nd culture o f m i nori t y g r u p s i n Ameri­

PENOLOGY AND CO RRECTIONS

A n exa m i nation of h istorical and con temporary sys­ tems o f a d j u dica tion and i n s t i t u tionalization o f offen­ ders. Considera tion o f rece n t a l terna tive non- i nstitu­ tional and diversionary progra m s . (4)

Cc n Soc i e ty, exa m i n e d w i thin the o n texl o f the mter­ action between m i n or i ty- majority groups and p p ula­ ti n a n d composition m ovem n t ot these gro u p s . (4)

SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY

137


541

SOCIAL STRATIFICATION IN SOCIAL SYSTEMS

The eco nomic, social, and p ol itica l systems in A m erica a re explo red to gain some basic u n derstanding of how lass, status, an d power opera le in society. (4)

590

SEMINAR

Student

or

faCltlty i n i tiated seminar in selected a reas.

( 1 -4) 591 DlRECTED STUDY ( 1 -4) GRAD UATE READINGS 59

597,598 RESEARCH PROJECT (4) 599 THESIS (4)

COURSES TO BE OFFERED I N THE 1983 I N TE RIM 303 304 06

Th Human Services SIMSOC: Simulated Society Computer Application in the Behavioral Sciences 307 Other Realities: An In troduction to the Consciousness Movement 31 1 Palau: An Enda ngered Culture

Anthropology BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester hou rs, i n d u d i n g 1 2 ,1d d i t i ll n � J h o u rs in a n t h ropology the d pa rtme n t .

1 02, 2 1 0, 22 1 . 222, 4<)0, and chosen i n con s u l ta t ion with

OR: 1 6 s 'm -'ster h o u rs, i n c l u d i ng 1 0 1 or 1 02, one course 300 level. olle course a t the 400 level, <1Ild one additio n a l cou rse chosen i n c o n u l ta t i o n w i t h the d ' p a r t m e n t . MJ

�t the:

1 01

-

EXPLORING ANTHROPOLOGY: EVOLUTION AND CULTURE

In 'od uc tion to physical a n thropology and a rchaeol­ ogy, concentra ting on the concepts of physical and Cllltura l evolu tio n . Brief urvey of p ri mate behavior a nd v l u tion with an em phasis on the evo l u tion of p rot -humans i n to modern Homo sapiens; early cul­ tu ral begi n n i ngs d ur i n g the Old a n d New S tone A g es; the h u m a n l i f cycle a n d h u m an n a t u re; t h e develop­ m t a n d distrib u tion of basic ocial and cul tural i n ­ s titution s . (4)

1 38

EXPLORING A NTHROPOLOGY: CULTURE AND SOCIETY

Introduction to social-cul tura l a n thropology and cul­ tu ra l ling u istic , conce ntra ti ng on the exploration of the infin ite va riety of h u man endeavor in all a spects of c u lture and all types of societies; from tool-making to l anguage, re ligion, politics, law, warfare, fa mily, kin­ ship a n d a rt; from hu nters a nd ga therers to ind us­ tria1ists. (4)

210

l ndependent s t u d y card require d . (4)

COURSE OFFERING S Anthropology

102

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES: T H E WORLD I N CHANGE

A su rvey of global i s s u e s a ffec ting t h e h u ma n condi­ tion in a ra pIdly c h a n gi ng a n d increasingly i n terde­ pendent worl d : moderniza tion and development; economic c h ange and i n terna tion a l trade; diminishin g resources; war a n d revo l u tion; peace and j u s t ice; a n a cu l t u ra l diversity . These issues are exa mined in a m u J ­ tid isciplinary light using case studies drawn from non­ Wes tern and Western nations. Emphasis on the de­ velo p m e n t of a global perspective which recognjzes h u m a n commonalities as well as diversity in percep­ tions, values, a n d p rioriti e s . (4)

220

PEOPLES OF THE WORLD

221

APES, MONKEYS, AND HUMAN S

222

ARCHAEOLOGY AND CIVILIZAnON

330

CULTURES AND PEOPLES OF NATIVE NORTH A M ERICA

An expl orati o n of the world's c u l t u res through a n­ thropological fi lms, novels, a nd eye-witness acco u n t s . Case s tu d ies chosen from A frica, Na tive America, Asia, the Pacific a nd E mo-America provide an in­ sider's vie of ways of life d i fferent from our own. (2) H u m a n biology in evol u tionary perspective; theories of evolu tion; fossil evidence for hu man development; the living non-human prima tes in behavior a n d form; present-day humans a s biologica l crea t u res. Does not mee t core req uirement in social scie nces. (4)

p

The develop m e n t of culture, em hasizing the adap­ tive role of c u lture i n a variety 0 environ menta l set­ tings. The rise of the sta te in Meso p otamia, Egypt, Asia, Middle and South Am erica . The theory and me thods o f a rchaeology; loca l a rchaeology a n d p rehis­ tory. (4)

A com pa ra tive study of Nabve North American cul­ tures trom their arrival on the conti nent through toda y. Stress on traditional societies, their histo ry under colonialization and their emergence as vital contempora lY societies . Exa m ina tion of U.S. a n d Canadian l a w s , policies, and conflicts, including l a n d fishing claims, issues of sovereign ty, a n d religiolls rights. (4)

332

CULTURES AND PEOPLES OF LATIN AMERICA

Beginning with the a ncient South and MesoAmerica n empires, this course is a compara t ive study of the tra­ ditional fo lk cultures and contemporary urban cul­ tures of South and Central America; exami